The International Fashion Guide - Fashion Square

ACADEMIC MANUAL
National Institute Of Fashion Technology

MINISTRY OF TEXTILES, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
HEAD OFFICE, NIFT CAMPUS, HAUZ KHAS, NEW DELHI - 110016
This document contains the details of all issues concerning faculty, students and academics of NIFT.
All policies, norms and procedures are detailed for the reference of faculty and administrators detailing with
academics.
Copyright © 2003 - 2011, National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT), India.
All rights reserved throughout the world. Reproduction in any manner without permission is strictly
prohibited. No par t of this document should be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any
means-electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording scanning, or through any other
information storage and retrieval system - presently known or to be invented, without explicit written
approval from the Director General, NIFT.
This document is proprietary and exclusive to NIFT and is to be used only by and for the purposes
of NIFT.
The Dean (A) and Head (AA) shall be the joint custodians of the NIFT Academic Manual at NIFT.
FOREWORD
Today, National Institute of Fashion Technology has emerged as a leader in fashion education with the ability to integrate knowledge,
academic freedom, critical independence, creative thinking. A history of being in existence for 25 years stands as a testimony
to our fundamentals where academic excellence lies at the core. The institute has been playing a pivotal role in envisioning and
evolving fashion education through a network of fifteen professionally managed Centres.
We continually strive to be nothing but the best. In an institution as large as ours, it is common for dissimilarity and variation
to trickle in across the boundaries of our distinctive disciplines. With a view to maintain parity through the length and breadth
of our Centres, a growing need was felt to bind the institution in commonality pertaining to course curricula; faculty & student
matters; academic systems & procedures.
It is with a sense of pride and content that I present the updated edition of NIFT Academic Manual. Built on the recognition to
necessitate standardized guidelines, the Academic Manual offers a single point reference for all academic matters.
In December 2010, an invigorating thought-process led to a detailed exercise of strengthening the course curricula. Industry experts
& peer institutes provided the structure for us to develop a more fortified knowledge base. Through creative enterprise, knowledge
transfer & peer learning we were able to achieve stronger academic strategy.
Our strategy seeks to realize the opportunity to instrument policy interventions & systemic improvements, both, at faculty and
student level. At student level, an attempt has been made to wipe out the bottlenecks in the Student Subsidy Scheme thereby
providing a clear framework to support the students on need-cum-merit basis. Further, embracing other strategic enablers, Student
Attendance Policy; Inter-Centre Transfer Policy; Inter-Discipline Transfer Policy have been re-structured bringing in co-ordinated
improvements. Also, processes for international & domestic linkages have been streamlined.
Articulating the ideology of world-class learning practices, at faculty level, the relationship between research and teaching has
been stressed upon. The intended reader is presented with new chapters relating to Ph.D programme; Bridge programme; Faculty
Development programme; Sabbatical and Study Leave norms.
I strongly believe that the Academic Manual in its new form will provide stronger bedrock of academic growth & enhancement
in the institution.
Monika S. Garg
Director General
ACADEMIC MANUAL
Chapter 1: Academic Organization .................................................................................... 1
In this section:
1.1 Organization Structure
1.2 Academic Co-ordination Appointments

1.2.1 Titles
1.2.2 Procedure of Nomination
1.2.3 Roles and Responsibility of Academic Co-ordinator Appointment
1.2.4 Channels of Reporting
1.2.5 Assessment
1.3 Academic Committees

1.3.1 Nomenclatures
1.3.2 Composition of Committees and defined areas of functions
1.3.3 Procedure of Nominations of Committees
Chapter 2: Student Admission to NIFT ............................................................................. 31
In this section:
2.1 Notification
2.1.1 Eligibility
2.1.2 Centerwise Allocation of programs & seats
2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for Admission Process

2.2.1 Deliverables of the examination agency
2.2.2 Scrutiny of Application forms
2.3 Selection procedure

2.3.1 For Bachelor of Design
2.3.2 For Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production)
2.3.3 For Master of Fashion Management / Technology
2.3.4 For Master of Design
2.4 Final List preparation

2.4.1 Reservation of seats
2.5 Result Communication
2.6 Counselling & Allocation of Centre / Discipline
2.7 Cancellation / Withdrawal of Candidature

Chapter 3: Academic Planning & Curriculum ......................................................................... 37
In this section:
3.1 Academic Programmes
3.2 Brief of the Programmes

3.2.1 Unified Subject Coding System
3.3 Semester wise Structure for Programs
3.4 Curriculum Planning, Guidelines & Credit System
3.5 Curriculum Documentation & Custody
3.6 Course matrix and Curricular Briefs

3.6.1 Foundation Programme (Design)
3.6.2 Foundation Programme (Technology)
3.6.3 Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design)
3.6.4 Bachelor of Design (Leather Design)
3.6.5 Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design)
3.6.6 Bachelor of Design (Textile Design)
3.6.7 Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design)
3.6.8 Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication)
3.6.9 Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production)
3.6.10 Master of Fashion Technology
3.6.11 Master of Fashion Management
3.6.12 Master of Design (Design Space)
3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committee for

Curriculum Review
3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in

Nomenclature of Department/Discipline/Specialization
3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities

3.9.1 Internship Modalities
3.9.2 Modalities of Cluster
3.9.3 Graduation Project
3.10 Academic Calendar
Chapter 4: Faculty Matters ................................................................................................... 157
In this section:
4.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Faculty
4.2 Norms for Faculty and Recruitments

4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads
4.4 Policies pertaining to faculty engagement

4.4.1 NIFT Guest Faculty Policy
4.4.2 Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy
4.4.3 Visiting Fellows Policy
4.4.4 Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training and Development
4.4.5 Inter Center Teaching
4.4.6 Eminent Expert as Jury Member
4.5 Development and Training Opportunities

4.5.1 Faculty Orientation, Training and Development (FOTD) Cell
4.5.2 International & National Fairs/conferences
4.5.3 Study and Sabbatical Leaves Norms
4.5.4 Faculty Seminar
4.5.5 Project Consultancy
4.5.6 Auditing by Faculty
4.5.7 Training of Trainers
4.5.8 Faculty Internship
4.6 Faculty Profiling vis a vis other Institute / Organization
Chapter 5: Students Matters ................................................................................................. 165
In this section:
5.1 Fees Related Issues
5.2 Identity Card Related Issues
5.3 Personal Records Related Issues
5.4 Discipline and Conduct Issues
5.5 Disciplinary Procedure & Penalties

5.5.1 Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines
5.5.2 Penalties
5.5.3 Appeal Procedure
5.6 Student Extra Curricular Activities
5.7 Student Related Committees

5.7.1 Hostel Committee
5.7.2 Campus Committee
5.7.3 Examination Committee
5.7.4 Student Discipline Committee
5.8 Policies Related to Student Affairs

5.8.1 Student Attendance Policy
5.8.2 Duration of Course
5.8.3 Leave of Absence
5.8.4 NIFT Means - Cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme
5.8.5 Inter Center Transfer Policy
5.8.6 Inter Discipline Transfer Policy
5.9 Policies Related to Student Development Programmes
5.9.1 Student Assistantship Programme (SAP)
5.9.2 Student Extension Activities
5.10 Student Support Services

5.10.1 Student Accommodation
5.10.2 Class Representatives (CR)
5.10.3 Lab working
5.10.4 Mentoring
5.10.5 Medical Facilities
5.10.6 Placement
5.11 Special Services

5.11.1 Fee Waiver Policy
5.11.2 Education loan
5.11.3 Facilities for the Student Repeating the Semester
5.11.4 Monetary Incentive for Contribution to Sponsorships
5.11.5 Issuance of Migration and Provisional Certificate
5.12 Student Awards
Chapter 6: Examination and Evaluation ............................................................................... 175
In this section:
6.1 Eligibility Criteria for appearing in Examination

6.1.1 Admit Card
6.1.2 Logbook
6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination

6.2.1 Evaluation Methods
6.2.2 Evaluation Matrix
6.2.3 Procedure for submission of assignment
6.2.4 Examination Regulations for candidates
6.2.5 Common Examination
6.3 Awards of Grades and calculation of SGPA/CGPA

6.3.1 Calculation of total grade points
6.4 Results and Feedback
6.5 Procedure for Declaration of results
6.6 Moderation Policy

6.6.1 Role of Moderation Committee
6.7 Re-Examination Policy
6.8 Evaluation of Internship
6.9 Record of Exam Papers
6.10 Post result sequence of events

6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal procedure
6.12 Promotion Policy
Chapter 7: Degree and Other Distinctions ........................................................................ 185
In this section:
7.1 Grade Sheets
7.2 Conferring of Degree

7.2.1 Requisites
7.2.2 Procedure of Conferring
7.2.3 Issue of Duplicate Degree, Diploma, Grade Sheets, and other Distinctions
7.3 NIFT Convocation
7.4 Merit Awards
7.5 Graduation Awards
7.6 Other Awards (Presented During Convocation)
Chapter 8: Diploma Programs ............................................................................................. 191
In this Section:
8.1 Programme Duration
8.2 Admission Procedure
8.4 Academic Input
8.5 Teaching Methodology
8.6 Evaluation Criteria
8.7 Course Curriculum
8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules
8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E Programme

8.9.1 Background
8.9.2 Structure
8.9.3 Admission
8.9.4 Budget
8.9.5 Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge
8.9.6 Accounting System
8.9.7 Feedback
8.9.8 Evaluation Criteria
8.9.9 Moderation
8.9.10 Attendance
8.9.11 Discontinuation/Non-appearance
8.9.12 Internship
8.9.13 Award
8.9.14 Pending Cases
Chapter 9: CE Programs ................................................................................................. 199

In this Section:
9.1 Introduction
9.2 Admissions
9.3 Fee and Registration
9.4 Eligibility
9.6 Timing
9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum
9.9 Examination and Evaluation
9.10 Faculty
9.11 Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet
9.12 Discipline and Conduct Rules
9.13 NIFT Continuing Education Programme Policy
9.14 Policy for Short Duration Summer Programmes
Chapter 10: Linkages .......................................................................................................... 209
In this section:
10.1 Domestic Linkage

10.1.1 Engagement with institutions for collaboration
10.1.2 Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint Projects
10.2 International Linkage

10.2.1 Engagement with Foreign Universities/Institutes for collaboration
10.2.2 Student Exchange
10.2.3 Faculty Exchange / Joint projects
10.2.4 Visit to Foreign Institutes/Organizations
10.2.5 Engagement with External Entities
10.3 Industry Linkage
Chapter 11: Intellectual Property Rights ............................................................................. 219
In this section:
11.1 Preamble
11.2 The IP Policy
11.3 The Role of IPR Unit in IP Protection
11.4 Ownership
11.5 Disclosures, Confidentiality and Assignment of Rights
11.6 Assessment of Innovation(s) for Protection
11.7 Support
11.8 Commercialization of NIFT Creations / Inventions / Technologies
11.9 Revenue Sharing
11.10 Infringements, Damages, Liability and Indemnity Insurance
11.11 Conflict of Interest
11.12 Dispute Resolution
11.13 Jurisdiction
11.14 Power to Relax
Chapter 12: Support Services & Others .......................................................................... 225
In this section:
12.1 Information Technology (IT) Department
12.2 Resource Centre

12.2.1 Collections
12.2.2 Services
12.2.3 Circulation Service
12.2.4 Rules for Students and other Members
12.2.5 Other Rules and Regulations
12.2.6 Development of a state-of-the-art Fashion Information System
12.3 NIFT Website
12.4 NIFT Development Fund
12.5 Department Development Fund
12.6 NIFT Alumni Association
12.7 Research and Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT
Chapter 13: Ph D ................................................................................................................ 229
In this section:
13.1 Objective
13.2 How to apply
13.3 Shortlisting, Selection and Preliminary Registration
13.4 Eligibility
13.5 Timescale
13.6 Calendar of Activities
13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work
13.8 Final Registration
13.9 Performance Monitoring
13.10 Synopsis Submission
13.11 Thesis Submission
13.12 Thesis Evaluation
13.13 Award of Ph D Degree
13.14 Fee
13.15 Assistance from NIFT for NIFT Faculty Members
13.16 Ph D at a glance
Chapter 14: Bridge Programme ...................................................................................... 233
In this section:
14.1 Introduction
14.2 Admission
14.2.1 Eligibility
14.2.2 Total Number of seats
14.3 Structure of the Programme

14.3.1 Schedule of Bridge Programme
14.3.2 Components of PG Programme
14.3.3 Components of UG Programme
14.3.4 Seminar
14.3.5 Four Full Days Workshop
14.3.6 Term Papers
14.3.7 Interaction with Mentor
14.4 Transcript
14.5 Degree format
14.6 Attendance norms
14.7 Finance
14.7.1 External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty Payment Norms
14.7.2 Expected Expenditure
14.7.3 Expenditure at Centre Level
14.7.4 Fee Waiver
14.8 Academic Management
14.9 Award of Degree
14.10 Admission Calendar
Chapter 15: Faculty Development Programme .................................................................. 239
In this section
15.1 Short Title /Commencement
15.2 Purpose
15.3 Instrument of the Scheme

15.3.1 Semester I
15.3.2 Activity in Semester Break
15.3.3 Semester II
15.4 Admission
15.4.1 Duration
15.4.2 Eligibility
15.4.3 Admission Process - Short listing & Selection
15.4.4 Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats
15.4.5 Fee
15.5 Administrative Structure
15.6 Placement
15.7 Competent Authority and Relaxation in Rules
15.8 Credit Distribution table of FDP Programme
15.9 Evaluation System to be followed

academic organization
Chapter 1
This section details the academic administration of the institute alongwith
it’s working. The matter is available in the Establishment manual as well.
In this section:
1.1 Academic Organization
1.2 Academic Co-ordination Appointments

1.2.1 Titles
1.2.2 Procedure of Nomination
1.2.3 Roles and Responsibility of Academic Co-ordinator Appointment
1.2.4 Channels of Reporting
1.2.5 Assessment.
1.3 Academic Committees

1.3.1 Nomenclatures
1.3.2 Composition of Committees and defined areas of functions
1.3.3 Procedure of Nominations of Committees
© 2003-2011, National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT)

Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 110016, India.
1 For restricted use within NIFT only.
1.2.1 Titles
At Head Office v) Students Development Activity Coordinator (SDAC)

Head of Departments - There would be two Heads of Department vi) Controller of Examination (COE)
for academics- Dean (A) and Head (AA). In general, all matters vii) Coordinator International & Domestic Linkages (CI&DL)
pertaining to academics, curriculum, curriculum delivery, faculty viii) Resource Centre (RC)
issues and academic plans would be handled by the Dean (A).
All matters of student issues and academic administration would 1.2.2. Procedure of Nomination
be handled by Head (AA).
The Dean (A) and Head (AA) would also act as Heads of Unit for Nomination process for Dean (A) and Head (AA):
the following academic units: z The posts of Dean (Academics) and Head (Academic
Dean (A) Affairs) shall be academic posts.
z Senior faculty shall be nominated to this post on rotation
a) Academic Management System z The posts shall alternate between Design, Management
b) National Resource Centre and Technology
Head (AA) z A panel of at least 2 senior faculty would be drawn up by
SIAC- AMS against each post.
a) Student Affairs z The names in the panel with their individual profiles -
b) Student Development Activities qualifications, earlier administrative posts held, aptitude
Heads of Units for the nominated post, general profile will be forwarded to
DG.
Head - International & Domestic Linkages (I&DL) z The DG will nominate the officers from the given panels.
Head - Research (R) z The period of appointment will be three years.
Head - Industry (I)
Head - Faculty Orientation Training and Development, Nomination process for Heads of Units:
Bridge Programme & Faculty Development z The post of Head of Unit shall be an academic post.
Programme (FOTD, BP & FDP) z Senior faculty shall be nominated to this post on rotation
Head - Continuing Education and Diploma Programme z The posts shall alternate between Design, Management
and Technology
Head - Cluster
z Panel of 3-4 senior faculty will be drawn up by SIAC- AMS.
Head - Information Technology (IT) z The names of the panel with their profile - qualifications,
Chairpersons (CP) of Departments earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the nominated
post, general profile will be forwarded to DG.
i) FP - Foundation Program
z The DG will nominate the officers from the given panel.
ii) FD - Fashion Design z The period of appointment will be three years.
iii) LD - Leather Design
iv) TD - Textile Design Nomination Process for Chairpersons:
v) KD - Knitwear Design z The post of Chairperson shall be an academic post.
vi) FC - Fashion Communication z Senior faculty of the concerned department shall be
vii) F&LA - Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories nominated to this post on rotation
viii) FMS - Fashion Management Studies z Panel of at least 2 senior faculty will be drawn up by SIAC-
AMS against each vacancy.
ix) DFT - Department of Fashion Technology
z The names of the panel with their profile - qualifications,
x) DS - Design Space earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the post,
At each NIFT Centre general profile will be forwarded to DG.
z The DG will nominate the officers from the given panel.
i) Centre Coordinators (CC) - All departments
z The period of appointment will be three years.
ii) Co - coordinator (Foundation Programme)
iii) Regional Industry Coordinator (RIC)
iv) Cluster Initiative Coordinator (CIC)

Nomination Process for Unit In charge: v) Dean(A) will coordinate and monitor commencement of
z The posts of Unit In Charge shall be academic posts. any new program in NIFT
z Head of concerned Unit shall propose a panel of names of vi) Dean (A) will facilitate the appointment of Heads of Units
faculty to Dean(A). and Unit In charges.
z The same will be discussed in SIAC-AMS and vii) Dean (A) will co-ordinate the proposal received from
recommended names will be forwarded to DG for approval. Chairpersons regarding names of experts and faculty for
z The period of appointment will be three years. graduation project / design collection / research project
dissertation final jury panels for the approval of DG-NIFT
Nomination Procedures for Units at Centres viii) Dean (A) will facilitate faculty nominations for domestic
Nomination for Unit In charges (CC, SDAC, COE, CI&DL, CIC, seminars / conferences
and RIC) ix) Dean (A) will monitor publications done by faculty of NIFT
z The posts of Unit incharge shall be academic posts. x) Dean (A) will be the chairperson of the SIAC-AMS and will
z Head of concerned Unit will propose a panel of names of report to DG-NIFT on all matters.
faculty in consultation with the Center Director to Dean (A) xi) Dean (A) will also be Head of Unit for AMS and NRC. The
to present to SIAC - AMS. Unit In charges will work under the guidance of Dean(A)
z Panel of at least 2 faculty will be drawn up by SIAC - AMS on issues of the unit
against each post. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF UNITS UNDER DEAN (A)
z The names of the panel with their profile- Qualifications,
earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the post, I) Academic Management System (AMS)
general profile- will be forwarded to DG. For the post of i) Curriculum
SDAC, the names of only female faculty should be z Documentation
nominated. z Review
z The DG will nominate the officers from the given panels. z Compliance to Academic Plan
z The period of appointment will be three years.
ii) Faculty
NOTE: It should be ensured that all appointments of the same z Facilitating appointments of faculty unit incharges &
time period should be co-terminus. The outgoing SIAC-AMS hence coordinators across centres
would complete the nomination procedure before end of term. z Ensure optimal utilization of faculty
In case of any changes that may occur mid term, the entire iii) Ensuring smooth deliverance of curriculum
process as detailed above would be repeated. iv) Academic Calendar
v) Academic Manual
1.2.3 Roles and Responsibility of Academic
II) National Resource Centre (NRC)
Co-ordination Appointments
z Maintenance of resource centre
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEAN (A) z Budgeting for the resource centre
The Dean (A) is the academic head of the institute with the aim z Processing and updating of Resource Centre database
of creating, implementing and taking forward the academic vision z Management and maintenance of membership record
of the institute through a consultative process with other and circulation service.
academicians of the institute. z Acquisition and development of collection
i) Dean(A) will be the co-ordinator for all matters pertaining z Management of reference service.
to academics. z Physical maintenance and security of all collections.
ii) Dean(A) will monitor curriculum development, review and z Budgeting
compliance. z Coordination of the Resource Centres
Dean(A) will be the custodian of the ratified curriculum of z Selection and collection development for RCs
each department/ specialization. i) Print and non-print collections
Any review, addition, deletion or modification in the ii) Consortia subscription print and online database/
curriculum will be coordinated by the Dean (A) through journals
the set procedure of review. iii) Forecast services
iii) Dean(A) will coordinate the preparation of Academic z Standardization of activities of RCs
Calendar and compliance. z Automation of RCs and Resource sharing among
iv) Dean(A) will monitor faculty workload and ensure optimal Centres
utilization of faculty z Digitization of resource material
z Creation of database
z Training / re-training of RC staff
For restricted use within NIFT only. 4
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD (AA) ii) Student Development Activities & Overseas Centre
The Head (AA) is the academic administrative head of the z Planning of Student Development activities across
institute with the aim of creating, implementing and taking forward centers
the vision of the institute through matters concerning students z Conduct of development activities
across centers. z Student Assistantship Program
i) Head (AA) will be the coordinator and facilitator for z Student Extension Activities
academic and developmental matters related to students z Inter College (outstation) participation
ii) Head (AA) will ensure adherence to student rules and z Mentorship program
regulations as per the Academic Manual and any issues z Budget allocation of development activities
arising thereafter. z Infrastructure setup
iii) The Student Rule Book would be modified, printed and z Liaison with all SDAC from NIFT centres for the above
distributed under the guidance and monitoring of Head z Review of Roles and Responsibilities of SDAC,
(AA) formulation of format for periodic returns from the same
iv) Any changes to the Academic Manual would be z Academic Manual
coordinated by the Head (AA) along with Dean (A) who
iii) Academic Appeal Committee
would get the same ratified by the AAC of the Board before
issuing appropriate addendums. z Student appeals
v) Head (AA) will coordinate all matters for the annual z Academic Malpractice cases
Convocation ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INTERNATIONAL &
z Information to the graduating batch about the DOMESTIC LINKAGES (I&DL)
Convocation
z Preparation of brochures and degree certificates i) International Participation
z Preparation of Angavastrams/ capes z Seminars/Conferences in coordination with
z Preparation of Awardees list departments
z Arrangements for trophies, medals, etc z Fairs / Shows / Exhibitions
z Preparation of Academic Report for the Convocation z Government & Industry tie-ups,
to be presented by DG. z MoUs in coordination with Dean A
z Preparation of Degree certificates ii) International Academics (in co-ordination with Dean A)
vi) Head (AA) will be responsible for the channelization and z Faculty Exchange/ Secondment
issue of all degrees, diplomas and awards instituted by z Training Programmes
NIFT. z Tie ups / MoUs
vii) Head (AA) would be the Alternate Chairperson of the SIAC
- AMS and will report to DG -NIFT on all matters. iii) International Student Cell:
viii) Head (AA) will also be Head of Unit for Student Affairs and z Student Exchange
SDAC. The Unit Incharges will work under the guidance of z Visit of NIFT Students
Head (AA) on issues of the unit. z Participations in competitions etc

z Special courses for foreign students
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF UNITS UNDER HEAD (AA) z Sponsorships
i) Student Affairs iv) Domestic Linkages
z Discipline Matters z Linkages with education institutions in India and
z Financial Assistance overseas
z Inter center and Inter discipline Transfer Cases z Policy & Guidelines on standard norms of linkages
z Student Grievances z Preparation and Assessment of proposal based on
z Student Counseling credentials
z Students Rule Book z Review and monitoring exercise.
z Student Awards z Custodian of all MOUs signed across centers with
z Policy and Guidelines of above mentioned activities domestic institutes, government bodies, NGOs etc. All
z Liaison with Centers such documents would be routed through the Head-
z Budget Allocation I&DL for approval before they are signed.
z All matters related to Awards, trophies, medals and
v) Any other matter relating to International / NRI students
academic performance certificates including keeping
of records and its safe custody. vi) Integration of evaluation with NIFT evaluation

ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD-RESEARCH (R) iv) Institutional arrangements/ tie ups with industry for
customized and specialized programmes
i) Doctoral Program
z Formulation of curriculum and conduct of classes v) Any other matter concerning Industry Interface
z Identification of faculty resources
II) Alumni Affairs
z Development of Ordinance for doctoral program
z Identification and allocation of supervisors i) Alumni Association
z Identification of expert panel for examinations and z Database of new and existing members
evaluations z Promotion for membership
z Conduct of all examinations and evaluations z Involvement in NIFT Projects
z Overall co-ordination of the program z Involvement as Guest Faculty
z Sponsorship for students
ii) Creating a Research Environment
By offering a doctoral programme and exploring possibility ii) Alumni Interaction
of joint research collaborations with internal universities / z Industry feedback and linkages
institutes / apparel industry / organizations and z Course curriculum development
possibilities of research students exchange. z Internship and Graduation projects for students
z Placements
iii) Capacity Building
Development of a long-term Research agenda and a plan iii) Alumni Meet
for Research & Development capacity building by z Formation of regional Alumni forums
establishing leading-edge research laboratories and z Regional Meets
equipping them with high-end research enabling equipment z Common annual Meet
to undertake doctoral research activities, industry oriented
iv) Any other matter concerning NIFT Alumni
research projects etc.
iv) Research Incubation Center ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - FACULTY ORIENTATION
Planning for development of research incubation center to TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT, BRIDGE PROGRAMME AND
encourage entrepreneurial projects in collaboration with FACULTY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
NIFT researchers
I) Faculty Orientation Training & Development (FOTD)
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INDUSTRY (I)
i) Orientation of new faculty to NIFT as an organization and
I) Industry to the working of the various streams taught in the
institute
i) Industry Participation
z Coordination with all RICs ii) Training of the new as well as existing Faculty
z Industry visit of faculty in coordination with Dean (A) z Identifying training needs
z Specific seminars and conferences: outside & in NIFT z Identifying the experts from faculty, industry and other
z Training Programmes for Industry at NIFT institutions
z Consolidation and dissemination of Industry database z Formulating the program with its duration and periodicity
to CPs z Organizing the training program
z Feedback
ii) Industry Sponsorships
z Equipment and material iii) Development of Faculty
z Infrastructure sharing z Devising a development program
z Joint ventures z Incorporating new areas of development in training
z MoUs z Incorporating inputs from Industry, alumni and various
international institutes
iii) Role of Industry in Academics
z Scholarships in coordination with Head AA II) Bridge Program (BP)
z Placements in coordination with centers and Facilitating conversion of previously awarded diplomas
departments to degrees for NIFT alumni.
z Industry/Market/Event/Fair exposure of students of z Formulation of bridge policy
remote NIFT Centre z Announcement and overall coordination of the

programme
z Formulation of the curriculum duration & periodicity

III) Faculty Development Programme (FDP) v) Any other work related to cluster project at HO
Programme to identify academically inclined professionals
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INFORMATION
and formally equip them for handling teaching
TECHNOLOGY (IT)
responsibilities in the field of Fashion Education.
z Formulation of FDP policy. i) To provide vision and direction for IT implementation and
z Announcement & overall coordination of the programme. usage in academic and administrative governance
z Development of the curriculum & follow up ii) Develop policy regarding software and hardware
z Feedback & recommendation procurement, website, software and hardware usage and
maintenance of IT infrastructure.
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - CONTINUING iii) To develop generic specifications and norms for various
EDUCATION AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES IT equipments and peripherals for procurement
I) Continuing Education Programmes and Diploma iv) Organising training in IT related areas
Programme (CE& Diploma Programme) v) Spread awareness of global best practices in IT usage
i) Facilitation of CE and Diploma Programmes at NIFT ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTROLLER OF

ii) Planning of various programmes (CE and Diploma) EXAMINATIONS (COE)
that would be offered annually based on information i) COE will be the co-ordinator and Facilitator for matters
received from all centers related to examination and evaluation of students for regular
iii) Facilitating necessary approvals as per Academic programmes.
Channel for CE and Diploma Programmes ii) COE would coordinate conduct of the evaluation and
iv) Overall coordination of content preparation for examination process across all NIFT Centres through COE
brochure, website etc as per requirement. Cell.
v) Dissemination of information (including brochure) iii) COE would facilitate formulation of policies related to
to all Centers. evaluations. COE would be the Convener for Standing
II) Corporate Communication Cell (CCC) Internal Advisory Committee for Common Examination
Board. COE would also seek reports and returns from the
Overall coordination and creation of visual and Controller of Examination (COE) at Centres. He would
communication Identity of NIFT also be responsible for proposing Budget for Evaluations
i) Publication and printing of centralized NIFT every financial year and also convene meetings of special
publications: Review Committees related to Evaluations.
z Prospectus for regular & CE Programmes iv) COE would identify / categorize subjects to fall under the
z Brochures: Placements, FDP, PhD and Bridge purview of Common Examinations in consultation with the
Programmes Chairpersons and Dean (A)
z Promotional material including posters and v) COE would co-ordinate maintenance of database related
print advertisements to faculty and experts who would be nominated for question
z Printing for Convocation and other major NIFT paper setting and for evaluation.
events vi) COE would co-ordinate maintenance of question bank for
z NIFT Diary, Calendar & Planner various categories of subjects.
ii) NIFT Website: Design and development of E- vii) COE would co-ordinate preparation of schedule for
brochures / advertisements Examination (CEB) including mid-term evaluation, end-
(Prospectus for regular & CE programme, term evaluation and re-examinations and notifying the
Placements, FDP, PhD & Bridge Programme) same and up-loading it in the NIFT website.
viii) COE would be responsible for co-ordination of preparation
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - CLUSTER of Question Papers and maintenance of overall
i) Coordination of Academic Schedule with Cluster timelines confidentiality.
with UI-Cluster and all CIC at the centres. ix) COE would be responsible for co-ordination, planning,
ii) Coordination, preparation and maintenance of reports on scheduling evaluation of subjects, which fall under the
student cluster related activities at each centre. purview of CEB.
iii) Coordinating student visits to various clusters and linking x) COE would be overall responsible for collecting results,
it to Cluster Development Initiative. student's attendance update from the Centres and uploading
iv) Plan for training workshop / seminar schedules and the same in the NIFT website.
parameters for cluster projects, along with performance xi) COE would be overall responsible for processing students’
measures for the same. representations, request for re-evaluations

xii) COE would be overall responsible for processing claims schedule and executing the same including coding, de-
of faculty, officers & staff for providing professional coding, preparation and despatch of results etc.
services towards evaluations. vii) ACOE would receive final results, students attendance
update from the NIFT Centres and upload the same on the
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EXAMINATION AND
NIFT website in coordination with IT Department of Head
EVALUATION CELL
Office.
i) Budgeting for Common Examination Board viii) ACOE would process students representations related to
ii) Evaluation policy formulation, preparation of evaluation evaluation and request for re-evaluation.
manual ix) ACOE would be responsible for preparation of student's
iii) Formulation of promotion policy and implementation. grade sheets, transcripts, etc.
iv) Monitoring implementation of evaluation policy, reporting x) ACOE would be responsible for processing claims of faculty,
of non compliance officers, staff for rendering professional services towards
v) Review of Roles and Responsibilities of COE, formulation evaluation for respective UG / PG programmes.
of format for periodic returns from COEs at Centre. xi) ACOE would be custodian for results for all UG / PG
vi) Collection of final result from Centres, maintenance of data programmes.
base xii) ACOE would be responsible for checking whether question
vii) Collection & dispatch of question papers papers submitted by nominated faculty are as per
viii) Coordination with NIFT Centres/COE regarding conducting guidelines/matrix etc.
examinations xiii) ACOE would be responsible for receiving details regarding
ix) Collection of answer sheets schedule of mid-term, end-term, re-examinations, copy of
x) Coding & evaluation of answer sheets question papers for both CEB and Non-CEB categories,
xi) De-coding & declaration of results brief for assignments, project etc. from the NIFT Centres.
xii) Conducting of re-examinations
xiii) Processing students representation ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF NODAL OFFICER
xiv) Putting up claims for faculty & staff
xv) Scheduling of time table for exams i) The Nodal officer shall directly interact with foreign
xvi) Setting of question papers university and report to DG-NIFT through Head-I&DL.
xvii) Custody of answer sheets ii) The Nodal officer shall supervise and coordinate all
xviii) Re-evaluation activities of NIFT fraternity pertaining to the foreign institute
xix) Record of marks/results assigned to her/him.
iii) For new MOUs , the Nodal officer shall evaluate the foreign
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ASSISTANT CONTROLLER University on the following grounds and put up for
OF EXAMINATIONS necessary approvals
Assistant Controller of Examinations (ACOE) would be the z Public/ Private organization
Academic Administrative Head of the evaluations related to Under z Institutional rating
Graduate/ Post Graduate programmes and would function under z Course mapping
the overall supervision of the COE. z Infrastructure, Facilities
i) ACOE would maintain the database related to subjects z Faculty resource
falling under the purview of CEB for the respective U.G./ z Medium of instruction
P.G. Programme. z Opportunities available for the foreign university
ii) ACOE would maintain database of faculty, experts who students/ faculty at NIFT
could be nominated for question paper setting and iv) For existing MOUs, the Nodal officer shall review the MOU
evaluation. based on the above points and present recommendations
iii) ACOE would maintain question bank for the respective on the continuity of MOU.
U.G. / P.G. Programme. v) The Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign university
iv) ACOE would prepare the evaluation schedule including on regular basis to provide suitable academic exchange/
mid-term, end-term and re-examination and notify the same study abroad opportunities to students of both NIFT and
on the NIFT website. Foreign University.
v) ACOE would be responsible for timely despatch of question vi) The Nodal Officer shall ensure that all deadlines indicated
papers to NIFT Centres and maintain necessary in the calendar of student exchange for activities are
confidentiality regarding the same. adhered.
vi) ACOE would be responsible for receipt of answer sheets vii) The Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign university
for CEB subjects, preparation of evaluation plan and on regular basis to provide suitable academic exchange

opportunities for faculty members of both NIFT and foreign ix) The CP shall ensure that curriculum delivery is in
university. The Nodal officer shall interact with foreign accordance with academic calendar and ratified time table.
university to initiate activities pertaining to faculty Any non-compliance by any centre must be informed to
exchange, joint projects etc. the office of Dean (A).
viii) The Nodal officer shall coordinate with the foreign x) The CP shall ensure that the developed course material is
University and students who go to foreign university or documented and sent to Dean (A) for reference and
students who come on exchange to NIFT. respective departments across all centers including
ix) Nodal officer shall obtain student feedback from students material developed by guest faculty.
who go on exchange program in the prescribed format xi) The CP shall ensure that CCs have instructed the faculty
and a summary report shall be submitted to the Head members to give a detailed brief regarding task based
I&DL regularly assignments, projects and research work to the students
x) Nodal Officer under intimation to Head I&DL shall interact well in advance to enable them to understand the
with CI&DL for exchange students expectations and outcome of the assignments.
xii) The CP shall ensure that various policies stated in
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF CHAIRPERSON (CP)
Academic Manual for academic related activities like
i) The CP shall assume a leadership role in positioning the placement, internship, graduation project, market survey,
Institute as a centre of excellence through various design collection, craft documentation for students as well
professional endeavors for the department, its students as faculty is complied with.
and alumni. xiii) The overall responsibility of placement and internship shall
ii) The CP shall take the lead in development of the be that of CP and he / she will be responsible to provide
curriculum, positioning and structuring of the programmes, help and guidance to industry coordinator in terms of
preparation of the teaching material, learning methodology prospecting more companies if there is shortfall.
and consistent delivery. xiv) The CP shall forge linkages with industry members and
iii) The CP shall be responsible for overall planning, academic solicit their active participation in Industry Advisory
administration and review of programmes under their Committees and their cooperation for internship,
respective departments across centres. placement, research projects and event sponsorship.
iv) The CP shall be responsible for overall allocation of xv) CP in consultation with Examination Cell shall coordinate
teaching hours and credit weightage given to the course with course faculty in developing the question bank,
as per Academic Manual and other academic related finalizing the paper setters and evaluators and any other
matters for administration across all centers. additional responsibility of related matters.
v) The CP in consultation with the Faculty Members shall xvi) The CPs shall ensure that CCs call for a fortnightly meeting
recommend the electives to be offered in VI & VII of the faculty and shall monitor the implementation of the
Semesters for UG and II & III semesters for PG academic decisions taken from time to time.
programmes which will be offered to all the students xvii) The CP shall prepare a list of relevant national and
across the centers in order to facilitate any elective offer. international fairs, seminars, exhibitions & confluences
vi) Detailed guidelines of electives in terms of course content, and nominations of faculty members for such events.
evaluation, credit shall be prepared by CP. xviii) The CP shall endeavour to facilitate necessary
vii) The CP shall forward the academic plan collected by Centre philosophical direction and inculcate a visionary approach
Coordinators for each faculty member and also the overall beyond the academics into research and development
plan for the centre submitted by CC with his/her own activities for the faculty and the students.
comments to Dean (A). This shall also be submitted along xix) The CP shall convene one-day departmental meetings at
with a detailed brief on training needs of faculty members different centres in rotation with all concerned CCs once
in suitable training institutes within India and abroad to every semester, before the commencement of the each
Dean (A). The CP shall also review whether there is academic session to plan all issues per taining to
sufficient department development fund (DDF) to ensure academics including the proposed plan for Inter centre
training of faculty members as submitted by CCs teaching which shall be drawn up in consultation with
viii) The CP shall ratify the academic plan and the time table CCs and forwarded to Dean (A) for approval of DG-NIFT
ensuring that all faculty members have been allocated xx) The CP shall visit each NIFT Centre at least once in a
optimum teaching and academic work load and the semester to monitor and review the academic progress
finalized delivery as discussed in the CP/CC meeting. The and interact with the students, faculty members and
CP shall also ensure that modular inputs wherever needed Director of the NIFT Centres with regard to areas of
are planned and administered at the appropriate stage in concern. During the visit to the centre CPs are required to
the curriculum. perform the following tasks:

z To teach classes of his/her area of expertise-
minimum of 02 sessions per visit. The plan for these
sessions shall be communicated to the CCs in
advance for the necessary information to the students.
z CP shall audit the classes of faculty of the department
at least once in the semester and shall prepare the
report of the same.
z During the visit to the centre CP shall meet regularly
the alumni, industry professionals and other experts
and would discuss about the course curriculum,
industry institute interaction, placement and internship
and other related issues. CP shall advise CC of the
center regarding the coordination with industry,
alumni and other experts before the visit.
z CP shall obtain the feedback from the students and
faculty members regarding the course coverage,
students participation, infrastructure requirements,
reference materials etc.
CP shall submit the report on the above after the visit to
DG-NIFT and copy to Dean (A) and Head (AA).
CP shall review the follow up action in the next meeting
on the initiatives taken earlier and the progress of the
same would be communicated to the DG along with the
visit report.
xxi) The CP shall prepare the agenda for the department and
be responsible for conveying and implementing the
decisions taken such committee / council meeting.
xxii) The CP shall render advice to the CC on all matters of
department concern for implementation of academic
programmes.
xxiii) The CP shall be required to contribute to other academic
activities such as cluster, CE programme etc.
xxiv) The CP shall foster spirit of unity and culture of sharing &
exchange of ideas and knowledge amongst faculty
members and students.

UNITS AT CENTRE
CENTER COORDINATOR (CC) ix) CC shall also send the requirement of teaching of his/her
Department to the other departments so that respective
i) The Centre Coordinator shall be responsible for overall
CCs can take that into consideration while deciding the
academic administration and management of the
workload of each faculty.
department at the Centre.
x) CC shall distribute the workload to each faculty by calling
ii) The CC shall circulate and collect the Academic Plan from
for a departmental meeting and discussing the proposed
each faculty which shall be in a prescribed format having
time table along with the need of faculty inputs in each
details of competency, areas for professional development,
area. The work load shall be divided into faculty inputs
research & training needs, work load of direct and indirect
provided by core department faculty, faculty from other
teaching both within the department and outside in other
departments and guest faculty requirements. The shortfall
departments.
of hours for which guest faculty is proposed to be called
iii) The CC shall call for a faculty meeting fortnightly in
shall be justified by the CC in that meeting and speaking
consultation with other faculty members of the department
minutes should be prepared for the same.
for the following;
xi) CC shall also discuss competency of each faculty and
z To discuss issues to be represented in LASC on
their plans for growth and development so that guest faculty
behalf of the department and to convey the decisions
is restricted to providing inputs mainly to enrich the course.
of the LASC for implementation.
xii) Keeping in view of the time table, CC shall also facilitate
z To implement the Academic Plan.
and allow the teaching of CE programmes by internal
z To assign duties and responsibilities to faculty
faculty members in case the stipulated work load has not
members and staff for coordination of specific
been met.
subjects such as design collection, research
xiii) CC shall also decide and justify the need of auditing of
projects, craft documentation, seminars etc. and
courses by internal faculty, which should go in conjunction
monitor their progress.
with faculty training outside of the Institute. This will depend
z To propose the requirements of Guest Faculty at the
on Department Development Fund available with each
beginning of the semester.
Centre which then in consultation with CP / Director shall
z To discuss specific issues of students, discipline,
be put up for DG's approval through Dean(A).
attendance and other related concerns.
xiv) CC shall ensure that the examination and evaluation are
z To maintain records of such discussions and
conducted in accordance with Academic Manual.
meetings and send a copy to CP, Director and Dean
xv) The CC shall ensure that equipments and infrastructure
(Academics) for information.
provided in labs & classrooms are kept in proper working
iv) The CC shall draw up a timetable and detailed calendar of
condition for use of students.
activities and send the same to CP for ratification.
xvi) The CC shall invite industry members and industry alumni
v) The CC shall ensure that classes are conducted in
from time to time for the academic industry interface and
accordance with the timetable in terms of punctuality,
shall seek their suggestions for improvement to course
decorum and course coverage etc. giving particular
content and solicit their cooperation for departmental
emphasis to students’ attendance and discipline.
activities.
vi) The CC shall ensure that academic activities proceed
xvii) The CC shall be required to provide necessary inputs and
according to the academic calendar and any non-
make contribution to other academic activities whenever
compliance of the same is reported to the CP along with
called for such as admissions and CE programmes.
the reasons for any such deviations. The CC shall also
xviii) The CC shall consult the CP from time to time on all matters
report the attendance of the students to the CP office before
of departmental concern.
the end semester examination.
xix) CC to ensure equitable distribution of opportunities amongst
vii) The CC shall convene monthly meetings with the students
those who have contributed towards the revenue
to review the progress and to provide feedback to them. A
generation of DDF.
copy of the record of the meeting shall be submitted to CP.
xx) CC will also submit requirements of faculty training well
viii) CC will ensure optimum utilization of faculty resources of
in advance to CP.
their department.

CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATION (COE) ii) The RIC shall explore and establish new industry linkages
to expand the industry profile by organizing specific
i) To maintain the database related to subjects falling under
seminars and conferences in and outside NIFT and
the purview of CEB for the respective U.G./P.G. Programme.
organizing training programs for Industry at NIFT.
ii) To maintain database of faculty, experts who could be
iii) RIC shall ensure that the said database is passed on to
nominated for question paper setting and evaluation.
the Unit Incharge Industry- HO who shall prepare an
iii) To provide the details with regard to faculty teaching CEB
exhaustive company list sector and region wise and shall
subjects; evaluation matrix with clear cut deadline; Core/
decide the plan for sending brochures to the Industries of
non-Core/ elective subjects with credit points attached
the region.
along with the individual subjects to COE-HO.
iv) To receive assignment schedule from respective CCs and II) Bridging Industry with Academics
to upload on the NIFT Website through the office of the
iv) Student Interaction with Industry by organizing lectures
Director-IT.
and demonstrations by Eminent Personalities in Zero Hour
v) To collect assignments from the students and getting it
in coordination with SDAC for students of all the disciplines
evaluated by the subject faculty.
(refer Policy for Norms of Engagement and Honorarium of
vi) To compile marks as given by the subject faculty and
Guest Faculty at (Annexure - 4B).
display them on the notice board.
v) RIC should collect internship data from all CCs for
vii) To issue and evaluate the log book.
consolidation and send the course wise data to Head-
viii) To conduct the Mid-term and End-term Exams.
Industry who will maintain year wise and course wise
ix) To issue Admit Card.
data of internship
x) To circulate the evaluation schedule including mid-term,
vi) Students of remote NIFT Centres (Kannur, Shillong, Kangra,
end-term and re-examination to respective CCs and display
Jodhpur, Raebareli, Bhubaneswar, Patna and Bhopal) will
the same on the notice board for information to students.
go for additional exposure of maximum 5 days (excluding
xi) To prepare semester result of Non-CEB subjects and
travel time) every year in one or two phases during
forward it to COE-HO for further processing.
holidays/summers break/winter break. This exposure is
xii) To provide information of students in various cases i.e.
in addition to the 28 weeks of teaching plan and should
ARM, Cheating Cases, SOA, LOA, Non-payment of
not disturb prescribed activities in the academic calendar.
semester fees etc.
This additional exposure to Industry / Market/ Event/ Fair
xiii) To check final grades of CEB subjects as received from
will be restricted to nearby areas only and may be taken
the COE-HO.
up twice for graduate program (during foundation and 2nd
xiv) To declare Mid-term and End Term Results.
year) and once for post graduate program (during 1st year).
xv) To prepare result for 8th semester awardees by collating
The exposure is classified into three categories; i.e. (a)
the marks of mentor, Internal jury and External Jury.
industry (i.e. design houses, manufacturers, market, retail
xvi) To process student's representations relating to evaluation;
hubs), (b) seminar/conferences, and (c) fairs/exhibitions.
request for re-evaluation, appeals, malpractice cases etc.
Every program should pick up any two of the three
for UG / PG programmes.
categories. CC in co-ordination with CP may plan visit to
xvii) To prepare and issue student's semester grade sheets,
nearby venue at the beginning of the semester and get
transcripts, award certificates, Provisional Certificates etc.
prior approval of the Centre Director.
xviii) To process claims of faculty, officers, staff for rendering
It has been decided that for the above additional exposure
professional services towards evaluation for respective
(in case of 8 Centres identified as remote Centres), total
UG / PG programmes.
expenditure should be shared 50:50 between NIFT and
xix) Custodian for results, awards, trophies for the respective
students. One faculty member should accompany the
UG / PG programme.
student group. A special budget will be provided to the
xx) To conduct and co-ordinate Bridge Programme and FDP.
centres for this purpose. The visit is mandatory for the
xxi) To prepare Budget for COE activities.
students. The AAC has decided that this scheme will be
operation initially for 5 years w.e.f. 2011 after which, it
REGIONAL INDUSTRY COORDINATOR (RIC)
will be reviewed again.
I) Industry Identification and Linkages
III) Campus Placement Activity
i) The RIC shall identify the strengths and focus of the
vii) The RIC shall prepare a consolidated list of companies
industry in the region comprising of states allotted to the
which respond to the placement requirement in their region
centre.
and shall forward to Unit Incharge, Industry-HO.

viii) The RIC shall facilitate campus placements in their centres z Ensure submission of interim reports and final report
under the overall guidance of Head-Industry as per the as per time schedule.
placements rules. viii) The CIC will facilitate effective communication between
ix) The RIC shall assist Unit Incharge in developing brochures the team and provide logistic support for their functioning.
and formats for placement and other initiatives with the ix) The CIC will ensure proper documentation of the project
feedback of industry profile, requirements etc. through
x) The RIC shall follow-up with the industry after the activities z Brochures
of placement, and other initiatives and the prepared report z Project presentations
shall be forwarded to Unit Incharge (Industry, HO) z Film on the project (for which the Cluster Coordinator
xi) The RIC shall organize a briefing session with students will provide in the budget)
about how to register online. z This will help in not only documenting the project
xii) The RIC should collect the SGPA of passing out batch but procuring future projects.
from COE and send to Unit In charge, Industry-HO for x) The CIC shall prepare a database of the NIFT graduates
online update in students resume. involved in craft on ongoing basis and will keep in constant
xiii) RIC shall organize “how to face interview” and “personality touch with them.
development” sessions for campus placements.
II) Interaction with Eminent Craftsperson
The RIC shall function under the overall guidance of Head
(Industry). Students interaction with Craftspersons by organizing workshops
in coordination of the centre Coordinators for students of 2-3
CLUSTER INITIATIVE COORDINATOR (CIC)
departments. (refer Policy for Norms of Engagement and
I) Academic Co-ordination with Cluster Initiatives Honorarium of Guest Faculty at Annexure - 4 B)
i) The CIC will provide overall direction and focus to the III) Co-ordination of activities pertaining to Intellectual
Cluster Initiatives undertaken by NIFT keeping in view the Property Rights
available competencies amongst the students, faculty and
i) Conduct workshop and modules on IPR awareness for
graduates of NIFT.
industry and students.
ii) The CIC will initiate and identify cluster projects that can
ii) To coordinate with IPR cell of NIFT to facilitate the protection
involve students and graduates as well as become part of
of IPRs for students and faculty.
the curriculum.
iii) The CIC will plan the project in such a way so as to The Cluster Initiative Coordinator shall function under the overall
include and involve students effectively as per academic guidance of Head (Cluster)
schedule in coordination with CCs of the respective
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND ACTIVITY COORDINATOR (SDAC)
departments.
iv) The CIC will prepare an extensive database of company The SDAC will address all matters pertaining to student discipline
profiles, organizations and individuals involved in cluster (preventive and curative), student's grievances, academic
initiatives. enrichment and overall development etc. through close interaction
v) The CIC shall proactively work on establishing contact with students, faculty, professionals, NGOs and other institutions
with agencies and above mentioned companies or to address issues of concerns and through conduct of various
individuals to procure cluster related projects. developmental activities.
vi) Once the project is in place, the CIC will conduct regular
I) Students Affairs
meetings with the project leader to monitor the progress
of the project and ensure adherence to the schedules and i) The SDAC shall interact with Centre Coordinators and other
the set of objectives proposed for the project. faculty members, (under the Guidance of mentorship
vii) The CIC will: · program), regarding specific problems of students such
z Provide direction and focus towards envisaged as habitual absenteeism, medical problems, indiscipline
objectives of the project and inappropriate behavior.
z Appropriately distribute work and assign individual ii) The SDAC shall coordinate matters related to student
responsibilities of the team members developmental activities and constitute a Student Discipline
z Spell out approach and methodology of work Committee comprising of faculty and Class
z Evaluate the qualitative progress of work Representatives for Hostel and Campus. The SDAC will
z Interact, brief and update endorsing authority from act as a Convener for the Student Discipline Committee
time to time which will identify all malpractice cases related to

academics, discipline, ragging and resolve the same xiv) The SDAC shall coordinate NIFT and Industry scholarships
through proper channel. for students. They would circulate the information and
iii) The SDAC shall coordinate with the Hostel Discipline forward the appropriate cases.
Committee / Campus Discipline committee and Students xv) The SDAC shall encourage students to actively participate
welfare committee for early disposal of matters under the in NIFT support activities to various NGOs cause through
preview of such committees. workshops, meets and seminars in NIFT.
iv) The SDAC shall act the nodal person to receive information
IV) Co-ordinate Training Programs of Faculty / Academic Body
on problems of drug abuse, psychological & stress related
vis-a-vis Students Affairs
disorders from students, faculty, officers and others and
shall co-ordinate with the doctor and psychologist on The SDAC shall facilitate Mentoring, Team building workshops
campus. and other such workshops for faculty in co-ordination with the
v) The SDAC may constitute a team of senior students for Registrar at least once in a year for them to further handle
guidance / counseling to the junior students on different students mentoring and problems.
issues. The coordinators shall constitute the students group The SDAC shall function under the overall guidance of Head (AA).
to assign the projects for NGOs. The groups may be
composed of students from different streams. COORDINATOR INTERNATIONAL AND DOMESTIC LINKAGES
vi) The SDAC shall maintain a database of potential NGOs (CI&DL)
and individual experts of various fields on panel for
i) The CI&DL at the respective centre shall be responsible
addressing the students at large and for specific guidance
for overall co-ordination and management in respect of
and advice to students on case-to-case basis. Also, draw
the matters related with International & Domestic Linkages
up list based on competency for mutual projects between
ii) CI&DL will be additionally responsible for co-ordination of
NIFT and NGOs.
activities related to Intellectual Property Rights and report
II) Student Assistantship to respective center Registrar for such activities.
iii) The CI&DL would be responsible for all the matters
vii) The SDAC of respective centers shall invite applications
pertaining student twinning (study abroad) / exchange
from needy students and compile the list as per the
programmes.
competency. The list shall be forwarded to the Committee
constituted by DG-NIFT for taking decision on selection, For NIFT Students
allocation of work duties for part-time engagement at
i) The CI&DL would liaison with the respective Center
Resource Centre / Laboratories etc to facilitate meeting
Registrar to disseminate all relevant information in terms
their day-to-day expenditure and give them opportunity to
of academic exchange opportunities available to NIFT
learn on the job.
students in a particular semester. They will further inform
viii) SDAC shall maintain database for information on PG
the students at the center about the existing Academic
accommodation for Students outside NIFT campus/Hostel
Exchange opportunities and generate interest by means of
to facilitate student accommodation.
holding discussions/ talks/ counselling sessions on a
III) Student Development regular basis. They will act as a single point of contact
(SPOC) for the students of the centre in respect of queries
ix) The SDAC will oversee the Student Activity Clubs for better
relating to International Exchange.
coordination between the extra curricular and the academic
ii) The CI&DL would liaison with the respective Center
activities. The SDAC will be a member on all Student
Registrar to solicit student Applications for Student
related clubs.
Twinning / Exchange Programmes at their respective Center
x) SDAC will ensure the setting up and optimal utilization of
and circulate the form for the same to the students. The
Student Development Activity common Infrastructure.
CI&DL must ensure that the Student Application Forms
xi) The SDAC will be responsible for the budgets of all the
are completed duly filled in and the SGPA in the application
student activities and projects.
forms are duly certified by the CCs of the concerned
xii) The SDAC shall Co-ordinate with RIC to conduct lectures
Department. The forms should be then forwarded to
and interaction with eminent speakers / professionals /
International and Domestic Linkages Unit as per the
Alumni for the students on subject specific for students
directives and time schedule indicated by the Unit at NIFT.
overall development.
iii) After the selection of NIFT students in the receiving
xiii) The SDAC shall guide the students on career progression
University/Institute, the CI&DL would co-ordinate with the
during and after the course at NIFT and prepare them for
Registrar for Visa facilitation who would liaison with the
Placement Interviews (such as mock interviews etc.),
respective Regional Consulate.
personality developmental activities, etc.

For International students at NIFT 1.2.5 ASSESSMENT

i) The CI&DL would be responsible for over all co-ordination
for international students at respective centres. The Assessment of all academic positions will be based on
ii) The CI&DL in co-ordination with their respective Center 'Performance Linked Incentive Scheme of NIFT (Annexure 1- A)
administration would identify Host Family options for The assessment period of Performance Linked Award Scheme
foreign students (Twinning and NRI students) to ensure will be co-terminus with academic semesters i.e. January-June
their well being during their term of study at NIFT. and July-December in each calendar year.
iii) The CI&DL would be responsible for conducting an The Assessment shall be controlled and monitored by the office
Orientation Program for the students (Twinning and NRI of Director (HO).
students) so as to familiarize them with the Institute, its
academic patterns, craft cluster initiatives, stay options,
local travel options, food options, medical facility in
campus etc.
iv) CI&DL shall assist the student in obtaining information on
the latest rules and regulations for all international visitors'
formalities, FRRO registration, Embassy regulation, VISA
restrictions, rules on port of entry and port of exit, etc and
provide any required local support to fulfill such formalities.
v) The CI&DL would be responsible for liaison with the
concerned Center Department at NIFT should there be a
need to customize a specific Programme/ Module for the
foreign students
vi) The CI&DL would be responsible for mentoring the foreign
students (Twinning and NRI students) to take care of their
academic/ personal issues from time to time.
vii) In case of Cluster Visit by International students, the CI&DL
would liaison with the CIC to ensure smooth conduct of
the same.
Faculty Secondment to NIFT
i) The CI&DL would liaison with respective Center Registrar
to receive all relevant information regarding the selected
international faculty experts (Visiting Fellows) in their
Center and understand the requirements of the Host
Department, the identified programme coordinator and the
Secondary Affiliation department of the identified faculty
expert.
ii) The CI&DL would liaison with the Programme Coordinator
to facilitate smooth conduct of the programme.
iii) The CI&DL shall be responsible for matters related with
logistics issues like stay, local travel, travel to Clusters
etc for the identified faculty expert in coordination with
respective Centre administration.
iv) The CI&DL would constantly be in touch with the
International and Domestic Linkages Unit so as to catalyze
efficiency, objectivity and overall responsiveness in the
captioned matter.
The CI&DL shall work under the constant guidance of Head
International and Domestic Linkages

1.3 Academic Committees i) To approve the time table of all the classes before the
beginning of the semester.
1.3.1 Nomenclatures ii) To approve the engagement of Guest Faculty for the various
courses (under the Guest Faculty Policy).
At Head Office iii) To distribute the work load among the faculty members
Standing Internal Advisory Committees for each unit - SIAC and to ensure full utilization of the faculty hours in their
At Centre centre.
Local Academic Standard Committee - LASC iv) Monitoring of course coverage, adherence to the syllabus
and ensuring that there is no spill-over of the curriculum.
1.3.2 Composition of Committees and Defined v) To prepare the Academic Plan and review the courses
Areas of Functions etc. and send the same to the Senate for discussions.
vi) To monitor mid-term, end-term and common examination
SIAC: Standing Internal Advisory committees have been with results.
constituted to advise the units on policy matters and other vii) To ensure final preparation of results and send the same
concerns. All the decisions of the units have to be necessarily to Senate for ratification and approval.
routed through SIAC prior to taking them to higher bodies. viii) To consider and apply Moderation Policy, while preparing
The generic composition of the committees may be referred in results as per the policy with speaking minutes.
the Establishment manual. The members as selected will be ix) To ensure the delivery of mark sheet to all the passing out
intimated by Director-HO office. students before the Convocation.
The Standing Committee will consider the matters referred to it x) To co-ordinate with other centres for bringing out uniform
from time to time and make recommendations. The academic calendar.
recommendations of the SIAC will be placed before DG-NIFT for xi) To recommend and take action on all disciplinary /
consideration by the Unit Incharge through the Head of Units. The misconduct matters pertaining to students.
Advisory Committee will meet every quarter or as frequently as xii) To review and monitor industry visits, field trips, Internship
may be informed by the Convener of the Committee. The and participation in craft clusters, etc.
Convenor of the Committee will be responsible for convening the xiii) To consider and recommend the proposals for imports
meeting of the Advisory Committee within 15 days of the previous and purchase of equipments, machines and other
quarter and for sending notices of meeting to the members, infrastructure for their teaching requirement. The proposal
circulation of agenda notes atleast a week before the meeting, may be forwarded to DG-NIFT with recommendations for
convening of the meetings and recording the minutes with prior further necessary action.
approval of the Chairperson of the Committee and maintenance xiv) To consider and organize the Graduating events of their
of all records of the meetings. The Convenor shall submit the centres and forward the recommendations to DG for grant
recommendations of the Committee for consideration/approval of funds.
of DG-NIFT through the Head of Units at the earliest and take xv) To discuss and solve the specific problems of students.
follow up action as per the directions of DG-NIFT on the proposal. xvi) To consider and forward applications with recommendation
All proposals having financial implications will invariably be to Head (AA) for inter-centre transfer and inter-discipline
routed through Director (F&A). transfer.
For composition of committee and defined areas of functions xvii) To consider and discuss all the matters related to their
please refer to Establishment Manual Chapter 2 centres with the permission of the Chair.
Academic Committees at Centres 1.3.3 Procedure of Nominations for Committees
LASC: Local Academic Standards Committee: Nomination procedure for SIAC for academic units (other than
The constitution of the LASC will be as under: AMS)
I) Director of Centre – Chairman i) The composition of the SIAC would be maintained as
II) Registrar – Convenor already approved.
III) All Centre Coordinators as members ii) The nomination of the CPs on the various SIAC would be
IV) Head Librarian – Member done by DG-NIFT on the basis of a panel drawn by SIAC-
AMS
The LASC meeting should take place at least once every month
and the deliberations should be properly minuted. iii) The nomination of the Directors on the various SIAC would
Recommendations and decisions, if any, requiring approval of be done by DG-NIFT
the Competent Authority or ratification by a higher authority may iv) The SIAC could co-opt 1-2 members (non academic/
be sent to the DG-NIFT. The terms of reference for the LASC are external experts) on a case to case basis. In general, the
as under:- composition of the SIAC would be academic and center
directors/ registrars.

v) The period of appointment would be three years.

NOTE: It should be ensured that all appointments of the same
time period should be co-terminus. The outgoing SIAC-
AMS hence would complete the nomination procedure
before end of term. In case of changes mid term, the
entire process as detailed above would be repeated.

student admission to NIFT
Chapter 2
This section details the norms and policies related to, and the working
of the process of student admission to regular programs in the institute.
In this section:
2.1 Notification
2.1.1 Eligibility
2.1.2 Centerwise Allocation of programs & seats
2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for Admission Process

2.2.1 Deliverables of the examination agency
2.2.2 Scrutiny of Application forms

2.3.1 For Bachelor of Design
2.3.2 For Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production)
2.3.3 For Master of Fashion Management / Technology
2.3.4 For Master of Design
2.4 Final List preparation

2.4.1 Reservation of seats
2.5 Result Communication
2.6 Counselling & Allocation of Centre / Discipline
2.7 Cancellation / Withdrawal of Candidature

Admission to regular courses in NIFT is based on a common General Requirements of candidates
entrance examination on an all India basis.
i) The medium of instruction in NIFT is English and all aspirants
applying to NIFT must possess working knowledge of English
2.1 Notification language.
The advertisement for admission to UG/PG Programmes is ii) All aspirants applying to NIFT must possess basic computing
published in all national and reputed daily newspapers and is knowledge and skill as applied to operating system, word
uploaded on the official website of NIFT during the month of processing, text editing, spread sheet, data base application,
November after the final decision on the number of students to presentation as well as net surfing abilities.
be admitted to all the regular programmes.
The decision on the number of students per specialization and 2.1.2 CENTER WISE ALLOCATION OF PROGRAM
the number of specializations in each center is taken by the AND SEATS
Senate.
The advertisement so published also carries a detailed admission The courses being offered by NIFT are as follows:-
calendar indicating all possible dates viz. written test, situation BACHELOR PROGRAMME - DESIGN (B. Des.)
test, group discussion, interviews and declaration of results.
z Fashion Design
z Leather Design
2.1.1 Eligibility
Specializations :
i) Under Graduate Programmes Footwear & Products at NIFT Chennai and Raebareli
I) Bachelor of Design (10+2 from a recognized board of Garments & Products at NIFT Delhi and Kolkata
education) z Accessory Design
z Fashion Design
z Leather Design Specializations:
z Accessory Design Accessory Design at NIFT Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra,
z Textile Design New Delhi, Raebareli and Shilong
z Knitwear Design
Product range: Home Accessories, Luxury Products, Lighting &
z Fashion Communication
Lighting Fixtures, Garden Seating, Bathroom & Kitchen
II) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (10+2 with Physics, Accessories and Utensils, Leisure Accessories, Switches, Door
Chemistry & Mathematics from a recognized board of Knobs, Toys and Children Products, Architectural Accessories,
education) Corporate & Business Accessories, Handcrafted Accessories and
z Apparel Production Visual Merchandising for Retail Business Environments.
ii) Post Graduate Programmes Jewellery & Precious Products Specialization at NIFT
I) Master of Fashion Management (Undergraduate Degree Gandhinagar
from any institute/university recognized by law in India Product range: Precious and Costume Jewellery, Silverware,
OR Undergraduate Diploma of minimum three years Giftware using Precious Metals and Stones
duration from NIFT/NID) z Textile Design
II) Master of Fashion Technology (B.F.Tech from NIFT OR z Knitwear Design
B.E./ B.Tech from any institute/ university recognized z Fashion Communication
by law in India)
BACHELOR PROGRAMME - TECHNOLOGY (B.F.Tech)
III) Master of Design (Undergraduate Degree from any
institute/university recognized by law in India OR z Apparel Production
Diploma In UG Design from NIFT/NID only)
MASTER PROGRAMMES
Design Space is an advanced course that demands an
understanding of fundamentals in design and presupposes that z Management
candidates would be familiar with the basic skills and theories z Fashion Technology
for successful completion of the programme. NIFT programme z Design
would not provide any basic knowledge and skill development in The number of courses listed above and their eligibility may be
design as a part of Master programme. modified as per the decision of the Senate and Board of Governors
of NIFT

2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for the xx) To prepare kits containing the material for the situation test
and position at all test centres.
purpose of Admissions xxi) To carry all the confidential material for the situation test to
the locations by air (as required).
The Entrance Examination to NIFT is conducted by an outsourced xxii) To compile the results of written test and situation test for
agency of repute. All activities relating to admissions from the final merit for UG Design programme category-wise and
design & printing of application forms to its final result is being hand over the same to NIFT.
done by the Examination Agency. xxiii) To develop and print case study for group discussion.
xxiv) To arrange for the venue and conduct group discussion
2.2.1 The Deliverables of the Examination and interviews for Master programmes.
Agency is as under:- xxv) To compile the result of the written test, group discussion,
and interview for the final merit list for Master Programmes
i) To provide NIFT application kits consisting of OMR category-wise and hand over the same to NIFT
application forms, instruction for filling up OMR application xxvi) To handle the entire above mentioned tasks with utmost
forms, self addressed envelope, acknowledgement card, confidentiality with precautions and in a professional way
challans for payment of application fee, sample questions of high standard.
and instructions for filling the OMR sheets. xxvii) To carry out expeditiously any minor details in respect of
ii) To receive the filled in application forms from the applicants. above mentioned tasks in concurrence with NIFT and NIFT
iii) To allot roll numbers to the candidates as per defined fields to extend all possible cooperation and help in this regard.
by affixing bar coded labels.
iv) To scan the application forms to capture the data of the
candidates.
2.2.2 Scrutiny of Application Forms
v) To design, print and generate admit cards. All the applications received are scrutinized by the members of
vi) To print window envelopes for the admit cards and to the agency on the following basis:
dispatch the admit cards by registered post to the
i) Application forms filled in all respects
candidates
ii) Eligibility in respect of qualification, age and caste
vii) To hand over the list of candidates test centre-wise/
iii) Receipt of application on or before of the last date of
program-wise/ category-wise to NIFT.
submission.
viii) To arrange for written test in the cities selected by NIFT
and mentioned in the NIFT prospectus.
ix) To detail centre superintendents, invigilator and other staff 2.3 Selection Procedure
at all the test centers and make necessary arrangements
Candidates whose applications are acceptable in all regards are
at all test centres for the conduct of tests in a fair and
issued admit card by the agency for appearing for the entrance
smooth manner.
exam. Information of the same i.e. Name of candidate, Father's
x) To position the test material at all the test centres by hand/
Name ,Roll No, and Name of the test centre, is uploaded on the
by air.
NIFT website programme wise one week before the examination.
xi) To fix test centres at Indian embassies for the NRI/ Foreign
Nationals after taking No Objection Certificate from the
concerned embassies. 2.3.1 For Bachelor of Design
xii) To send and receive back the test materials from Indian General Ability Test (GAT)
embassies by International courier.
xiii) To supervise the conduct of the test. i) Quantitative Ability
xiv) To collect back the used answer sheets by hand/by air ii) Communication Ability
from test centres to New Delhi. iii) English Comprehension
xv) To evaluate the answer sheets for subjective test and to iv) Analytical Ability
evaluate the OMR answer sheets by scanning. v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs
xvi) To provide the result of the written test to NIFT program- Creative Ability Test (CAT)
wise/ category-wise.
This test is administered to judge the skill, power of observation,
xvii) To conduct situation test for UG Design programme at all
innovation and design ability of the candidate. An important
the NIFT centres.
aspect of the test is the candidate's use of colour and illustration.
xviii) To detail centre superintendents, invigilators and other staff
at all test centres for situation tests.
xix) To develop question papers for the situation test.

Situation Test Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are
required to undergo, Group Discussion (GD) and Interview.
Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are
required to undergo a Situation Test which is a hands-on test to Note:
evaluate the candidate's skills for material handling and innovative z The schedule of the Situation Test, Group Discussion and
ability on a given situation with a given set of materials Interview would be uploaded on the NIFT website after the
declaration of the written test results.
2.3.2 For Bachelor of Fashion Technology z For all courses, the result of the written entrance
(Apparel Production) examination will be displayed on the NIFT website.
Shortlisted candidates will also be informed separately by
General Ability Test (GAT) registered post about the dates of subsequent tests.
i) Quantitative Ability Maximum number of candidates called for interview is
ii) Communication Ability three times the number of the seats in the programme. All
iii) English Comprehension those called for the second phase are required to attend
iv) Analytical Ability Situation Test / Interview / Group Discussion as the case
v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs may be, which completes the process of selection.
The candidates applying for the examination should ensure that
Managerial Ability Test (MAT) they fulfil all the eligibility criteria for admission to the examination.
i) Case Study Their admission at all the stages of the examination for which
ii) Logical Ability they are admitted by NIFT viz. Written Test, Situation Test, Group
Discussion and Interview (as the case may be) will be purely
2.3.3 For Master of Fashion Management / provisional, subject to their satisfying the prescribed eligibility
conditions. If, on verification at any time before or after the Written
Technology Test, Situation Test, Group Discussion and Interview (as the case
General Ability Test (GAT) may be), it is found that candidate does not fulfil any eligibility
criteria, his/her candidature for the examination shall stand
i) Quantitative Ability
cancelled without any notice or further reference.
ii) Communication Ability
iii) English Comprehension
iv) Analytical Ability 2.4 Final List Preparation
v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs A compiled result of the written test, situation test, group
Managerial Ability Test (MAT) discussion and interview is prepared by the agency for the general
and reserved categories separately and is then handed over to
i) Case Study the Head Office- NIFT and uploaded on the official NIFT website.
ii) Logical Ability
Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are 2.4.1 Reservation of seats:
required to undergo Group Discussion (GD) and Interview.
NIFT follows government norms of reservation of seats in
admission. The seats reserved for SC / ST / OBC / Physically
2.3.4 For Master of Design Handicapped Candidates (PHP) / Foreign Nationals / SAARC /
General Ability Test (GAT) NRI, in each programme are as under:
i) Quantitative Ability z SC 15%
ii) Communication Ability z ST 7.5%
iii) English Comprehension z OBC 27%
iv) Analytical Ability z Physically Handicapped 3% Horizontal reservation for
v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs (with 40% or more disability) physically handicapped
candidates cutting across all
Creative Ability Test (CAT)
sections including SC, ST
This test is administered to judge the intuition, power of and the Other Backward
observation, innovation in development of a concept by the Classes and the non-
candidate and its application thorough various skills. This test reserved category. Centres
demonstrates the creative and innovative medium, skills and and programmes will be
conceptual ability. allotted on rotation, at the
discretion of NIFT.
Other than these, there is a provision of seats for Foreign nationals/ layer (OBC) and domicile certificate for those seeking
SAARC candidates/ NRI candidates and for state domicile in the domicile reservation, in the Centres where domicile
state funded centers of NIFT. These are supernumerary in nature preferential seats are available.
z Two recent passport size & four stamp size photographs.
z Foreign Nationals/SAARC/NRI 15% (supernumerary)
z Basis of funding of the tuition fee/certificate of the
z State Domiciles (State funding 20% (supernumerary)
parents income.
Centres)
z An undertaking regarding refund of fee and Anti-Ragging
The candidates applying under these categories need to meet (to be available at NIFT Website www.nift.ac.in)
the eligibility and admission requirement of NIFT. vi) During the counselling process the documents presented
by the candidate will be verified with originals and the
2.5 Result Communication original documents will be returned back to the candidates.
However, candidates need to produce / submit such original
Selected candidates are issued letters informing them of their documents in the admitted Centres at the time of reporting.
selection and asking them to attend the Counselling session at vii) At the time of counselling, the candidates shall have to
the Head Office- NIFT (New Delhi) for allocation of discipline and deposit the Demand Draft of requisite amount, as prescribed
center as well as for the payment of fees. The program wise/ by the Competent Authority. If a candidate does not deposit
category wise counselling schedule is also uploaded on the NIFT the required fee, he/she shall not be permitted to participate
website. in the counselling.
viii) During the counselling session, Program/ centre/ category-
2.6 Counselling and Allocation of wise seats are displayed on a screen via computer.
Candidates who are present during counselling are called
Center/Discipline by merit rank one by one and allotted discipline and centre
according to their choice. The allotment of seats is
i) Successful candidates eligible for admission are required
constantly displayed on the screen. Status of candidates
to attend the counselling session on a specified date and
allotted study centre/ discipline category-wise is
time at their own expense at NIFT Campus, New Delhi.
immediately updated once an allotment is made so that
ii) The Schedule of counselling for final allotment of seats
the candidates can make a choice from the remaining
would be displayed on the official NIFT website
vacancies displayed on the screen.
www.nift.ac.in
ix) If a candidate fails to produce the relevant certificates in
iii) All Candidates whose names appear in the list published
original in prescribed proforma and does not deposit the
on the NIFT website are compulsorily required to attend
fee through Bank Demand Draft, he/she shall not be
counselling on the date notified. Candidates whose name
selected against of the said seat and the next candidate in
appear in the list put on the website but have not received
the final merit will be called immediately. However, if he/
the invitation for counselling in writing are also required to
she undertakes to produce the documents at a later stage
appear for counselling on the counselling date(s) notified.
during the counselling, the same may be considered for
iv) Based on the merit list, disciplines and centers are allotted
Counselling in which case, he/she shall be entitled to select
to the candidates at the time of counselling after the
the seat and institution which are available at that point of
verification process of all certificates related to educational
time.
qualification, caste, disability (for PHP category), age and
x) If a student fails to present himself/herself at the time of
nationality / state domicile (for supernumerary seats)
Counselling, the said offer shall be deemed to have been
v) A candidate must bring all the necessary certificates/
rejected by the candidate, and such a candidate shall have
documents mentioned below (in original along with attested
no claim to the seat that was offered to him/her, or any
photocopy of each) and bank drafts of requisite amount
other seat which may thereafter fall vacant
drawn in favour of NIFT, New Delhi and payable at Delhi,
xi) If a candidate does not report during the entire period of
towards the payment of fees at the time of Counselling:
Counselling, i.e. even on the last day of Counselling, such
z Certificate of 10th Class for confirmation of date of birth.
a candidate shall forfeit the right of admission.
z Certificate/Degree and Mark-sheet of qualifying
xii) If a candidate fails to present himself/herself on the date of
examination or any other eligibility certificate as
Counselling because of serious illness or accident and is
mentioned in the prospectus.
admitted in the hospital, then his/her guardian/parents may
z Caste & domicile certificates (for candidates belonging
be permitted to appear in the Counselling on his/her behalf,
to Scheduled Cast (SC), Scheduled Tribe (ST), (PHP)
provided the concerned candidate gives a prior notice in
Physical Handicap Person suppor ted with VRC
writing (which may be transmitted through post or fax) and
Certificate and Other Backward Class excluding creamy

submits an authority letter to this effect along with a medical IV) In case the candidates fail to join the program offered
certificate issued by the concerned Chief Medical Officer/ at the allotted study centre within 10 days of
Civil Surgeon as a proof of illness and hospitalization. If commencement of the program.
later on it is found that the information provided by the V) If at any time after admission it is found that the
candidate was wrong, then the admission is liable to be admission was given to the candidate due to some
cancelled. In the event no intimation of illness is received mistake or oversight, the admission granted to such
in writing, such a candidate shall have no claim against candidate shall be liable to be cancelled forthwith
any vacant seat remaining at NIFT. without any notice at any time during the course of his/
xiii) A candidate who reports later than the specified date and her studies by the Director of the Centre or by Competent
time may be considered for the admission against the Authority and fee deposited by the candidate will be
seats that are available at that point of time in various forfeited.
programmes at NIFT centres. He/she will not be eligible to vi) In case of cancellation of candidature, (if the fee has been
ask for and will not be considered against the seat that paid), only the refundable security deposit will be returned
would have ordinarily gone to him/her based on his/her to the student.
merit. vii) The admission to a programme is based strictly on merit
xiv) The candidates are advised to join the program offered at as obtained in the entrance examination and the seats in
the allotted study centre within 10 days of commencement the programmes would be offered as per the merit during
of the program, failing which their admission will stand the counselling.
cancelled. viii) Transfer of Centre and Programme will not be permitted.
xv) Any seats remaining vacant after the counselling upto 10% ix) All admissions shall be completed on or before the last
of the total number of seats at all NIFT centers on an All date declared by the Competent Authority.
India basis, shall not be required to be filled except if so x) In the counselling, first candidates of reserved categories
decided by the Director General. However, if the total shall be called in order of merit.
number of seats that remain vacant after the first counselling xi) After conducting counselling of reserved category
is more than 10% of the total All-India seats, the same candidates, vacant seats, if any subject to being more than
shall be filled by a second counselling in order of the merit 10% of total number of seats or the decision of the Director
list. No other student shall have any claim to any seats General, shall be transferred to the general category seats
offered by NIFT. during the Counselling.
Note: In conformity with the Supreme Court pronouncement
2.7 Cancellation/ Withdrawal of in the case of Ashok Kumar Thakur Vs. Union of India and
Others reported in (2008) (6SCC1).
Candidature xii) If the Institution authorities are not satisfied with the
character, past behavior and antecedents of a candidate,
i) A selected candidate can withdraw from the course at any they may refuse to admit him/her in the Institute.
given point of time. xiii) NIFT does not recommend any coaching classes.
ii) In case the student withdraws before the date specified in xiv) Any attempt to influence the admission process by way of
the Admission Prospectus, 50% of the tuition fee and the recommendation will invite disqualification of the
refundable security deposit will be returned to the student. candidates.
iii) In case the withdrawal takes place after the specified date, xv) Any dispute arising out of admission would be under the
only the refundable security deposit will be returned.
jurisdiction of Delhi courts.
iv) In case of NRI/Foreign National/NRI sponsored category
students, the security deposit which is refundable in case
of withdrawal is ` 30,000.
v) The candidature of the student may be cancelled at the
time of admission or soon after under the following
circumstances:
I) If the candidate remains absent on the date and time
specified for the counselling session
II) If the candidate fails to deposit the required fee through
a bank demand draft
III) In case the documents/ information submitted at the
time of admission is found to be false, misleading or
incomplete.

academic planning & curriculum
Chapter 3
This section details all norms & policies related to academic planning
in the institute. Curricular matrices and briefs are placed for quick
reference of academia.
In this section:
3.1 Academic Programmes
3.2 Brief of the Programmes

3.2.1 Unified Subject Coding System
3.3 Semester wise Structure for Programs
3.4 Curriculum Planning, Guidelines & Credit System
3.5 Curriculum Documentation & Custody
3.6 Course matrix and Curricular Briefs

3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committee for

Curriculum Review
3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in

Nomenclature of Department/Discipline/Specialization
3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities

3.9.1 Internship Modalities
3.9.2 Modalities of Cluster

3.1 Academic Programmes Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design)
Fashion Design provides a holistic input on generic design with
The restructured curriculum at NIFT implemented in July 2010 more focused approach towards apparel inculcates the ability to
allows students to easily blend into a global network, as well as develop and channelize creativity. The curriculum hones design
acquire a greater appreciation of local industry tends. The sensitization, which balances global fashion aesthetics with an
multidisciplinary and broad based structure aims at an all round Indian soul. It addresses needs of the export market as well as
development of students. Deriving from the changing paradigms both couture and prêt a porter clothing in India, expanding and
of industry and commerce, its content as well as the methodology categorizing apparel design into niche segments.
has been completely revised.
Bachelor of Design (Leather Design)
BACHELOR PROGRAMME (4 YEARS)
Leather Design caters to the requirement of the leather industry
BACHELOR PROGRAMME (DESIGN)
both in terms of goods and apparel. The programme emphasizes
Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) - B.Des (FD) the integration of design concepts in leather apparel and products
Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) - B.Des (LD) with material knowledge to respond to the requirements of specific
Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) - B.Des (AD) target markets.
Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) - B.Des (TD)
Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) - B.Des (KD) Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design)
Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) - B.Des (FC) Accessory Design is a Bachelor programme for developing
integrated expertise in design methodology materials and
BACHELOR PROGRAMME (TECHNOLOGY) production process, consumer behavior and market dynamics,
Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) - B. F. trend and forecast interpretations, business practices and project
Tech (AP) management in the field of fashion and lifestyle accessories. The
programme has gradually evolved to address the entire spectrum
MASTER PROGRAMME (2 YEARS)
of the accessories and lifestyle products, precious and costume
MASTER PROGRAMME (MANAGEMENT) jewellery, leather goods, footwear, watches, giftware, table wear,
Master of Fashion Management - MFM silverware, other lifestyle products and visual merchandising. Each
NIFT centre is expected to provide national leadership in the area
MASTER PROGRAMME (TECHNOLOGY) of its specialization.
Master of Fashion Technology - MFT The centre-wise specializations are as below:
MASTER PROGRAMME (DESIGN) Bengaluru
Master of Design (Design Space) - M.Des (DS) Bhopal
All the courses will not be offered across all centres. The centre Hyderabad
wise courses and specializations offered will be available in the Kangra Accessory Design
admission prospectus for that year.
New Delhi
3.2 Brief of Programmes Rae Bareli
Shillong
Bachelor Programmes Gandhinagar Jewellery & Precious Products
Foundation Programme Bachelor of Design (Textile Design)

To meet the dynamics of fashion education, the Foundation
Textile Design forms the core of the whole business of fashion.
Programme is designed to orient and sensitize students towards
The rapidly expanding activities in the export and domestic sectors
understanding of fundamental of fashion business namely design,
of the Indian apparel and home fashion industry demands
technology and management, in the right socio-cultural perspective.
professional inputs in design and development of textiles and raw
The Programme focuses on building the base for future learning of
material, which are provided by this Programme.
the design and technology function in the subsequent years.
The Programme is common to all 4 years Bachelor Programme in Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design)
Design and separately for 4 years Bachelor Programme in The Knitwear Design programme is structured keeping in view the
Technology. current and future requirements of the Indian knitting industry.

Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) well equipped professionals. The programme sharply focuses on
convergence of domestic and export marketing, merchandising
Fashion Communication is one of the newest, most exciting avenues and innovation management, IT integrated marketing strategies,
to open up in the fashion and lifestyle industry. With the multitude merchandising and management from fibre to fashion and from
of domestic and international brands, companies and designers concept to consumer, e-business, internet and retail technologies,
exploding into the Indian retail scenario, it has become essential along with emerging fields like intellectual property rights.
for each of them to develop a unique brand identity and maximize
its visibility. This is made possible by Fashion Communication Master of Design (Design Space)
professionals, who excel in extending the design strategy beyond
The objective of 'Design Space' is to create a new avenue for
the domain of the product, to include all aspects of communication
professionals for higher education. It is designed to focus towards
design.
academia; PhD. and industry practices inclusive of Industry related
Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Research & Development. The programme will have across
discipline students who are able to work beyond boundaries and
Production) bring together their skills and ideas in new and exciting ways
The four year Bachelor programme is designed to serve as a taking the existing skill set to a higher level of research and
foundation for future apparel manufacturing professionals. The practice. The research environment provided here would give a
curriculum emphasizes on developing a strong conceptual much needed platform for answering questions which may arise
framework of apparel manufacturing processes. in the future.
The programme impar ts practical knowledge to apparel
manufacturing technology. The students learn about machinery, 3.2.1 Unified Subject Coding System
equipments and processes through hands-on training in Unified subject code shall be Alphanumeric with first 3 Alphabets
laboratory, classroom sessions and industry exposure. Industry then 3 numerical values followed by a single alphabet in five different
interaction forms a major part of the four year curriculum. sets.
In addition, information technology input helps the students to
appreciate, evaluate and apply information and communication Alphabet Numerical Alphabet
technology (ICT) in apparel production. ———— ————— —————
I II III IV V
During the four years of intensive learning, the Fashion Technology
students develop strong technical skills coupled with soft skills to Example
offer technical solutions. M FT 1 01 P
—— —— —— —— ——
Master Programmes I II III IV V
Master of Fashion Technology
I. The first Alphabet shall denote the programme:
Apparel industry has played a significant role in the Indian economy
and is expected to grow substantially in exports as well as in the z B for Bachelor Degree
domestic market front. There is a definitive trend towards z M for Masters Degree
consolidation and creation of larger manufacturing facilities and z PhD for Doctoral Programme (all three alphabets taken
this requires techno-managers to lead the enterprises. together)
The two year Masters programme is designed to motivate and II. The next two Alphabets shall denote Programme
train students to excel in understanding and integrating the areas of Specialization
operations and strategy management for Apparel Industry and z AD - for Accessory Design
develop the required skill sets to offer effective solutions. z KD - for Knitwear Design
With a measured combination of theory, practical, applied research z TD - for Textile Design
and industry interaction, the programme aims towards developing z FD - for Fashion Design
global trade oriented professionals. z LD - for Leather Design
z FC - for Fashion Communication
Master of Fashion Management z FT - for Fashion Technology
z FM - for Fashion Management
In the realm of dynamic industry conditions, the objective of the z DS - for Design Space
programme is to impart apparel specific marketing, merchandising z FP(T) - for Foundation Programme (Technology)
and management education to the students to empower them to be z FP(D) - for Foundation Programme (Design)

III. The first Numerical shall denote the year codes shall be issued by Dean (A) and shall be as per the
consolidated common list of all electives offer across centres,
z 1 for First year Course
year after year, as maintained with AMS.
z 2 for Second year Course
z 3 for Third year Course Internship or Graduation Project
z for Forth year Course
For internship or any other subject where the activity happens in
IV. The next 2 Numericals would provide a unique serial number one semester or in the break between semesters with the
for a subject evaluation in the following semester, the subject serial code will
be issued for the semester when the evaluation takes place.
Serial No. of the Subject shall be allocated sequentially - odd
number to be given to odd semester & even number to be given to
even semester. Each number to be unique and should not be
repeated for any other subject. If a subject is discontinued at any
time its unique serial number shall not change or be allocated to a
new subject. The new subject shall be given a new unique serial
number
z Semester 1 will have subject numbering like 101, 103, 105,
107, 109 ……
108, 110…….
207,209 …….
208, 210…….
307, 309 …….
307,309 …….
407, 409 …….
407,409 …….
V. The last alphabet shall identify Process and theory subjects

& electives
z P - for Process subject
z T - for Theory subject
z DE - for Department Elective
Subject coding for Common Elective:
The common electives are offered across discipline hence they do
not have any programme code. The coding for them will be hence
a 05 alpha numeric string with CE followed by numerical values.
The Numerical coding shall stay same as for all the programs with
first numerical denoting the year and the next two numerical values
shall be allocated sequentially across all programs - odd number
to be given to odd semester & even number to be given to even
semester. Each number to be unique and should not be repeated
for any other common elective. If common elective is discontinued
at any time its unique serial number shall not change or be allocated
to a new common elective subject. The new common elective
subject shall be given a new unique serial number These subject

3.3(a) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion Design)
Year 4 Elective & Design Collection
Industry Intership
Year 3 Department Specialization / Twinning
41
Craft Cluster Initiative
Year 2 Fashion Design - Department Core
Summer Project
Year 1 Foundation Programme
For restricted use within NIFT only.

3.3(b) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Leather Design)
Year 4 Elective / Research Project / Graduation Project

Twinning / Industry Internship

Year 3 Leather Design - Application of Design concepts & Skills
42
Craft Study & Tannery Training
Year 2 Leather Design - Development of Design Skills & product realization concepts
Summer Project

3.3(c) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion & Lifestyle Accessories)
Year 4 Design & Research Project / Elective / Graduation Project
Year 3 Design Projects & Information and knowledge base / Craft Cluster
43
Industry Orientation
F&LA - Cognitive Process & Application : Applied Learning for the holistic
Year 2
understanding of design in the context of fashion and lifestyle accessories
Summer Project

3.3(d) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Textile Design)
Year 4 Elective & Graduation Project


Year 3 Textile Design - Design, technical, marketing & communication skills
44
Craft Cluster research survey and documentation
Year 2 Textile Design - Introduction to Textile terminology and graphic software
Summer Project

3.3(e) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Knitwear Design)
Year 4 Elective / Design Collection / Graduation Project
Industry Internship
Year 3 Knitwear Design
45
Craft Research and Documentation
Year 2 Knitwear Design
Summer Project

3.3(f) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion Communication)
Elective / Graduation Project

Year 4


Specialization
Year 3
46
Craft Cluster
Fashion Communication
Year 2
Summer Project
Foundation Programme
Year 1
3.3(g) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme
(Bachelor of Fashion Technology - Apparel Production)
Year 4 Research Project
Apparel Internship
Year 3 Twinning Programme / Electives
47
Textile Internship
Year 2 Bachelor of Fashion Technology
Summer Project

3.3(h) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme
Semester 4 Final Research Project

Semester Twinning Programme

“OPERATIONS” “STRATEGY”
Semester 3
48
Apparel Internship
Semester 2
Specialization “OPERATIONS” Specialization “STRATEGY”
Winter Internship
Semester 1

3.3(i) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme (Master of Fashion Management)
Semester 4 Graduation Research Project
Fashion Industry Market Survey (FIMS)
Semester 3 Theory and Process based subjects
Twinning / Fashion Industry Internship and Training (FIIT)
49
Semester 2 Theory and Process based Subjects
Outbound Programme
Semester 1 Theory and Process based Subjects

Master of Fashion Management (MFM)

3.3(j) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme (Design Space)
Semester 4 Final Graduation Project / Research Project / Dissertation

Research & Future Application based Courses including Cluster
Semester 3

50
Semester 2
Advanced Courses and Electives for Specialization
Introductory and Contextual Core

Semester 1
Master of Design (Design Space)

3.4 Curriculum Planning Guidelines x) These guidelines are sacrosanct across disciplines and
departments and any changes should be within this
and Credit System framework.
xi) The Credits should be based on the following credit allocation
i) Course Categories: In programmes offered in NIFT, subject system and the maximum number of credits for a taught
offered may be categorized as : subject should not exceed 4.
z Core (C): Core courses are those which form the
fundamental basis of learning essentials in each SN. Subject UG PG
programme area domain. These form the mainstream 1) Lecture 1 hr/week/sem= 1hr/week/sem=1 credit
courses that are mandatory for students to undertake. 1 credit
z Non Core (NC): Courses which develop a contextual 2) Studio 1.5 hr/week/sem = ---
1 credit
knowledge base to setoff core professional capabilities-
helps students to co-relate issues and appreciate socio- 3) Workshop / 1.5 hr/week/sem = 1.5 hrs/week/sem =
laboratory / 1 credit 1 credit
cultural dimensions.
Practical
z Elective (E): Courses which provide options to the 4) Industry Internship 6-8 weeks=6 credits 6-12 weeks = 6 credits
students for specialization bases on individual, group 4 weeks = 4 credits 4 weeks = 4 credits
and industry preference .They may be departmental 2 weeks = 2 credits 2 weeks = 2 credits
electives or common electives. 5) Non contact 3 hrs/week/sem = 3 hrs/week/sem =
ii) The Core subjects should comprise between 40% - 66% of self study 1 credit 1 credit
the total number of subjects offered in a semester. monitored
iii) Departmental electives to be offered across disciplines in 6) Common Elective 2 credits 2 credits
the 6th and 7th semesters in UG programmes and 2nd and
7) Departmental 2 to 4 Credits 2 to 4 credits
3rd semesters in PG programmes and common electives in elective All electives with All electives with
the 7th semester UG programmes and 3rd semester PG uniform Credits uniform Credits
Programme (specific to different programs). within department within department
iv) Each semester consists of 16 weeks and all the academic 8) Minor Field Study -- 3 hrs/week/sem=
activities including exams should be completed within the /Fashion Industry 3 credits
stipulated period of 16 weeks. The exams except re-exam Market Survey
are also to be conducted in 16 weeks time. 9) Semester Credit 22 - 30 credits 22 - 30 credits
v) The direct teaching inputs for all programmes shall be at Band other than
least of 30 hrs/week. final semester.
vi) The maximum total number of direct teaching hours for a 10) Final semester / 18 credits 18 credits
subject should not exceed 06 hrs/week including lecture, Research Project /
practical and monitored self study. Design Collection
vii) The monitored self study hours for all subjects including
Graduation Project shall be displayed in the time table and Lecture: Direct dissemination of information and concepts through
shall not exceed 8 hrs /week. audiovisual lectures, presentations and lecture demonstration
viii) Credit System: Each course is assigned a number of credits concerning specific topics by the faculty related to concerned
depending upon the number of contact and non-contact hours subject matter.
in a week. The contact and non-contact hours have a different
Studio: Interactive dissemination of inputs that involve application
weightage based on the nature, complexities of learning and
based learning of concepts and skills through exploration and
teaching methodology suitable to NIFT. The institute uses the
realization of related ideas, objects and products.
concept of credit to define the weightage of a course in the
curriculum. Courses are listed as one, two, three or four Workshop /Laboratory / Process Based: Interactive dissemination
credit course depending on the indicated workload for each of inputs that involve intensive use & application of physical
course. A letter grade with a specified number of grade points materials, tools, equipments and machinery to evolve practical
is awarded in each course. A student performance is skill & knowledge base through exploration and realization of related
measured by the number of credits that he/she has earned ideas, objects and products.
and by the weightage grade point average maintained by Industry Internship: Interactive sharing of research findings, study
him/her. surveys, field visits as well as perspectives & opinions to provide
ix) The number of credits for a semester should be 22 to 30 platform for inter-dependent learning which is monitored by
credits except for in final graduating semester. faculty.
Non contact self study monitored: Self-initiated study by a student (Interactive or Non-interactive type) as detailed in Chapter 6 of this
monitored by a faculty to extend the scope and depth of knowledge Manual. Common electives will be exempted from Common
base related to a specific subject area. Examination, since electives are either Centre specific or based on
invited faculty and subject to change from year to year.
Elective Subject: These are optional subjects offered by the
departments in VIth and VIIth semester of UG and IInd and IIIrd Procedure of offering to students: List of the electives will be
semester for PG programs. displayed in the department followed by a presentation by the
anchors in a specified “zero hour”. Students will then fill the
Minor Field Study /Fashion Industry Market Survey: Students
preference form. Students should be encouraged to select the
conduct sectoral market / field study of a given functional area.
elective from other Departments to strengthen their skills in wider
The focus of this study is to carry out a diagnostic SWOT analysis
areas. The number of students from the parent department shall be
of the Industry with focus on forward and backward linkages and
limited to 25%. The criterion of selection shall be CGPA.
supply chain management.
COE of the centre along with SDAC will be responsible for the
Final semester Graduation Project/ Research Project/
collection and the analysis of the forms.
Dissertation/ Design Collection : It is the graduating project in the
final semester. The optimum class size for a theory subjects will be 40 and for
practical subjects 30. If the number of students exceeds the above
COMMON ELECTIVE GUIDELINES optimum size, possibility of creating two batches (subject to
Definition: Common Electives are those elective subjects that are viability) may be considered. Alternatively selection may be made
offered by the discipline/ department to students of other disciplines/ on the basis of CGPA of all previous semesters restricted to
departments. optimum capacity and the rest may be moved to second option.
Schedule: UG - Design 7th semester COE will be responsible for preparing the attendance sheet for the
i) Common Electives have to be offered across the semester students in each Common Elective. The same should be provided
and cannot be taught in a modular fashion. to subject anchors prior to commencement of the session.
ii) Each department should offer common electives at least
equal to their number of disciplines. Each UG department 3.5 Curriculum Documentation and
should offer at least one uniform elective across the centres.
This would enable to benchmark the courses and evolve a Custody
better curriculum. However, each centre will have option to i) The Curriculum for all the departments has been documented
offer centre specific electives also. with the following information:
iii) Credits for Common Elective - 2 Credits z Course Name
iv) The Duration of the Common Elective should range between z Prerequisites
32-48 hrs depending on the ratio of practical and theory z Category
hours of teaching. z Subject Code
Faculty Norms: Electives should have provision for inviting guest z Duration
faculty and experts for course development, lectures and z Credits
evaluation. z Course objective

z Course structure
Anchor will be faculty offering /conducting the elective subject.
z Session Plan
They should have knowledge of the subject and should be able to
z Nature of Assignments
contribute at least 30% of the input in the first phase of electives
z Teaching Methodology
followed by 50% contribution later.
z Learning outcomes
In case two faculty from different disciplines offer an elective jointly z Course evaluation
then both will get credit of hours provided all the classes are z Suggested references
attended by both faculty. ii) The documented curriculum incorporating all copyright
Course Curriculum: The curriculum should have clearly defined requirements and ratified by AAC of BOG, NIFT will be in the
objectives, pedagogy, evaluation process and criterion. For custody of Dean (A) along with the soft copy as a PDF file.
Common Electives the relevance for other departments should be iii) The copy of the curriculum for the respective departments
clearly defined before the same is submitted to Dean (A). will be issued only to CP and CCs for reference. All faculty
members will be required to fill an Undertaking with regard
Evaluation: The Evaluation for Common Electives will be
to protection of Copyright.
assignment - based. The evaluation has to be based on
iv) The Curriculum may be circulated only by the Dean A after
comprehensive outline of Task / Assignment - based Evaluation
every review of curriculum. At that point, all other old
curricula will be destroyed.
3.6 COURSE MATRIX

AND
CURRICULAR BRIEFS


3.6.1 FOUNDATION PROGRAMME IN DESIGN
FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS
S. No Semester 1 Semester 2
Subject Credit Category Subject Credit Category
1 Introduction to World Art & Culture 3 NC Creative Thinking Skills 2 C
2 Fashion Orientation 3 NC Intellectual Property Rights 1.5 NC
3 Professional Practices 2 NC Organizational Behavior 3 NC
4 Visualization & Representation – I 4 C Art and Design Aesthetics 2.5 C
5 Geometry – I 2 C Visualization & Representation – II 4 C

54
6 Elements of Design – I 4 C Geometry – II 2 C
7 Foundation Vector Graphic 2 NC Elements of Design – II 4 C
8 Material Studies 3 C Digital Design 2 NC
9 Environment Studies 2 NC
10 Summer Project (between 2nd and 3rd semester)
23 23
3.6.2 FOUNDATION PROGRAMME IN TECHNOLOGY
FOR BATCH 2011 onwards
S. No Semester 1 Semester 2
Subject Credit Category Subject Credit Category
1 Introduction to World Art & Culture 3 NC Creative Thinking Skills 2 C
2 Fashion Orientation 3 NC Intellectual Property Rights 1.5 NC
3 Professional Practices 2 NC Organizational Behavior 3 NC
4 Fabric Science - I 3 C Survey of Apparel Design 3 NC
5 Elements of Technology 3.5 C Fabric science II 3 C
6 Geometry 3.5 C Structured System Analysis & Design 3 NC

55
7 Computerized Data Management 2.5 NC RDBMS 3.5 NC
8 Material Science 4 C Understanding body and pattern

shapes through draping 3 C
9 Integrated Term Project 1.5 C
10. Environment Studies 2 NC
Summer project (between 2nd and 3rd semester)
24.5 25.5
3.6.3(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION DESIGN
FOR BATCH 2010-2014
DISCIPLINE SUBJECTS DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES, MANDATORY
COURSE & DESIGN COLLECTION
Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Sem 8
Fashion illustration & Fashion Illustration & Fashion Illustration & Fashion Illustration & Mandatory Course
Design I Design II Design III Design IV
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 4.5 hrs / 3 cr/C 4.5 hrs /3 cr/C - Portfolio Development
6 hrs /4 cr/C
Pattern Making I Pattern Making II Pattern Making III Pattern Making IV - Menswear Design &
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C Development 6 hrs /4 cr/C
- EDP 2 hrs /2 cr/ C
Craft Cluster Diagnostic Study (C) (Between 4h & 5th Semester)

Draping I Draping II Draping III Knitwear - Colloquium Paper 1hrs /1cr/C
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/NC
Departmental Electives (any 2)
Garment Construction I Garment Construction II Garment Construction III Garment Construction IV [NC / 4.5 hrs /3 cr each)
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C - Craft based product
development
Elements of Textiles Fabric Studies Manufacturing Process - Creative Pattern Making
(Between 6th & 7th Semester)

1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 1.5 hrs/ 1.5 cr/NC - Advanced Surface
Internship (C) / 6 cr
56
Development
Design Collection
18 cr/16 weeks/C
Surface Design Surface Design Surface Design Surface design - Childrenswear
Technique I Technique II Technique III Technique IV - Couture Design
3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C - Fashion Accessories
- Contemporary Art and
Marketing Merchandising Advance Professional Design
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC Practices - Theater Costume & Design
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC - Visual Merchandising
- Fashion Styling
History of Design & History of Design & History of Design & History of Design & - Lingerie Design
Fashion I Fashion II Fashion III Fashion IV
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs 1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs 1.5 cr/NC Common Elective (any 1)
(NC 3 hrs / 2 cr)
Fashion Studies Design Process Digital Presentation Technique Research Methods - Films, Fashion & Image
1.5 hrs /1 cr/C 1.5 hrs /1 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC - Business of Fashion
Luxury
Photography (Modular) Grading Manual & CAD - Corporate Designs & Fashion
(24 hrs) /1 cr/NC 3 hrs /2 cr/NC Industry
- Fashion Forecast for Indian
Prototype Development I Prototype Development II Prototype Development III Prototype Development IV Retail
48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C
24 cr 25cr 3 cr 24 cr 23 cr 6 cr 19 cr 18 cr
C- CORE/ NC- NON CORE
3.6.3(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- FASHION DESIGN
DISCIPLINE SUBJECTS DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES, MANDATORY
COURSE & DESIGN COLLECTION
Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Sem 8
Fashion illustration & Fashion Illustration & Fashion Illustration Fashion Illustration & Mandatory Course
Design I Design II & Design III Design IV
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 4.5 hrs /3 cr/C 4.5 hrs /3 cr/C - Portfolio Development
6 hrs /4 cr/C
Pattern Making I Pattern Making II Pattern Making II Pattern Making IV - Menswear Design &
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C Development 6 hrs /4 cr/C
Craft Cluster Diagnostic Study (C) (Between 4h & 5th Semester) 3 cr

- EDP 3 hrs /2 cr/ NC
Draping I Draping II Draping III Knitwear - Colloquium Paper1.5hrs/1cr/NC
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs/ 2 cr/NC
Departmental Electives (any 2)
Garment Construction I Garment Construction II Garment Construction III Garment Construction IV [C / 4.5 hrs /3 cr each)
6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C 6 hrs /4 cr/C - Craft based product
development
Elements of Textiles Fabric Studies Manufacturing Process - Creative Pattern Making
(Between 6th & 7th Semester)

3 hrs /3 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC - Advanced Surface
Internship (C) / 6 cr
57
Development
Design Collection
18 cr/16 weeks/C
Surface Design Surface Design Surface Design Surface design - Childrenswear
Technique I Technique II Technique III Technique IV - Couture Design
3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/C - Fashion Accessories
- Contemporary Art and
Marketing Merchandising Advance Professional Design
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC Practices - Theater Costume & Design
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC - Visual Merchandising

- Fashion Styling
History of Design & History of Design & History of Design & History of Design & - Lingerie Design
Fashion I Fashion II Fashion III Fashion IV - Graphic Design
1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/NC - Design Management
- Denimwear
Fashion Studies Design Process Digital Presentation Technique Research Methods
1.5 hrs /1 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1 cr/C 3 hrs /2 cr/NC 1.5 hrs /1 cr/NC Common Elective (any 1)
(NC 3 hrs /2 cr)

Photography (Modular) Grading Manual & CAD - Films, Fashion & Image
24 hrs /1 cr/NC 3 hrs /2 cr/NC - Business of Fashion
Luxury
Prototype Development I Prototype Development 2 Prototype Development III Prototype Development IV - Corporate Designs & Fashion
48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C 48 hrs /2 cr/C Industry
Summer Project (Between - Fashion Forecast for Indian
2nd & 3rd ) 1 cr/NC Retail
26.5 cr 25 cr 3 cr 24 cr 22.5 cr 6 cr 18.5 cr 18 cr
C- CORE/ NC- NON CORE
3.6.4(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN
FOR BATCH 2010
S.No. Semester III Credit / Semester IV Credit / Semester V Credit / Semester VI Credit / Semester VII Credit / Semester VIII Credit /
C/NC C/NC C/NC C/NC Mandatory C/NC C/NC
1 Fashion Model 3/C Fashion Illustration 3/C Fashion 3/C Fashion Illustration III 3/C Design Portfolio 3/C
Drawing I Illustration II
2 Design & Fashion 1.5/C Design & Fashion 2/C Forecasting Trends 1/NC Advanced Professional 2/C
Studies I Studies II & Interpretation Practices
3 Design Methods & 3/C Design Project I 2/C Design Project II 3/C Design Management & 2/C
Proto typing Entrepreneurship.
4 Pattern Making I 3/C Pattern Making II 3/C Pattern Making III 2/C Menswear 3/C Commercial Leather
3/C
Sourcing Practices
5 Construction 3/C Construction 2/C Construction 2/C Construction 2/NC
Techniques I Techniques II Techniques III Techniques IV Colloquium paper
1/C
6 Draping 2/NC Departmental Electives (A

3/NC
student chooses any 2 of
7 Leather 3/C Leather 3/C Leather Accessories 2/C the following)
Accessories I Accessories II III - Lifestyle Accessories
- Footwear Development
Graduation Project
58
8 Introduction to 2/C
- Non-Leather Material &
Footwear
Process Studies
18/C
9 Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 2/C Leather Studies & 2/C - Visual Communication
Processes-I Processes -II Processes-III Processes-IV - Corsetry
- Integrative Surface
10 Basic Manufacturing 1.5/C Advanced Production 3/C Development
Systems Planning & Control - Visual Merchandising
11 Surface 1/NC Surface 2/NC Common Electives (any1)

2/NC
Development Development - Intelligent Digital
Techniques I Techniques II Production
- Design With Leather
12 Elements of 1.5/NC Marketing 2/NC Merchandising 1.5/NC Opportunity Mapping, 2/NC
Management & Positioning &
Marketing Strategies
13 Research Methods 2/NC
14 Proto typing 2/C
15 Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC

Application III Application IV Application V Application VI
16 Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester) 2/C

Craft Research & Documentation (Between IV & Industry Internship (Betrween VI
17 2/NC & VII Semester) 6/C
V Semester)
23 Cr 24 Cr 26 Cr 24 Cr 25 Cr 18 Cr
3.6.4(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS
CHENNAI & RAE BARELI CENTRES - FOOTWEAR & PRODUCTS
S.No. Semester III Credit / C/ Semester IV Credit / C/ Semester V Credit / C/ Semester VI Credit / Semester VII Credit / Semester VIII Credit /
NC NC NC C/NC C/NC C/NC
1 Fashion Model Drawing 3/C Fashion Illustration 2/C Design Communication 2/C Packaging Design 2/C Mandatory
- Design Portfolio 3/C
2 Design & Fashion 1.5/C Design & Fashion 1.5/C Forecasting Trends & 1/NC - Advanced Professional 3/C
Studies I Studies II Interpretation Practices
- Design Project IV 4/C
3 Design Methods & 3/C Design Project I 4/C Design Project II 4/C Design Project III 3/C ( Product Range)
Proto typing (Garments) (Leather Goods) (Footwear) - Visual Merchandising 2/C
- Design Management & 3/C
4 Garments Pattern 4/C Garments Pattern 3/C Footwear Pattern 3/C Footwear Pattern 3/C Entrepreneurship
Making I Making II Making I Making II - Colloquium paper 1/C
5 Garments Construction 4/C Garments Construction 3/C Footwear Construction 3/C Footwear Construction 3/C Departmental Electives (A
Techniques I Techniques II Techniques I Techniques II student chooses any 2 of the 3/NC
following) each
6 Draping 2/NC - Costume Jewellery
- Fashion & Sports Gloves
7 Leather Accessories I 4/C Leather Accessories II 4/C Leather Accessories III 3/C - 3D Virtual Modeling
- 3D Studio Max
8 Photography 2/NC - CAD - Hardware Design -
Solid works
9 Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 1.5/C Non Leather Materials & 3/NC - Leather Home Furnishings
Processes-I Processes -II Processes-III Processes - Footwear Retailing
59
Graduation Project
- Exhibition / Stall Design
Production Plann-ing & - Athletic / Sports Footwear
18/C
10 Process Control 3/C
Common Electives
(any 1)
11 Surface Development 1/NC Surface Development 2/NC - Product & Fashion 2/NC
Techniques I Techniques II Photography
- Fashion Leather
Human Factors & 3/NC Fashion Marketing I 1.5/NC Fashion Marketing II 1.5/NC Fashion Marketing III 1.5/NC
12 Accessories
Ergonomics - Fashion Footwear
13 Hardware Design & 3/NC
Product Detailing
14 Computer Application III 2/NC Computer Application IV 2/NC Computer Computer
(Adobe Illustrator & (Garment CAD-Lectra / 2/NC Application VI 3/NC
Application V
Indesign) Gerber) (Leather Goods (Footwear CAD-
CAD ) Shoemaster)
3/C
15 Summer Project 1/NC Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester)

(Between II & III
Semester)
16 Craft Study (Between IV & V Semester) Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester) 6/C
2/NC
Total Credits / Semester 27.5 26 30 26.5 30 18

3.6.4(c) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS
DELHI & KOLKATA CENTRES - GARMENTS & PRODUCTS
S.No. Semester III Credit / Semester IV Credit / Semester V Credit / Semester VI Credit / Semester VII Credit / Semester VIII Credit /
C/NC C/NC C/NC C/NC Mandatory C/NC C/NC
1 Fashion Model 3/C Fashion 3/C Fashion 3/C Fashion 3/C Mandatory
Drawing Illustration I Illustration II Illustration III
Design & Digital Portfolio 4/C
2 Design & Fashion 1.5/C Design & Fashion 1.5/C
Studies I Studies II Advanced Professional 3/C
Practices
3 Design Methods & 3/C Design Project I 4/C Design Project II 3/C
Proto typing Design Management & 3/C
Entrepreneurship.
4 Pattern Making I 4/C Pattern Making II 4/C Pattern Making & 4/C Menswear 3/C
Construction III Commercial Leather 3/C
5 Construction 4/C Construction 3/C Grading & Construc- 3/C Sourcing Practices
Techniques I Techniques II tion Techniques
Colloquium paper 1/C
6 Draping 2/NC
Departmental Electives 3/NC
7 Leather 4/C Leather 4/C Leather 3/C (student chooses any 2 of each
Accessories I Accessories II Accessories III the following)
Graduation Project
- Lifestyle Accessories
60
8 Introduction to 2/C - Footwear Development

Footwear - Non-Leather Material &
18/C
Process Studies
9 Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 3/C Leather Studies & 1.5/C Leather Studies & 1.5/C - Visual Communication
Processes-I Processes -II Processes-III Processes-IV - Corsetry
- Integrative Surface
10 Basic Manufacturing 1.5/C Advanced Production 3/C Development
Systems Planning & Control - Visual Merchandising
- Apparel CAD
11 Material Studies & 2/NC Surface Develop- 2/NC
Processes-II ment Techniques Common Electives (any 1) 2/NC
- Intelligent Digital
12 Elements of Manag- 1.5/NC Marketing 1.5/NC Merchandising I 1.5/NC Merchandising II 1.5/NC Production
ement & Marketing - Design With Leather
13 Positioning Strategies 1.5/NC

Research Methods 3/NC
14
15 Proto typing 2/C
Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC Computer 2/NC
16 Application III Application IV Application V Application VI
Summer Project 1/NC
17 (Between II & III Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester) 3/C
Semester)
Craft Study (Between IV & V Semester) 2/NC Industry Internship (Betrween VI 6/C
& VII Semester)
27 26 29.5 26.5 28 18
3.6.5(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN
BENGALURU, BHOPAL, HYDERABAD, KANGRA, NEW DELHI, RAE-BARELI & SHILLONG
FOR BATCH 2010-2014
S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII
Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit /
C/NC C/NC C/NC C/NC C/NC C/NC
1 Drawing & Rendering NC/ 2.5 Professional C/ 2.5 Human Factors & C/ 2.5 Colloquium C/ 2.5 Internship C/ 6
Comm. & Ergonomics Paper Presentation
Documentation
Techniques
2 Form Studies C/ 2.5 Fashion Studies I NC/ 2.5 Fashion Studies- II NC/ 2.5 Technical Studies -IV NC/ 2.5 Common Electives: NC/ 2
As approved by SIAC
3 History & philosophy C/ 3.5 Technical Studies NC/ 3.5 Technical Studies - NC/ 2.5 Advance NC/ 3 Portfolio NC/ 2.5
of Design -II III Professional Development
Practices
4 Photography NC/ 2.5 Technical Drawing NC/ 3.5 Fashion Marketing-II NC/ 2.5 Department NC/ 2.5 Design Management C/ 2.5
Elective :
Center
61
Specific
GRADUATION PROJECT
5 Material NC/ 2.5 Fashion NC/ 2.5 DP II -Craft based C/ 3.5 Fashion NC/ 2.5 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/ 4
Manipulation Marketing-I Design Project Merchandising Design
18/C
6 Technical Studies - I NC/ 3.5 DP I-Simple C/ 3.5 DP II: Craft based C/ 2.5 DP IV - C/ 3.5 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/ 3.5
Design Project Design Project Packaging Design: Prototyping
Prototyping Design
7 Design Methodology C/ 3.5 Virtual NC/ 3.5 DP III-Hardware C/ 3.5 DP IV : NC/ 2 DP VII- Product C/ 4
Prototyping: 3Ds Design and Product Packaging Collection
Max Detailing Design Virtual
Prototyping
8 Design Methodology: C/ 2 DP I- Simple C/ 3.5 DP III- Hardware C/ 2.5

Virtual Prototyping Design Project Design and Product DP V- Range C/ 3.5 DP VII- Product C/ 3
Prototyping Detailing: Design Collection Prototyping
Prototyping
9 Virtual Prototyping: NC/ 2.5 Virtual Prototyping: NC/ 2.5 DPV: Range C/ 3.5
AutoCAD Rhino/ Solid Works Design
Prototyping
10 Independent Study NC/ 1.5

25 25 26 25.5 27.5 18
3.6.5(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN
GANDHINAGAR CENTRE - JEWELLERY AND PRECIOUS PRODUCTS
FOR BATCH 2010-2014
1 Drawing & Rendering NC/ 2.5 Professional C/ 2.5 Human Factors & C/ 2.5 Colloquium C/ 2.5 Internship C/ 6
Comm. & Ergonomics Paper Presentation
Documentation
Techniques
2 Form Studies C/ 2.5 Fashion Studies I NC/ 2.5 Fashion Studies- II NC/ 2.5 Technical Studies-IV NC/ 2.5 Common Electives: NC/ 2
(Industry Process As approved by SIAC
Planning)
3 History & philosophy C/ 3.5 Technical Studies-II NC/ 3.5 Technical Studies - NC/ 2.5 Advance NC/ 3 Portfolio NC/ 2.5
of Design (Materials & III (Technical Professional Development
Processes) Science) Practices
4 Photography NC/ 2.5 Technical Drawing NC/ 3.5 Fashion Marketing-II NC/ 2.5 Department NC/ 2.5 Design Management C/ 2.5
Elective :
Center
62
Specific
GRADUATION PROJECT
5 Material Manipulation NC/ 2.5 Fashion Marketing-I NC/ 2.5 DP II -Craft based C/ 3.5 Fashion NC/ 2.5 DP VI- Consumer C/ 4
(Fabrication & Design Project Merchandising Interface Design
C/18
Machining Skills)
6 Technical Studies-I NC/ 3.5 DP I-Simple Design C/ 3.5 DP II: Craft based C/ 2.5 DP IV - C/ 3.5 DP VI- Consumer C/ 3.5
(Materials & Project Design Project Packaging Interface Design:
Processes) Prototyping Design Prototyping
7 Design Methodology C/ 3.5 Virtual Prototyping: NC/ 3.5 DP III-Hardware C/ 3.5 DP IV : NC/ 2 DP VII- Product C/ 4
3Ds Max Design and Product Packaging Collection
Detailing Design Virtual
Prototyping
8 Design Methodology: C/ 2 DP I- Simple C/ 3.5 DP III- Hardware C/ 2.5
Virtual Prototyping Design Project Design and Product DP V- Range C/ 3.5 DP VII- Product C/ 3
Prototyping Detailing: Design Collection Prototyping
Prototyping
9 Virtual Prototyping: NC/ 2.5 Virtual Prototyping: NC/ 2.5 DPV: Range C/ 3.5
AutoCAD Rhino/ Solid Works Design
Prototyping
10 Independent Study NC/ 1.5

25 25 26 25.5 27.5 18
3.6.5(c) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN
BENGALURU, BHOPAL, HYDERABAD, KANGRA, NEW DELHI, RAE-BARELI & SHILLONG
1 Drawing & Rendering NC/4 Professional C/2.5 Applied Ergonomics C/3.5 Colloquium C/2 Internship Presentation C/6
Comm. & (Industry Internship of 8
Documentation weeks between VI and VII
Techniques semester will culminate
into Internship Presentation
in Semester-VII)
2 Form Studies C/4 Trend & Fashion NC/2.5 Technical Studies - II NC/3.5 Advanced NC/3 Common Electives: As NC/2
Forecasting (Principle of Professional approved by SIAC
mechanism & Practices
production process
planning )
3 History & philosophy C/3.5 Technical NC/3.5 Fashion NC/3 Department Elective: NC/2.5 Portfolio Development NC/1
of Design Studies -I Marketing- I Center Specific
63
GRADUATION PROJECT
4 Photography NC/2.5 Technical Drawing NC/4 DP II -Craft based C/3.5 Fashion Marketing- II NC/3 Design Management C/2.5
& AutoCAD Design Project
C/22
5 Material NC/4 Design Process C/3.5 DP II: Craft based C/2 DP IV - Packaging C/4 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/4
Manipulation Design Project Design Design
Prototyping
6 Cognitive Process C/4 Design Process C/2 DP III-Hardware C/4 DP IV : Packaging C/2 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/3
Prototyping Design and Product Design Prototyping Design: Prototyping
Detailing
7 Summer Project NC/1 DP I- Simple C/4 DP III- Hardware C/2 DP V- Range Design C/4 DP VII- Product Collection C/4
Design Project Design and Product
Detailing:Prototyping
8 Seminar/ Workshops --- DP I-Simple Design C/2 3ds Max NC/3.5 DPV: Range Design C/3 DP VII- Product Collection C/3
Project Prototyping Prototyping Prototyping
9 Industry Orientation C/2 Seminar/ Work-

shops --- Seminar/ Workshops --- Seminar/ Workshops ---
23 26 25 23.5 25.5
22
3.6.5(d) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN
JEWELLERY & PRECIOUS PRODUCTS - GANDHINAGAR
1 Drawing & Rendering NC/4 Professional C/2.5 Applied Ergonomics C/3.5 Colloquium C/2 Internship Presentation C/6
Comm. &
Documentation
Techniques
2 Form Studies C/4 Trend & Fashion NC/2.5 Technical Studies - II NC/3.5 Advanced NC/3 Common Electives: As NC/2
Forecasting (Principle of Professional approved by SIAC
mechanism & Practices
production process
planning )
3 History & philosophy C/3.5 Technical NC/3.5 Fashion NC/3 Department Elective: NC/2.5 Portfolio Development NC/1
of Design Studies -I Marketing- I Center Specific
4 Photography NC/2.5 Technical Drawing NC/4 DP II -Craft based C/3.5 Fashion Marketing- II NC/3 Design Management C/2.5
64
& AutoCAD Design Project
GRADUATION PROJECT
5 Material NC/4 Design Process C/3.5 DP II: Craft based C/2 DP IV - Packaging C/4 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/4
Manipulation Design Project Design Design
C/22
Prototyping
6 Cognitive Process C/4 Design Process C/2 DP III-Hardware C/4 DP IV : Packaging C/2 DP VI- Consumer Interface C/3
Prototyping Design and Product Design Prototyping Design: Prototyping
Detailing
7 Summer Project NC/1 DP I- Simple C/4 DP III- Hardware C/2 DP V- Range Design C/4 DP VII- Product Collection C/4
Design Project Design and Product
Detailing:Prototyping
8 Seminar/ Workshops --- DP I-Simple Design C/2 3ds Max NC/3.5 DPV: Range Design C/3 DP VII- Product Collection C/3
Project Prototyping Prototyping Prototyping
9 Industry Orientation C/2 Seminar/ Work- --- Seminar/ Workshops --- Seminar/ Workshops
shops ---
Industry Internship of
8 weeks between VI
and VII semester will
culminate into Intern-
ship Presentation in
23 26 25 Semester-VII 23.5 25.5 22
3.6.6(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- TEXTILE DESIGN
FOR BATCH - 2010-2014
Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Credit /
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Credit
Credit
Hours
Credit
Credit
Credit
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
1 Elements of Textile 4.5 3/C Textile Design 4.5 3/C Print Design Project 6.0 4/C Fabric Styling 3.0 3/ C Advanced Design Project 6.0 4/C
Design Techniques
2 Woven Structure I 4.5 3/C Woven Structure II 6.0 4/C Advanced Woven 6.0 4/C Woven Design Project 6.0 4/C Industry Internship # 6/C
Structures
3 Textile Science 4.5 4/C Textile Chemical 3.0 3/C Textile Chemical 3.0 3/C Fabric Quality 4.5 4/C Entrepreneurship Management 2.0 2/NC
Processing I Processing II Assurance
4 Surface 6.0 4/C Textile Chemical 3.0 2/C Textile Chemical 3.0 2/C Surface Techniques II 6.0 4/C
Techniques I Processing Practical I Processing Practical II
5 Digital Imaging & 4.5 3/NC CAD - Print 4.5 3/NC CAD - Dobby & Carpet 6.0 4/NC Digital Presentation 4.5 3/NC CAD - Jacquard 4.5 3/NC
Editing Techniques Techniques
6 Traditional Indian 3.0 3/NC Traditional Indian 3.0 3/NC Craft Research and # 3/C Design Colloquium 1.0 1/NC Department Elective Student to choose
Textiles I Textiles II Documentation any 2 from 3 subjects offered by the
GRADUATION PROJECT
department
65
7 Fashion Studies 2.5 2/NC Fashion Marketing 3.0 3/NC Fashion 2.0 2/NC Sustainable Design 2.5 2/NC Visual Merchandising 4.0 3/E
C/18
Merchandising
8 Photography 2.5 2/NC Fashion Illustration 4.5 3/NC Pattern Making & 4.5 3/NC Appreciation of 2.0 2/NC Non-loom Techniques
Construction Methods World Textiles
4.0 3/E
9 Professional Ethics and 2.0 2/NC Advanced pattern making &

Responsibilities construction methods 4.0 3/E
10 Common Elective
Student to choose one common
electives offered in Centre 3.0 2/CE
Total Hours/Credit 32 24 31.5 24 30.5 25 31.5 25 23.5 23 18

Core C 14 C 12 C 16 C 15 C 10 18
Non Core NC 10 NC 12 NC 09 NC 10 NC 5
Elective E 8
3.6.6(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- TEXTILE DESIGN
FOR BATCH - 2011 ONWARDS
Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Credit /
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Credit
Credit
Hours
Credit
Credit
Credit
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
C/NC
1 Elements of Textile 6.0 4/C Textile Design 6.0 4/C Print Design Project 6.0 4/C Fabric Studies & 3.0 2/ C Advanced Design Project 6.0 4/C
Design Techniques Styling
2 Woven Structure I 4.5 3/C Woven Structure II 6.0 4/C Advanced Woven 6.0 4/C Woven Design Project 6.0 4/C Industry Internship # 6/C
Structures
3 Textile Science 4.5 4/C Textile Chemical 3.0 3/C Textile Chemical 3.0 3/C Fabric Quality 4.5 4/C Entrepreneurship Management 2.0 2/NC
Processing I Processing II Assurance
4 Surface 4.5 3/C Textile Chemical 3.0 2/C Textile Chemical 3.0 2/C Surface Design Project 6.0 4/C
Techniques I Processing Practical I Processing Practical II
5 Digital Imaging & 6.0 4/NC CAD - Print 6.0 4/NC CAD - Dobby & Carpet 6.0 4/NC Digital Presentation 4.5 3/NC CAD - Jacquard 4.5 3/NC
Editing Techniques Techniques
6 Traditional Indian 3.0 3/NC Traditional Indian 3.0 3/NC Craft Research and 1.5 3/C Design Colloquium 1.5 1/NC Department Elective Student to choose
Textiles I Textiles II Documentation any 2 from 3 subjects offered by the
GRADUATION PROJECT
(2 wks. in field department
66
24 hrs. in class)
7 Fashion Studies 3.0 2/NC Research Methodology 1.5 1/NC Business in Design 3.0 3/NC Sustainable Design 1.5 1/NC Visual Merchandising 4.5 3/E
C/18
8 Surface Techniques II 3.0 2/C Pattern Making & 3.0 2/NC Appreciation of 3.0 2/NC Textile Art 4.5 3/E
Construction Methods World Textiles
9 Summer Project Professional Ethics and Advanced pattern making &

(between 2nd & 3rd 1/ NC 2.0 2/NC 4.5 3/E
Responsibilities construction methods
Semester)
10 Textiles for Apparel 4.5 3/E
11 Floor Covering 4.5 3/E
12 Common Elective Student to
choose one common electives 3.0 2/CE
offered in Centre
Total Hours/Credit 31.5 24 31.5 23 31.5 25 32.0 23 24.5 23 18
Core C 14 C 15 C 16 C 14 C 10 18
Non Core NC 10 NC 08 NC 09 NC 09 NC 5
Elective E 8
3.6.7(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- KNITWEAR DESIGN
FOR BATCH - 2010-2014
Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit/ Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Credit /
1 Fashion Ar t & 3/C Digital Fashion 2/C Technical Specification & 3/C Portfolio Development 4/C Colloquium on Global 2/NC
Illustration Illustration Virtual sampling Issues in Design
2 Flat Knitting 3/C Trends and 2/NC Pattern Making for Knits 3/C Pattern Making & 2/C Design & Development for 3/C
Forecasting (Men's Wear) Garment construction for Women's intimate apparel
Knits (Knits)
( Sportswear)
3 Basic Pattern Making 3/C Pattern Making for 3/C Garment Construction for 2/C Pattern Making & 3/C
Knits (Women’s Knits (Men's wear) Garment construction for Enterpreneurship 2/NC
Summer Internship (between sem VI and VII)

Wear) Knits (Kidswear )
Craft Research & Documentation

4 Introduction to Garment 3/C Garment Construc- 3/C Computerized Pattern 2/C World Knitwear 2/NC
DESIGN COLLECTION
Construction tion for Knits Draping for Knits 3/C Making and Grading for Industry
(Women’s Wear) Knits
18/C
5 Photography and Editing 3/NC Surface 3/C Print Design for Knits 3/NC Quality Assurance for 3/NC Advanced Professional 2/NC
Techniques Embellishment Knitwear Practices
67
3/C
6 Design Application for 2/NC Dyeing and Finishing 2/NC Knitwear Production & 2/NC Advanced Knitting Department Electives 3/NC
Fashion Planning (Flat & Circular) - Creative Design & each
3/C Development
7 Basic Textiles 2/C Design Process 3/C Product Development in 3/C Product Development in - Retail space Design
Circular Knits Flat Knits - Retail Buying
- Fashion/Product
8 History of World 2/NC Hand knitting 2/NC Computerized Flat Knitting 3/C Fashion Marketing and 3/NC Photography
Costumes Techniques Merchandising - Image & Fashion

Styling
9 Traditional Indian Textiles 2/NC Circular Knitting 3/C
Common Elective 2/NC

10
Total Credits 24 Total Credits 23 Total Credits (Including 3 25 Total Credits 23 Total Credits 28
credits of Craft research & (including 6 credits of Industry
Documentation ) internship)
3.6.7(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- KNITWEAR DESIGN
Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Subject Credit / Credit /
1 Fashion Ar t & 3/C Digital Fashion 2/C Technical Specification & 3/C Portfolio Development 4/C Design & Market 2/NC
Illustration Illustration Virtual sampling Research
2 Flat Knitting 3/C Trends and 2/NC Pattern Making for Knits 3/C Sportswear 2/C Design & Development for 3/C
Forecasting (Men's Wear) Women's intimate apparel
(Knits)
DESIGN COLLECTION / GRADUATION PROJECT

3 Basic Pattern Making 3/C Pattern Making for 3/C Garment Construction for 2/C Kidswear 3/C
Knits (Women’s Knits (Men's wear) Enterpreneurship 2/NC
Summer Internship (between sem VI and VII)

Wear)
Craft Research & Documentation

4 Introduction to Garment 3/C Garment Construc- 3/C Computerized Pattern 2/C World Knitwear 2/NC
Construction tion for Knits Draping for Knits 3/C Making and Grading for Industry
(Women’s Wear) Knits
18/C
5 Photography and Editing 3/NC Surface 3/C Print Design for Knits 3/NC Quality Assurance for 3/NC Advanced Professional 2/NC
Techniques Embellishment Knitwear Practices
68
6 Design Application for 2/NC Dyeing and Finishing 2/NC Knitwear Production & 2/NC Advanced Knitting 3/C Department Electives
Fashion Planning (Flat & Circular) - Creative Design &
Development
7 Basic Textiles 2/C Design Process 3/C Product Development in 3/C Product Development in 3/C - Retail space Design
Circular Knits Flat Knits - Retail Buying 3/NC
- Fashion/Product each
8 History of World Costumes 2/NC Hand knitting 2/NC Computerized Flat Knitting 3/C Fashion Marketing and 3/NC Photography
Techniques Merchandising - Image & Fashion
Styling
9 Traditional Indian Textiles 2/NC Circular Knitting 3/C
Common Elective 2/NC

10 Summer Project(between 1/NC
2nd & 3rd Semester)
Total Credits (Including 3 25 Total Credits 23 Total Credits 28
Total Credits credits of Craft research & (including 6 credits of Industry
24 Total Credits 23 Documentation ) internship)
3.6.8(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION COMMUNICATION
FOR BATCHES - 2010-2014
Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr
Cat
1 Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - Level V 3 Core/PB
Level I Level II Level III Level IV
2 Visual 3 Core/PB Visual 3 Core/PB Visual 3 Core/PB Visual Merchandising 3 Core/PB Exhibition & Display Design 3 Core/PB
Merchandising - Merchandising - Merchandising - - Level IV
Level I Level II Level III
3 Photography - 3 Core/PB Photography - Level 3 Core/PB Photography - 3 Core/PB Photography - Level 3 Core/PB Industry Internship -B/w 6 Core/PB
Level I II Level III IV semester
4 Integrated Term 1.5 Core/PB Integrated Term 2 Core/PB Integrated Term 2 Core/PB Integrated Term 2 Core/PB Colloquium Paper 3 Core/PB
Project I Project II Project III Project IV
5 Graphical 2 Core/PB Graphical 2 Core/PB Craft Cluster 3 Core/PB Event Management 2 Non-Core/ Design Management & 2 Non-Core/PB
INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP- 8 week ** (BETWEEN VI & VII)

Representation & Representation & Initiative PB Entrepreneurship
Technical Drawing - TechnicalDrawing -
OUTBOUND WORKSHOP
CRAFT INTERNSHIP * (BETWEEN IV & V)

Level I Level II
6 Design 3 Core/PB Introduction to 1.5 Non-Core/ Fashion Journalism 2 Core/PB Fashion Journalism - 2 Core/PB Professional Ethics & 2 Non-Core/
Methodology Written PB - Level I Level II Responsibilities Theory
GRADUATION PROJECT
Communication
18/Core
7 History of 1.5 Non-Core/ Fashion Basics 2 Non-Core/ Textile Appreciation 1.5 Non-Core/ Fashion Styling 2 Core/PB
69
Costumes Theory PB PB
8 Publication Design 2 Non-Core/ Design 2 Non-Core/ Multimedia & Web 2 Non-Core/ Design Interpretation 2 Non-Core/ Design Interpretation 3D 2 Non-Core/PB
PB Interpretation on PB Design PB 3D Max- Level I PB Max- Level II
AutoCAD
9 Introduction to 1.5 Non-Core/ Consumer 1.5 Non-Core/ Retail & Brand 1.5 Non-Core/ Public Relations 1.5 Non-Core/ Common Elective - 2 Non-Core/ CE
Marketing & Theory Behaviour in Theory Management Theory Theory Presentation Techniques
Merchandising Fashion - Product Photography
- Photo Journalism
10 Communication 1.5 Non-Core/ Communication 1.5 Non-Core/ Introduction to 1.5 Non-Core/ Creative Advertising 1.5 Non-Core/ Department Elective 2 Non-Core/ DE
Concepts & Theory Concepts & Pro- Theory Advertising Theory & Media Planning Theory - Prop Design
Processes- Level I cesses-Level II - Signage Design
- Traditional Folk Media
- Calligraphy
- Light, Sound & Set Design
- Non- Linear Editing
- common electives offered

by department in Centre
11 History & 1.5 Non-Core/ History & 1.5 Non-Core/

Philosophy of PB Philosophy of PB
Design - Level I Design - Level II
23.5 23 22.5 22 25 18
3.6.8 (b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION COMMUNICATION
FOR BATCHES - 2011 ONWARDS
Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr Category Subject Cr
Cat
1 Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - 3 Core/PB Graphic Design - Level V 3 Core/PB
Level I Level II Level III Level IV
2 Visual 3 Core/PB Visual 3 Core/PB Visual 3 Core/PB Visual Merchandising 3 Core/PB Exhibition & Display Design 3 Core/PB
Merchandising - Merchandising - Merchandising - - Level IV
Level I Level II Level III
3 Photography - 3 Core/PB Photography - Level 3 Core/PB Photography - 3 Core/PB Photography - Level 3 Core/PB
Level I II Level III IV
4 Fashion Basics 2 Non-Core/ Fashion Basics 2 Non- Integrated Term 2 Core/PB Integrated Term 2 Core/PB Colloquium Paper 3 Core/PB
Level I PB Level II Core/PB Project III Project IV
5 Graphical 2 Core/PB Graphical 2 Core/PB Craft Cluster 3 Core/PB Design Management & 2 Non-Core/
INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP- 8 week ** (BETWEEN VI & VII)

Representation & Representation & Initiative Entrepreneurship PB
Technical Drawing - TechnicalDrawing -
OUTBOUND WORKSHOP
CRAFT INTERNSHIP * (BETWEEN IV & V)

Level I Level II
6 Design 3 Core/PB Introduction to 1.5 Non- Fashion Journalism 2 Core/PB Fashion Journalism - 2 Core/PB Professional Ethics & 2 Non-Core/
Methodology Written Core/PB - Level I Level II Responsibilities Theory
GRADUATION PROJECT
Communication
18/Core
7 Costume 2 Non-Core/ Costume and 2 Non- Fashion Styling- 2 Core/PB Fashion Styling 2 Core/PB
70
Appreciation PB Textile Core/PB Level I Level II

(Western) Appreciation
8 Publication Design 2 Non- Design 2 Non- Multimedia & Web 2 Non-Core/ Design Interpretation on 3D 3 Non-Core/
Core/PB Interpretation on Core/PB Design PB Max PB
AutoCAD
9 Introduction to 1.5 Non-Core/ Consumer 1.5 Non-Core/ Retail & Brand 1.5 Non-Core/ Public Relations 1.5 Non-Core/ Common Elective 2 Non-Core/
Marketing & Theory Behaviour in Theory Management Theory Theory - Presentation Techniques CE
Merchandising Fashion - Product Photography
- Photo Journalism
10 Communication 1.5 Non-Core/ Communication 1.5 Non-Core/ Introduction to 1.5 Non-Core/ Creative Advertising 1.5 Non-Core/ Department Elective (Any 4 Non-Core/
Concepts & Theory Concepts & Pro- Theory Advertising Theory & Media Planning Theory Two) DE
Processes- Level I cesses-Level II - Fashion Photography
- Type Design
- Information Graphics
- Animation
- Experiential Design
- Prop Design
- Retail Lighting
- Fashion Journalism for
New Media
- Set Design
- Traditional Folk Media
11 History & 1.5 Non- History & 1.5 Non-Core/ System Thinking 2 Non-Core/ Design Strategy 2 Non-Core/
Philosophy of Core/PB Philosophy of PB PB PB
Design - Level I Design - Level II
12 Summer Project 1 Non core Research 1.5 Non-Core/

(between 2nd & Methodology Theory
3rd Semester)
23.5 24.5 25 22 6 22 18
Plus 3 days workshops on Calligraphy Plus 3 days workshops on color psychology Plus 5 day workshop on paper Plus 3 day workshop on makeup & hairstyling
(non credited) & application (non credited) engineering (non credited) (non credited)
3.6.9(a) BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY - APPAREL PRODUCTION
FOR BATCH - 2010-2014
SN Semester III Cr / Semester IV Cr / Semester V Cr / Semester VI Cr / Semester VII Cr / Semester VIII Cr /
C / NC C/ NC C/ NC C / NC C / NC C/ NC
1 Dyeing & Printing 2.5/NC Spreading & Cutting of 4/C Production & Operation 4/C Maintenance Management 3/C Apparel Internship 12/C Research Methodology 3/C
Apparel Products Management
2 Human Resource 3/NC Apparel Standards, 2.5/C Work Study for Apparel 3.5/C Apparel Production 3.5/C Plant Layout 3.5/C Graduation Project 18/C
Management Specifications & Quality Manufacturing Planning & Control
Control
3 MIS 2.5/NC Fabric & Garment Finishing 3/NC Apparel Quality 4/C Entrepreneurship 2/NC Apparel CAD & Grading 3/C --- ---
Management Management
4 Garment construction - I 4/C Garment construction - II 4/C Fashion Merchandising 3/NC Costing of Apparel 2.5/C Product Analysis & 2/C --- ---
Products Development
5 Pattern Making - I 4/C Pattern Making - II 4/C Pattern Making - III 4/C Enterprise Resource 2.5/NC Ergonomics 2.5/NC --- ---
Planning
6 Sewn Products Machinery 4/C Sewn Products Machinery 3.5/C Garment Construction - III 4/C Computer Aided Production 2/NC Lean Manufacturing 3/NC --- ---
& Equipments - I & Equipments - II Planning
Textile Internship (2 2/NC Auto CAD 2.5/NC --- --- --- ---
weeks) - b/w sems
7 VB.net 2.5/NC Web Technologies 2.5/C Cluster Activity (1 week) - 1/NC Departmental Elective 2/NC --- --- --- ---
b/w sems - Sustainable Production each
- Fabric Objective
71
8 --- --- --- --- Departmental Elective 2/NC Measurement --- --- --- ---
- Joint Venture and
9 --- --- --- --- E-Commerce 2/NC Acquisition --- --- --- ---
- Project Management
10 --- --- --- --- Advance Presentation 2/NC - Training & Develo- --- --- --- ---
Techniques pment of Supervisors
- Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR)
11 __ --- --- --- --- --- Outbound Activity (3-4 Nil/NC --- --- --- ---
days)
3.6.9(b) BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY - APPAREL PRODUCTION
SN Semester III Cr / Semester IV Cr / Semester V Cr / Semester VI Cr / Semester VII Cr / Semester VIII Cr /
C / NC C/ NC C/ NC C / NC C / NC C/ NC
1 Dyeing & Printing 2.5/NC Spreading & Cutting of 4/C Production & Operation 4/C Maintenance Management 3/C Apparel Internship 12/C Research Methodology 3/C
Apparel Products Management
2 Human Resource 3/NC Apparel Standards, 2.5/C Work Study for Apparel 3.5/C Apparel Production 3.5/C Plant Layout 3.5/C Graduation Project 18/C
Management Specifications & Quality Manufacturing Planning & Control
Control
3 MIS 2.5/NC Fabric & Garment Finishing 3/NC Apparel Quality 4/C Entrepreneurship 2/NC Apparel CAD & Grading 3/C --- ---
Management Management
4 Garment construction - I 4/C Garment construction - II 4/C Fashion Merchandising 3/NC Costing of Apparel 2.5/C Product Analysis & 2/C --- ---
Products Development
5 Pattern Making - I 4/C Pattern Making - II 4/C Pattern Making - III 4/C Enterprise Resource 2.5/NC Ergonomics 2.5/NC --- ---
Planning
6 Sewn Products Machinery 4/C Sewn Products Machinery 3.5/C Garment Construction - III 4/C Computer Aided Production 2/NC Lean Manufacturing 3/NC --- ---
& Equipments - I & Equipments - II Planning
Textile Internship (2 2/NC Auto CAD 2.5/NC --- --- --- ---
weeks) - b/w sems
7 VB.net 2.5/NC Web Technologies 2.5/C Cluster Activity (1 week) - 1/NC Departmental Elective 2/NC --- --- --- ---
b/w sems - Sustainable Production each
- Fabric Objective
72
8 Summer Project 1/NC --- --- Departmental Elective 2/NC Measurement --- --- --- ---
- Joint Venture and
9 --- --- --- --- E Commerce 2/NC Acquisition --- --- --- ---
- Project Management
10 --- --- --- --- Advance 2/NC - Training & Develo- --- --- --- ---
Presentation pment of Supervisors
Techniques - Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR)
11 --- --- --- --- --- --- Outbound Activity Nil/NC --- --- --- ---
(3-4 days)
3.6.10(a) MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
FOR BATCH - 2010-2012
S. N Semester I Credit/ Semester II Credit/ Semester III Credit/ Semester IV Credit/
C / NC C / NC C / NC C / NC
1 Overview of Global Fashion Industry & 4/NC Winter Internship 2/NC Apparel Internship ( 12 weeks) 12/C Quantitative Techniques & Research 4/C
Apparel Appreciation Methodology
2 Intellectual Property Rights 2/NC Dyeing & Printing 1.5/NC Entrepreneurship Management and 2.5/C Research Project 18/C
Business Plan Development
3 Fabric Study (woven & knits) 3/C Control of Production Process 3.5/C Enterprise Resource Planning 2/NC
4 Introduction to Manufacturing Process 2/C Apparel Marketing & 3/C ------ --- ------ ---
Merchandizing
------ ---
5 Human Resource Management 3/NC Costing of Apparel Products 2.5/C ------ ---
6 Apparel Quality Management 4/C Plant Layout & Facility Design 3.5/C ------ --- ------ ---
7 Professional Practices 2/NC Outbound Activity (3-4 days) Nil/NC ------ --- ------ ---
8 Pattern Appreciation 2/C OPERATIONS OPERATIONS ------ ---
9 Technology for Apparel Production 4/C Maintenance Engineering 2/NC Advanced Pattern Making & Construction 3.5/C ------ ---
73
10 ------ --- Productivity and Work Study 4/C Ergonomics & Work Place 2.5/C ------ ---
Engineering
11 ------ --- Pattern Engineering 3/C Apparel CAD 2.5/NC ------ ---
12 ------ --- Garment Construction 2/C -------- --- ------ ---

13 ------ --- STRATEGY STRATEGY
14 ------ --- Finance Management 1.5/NC Apparel Technology Management 3.5/C ------ ---
15 ------ --- Retail Management & Technology 4/C Computer integrated Manufacturing 3.5/C ------ ---
16 ------ --- International Business 1.5/C Web Based Data Management 1.5/NC ------ ---
17 ------ --- Logistics & Supply chain 4/C -------- --- ---
Management
3.6.10(b) MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
1 Overview of Global Fashion Industry & 4/NC Winter Internship 2/NC Apparel Internship ( 12 weeks) 12/C Quantitative Techniques & Research 4/C
Apparel Appreciation Methodology
2 Intellectual Property Rights 2/NC Dyeing & Printing 1.5/NC Entrepreneurship Management and 2.5/C Research Project 18/C
Business Plan Development
3 Fabric Study (woven & knits) 3/C Control of Production Process 3.5/C Enterprise Resource Planning 2/NC
4 Introduction to Manufacturing Process 2/C Apparel Marketing & 3/C ------ --- ------ ---
Merchandizing
------ ---
5 Human Resource Management 3/NC Costing of Apparel Products 2.5/C ------ ---
6 Apparel Quality Management 4/C Plant Layout & Facility Design 3.5/C ------ --- ------ ---
7 Professional Practices 2/NC Outbound Activity (3-4 days) Nil/NC ------ --- ------ ---
8 Pattern Appreciation 2/C OPERATIONS OPERATIONS ------ ---
9 Technology for Apparel Production 4/C Maintenance Engineering 2/NC Advanced Pattern Making & Construction 3.5/C ------ ---
74
10 ------ --- Productivity and Work Study 4/C Ergonomics & Work Place 2.5/C ------ ---
Engineering
11 ------ --- Pattern Engineering 3/C Apparel CAD 2.5/NC ------ ---
12 ------ --- Garment Construction 2/C -------- --- ------ ---
13 ------ --- STRATEGY STRATEGY
14 ------ --- Web Based Data Management 1.5/NC Apparel Technology Management 3.5/C ------ ---
15 ------ --- Retail Management & Technology 4/C Computer integrated Manufacturing 3.5/C ------ ---
16 ------ --- International Business 1.5/C Finance Management 1.5/NC ------ ---
17 ------ --- Logistics & Supply chain 4/C -------- --- ---
Management
3.6.11(a) MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT
FOR BATCH - 2010-2012
1 Business Statistics & Economics 4/C Accounting and Costing for Managers 4/C Global Marketing 4/C Graduation Research Project 18/C
2 Human Resource & Organizational 4/C Brand Management 3/C Strategic Management 4/C
Behaviour
3 Fabric Knowledge for 4/C Consumer Behaviour 3/C Entrepreneurship 3/C

Merchandisers
4 Production & Operations Management 4/C Marketing Research & SPSS 3/C Financial Management 3/C
5 Marketing Management 3/C Export Merchandising 3/C Legal Environment of Business 3/C
6 Merchandising 3/C Retail Buying and Category 3/C Customer Relationship Management 2/C
Management
7 Professional Practices 2/NC Brand & In-Store Communication 2/C Business Technology for Fashion Value 2/NC
Chain
75
8 Retail Management 2/C Fashion Forecasting 2/NC Interpersonal & Group Process 2/NC
9 Overview of Global Fashion Industry 2/C Product Development and Quality 2/C Intellectual Property Rights 2/C
Assurance
10 Research Methodology & Minor 2/NC Supply Chain Management 2/C Fashion Industry Market Survey 3/C
Project (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester)
11 Outbound Program (Between Ist /NC Minor Project 1/NC

Semester & IInd Semester)
12 Fashion Industry Internship and 6/C

Training (Between 2nd & 3rd
Semester)
Note: Cluster activity is not mentioned since it is recent development.

3.6.11(b) MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT
1 Business Statistics 3/C Accounting and Costing for Managers 3/C Global Marketing 3/C Graduation Research Project 18/C
2 Organizational Behaviour 3/C Fashion Brand Management 3/C Strategic Management 3/C
3 Fabric Knowledge for 3/C Consumer Behaviour 3/C Entrepreneurship 3/C

Merchandisers
4 Managerial Economics 3/C Marketing Research 3/C Financial Management 3/C
5 Fashion Marketing Management 3/C Export Merchandising 3/C Legal Environment of Business 3/C
6 Fashion Merchandising 3/C Retail Buying and Category 3/C Customer Relationship Management 1.5/C
Management
7 Professional Practices 2/NC Brand & In-Store Communication 3/C Business Technology for Fashion Value 2.5/NC
Chain
76
8 Fashion Retail Management 3/C Fashion Forecasting & Product 1.5/NC Human Resource Management 1.5/ C
Development
9 Overview of Global Fashion Industry 1.5/C Operations Research 3/ C Intellectual Property Rights 2/C
10 Research Methodology & Minor 1.5/NC Minor Project 2/NC Supply Chain management 3/C
Project
11 Garment Manufacturing & Quality 3/C

Assurance
12 Outbound Program (Between Ist Non Fashion Industry Internship and 6/C Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester) 3/C
Semester & IInd Semester) credited Training (Between 2nd & 3rd
Semester)
C : Core / NC : Non Core

3.6.12(a) MASTER OF DESIGN (DESIGN SPACE)
FOR BATCH - 2010-2012
1 Research Methods-I 2.5/C Research Methods- II 1.5/C Project-II 3/C Final Dissertation 18/C
2 Design Thinking 3/C Design Methods 4.5/C Design Innovation 3/C
3 Digital Design 4/C Departmental Elective* Group A Sustainable Systems 3.5/C

o Trends Research & Forecasting 3.5/C
o Ergonomics
o Design for special needs
o Craft Studies - Theory, Design &
Practices
Departmental Elective* Group B
o Costume Studies-Theory, Design
& Practice 3.5/C
o Creative Fashion
o Space & Interactive Design
o Functional Textile
4 Visual & Design Cultures 3/C Research Proposal 1.5/C Entrepreneurship & Business Plan 2/NC
Development
77
5 Language of Fashion 3.5/C Project - I 4/C Cluster 3/NC
6 Professional Practices 3/NC Minor Guided Project 4/NC
7 IPR 2/NC
8 Outbound Workshop 2/NC

TOTAL 23 18.5 18.5 18

3.6.12(b) MASTER OF DESIGN (DESIGN SPACE)
1 Research Methods-I 3.5/C Research Methods- II 3.5/C Project-II 4/C Final Dissertation 18/C
2 Design Thinking 3.5/C Design Methods I 2/C Sustainable Systems 4/C
3 Digital Design 4/C Design Methods II 3/C Entrepreneurship & Business Plan 3/NC
Development
Visual & Design Cultures 4/C Departmental Elective* Group A 4/NC Craft/Cluster Study ( Theory) 2/NC
(student to choose any one)
o Trends Research & Forecasting
o Ergonomics
o Design for special needs
o Craft Studies - Theory, Design &
Practices
4 Language of Fashion 4/C Departmental Elective* Group B 4/NC Craft/Cluster Study ( Field) 3.5/NC
(student to choose any one)
o Costume Studies-Theory, Design
78
& Practice
o Fashion Innovation
o Space & Interactive Design
o Functional Textile
5 Professional Practices 3.5/NC Research Proposal 3/C Minor Guided Project 4/NC
6 IPR 2.5/NC Project - I (Par t A) 3.5/C Industry Internship 6/NC
7 Outbound Workshop 48 hrs Project - I (Par t B) 2/C
8 TOTAL 25 25 26.5 18
3.6.1 Foundation Programme collaborative and stimulating. Students are encouraged to think
beyond the initial 'safe' ideas and develop innovative solutions.
(DESIGN) - 2011 Intellectual Property Rights
The subject introduces the concepts of Intellectual Property Rights
SEMESTER I and provides an insight into Industrial Rights and Copyright.
Organizational Behaviour
Introduction to World Art & Culture
The subject introduces to students the basic processes and
The subject focuses on visual arts as a cultural phenomenon and
principles that underline human behaviour. It helps create an
its study from diverse disciplinary requirements. It develops a
understanding of professional behaviour in organizations.
wider perspective using art as an approach to design awareness.
Art and Design Aesthetics
Fashion Orientation
This subject aims to help students contextualize any creative artifact
The subject provides a comprehensive understanding of fashion
or product in terms of socio-cultural influences that result in a
as a design activity, a socio-cultural phenomenon and the relevance
'visual design' possessing distinct characteristics.
of fashion as a business activity.
Visualization & Representation - II
Professional Practices
This subject deals in understanding the basic principles of free
This subject focuses on the basic principles of communication,
hand drawing and color. It introduces students to different rendering
ethics and etiquettes for the work place.
techniques and provides an understanding of composition and
Visualization & Representation - I representation of human body.
The subject introduces drawing as an extension of seeing; for Geometry - II
developing visual-perceptual skill. It deals with enhancing eye-
The subject focuses on fundamental geometric principles of three
hand coordination for understanding the tool as an extension of the
dimensional form & space and their structural relationship. It also
self.
develops model-making skills as a tool to realize 3D geometric
Geometry - I principles & forms.
The subject introduces fundamental geometric concepts from a Elements of Design - II
design perspective and inculcates skills required for professional
The subject provides an understanding of attributes of 3D forms
rendering of geometric concepts into a visual format.
and design principles in relation to 3D form.
Elements of Design - I
Digital Design
The subject helps develop an understanding of Elements and
This subject provides an understanding of Graphic Design to
Principles of Design, a sense of composition and skills of
achieve competence in Computer Graphics. It inculcates the ability
visualization, communication and application of these in different
to represent and create Digital designs using image editing and
media.
image processing.
Foundation Vector Graphics
The subject provides an insight to Vector graphics and using it as
tool to explore elements of design.
Material Studies
The subject helps inculcate knowledge about properties and usage
of different types of materials. It focuses on creating interest in
different materials and their potential through manipulation.
SEMESTER II
Environment Studies
This subject examines and understands the parts and processes
in a micro-environment related to product and communication.
The micro - environment and its interrelationship with respect to
socio-economic realities is also explored.
Creative Thinking Skills
The subject aims to provide students with thinking tools that are

3.6.2 Foundation Programme Creative Thinking Skills
The subject aims to provide students with thinking tools that are
(TECHNOLOGY) - 2011 collaborative and stimulating. Students are encouraged to think
beyond the initial 'safe' ideas and develop innovative solutions.
SEMESTER I Intellectual Property Rights
The subject introduces the concepts of Intellectual Property Rights
Introduction to World Art & Culture
and provides an insight into Industrial Rights and Copyright.
The subject focuses on visual arts as a cultural phenomenon and
Organizational Behaviour
its study from diverse disciplinary requirements. It develops a
wider perspective using art as an approach to design awareness. The subject introduces to students the basic processes and
principles that underline human behaviour. It helps create an
Fashion Orientation
understanding of professional behaviour in organizations.
The subject provides a comprehensive understanding of fashion
Survey of Apparel Design (SAD)
as a design activity, a socio-cultural phenomenon and the relevance
of fashion as a business activity. The subject provides students with exposure to apparel design
analysis and understanding of the various garment components
and categories.
This subject focuses on the basic principles of communication,
Fabric Science II
ethics and etiquettes for the work place.
The subject focuses on the understanding of knits, definitions,
Fabric Science - I
nomenclature & glossary in the area of knits and knitting processes.
The subject aims at providing a holistic understanding of yarn and The subject also develops a basic understanding of Geo-textiles,
fabric manufacturing processes, various types of fabrics of different Medical Textiles and Smart textiles.
structure, properties & end uses in the apparel sector.
Structured System Analysis & Design (SSAD)
Elements of Technology
This subject provides a orientation to system analysis and design
The subject provides an elementary knowledge of the mechanical, in order to understand System Development Life Cycle. It enables
electronic and other field of engineering and provides an overall students to conduct System study, Feasibility study, and create
understanding about the functioning of machines used in Apparel System Requirement Specification and Systems Proposal.
Manufacturing.
Relational Database Management System (RDBMS)
Geometry
The main objective of this course is to provide an in-depth
The subject deals with the study and practice of construction of understanding of Database, design and implementation of Database
two dimensional geometrical shapes and forms in terms of lines Management Systems
and surfaces relating to subjects like Pattern making, Garment
Understanding body and pattern shapes through draping
Construction, Plant Layout etc
This subject is oriented to develop the understanding of the relation
Computerized Data Management
between body shapes and patterns to achieve desired fit and
The subject focuses on creating an understanding of computerised techniques of handling 2D medium to fit 3D body form.
data management, data analysis, data representation &
Integrated Term Project
management techniques.
This subject aims at integration and application of concepts,
Material Science
principles and theories of the subjects taught during the semester
This subject provides an understanding of the various properties for completing the project.
of metals, non metals, alloys polymers and their applications on
garments.
SEMESTER II
Environment Studies
This subject examines and understands the parts and processes
in a micro-environment related to product and communication.
The micro - environment and its interrelationship with respect to
socio-economic realities is also explored.

3.6.3(a) B. Des (FASHION DESIGN) - the derivative spheres. Understanding of the role of a designer
within the dynamics of the fashion industry is the prime focus.
2010-2014 Prototype Development I
The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of all
SEMESTER III courses covered in the semester. This project also incorporates
the entire gamut from concept, design process and the technical
Fashion Illustration & Design I application for a garment realization, allowing individual
The subject initiates the understanding of the importance of interpretation within a thematic group situation. A one or two piece
anatomical studies as the basis of fashion illustration and to realize garment will be made of cotton or cotton blend fabric.
the requirement for understanding, clarity and confidence in drawing
SEMESTER IV
of the human body as a mode of visual communication in fashion.
Fashion Illustration and Design II
Pattern Making I
The subject builds upon the learning of the previous semester to
The subject introduces the basic concepts of Patternmaking as an
develop an individual signature style of illustration integrating
integral input for design development. It familiarizes students with
conceptualization, exploration and final ideation of design along
the tools and terminology of Patternmaking while developing the
with representation of garments through flat working drawings and
ability to create designs through the flat pattern method
handling different art media.
Draping I
Pattern Making II
The subject inculcates the ability to visualize and create three
The subject deals with advanced concepts in pattern making to
dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students will be
produce master patterns. Combination of different patterns
able to conceptualize garment designs in relation to the body and
components into one piece patterns and development of bifurcated
its structure. They will be able to drape muslin test fits and
garments as well as analysis of existing garment patterns are
manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style.
emphasized.
Garment Construction I
Draping II
The subject initiates learning and applying utility of various
The subject uses advanced and creative concepts of draping to
components in a garment and to explore the different techniques
create innovative patterns to develop one-piece and bifurcated
used for quality application in garments. It develops the
garments. Concepts of volume and folds in relation to fabric type
understanding of the significance of proficiency on the lock-stitch
are inculcated
machine and its applications.
Garment Construction II
Elements of Textiles
The subject develops an understanding and appreciation of quality
The subject helps to understand the performance characteristics
parameters in Garment Construction. Application of different
of different fibers & fabrics in the context of the Textile Industry & its
techniques used for garment construction with different garment
various segments - spinning, weaving, knitting, dyeing, printing
components is explored through creative application.
and finishing.
Surface Design Techniques II
Surface Design Techniques I
The subject introduces surface design as an significant design
The subject helps to understand various traditional handcrafted
component for value addition to Indian design. Inputs include a
techniques, materials, processes and context. It encourages
study of tools, equipment & technology used in dyeing, printing &
exploration and application of different fibers/yarns and other
processing for creation of innovative textile surfaces and finishes.
unconventional materials while harnessing indigenous and
available resources, skill, materials and techniques for Marketing
contemporary adaptations and applications. The subject enables students to gain better understanding of
History of Design & Fashion I markets, distinctive aspects between fashion and generic
marketing, classification and marketing concepts. The objective
The subject views the study of Indian costume as a cultural and
is to familiarize them with research methodology and facilitate the
visual milieu of the period and examines the range and multiplicity
creation of market oriented designs.
of regional and local Indian dress, coiffure and ornaments in various
ages in a variety of styles based on classes and communities. History of Design & Fashion II
Fashion Studies The subject introduces the students to the contextual basis of study
of costume history in western civilizations. Understanding of the
The subject develops a holistic understanding of the elements and
reasons of costume evolution from necessity - driven basics to
principles of design with focus on aesthetic aspects. Emphasis is
laid on appreciation of generic design and of fashion being one of
flamboyant styles, critically analyze salient features of costumes embellishment technique. The end objective is to explore these for
and to interpret them in the contemporary context. contemporary adaptations and applications.
Design Process Merchandising
This subject initiates design thinking in students in a progressive The subject imparts fundamental knowledge in the areas of Apparel
process from theme to generation ideas, keywords, mood boards Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management with the purpose of
culminating into a final product. familiarizing students with practices and systems in the apparel
Photography Industry both in the Indian and global context.
The subject initiates the understanding of the basic principles of History of Design & Fashion III
photography as a tool of communication and documentation, with Initiating the students into the contextual study of design and fashion
a critical understanding of the role of light. as a socio-cultural phenomenon, the subject provides an overview
Prototype Development II of the historical overview of the dynamics of design and fashion
movements in reference to fashion from 1850s upto the present.
The end term ITP is an advanced level of integration of learning of
the entire semester incorporating design, textiles, illustration Digital Presentation Technique
techniques, draping, pattern making, fashion studies & garment The course objective is to enable students to develop understanding
construction. Silk or silk blended fabrics will be used to make a of and command over Animatrix multimedia using 'Flash' for the
one or two piece garment. purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia
presentations
SEMESTER V
Integrated Term Project V/ Prototype Development III
Fashion Illustration and Design III
The ITP incorporates and integrates the learning of subjects covered
The subject forays into the fundamental principles of understanding
in the semester. The project incorporates the entire gamut from
market trends, use forecasting as a tool/guide to relate with the
concept, design process and the technical application for the
various aspects of line planning for a specific season/market.
realization of a women's structured jacket will be made of wool or
Design initiation into Childrenswear and Menswear illustration &
wool blend fabric, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic
line planning are emphasized.
group situation.
Pattern Making III
Craft Cluster Initiative & Diagnostic Study (Between 4th & 5th
The subject enables students to understand higher levels of semester)
complexity in pattern making. The focus is on patterns for outerwear
The subject teaches the methodology of literature search &
with a focus on contoured garments and two piece sleeves.
secondary data search for a diagnostic study in the context of the
Draping III unorganized sector. The process of Collation & Presentation of the
With the purpose of inculcating creative concepts of draping in the data in a documented format as well as the following stages of
context of both woven as well as sheer and knit fabrics, the subject product ideation, design process and prototype development for
focuses on design exploration for one piece contoured garment. subsequent design dissemination would be addressed.
Garment Construction III SEMESTER VI
The subject explores different techniques used both for application Fashion Illustration and Design IV
of quality parameters as well as design features in garments. This
The course aims to prepare students to handle design assignments
is in reference to application of various techniques specially mitering
according to requirements of different industry segments and
to create fitted women's upper garments and trouser.
markets. The purpose is to display integrated learning across
Fabric Studies subjects to establish grasp of design and market parameters with
The subject initiates understanding of the nomenclature, tactile a focus on display of individual design inclination and aptitude.
and behavioral characteristics of various fabrics in relation to their Pattern Making IV
application and end use. Identification of application of various
The subject initiates the students to Pattern Making for Indian
finishing, seams, trims, fasteners, facing, interlinings and
apparel. Analysis of existing garments and creation of patterns for
interfacings are important
Indian ethnic garment styles are the prime focus.
Surface Design Techniques III
Knitwear
Building on pre-requisite learning, the focus of the subject area is
This subject introduces knits for fashion apparel through the
to understand various hand embroidery techniques as a surface
understanding, exploration and adaptation of various innovative
knit patterns and finishes. The understanding of tools, machinery,
yarns and technology pertaining to knits is generated.

Garment Construction IV SEMESTER VII

The subject develops the application of different techniques used Mandatory Courses
for garment construction with different garment component through
Portfolio Development
creative application. Integrative co-relation of learning about
construction of Indian traditional garments is achieved. This course focuses on the development of a design portfolio as
the expression of each graduating student's creativity in design,
Manufacturing Process
technical expertise, illustration and presentation skills. The portfolio
The objective of this subject is to co-relate design and is a body of work that is the culmination of all previous semesters'
manufacturing interface through the understanding of different learning and an expression of integrative learning.
apparel manufacturing processes.
Menswear Design and Development
Surface Design Techniques IV
This course addresses the need to evolve an innovative and
The subject enhances the possibilities of creative value-addition contemporary design vocabulary for men's apparel. The end
with end- use in apparel; the subject explores visual and tactile objective is to conceptualize and implement the design process to
qualities of fabric/material with crossover application between create a collection reflecting technical competence, exploring
design, craft and industry. creative application and appraise quality parameters in garment
Advance Professional Practices construction.
The subject aims to impart enhanced knowledge regarding Entrepreneurship and Small Management
Intellectual Property Rights and CSR as applied to the area of The objective of the subject is to impart basic knowledge and
creative arts, fashion design and textiles industry. skills in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Small Business
History of Design & Fashion IV Management, preparing the students to set up their own enterprise.
The subject is designed to provide an overview of the history of art, Colloquium Paper
design movements in reference to fashion from 19th century till The skill of writing and presenting a research paper as per
date. international standards, writing abstract and bibliography for the
Research Methods same is inculcated through this subject.
This subject is designed to provide a clear know-how about various Departmental electives (Students to select any 2)
kinds of research, research methods and methodology to generate Craft Based Product Development
a research plan.
This subject attempts to create an awareness and appreciation of
Grading Manual & CAD the traditional methodology of a particular craft through the entire
To instill the understanding the concept of patternmaking, grading, process of survey, conceptualization of design, interaction with
marker making through CAD software and the relative context of facilitators, prototype development, manufacturing, marketing and
manual method vis a vis computerized grading is the focus of this management procedures.
subject. Creative Pattern Making
Prototype Development IV The module is aimed at stimulating innovative concepts in design,
The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of design, which would be materialized through pattern into muslin. Radically
textiles, pattern making & garment construction thereby synergizing differentiating apparel styling and detailing would supersede
the gamut of inputs from concept, design process and the technical conventional principles of pattern making.
application to make a traditional ladies ensemble allowing Advanced Surface Development
individual interpretation within a thematic group situation.
The module will incorporate and integrate the learning to develop a
Industry Internship (Between 6th & 7th Semester) collection of appropriate surfaces for diverse application through a
The eight-week industry internship programme offers the meaningful correlation and application within the context of fashion.
opportunity of actual orientation of the industry to the student and A balance is achieved between the imagined and achieved surfaces
understanding of designer's role and responsibility in this context. through explorations using various techniques, methods and
It is aimed at providing the students with professional design material.
experience by familiarizing them with a practical knowledge of the Childrenswear
functioning of the apparel industry.
The module familiarizes students with the growing childrenswear
market with special reference to local and international brands,
understanding categories of this segment, and incorporating both
aesthetic as well as practical design details into childrenswear.

Couture Design 'images' by professionals. This elective course would look at the
The objective of this subject is to design and execute couture process of creating a style image either for 'moving films' or 'still
garments, using the appropriate fabrics and trims for occasions images'.
while focusing on couture draping and construction techniques to The Business of Luxury
achieve the desired style and fit. This subject gives an overview of both the Indian as well as
Fashion Accessories International business of luxury, thus introducing the concept of
The emphasis of the course is to provide an opportunity to Luxury in the context of consumer, product and lifestyle. The subject
understand the possibilities in design, a working knowledge of is particularly relevant in understanding consumer psychographics
fashion accessories and understanding the process for designing of high net worth individual (HNWI), the importance of brand
and developing the same, with the objective of creating a complete creation, positioning and management.
'look' for the collection / line. Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry
Contemporary Art and Design The course provides an introduction to corporate design in the
The module is aimed at creating awareness of the role of fashion industry with an aim for creating brand identity and
contemporary art giving an overview of 'Modernism' and 'Post promotion material.
Modernism'. The objective is to understand the evolution of the Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail
interdisciplinary nature of postmodern art and the multimodal The subject addresses the relevance of fashion forecasting in the
approach of creativity for generating conceptual framework and Fashion Business in the context of Indian markets with an
design ideas. understanding of consumer behavior and development of skills of
Theatre Costume & Design interpretation, application and methodology of forecasting at various
The course is designed to offer additional career options to fashion levels in fashion business in India
design students in the context of costume design and space design SEMESTER VIII
pertaining to performing arts. The realm of theatre and fashion are
Design Collection - Fashionova ™
both multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects
of visual and performing arts to create an integrated performance The Design Collection is the culmination of various inputs imbibed
and ambiance. over 7 semesters ranging from creative exposure and sensitization
to technical expertise. In upholding standards of both national and
Visual Merchandising
international benchmarking in fashion design, the collections should
The subject introduces students to display design for show reflect originality, creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and
windows, exhibits, in-store display, etc especially high fashion implementation of the design process combined with technical
garments. The focus is on conceptualization and critiquing of strength. The focus is on good design that is an ideal blend of
innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units creativity with function. The collection is conceptualized and created
for display and exhibit. in the department labs under the strict supervision and guidance of
Fashion Styling faculty mentors.
The course investigates the in-depth look at the dynamics of the
image - making industry and thereby the many roles of the fashion
stylist today. The integral focus is on the creation of a fashion
image, for the runway, editorial fashion pages, advertising,
catalogues or music promos, etc to inculcate understanding and
projecting styling as an attitude, a fantasy, a way of living.
Lingerie Design
The course is conceptualized and developed in response to intimate
apparel and swimwear as an emerging niche area in India. It
focuses on Lingerie as an essential item of a women's wardrobe
with the potential of transforming itself into a luxury product.
Common Elective - any 1 may be offered (May differ from Center to
center)
Films, Fashion & Image
This course attempts to analytically look at characters in film -
celluloid, television, advertising and print media - as created

3.6.3(b) B.Des (FASHION DESIGN) - Fashion Studies

The subject develops a holistic understanding of the elements and
2011 onwards principles of design with focus on aesthetic aspects. Emphasis is
laid on appreciation of generic design and of fashion being one of
the derivative spheres. Understanding of the role of a designer
SEMESTER III within the dynamics of the fashion industry is the prime focus.
Summer Project Prototype Development I
The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of all courses
and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to covered in the semester. This project also incorporates the entire
form an academically relevant paper. gamut from concept, design process and the technical application
Fashion Illustration & Design I for a garment realization, allowing individual interpretation within
The subject initiates the understanding of the importance of a thematic group situation. A one or two piece garment will be
anatomical studies as the basis of fashion illustration and to realize made of cotton or cotton blend fabric.
the requirement for understanding, clarity and confidence in drawing SEMESTER IV
of the human body as a mode of visual communication in fashion.
Fashion Illustration and Design II
Pattern Making I
The subject builds upon the learning of the previous semester to
The subject introduces the basic concepts of Patternmaking as an develop an individual signature style of illustration integrating
integral input for design development. It familiarizes students with conceptualization, exploration and final ideation of design along
the tools and terminology of Patternmaking while developing the with representation of garments through flat working drawings and
ability to create designs through the flat pattern method handling different art media.
Draping 1 Pattern Making II
The subject inculcates the ability to visualize and create three The subject deals with advanced concepts in pattern making to
dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students will be produce master patterns. Combination of different patterns
able to conceptualize garment designs in relation to the body and components into one piece patterns and development of bifurcated
its structure. They will be able to drape muslin test fits and garments as well as analysis of existing garment patterns are
manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style. emphasized.
Garment Construction I Draping II
The subject initiates learning and applying utility of various The subject uses advanced and creative concepts of draping to
components in a garment and to explore the different techniques create innovative patterns to develop one-piece and bifurcated
used for quality application in garments. It develops the garments. Concepts of volume and folds in relation to fabric type
understanding of the significance of proficiency on the lock-stitch are inculcated
machine and its applications.
Garment Construction II
Elements of Textiles
The subject develops an understanding and appreciation of quality
The subject helps to understand the performance characteristics parameters in Garment Construction. Application of different
of different fibers & fabrics in the context of the Textile Industry & its techniques used for garment construction with different garment
various segments - spinning, weaving, knitting, dyeing, printing components is explored through creative application.
and finishing.
Surface Design Techniques II
Surface Design Techniques I
The subject introduces surface design as an significant design
The subject helps to understand various traditional handcrafted component for value addition to Indian design. Inputs include a
techniques, materials, processes and context. It encourages study of tools, equipment & technology used in dyeing, printing &
exploration and application of different fibers/yarns and other processing for creation of innovative textile surfaces and finishes.
unconventional materials while harnessing indigenous and
Marketing
available resources, skill, materials and techniques for
contemporary adaptations and applications. The subject enables students to gain better understanding of
markets, distinctive aspects between fashion and generic
History of Design & Fashion I
marketing, classification and marketing concepts. The objective
The subject views the study of Indian costume as a cultural and is to familiarize them with research methodology and facilitate the
visual milieu of the period and examines the range and multiplicity creation of market oriented designs.
of regional and local Indian dress, coiffure and ornaments in various
ages in a variety of styles based on classes and communities.
History of Design & Fashion II Surface Design Techniques III
The subject introduces the students to the contextual basis of study Building on pre-requisite learning, the focus of the subject area is
of costume history in western civilizations. Understanding of the to understand various hand embroidery techniques as a surface
reasons of costume evolution from necessity - driven basics to embellishment technique. The end objective is to explore these for
flamboyant styles, critically analyze salient features of costumes contemporary adaptations and applications.
and to interpret them in the contemporary context. Merchandising
Design Process The subject imparts fundamental knowledge in the areas of Apparel
This subject initiates design thinking in students in a progressive Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management with the purpose of
process from theme to generation ideas, keywords, mood boards familiarizing students with practices and systems in the apparel
culminating into a final product. Industry both in the Indian and global context.
Photography History of Design & Fashion III
The subject initiates the understanding of the basic principles of Initiating the students into the contextual study of design and fashion
photography as a tool of communication and documentation, with as a socio-cultural phenomenon, the subject provides an overview
a critical understanding of the role of light. of the historical overview of the dynamics of design and fashion
Prototype Development II movements in reference to fashion from 1850s upto the present.
The end term ITP is an advanced level of integration of learning of Digital Presentation Technique
the entire semester incorporating design, textiles, illustration The course objective is to enable students to develop understanding
techniques, draping, pattern making, fashion studies & garment of and command over Animatrix multimedia using 'Flash' for the
construction. Silk or silk blended fabrics will be used to make a purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia
one or two piece garment. presentations
SEMESTER V Prototype Development III
Fashion Illustration and Design III The ITP incorporates and integrates the learning of subjects covered
in the semester The project incorporates the entire gamut from
The subject forays into the fundamental principles of understanding
concept, design process and the technical application for the
market trends, use forecasting as a tool/guide to relate with the
realization of a women's structured jacket will be made of wool or
various aspects of line planning for a specific season/market.
wool blend fabric, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic
Design initiation into Childrenswear and Menswear illustration &
group situation.
line planning are emphasized.
Craft Cluster Initiative & Diagnostic Study (Between 4th & 5th
Pattern Making III
semester)
The subject enables students to understand higher levels of
The subject teaches the methodology of literature search &
complexity in pattern making. The focus is on patterns for outerwear
secondary data search for a diagnostic study in the context of the
with a focus on contoured garments and two piece sleeves
unorganized sector. The process of Collation & Presentation of the
Draping III data in a documented format as well as the following stages of
With the purpose of inculcating creative concepts of draping in the product ideation, design process and prototype development for
context of both woven as well as sheer and knit fabrics, the subject subsequent design dissemination would be addressed.
focuses on design exploration for one piece contoured garment. SEMESTER VI
Garment Construction III
Fashion Illustration and Design IV
The subject explores different techniques used both for application
The course aims to prepare students to handle design assignments
of quality parameters as well as design features in garments. This
according to requirements of different industry segments and
is in reference to application of various techniques specially mitering
markets. The purpose is to display integrated learning across
to create fitted women's upper garments and trouser.
subjects to establish grasp of design and market parameters with
Fabric Studies a focus on display of individual design inclination and aptitude.
The subject initiates understanding of the nomenclature, tactile Pattern Making IV
and behavioral characteristics of various fabrics in relation to their
The subject initiates the students to Pattern Making for Indian
application and end use. Identification of application of various
apparel. Analysis of existing garments and creation of patterns for
finishing, seams, trims, fasteners, facing, interlinings and
Indian ethnic garment styles are the prime focus.
interfacings are important

Knitwear experience by familiarizing them with a practical knowledge of the

This subject introduces knits for fashion apparel through the functioning of the apparel industry.
understanding, exploration and adaptation of various innovative SEMESTER VII
knit patterns and finishes. The understanding of tools, machinery,
Mandatory Courses
yarns and technology pertaining to knits is generated.
Garment Construction IV
This course focuses on the development of a design portfolio as
The subject develops the application of different techniques used
the expression of each graduating student's creativity in design,
for garment construction with different garment component through
technical expertise, illustration and presentation skills. The portfolio
creative application. Integrative co-relation of learning about
is a body of work that is the culmination of all previous semesters'
construction of Indian traditional garments is achieved.
learning and an expression of integrative learning.
Manufacturing Process
Menswear Design and Development
The objective of this subject is to co-relate design and
This course addresses the need to evolve an innovative and
manufacturing interface through the understanding of different
contemporary design vocabulary for men's apparel. The end
apparel manufacturing processes.
objective is to conceptualize and implement the design process to
Surface Design Techniques IV create a collection reflecting technical competence, exploring
The subject enhances the possibilities of creative value-addition creative application and appraise quality parameters in garment
with end- use in apparel; the subject explores visual and tactile construction.
qualities of fabric/material with crossover application between Entrepreneurship and Small Management
design, craft and industry.
The objective of the subject is to impart basic knowledge and
Advance Professional Practices skills in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Small Business
The subject aims to impart enhanced knowledge regarding Management, preparing the students to set up their own enterprise.
Intellectual Property Rights and CSR as applied to the area of Colloquium Paper
creative arts, fashion design and textiles industry.
The skill of writing and presenting a research paper as per
History of Design & Fashion IV international standards, writing abstract and bibliography for the
The subject is designed to provide an overview of the history of art, same is inculcated through this subject.
design movements in reference to fashion from 19th century till Departmental electives (Students to select any 2)
date.
Craft Based Product Development
Research Methods
This subject attempts to create an awareness and appreciation of
This subject is designed to provide a clear know-how about various the traditional methodology of a particular craft through the entire
kinds of research, research methods and methodology to generate process of survey, conceptualization of design, interaction with
a research plan. facilitators, prototype development, manufacturing, marketing and
Grading Manual & CAD management procedures.
To instill the understanding the concept of patternmaking, grading, Creative Pattern Making
marker making through CAD software and the relative context of The module is aimed at stimulating innovative concepts in design,
manual method vis a vis computerized grading is the focus of this which would be materialized through pattern into muslin. Radically
subject. differentiating apparel styling and detailing would supersede
Prototype Development IV conventional principles of pattern making.
The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of design, Advanced Surface Development
textiles, pattern making & garment construction thereby synergizing The module will incorporate and integrate the learning to develop a
the gamut of inputs from concept, design process and the technical collection of appropriate surfaces for diverse application through a
application to make a traditional ladies ensemble allowing meaningful correlation and application within the context of fashion.
individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. A balance is achieved between the imagined and achieved surfaces
Industry Internship (Between 6th & 7th Semester) through explorations using various techniques, methods and
The eight-week industry internship programme offers the material.
opportunity of actual orientation of the industry to the student and Childrenswear
understanding of designer's role and responsibility in this context. The module familiarizes students with the growing childrenswear
It is aimed at providing the students with professional design market with special reference to local and international brands,

understanding categories of this segment, and incorporating both scenario. It provides an understanding for innovative design
aesthetic as well as practical design details into childrenswear. developments in graphic surfaces and print material intended for
Couture Design products for body and space.
The objective of this subject is to design and execute couture Design management
garments, using the appropriate fabrics and trims for occasions The course provides the student an opportunity to manage business
while focusing on couture draping and construction techniques to of design with assignments that give a 'marketing mix' between
achieve the desired style and fit. design and marketing.
Fashion Accessories Denim wear
The emphasis of the course is to provide an opportunity to The course provides a platform for student to design for a niche
understand the possibilities in design, a working knowledge of market segment in Denim and based on the understanding and
fashion accessories and understanding the process for designing usage of specialized machinery including washing and finishing of
and developing the same, with the objective of creating a complete Denim.
'look' for the collection / line. Common Elective - any 1 may be offered (May differ from Center
Contemporary Art and Design to center)
The module is aimed at creating awareness of the role of Films, Fashion & Image
contemporary art giving an overview of 'Modernism' and 'Post This course attempts to analytically look at characters in film -
Modernism'. The objective is to understand the evolution of the celluloid, television, advertising and print media - as created
interdisciplinary nature of postmodern art and the multimodal 'images' by professionals. This elective course would look at the
approach of creativity for generating conceptual framework and process of creating a style image either for 'moving films' or 'still
design ideas. images'.
Theatre Costume & Design The Business of Luxury
The course is designed to offer additional career options to fashion This subject gives an overview of both the Indian as well as
design students in the context of costume design and space design International business of luxury, thus introducing the concept of
pertaining to performing arts. The realm of theatre and fashion are Luxury in the context of consumer, product and lifestyle. The subject
both multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects is particularly relevant in understanding consumer psychographics
of visual and performing arts to create an integrated performance of high net worth individual (HNWI), the importance of brand
and ambiance. creation, positioning and management.
Visual Merchandising Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry
The subject introduces students to display design for show The course provides an introduction to corporate design in the
windows, exhibits, in-store display, etc especially high fashion fashion industry with an aim for creating brand identity and
garments. The focus is on conceptualization and critiquing of promotion material.
innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units
Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail
for display and exhibit.
The subject addresses the relevance of fashion forecasting in the
Fashion Styling
Fashion Business in the context of Indian markets with an
The course investigates the in-depth look at the dynamics of the understanding of consumer behavior and development of skills of
image - making industry and thereby the many roles of the fashion interpretation, application and methodology of forecasting at various
stylist today. The integral focus is on the creation of a fashion levels in fashion business in India
image, for the runway, editorial fashion pages, advertising,
catalogues or music promos, etc to inculcate understanding and SEMESTER VIII
projecting styling as an attitude, a fantasy, a way of living. Design Collection - Fashionova ™
Lingerie Design The Design Collection is the culmination of various inputs imbibed
The course is conceptualized and developed in response to intimate over 7 semesters ranging from creative exposure and sensitization
apparel and swimwear as an emerging niche area in India. It to technical expertise. In upholding standards of both national and
focuses on Lingerie as an essential item of a women's wardrobe international benchmarking in fashion design, the collections should
with the potential of transforming itself into a luxury product. reflect originality, creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and
implementation of the design process combined with technical
Graphic Design
strength. The focus is on good design that is an ideal blend of
The course provides the students with the design process required creativity with function. The collection is conceptualized and created
for graphic design and print development in the current fashion in the department labs under the strict supervision and guidance of
faculty mentors.
3.6.4(a) B. Des (LEATHER DESIGN) - Draping

The subject develops an understanding of the human body
2010 - 2014 propor tions and contours, visualizing and creating three
dimensional patterns directly on the dress form, ability to drape
and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style? and
SEMESTER III related aspects.
Fashion Model Drawing
SEMESTER IV
The subject makes students realize fashion illustration as essential
Fashion Illustration I
tool of visual communication, understand the relative differences
between normal proportion and the fashion figure, understand The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills
concept of stance, balance and movement of the fashion figure and with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching,
the related aspects. provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual
communication of the same through illustration techniques.
Design & Fashion Studies I
Design & Fashion Studies II
The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles
of design with reference to apparel and develops an understanding The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design
of fashion as a design and a business activity. movements in the 20th century, providing a holistic understanding
of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists, with a critical analysis
Design Methods & Prototyping
of the formation and development of designers and design
The subject develops understanding of ?'Design Philosophy,' the professionals.
different approaches to Design, Design Process sequentially via
Leather Accessories I
perception, cognition and action, ?Prototyping incorporates and
integrates the understanding of various design development The subject develops an understanding of product classification of
activities performed in a meaningful correlation within the context goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture
of leather apparel. the detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing,
synthesize & apply design skills in product realization ideas and
Pattern Making I
other market related aspects.
The subject inculcates the understanding of flat patternmaking in
Prototyping
the context of the 3 D human form integral to design development
in the apparel industry and other related components. This subject incorporates and integrates the understanding of
various design development activities performed in a meaningful
Construction Techniques I
co-relation and application within the context of leather apparel. It
The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam is an integrated representation of inputs received from different
constructions, and assembling panels using different seams. subjects to create a final product prototype.
Leather Studies & Processes-I Pattern Making II
The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles Students understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern
and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process Making to understand sizing, fit and styling variation for
on the physical quality of collagen. womenswear.
Surface Development Techniques I Construction Techniques II
The subject introduces various handcrafted techniques, materials The subject develops the skill of operating the machine,
& processes and encourages exploration & application of different understanding the utility of different techniques used in construction
materials in combination with leather. The emphasis is on that can be used as design features, develops the skills of pattern
adaptation of techniques to fashion products. making and construction of different kinds of pockets in leather.
Elements of Management & Marketing Leather Studies & Processes -II
The subject develops an understanding of the concept of The subject develops an understanding of various types of finishes
Management and its various theories, principles of management, and technology in leather manufacturing. Students theoretically
processes and application to the fashion industry. Marketing understand leather finishing from Wet blue to finishing.
Management and related concepts are also explained.
Surface Development Techniques II
Computer Application III
The subject inculcates an understanding of various handcrafted
The course inculcates required competence in COREL DRAW, techniques, materials & processes through an exploration &
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP, COREL PAINTER software to help students application of different materials in combination with leather.
achieve competence in Digital Illustrations.

Marketing Construction Techniques III
The subject enables students to gain in-depth understanding on The subject develops the understanding of sizing and fit for
markets and marketing concepts to classify markets and facilitates outerwear and integrates construction skills for prototype
creation of market oriented designs with emphasis on new product development of outerwear.
development Leather Studies & Processes-III
Computer Application IV The subject develops an understanding of characteristics and
The course enables the construction of Vector Illustration and Type physical properties of Leather, Non-conventional Leathers, care &
effects in order to create customized graphics for a variety of creative cleaning of leather, ?storage and handling of finished leather and
solutions using Illustrator & Indesign Software and creates eco-friendly options.
awareness of the various related tools. Basic Manufacturing Systems
Between Semester IV & V The subject enables students to understand the concept of
Tannery Training Production Management. It familiarizes students with the various
The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of manufacturing systems various aspects of the manufacturing
the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by processes & the technology used therein.
the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a Merchandising
period of 2 weeks. The subject imparts basic knowledge in the areas of Apparel
Craft Research & Documentation Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management and familiarizes
The subject gives inputs on the methodology of literature search students with practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both
for a diagnostic study in the context of unorganized sector, collation in Indian and global context.
and presentation of the data in the document format, in groups. Computer Application V
Other stages related to design dissemination is also addressed. The subject helps produce multimedia and web based presentations
SEMESTER V using Flash, creating awareness of the various tools used for the
purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia
Fashion Illustration II
presentations and related tools.
The subject introduces illustration of different goods with style
Research Methods
analysis and details to integrate design, attitude and styling in a
signature style of illustration. This subject promotes understanding of all aspects of research
process developing competence in data collection, analysis and
Design Project I
interpretation and summarization and presentation of result
The subject offers an opportunity to integrate and apply basic design developing ability to write a Paper / Report.
fundamentals, thinking and methodology to address design
opportunities in the areas of leather apparel. SEMESTER VI
Forecasting Trends & Interpretation Fashion Illustration - III
The subject develops an understanding the relevance of fashion The subject introduces theme-based collections for leather
forecasting in the business of fashion, understanding the forecasting garments and goods and illustration of the same. Menswear
process and other related factors and skills to interpret trend illustration and specifications drawings for apparel are introduced.
forecasts. Student develops integrated attitude, style and detailing in a
signature style of illustration.
Leather Accessories II
Design Project II
The subject develops an understanding of product classification of
goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture The subject integrates application of conceptualization of design
the detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing, fundamentals and methodology to address design opportunities in
identifies and categorize the variety of products and their styles the area of leather accessories. The approach is towards
based on markets and their specification and related ideas. developing ideas based upon material and market requirements
leading to prototype realization.
Pattern Making III
Menswear
The subject encourages an understanding and working on more
complex concepts of Pattern Making, understanding sizing, fit and The subject develops and understanding on concepts of menswear
styling variation for outerwear, integrating construction skills for design and prototyping and sizing, fit and styling variations for
prototype development of outerwear. menswear, it also integrates pattern making skills for prototype
development.

Leather Accessories III Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices

The subject aims at achieving necessary skills to capture the The subject develops the understanding of commercial value of
detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing. It different raw material and leather based on area origin, value
identifies the variety of products and their styles based on markets, addition concepts, commercial aspects and assessment of different
specifications and related ideas. grades of leather and its applications.
Introduction to Footwear Advanced Professional Practices
The subject develops an understanding of technical constraints in Subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject
footwear design, pattern making & methods of construction, steps Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the
for development of uppers and understanding of all necessary area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces
construction processes till completion of full finished footwear / concepts of CSR and business ethics.
shoe. Colloquium Paper
Construction Techniques IV The subject reflects primary and contextual issues of the fashion
The subject develops understanding on concepts of construction and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of leather,
for menswear, sizing and styling variation for menswear. It accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using Research
integrates construction skills for prototype development of Methods inputs received in the previous semester.
menswear. Design Management & Entrepreneurship
Leather Studies & Processes - IV The subject develops an understanding of Design and the Designer
The subject develops the understanding of alternate and non leather from the management perspective and the importance of design
material and trims used for making leather apparel, novel process strategies.
technologies, social accountability and responsibility with reference Departmental Electives- Student to select any two from those
to leather sector and problems and remedies for finished leather. offered (May differ from center to center)
Advanced Production Planning & Control Lifestyle Accessories
The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, The subject introduces the students to various categories of lifestyle
coordinating and scheduling for production management, materials accessories prevalent in the market, concepts of range
management and quality management. It also develops development in lifestyle accessories according to the market,
understanding of product costing methods and procedures, plant stores or client specification.
layout and optimization of space and technology.
Footwear Development
Opportunity Mapping, Positioning & Strategies
The subject develops skills to develop and grade patterns for
The subject deals in understanding market opportunities and different style for footwear and also to develop a footwear prototype
mapping these to develop product positioning and business as per students' individual design.
strategies.
Non-Leather Material & Process Studies
Computer Application VI
Leather as a material is very expensive and to make products
The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally more cost effective and available to a wider market, this subject is
patterns of basic bodice, sleeve, collar, skirt, men's shirt and trouser essential for the students to understand the compositions and
through softwares like Lectra, Tukatech etc. behaviour of fabrics and non leather materials vis-à-vis leather.
Between Semester VI & VII Visual communication
Industry Internship The subject builds the ability in a design student to develop a
The internship is primarily to understand the leather industry in the holistic understanding towards the intangibles of visualizing a
real environment and the application of the knowledge acquired in design in relation to space, store and / or market as well as the
the previous semesters. The objective is to incorporate, integrate marketing of the same.
and apply the learning of various subject matters. Corsetry
SEMESTER VII The subject provides basic understanding of the corset and how it
Design Portfolio manipulates the body. Students research modern adaptations of
corset as a Fashion Accessory and develop patterns for corsets
The subject carries forward design methodology to conceptualize
and understanding the construction of the same.
and integrate the creative output for the industrial specifications
through forecast study, design development process, specification
sheets & costing.

Integrative Surface Development 3.6.4(b) B.Des (LEATHER DESIGN) -
The subject helps students to develop non traditional leather
surfaces based on leather based chemicals as per current trends. 2011 onwards
Visual Merchandising Footwear & Products - Chennai & Rae
The subject introduces students to display design for show
windows and other related requirements for storage of merchandize Bareli Centre
specially high fashion apparel. It helps to conceptualize innovative
modes of presentation, design and critique functional and decorative
units for display and exhibit. SEMESTER III
Common Electives- any one may be offered (may differ from Summer Project
center to center) The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic
Intelligent Digital Production and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to
form an academically relevant paper.
The aim of the subject is to compose and present technical details
as per the norms of the industry in the form of technical packet and Design & Fashion Studies I
visual identity with all relevant detailing of the product required for The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles
the apparel business. of design with reference to apparel, develop an understanding of
Design with Leather fashion as a design and a business activity. The structure and
functioning of the global and domestic fashion industry and related
The subject introduces to the use of different types of leather,
details.
application of various design principles to understand various kinds
of leather and their usage, introduces to basic decorative techniques Leather Studies & Processes I
on leather, cutting, pattern making and construction for leather The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles
apparel and products. and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process
on the physical quality of collagen.
SEMESTER VIII
Draping
Graduation Project
The subject aims at understanding the human body proportions
The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity and contours and create three dimensional patterns directly on the
of industry and education interface by identifying areas and dress form?.
opportunities for development whereby students conduct research
based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development Fashion Model Drawing
strategies. The subject aims at using fashion illustration as tool of visual
communication, understanding the relative differences between
normal proportion and the fashion figure, concept of stance, balance
and movement of the fashion figure.
Design Methods & Prototyping
The subject develops understanding of the Design Process
sequentially via perception, cognition and action, ?'Design
Philosophy,' the different approaches to design and integrate the
understanding of various design development activities and
application within the context of leather apparel.
Garments Pattern Making I
The subject inculcates the understanding of flat patternmaking in
the context of the 3 D human form integral to design development
in the garment industry and other related components.
Garments Construction Techniques I
The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam
constructions, assembling different panels using different seams
for leather garments.

Surface Development Techniques I Garment Construction Techniques II

The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted The subject strengthens the skill of operating the machine, develops
techniques, materials & processes. Exploration & application of the skills of pattern making and construction of different kinds of
different materials in combination with leathers and adaptation of pockets in leather. The course culminates into teaching construction
techniques to fashion products are a part of the course outcome. skills required for integrative application.
Human Factors & Ergonomics Surface Development Techniques II
The subject develops an understanding of the complexities involved The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted
at both physical and psychological interface between man and techniques, materials & processes Exploration & application of
man made products/ systems/ environment, human Physiology, different materials in combination with leathers. It integrates
Anatomy, Psychology, Anthropometrics and their relevance in adaptation of techniques to fashion products.
designing the products or systems. Fashion Marketing I
Computer Application III (Adobe Illustrator & Indesign) The subject enables students to gain better in-depth understanding
The course inculcates the basics of adobe illustrator and In design, on markets and marketing concepts. The course enables students
introduction to basic tools, the difference between these two and to classify markets, facilitates creation of market oriented designs
other similar digital illustration software. with emphasis on new product development.
SEMESTER IV Computer Application IV (Garment CAD - Lectra / Gerber)
Design & Fashion Studies II The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally basic
bodice, basic sleeve and collar, basic skirt, men's shirt and trouser
The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design
through software's like Lectra, Tukatech etc.
movements commencing from 20th century, provides a holistic
understanding of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists, Between the Semesters IV & V
?analyzes critically the formation and development of designers Tannery Training
and design professionals. The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of
Leather Studies & Processes II the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by
The subject develops an understanding of : · Various types of finishes the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a
involved in the leather industry, different types of technology in period of 2 weeks.
leather manufacturing, theory of leather finishing from Wet blue to Craft Study
finishing. E.I. to finishing and other related options. The subject gives practical exposure by working in cluster
Leather Accessories - I environment and further culminates in collation and presentation
The subject develops an understanding of product classification of of the data in the document format, in groups. Other stages related
goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture to design dissemination are also addressed.
the detail of a product through Analytical and technical drawing, SEMESTER V
synthesize & apply Design skills in product realization ideas and
Leather Studies & Processes III
other market related aspects.
The subject develops an understanding of ?Characteristics and
Fashion Illustration
physical properties of Leather Non-conventional Leathers. Care &
The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills Cleaning of Leather. Storage and Handling of Finished Leather. Eco
with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching, friendly options.
provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual
Design Communication
communication of the same through illustration techniques and
related techniques. An overview of detailed application of technical drawing tools to
prepare designing/drawing, the standard nomenclatures related to
Design Project I (Garments)
technical drawings, preparation of production drawings, assembly
Design project-I incorporates and integrates the understanding of drawings and related skills.
various design development activities performed in a meaningful
Design Project II (Leather Goods)
co-relation and application within the context of leather apparel.
This involves design and development of accessory collection for
Garment Pattern Making II
specific market focusing on trends, consumer profiles, production
The subject aims to understand and work on more complex and technology, finishes as well as cost.
concepts of Pattern Making, to understand the sizing, fit and styling
variations for common styles of Men's and women's-wear,
development of patterns for the same.

Forecasting Trends & Interpretation Design Project III (Footwear)
The subject develops an understanding the relevance of fashion The subject develops an understanding of design as a planning
forecasting in the business of fashion, understanding the forecasting activity used to strategically design and develop a collection of
process and other related factors and skills to interpret trend footwear and to understand the concept of modularity, imparts the
forecasts. knowledge of range development through an appropriate visual
Leather Accessories II character.
The subject develops an understanding of product classification of Photography
goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture The subject develops an understanding the history, scope and
the detail of a product and aims at developing skills of pattern limitations of manual and digital photography, also to learn the art,
making & construction for prototyping of soft leather goods science, technology and techniques involved in image capturing.
Footwear Pattern Making I Leather Accessories III
The subject develops basic understanding and analysis of The subject develops an understanding of hard goods and its
principles and methods of Footwear pattern making, styles of classification, achieves necessary basic skills for product
Footwear and their components, selection of Lasts, methods and realization, synthesize and apply skills in product realization, spec
developing the patterns for basic styles, the sizing, Fitting and sheet development, the selection of proper raw materials and
grading systems. costing techniques.
Footwear Construction Techniques I Footwear Pattern Making II
The subject develops the skill of operating the footwear machines, Understanding the complex styles of Footwear and their
for Footwear fabrication process and appreciates methods of components. Development of the patterns for complex footwear
footwear construction. styles like Moccasins, Boots and Joggers/Trainers etc.
Fashion Marketing II Understanding the techniques of the complex pattern engineering.
Development of patterns for Insoles and soles.
This subject develops an understanding of Marketing Research,
provides the capacity to use the inferences from the marketing Footwear Construction Techniques II
research for the development of new product, introduction to Brand Exploring the methods of constructions and developing the skills of
Management, elements of Brand Identity and Brand positioning. assembling different parts in constructing the Footwear for complex
Computer Application V (Leather Goods CAD) styles and constructing as well as convert the complex patterns
developed, into Footwear.
This subject aims at understanding the applications of CAD in
Leather Goods. An overview of the most commonly used CAD Fashion Marketing III
software & its applications in Design creation and explorations of The subject imparts basic knowledge and skills in the areas of
leather Goods. Apparel Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management and
Hardware Design & Product Detailing familiarizes students with practices and systems in the Apparel
Industry both in Indian and global context.
This subject aims at understanding the nature of hardware, various
products and its detail, 3-D visualization, form delineations, Computer Application VI (Footwear CAD Shoe-master)
materials & techniques manipulation skills. Understanding the applications of CAD in Footwear. An overview of
the most commonly used footwear software & its applications.
SEMESTER VI Understanding the principles of flattening the forms and Learning
Production Planning & Process Control the methods of basic Designing & Pattern Engineering in CAD.
The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, Non Leather Materials & Processes
coordinating and scheduling for production management, materials
The course aims to introduce the students to various textile and
management and quality management, product costing methods
non-textiles available as options to be used in combination with
and procedures, plant layouts and optimization of space, process
leather, to understand various finishes possible on non-leathers
and technology.
and textiles to develop an understanding of functional features of
Packaging Design various fabric weaves.
The subject develops an understanding of the role of Packaging in Between Semester VI & VII
protection, transportation and handling of products, facelift, display,
Industry Internship
point of purchase that is product communication and the need of
bulk and unit packaging. The objective of internship is primarily to understand the leather
industry in the real environment and the application of the
knowledge acquired in the previous semesters. The objective is to

incorporate, integrate and apply the learning of various subject CAD - Hardware Design - Solid works
matters. The subject develops understanding of the fundamental 3D
SEMESTER VII modeling techniques, effective visualization of various stages of a
design process, design prototypes and virtually cross-verify real
Design Portfolio
time application for any product.
The develops a visual vocabulary of integrated learning across
Leather Home Furnishing
subjects through the design portfolio and helps in understanding
students core strength in design and help to align their portfolio The subject develops basic understanding of home furnishing and
along these lines to help them in specific placements/ further classification, develops an ability to translate designs from paper
studies. to final prototype based on client specification.
Advance Professional Practices Footwear Retailing
It imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual The subject develops understanding the concepts and elements of
Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative footwear styling and fashion, the retail store formats and operations,
arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of the presentation and selling techniques, Customer and vendor
CSR and business ethics. relations-handling returns and complaints.
Colloquium Paper Exhibition / Stall Design
The subject reflects at addressing primary and contextual issues The subject develops Overview of trade fairs and exhibitions for
of the fashion and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of the fashion Industry. Understanding the elements of exhibition
leather, accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using design, types of stall designs and display formats, Designing of an
Research Methods inputs received in the previous semester. Exhibition stall and development of a mock model.
Design Management & Entrepreneurship Athletics & Sports Footwear
The subject develops an understanding of management perspective The subject develops understanding the fundamentals Footwear
and the importance of design strategies, the complexities involved biomechanics, various sports and athletic movements, basic
at both physical and psychological interface between man and classifications of Athletic and Sports footwear, types of materials
man made products/ systems/ environment. and components used.
Design Project IV (Products Range) Common Electives (A student chooses any 1 of the following)
This involves design and developing range of products which Product and Fashion Photography
includes both Footwear and leather accessories for specific market The subject aims at understanding digital photography as medium
segment keeping in mind the design process, production and or skill to document, communicate, promote and advertise the
technology finishes as well as cost. fashion products, ideas and themes in a visual format, and learn
Visual Merchandising all types of lighting and its conceptual application.
The subject introduces students to display design for show Fashion Leather Accessories
windows and other related requirements. It helps to conceptualize The subject helps in learning the various aspects of designing the
innovative modes of presentation, design and critique functional accessories, the usage of material and implementation as a fashion
and decorative units for display and exhibit. coordinate, knowledge of the consumer psychology and design
Department Electives (A student chooses any 2 of the following) process of fashion accessories, technical aspects and prototyping
process.
Costume Jewelry
Fashion Footwear
The subject develops understanding of costume jewelry,
occasionally wearable jewels, recycled jewelry, eco friendly The subject deals with elements and principles of footwear fashion,
jewelry, jewelry made of less valuable materials, base metals, overview of footwear making, materials, components, machines
glass, plastic, and synthetic stones. and tools, designing & styling, understanding of the pattern making
and construction methods for fashion footwear.
Fashion & Sports Gloves
This subject develops a basic understanding of gloves and SEMESTER VIII
classification, an ability to translate designs from paper to final Graduation Project
prototype, based on client specification. The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity
3D Virtual modeling- 3DStudio max of industry and education interface by identifying areas and
Students learn the difference between 2D and 3D digital application. opportunities for development whereby students conduct research
Understand the usage of basic tools practically by making simple based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development
and complicated 3D objects using different techniques. strategies.
3.6.4(c) B. Des (Leather Design) - 2011 Elements of Management & Marketing
The subject develops an understanding of the concept of
onwards Management and its various theories, the Principles of the
Management process and understands its application to fashion
Garments & Products - Delhi & Kolkata industry, ? the concept of Marketing Management as a part of
Centers Management and related concepts.
Computer Application III
The course inculcates required competence in COREL DRAW,
SEMESTER III ADOBE PHOTOSHOP, COREL PAINTER software, achieves
Summer Project competence, appreciation and understanding of natural media tools,
The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic achieves competence in DIGITAL ILLUSTRATIONS to be used in an
and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to integrated manner with other subjects.
form an academically relevant paper. Draping
Fashion Model Drawing The subject develops an understanding of the human body
The subject aims at using fashion illustration as tool of visual propor tions and contours, visualizing and creating three
communication, understanding the relative differences between dimensional patterns directly on the dress form, ability to drape
normal proportion and the fashion figure, concept of stance, balance and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style? and
and movement of the fashion figure. the related aspects.
Design & Fashion Studies I Material Studies and Processes II
The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted
of design with reference to apparel. It develops an understanding techniques, materials & processes. Exploration & application of
of fashion as a design and a business activity, the structure and different materials in combination with leathers and adaptation of
functioning of the global and domestic fashion industry and related techniques to fashion products are a part of the course outcome.
details. SEMESTER - IV
Design Methods & Proto typing Fashion Illustration I
The subject develops understanding of the Design Process The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills
sequentially via perception, cognition and action, ?'Design with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching,
Philosophy,' the different approaches to design and integrate the provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual
understanding of various design development activities and communication of the same through illustration techniques and
application within the context of leather apparel. related techniques.
Pattern Making I Design & Fashion Studies II
Basic principles of pattern making. ?Design analysis & pattern The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design
development. The subject inculcates the understanding of flat movements commencing from 20th century, provides a holistic
patternmaking in the context of the 3D human form integral to understanding of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists,
design development in the apparel industry and other related analyzes critically the formation and development of designers
components. and design professionals.
Construction Techniques I Leather Accessories I
The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam The subject develops an understanding of product classification of
constructions, understanding and aims at appreciating different goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture
kinds of stitches & seams. It also develops skills of assembling the detail of a product through Analytical and technical drawing,
different panels using different seams synthesize & apply Design skills in product realization ideas and
Leather Studies & Processes-I other market related aspects.
The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles Prototyping
and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process Prototyping incorporates and integrates the understanding of various
on the physical quality of collagen. The subject aims at educating design development activities performed in a meaningful co-
the students about science of leather so that the students can relation and application within the context of leather apparel. It is
utilized the knowledge when working with the material. an integrated representation of various inputs received so far to
create a final prototype.

Pattern Making II Design Project I

Understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern Making, The subject integrates basic design fundamentals, thinking and
understanding sizing, fit and styling variation for women's-wear. It methodology to address design opportunities in the areas of leather
deals with the torso, contouring and trouser, pattern making for apparel. ?It recognizes and comprehends contextual issues of the
women's wear. industry at macro level and international concern areas and related
Construction Techniques II approaches.
The subject strengthens the skill of operating the machine, develops Leather Accessories II
the skills of pattern making and construction of different kinds of The subject develops an understanding of product classification of
pockets in leather. The course culminates into teaching construction goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture
skills required for integrative application. the detail of a product and aims at developing skills of pattern
Leather Studies & Processes -II making & construction for prototyping of soft leather goods
The subject develops an understanding of : · Various types of finishes Leather Studies & Processes-III
involved in the leather industry, different types of technology in The subject develops an understanding of ?Characteristics and
leather manufacturing, theory of leather finishing from Wet blue to physical properties of Leather Non-conventional Leathers. Care &
finishing. E.I. to finishing and other related options. Cleaning of Leather. Storage and Handling of Finished Leather. Eco
Surface Development Techniques friendly options.
The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted Basic Manufacturing Systems
techniques, materials & processes Exploration & application of The subject enables students to understand the concept of
different materials in combination with leathers. It integrates Production Management Familiarize students with the various
adaptation of techniques to fashion products. manufacturing systems. Understand the various aspects of the
Marketing manufacturing process & the technology used therein.
The subject enables students to gain better in-depth understanding Computer Application V
on markets and marketing concepts. The course enables students The subject helps produce multimedia and web based presentations
to classify markets, facilitates creation of market oriented designs using Flash. Bringing the awareness of the various tools used for
with emphasis on new product development. the purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia
Computer Application IV presentations and related tools.
The course enables the construction of Vector Illustration and Type Research Methods
effects in order to create customized graphics for a variety of creative The subject develops understanding all aspects of research
solutions using ILLUSTRATOR & INDESIGN Software and Creates process developing competence in data collection, analysis and
awareness of the various related tools. interpretation and summarization and presentation of result
Between Semester IV & V developing ability to write a Paper / Report.
Tannery Training Pattern Making & Construction III
The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of The subject develops understand and work on more complex
the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by concepts of Pattern Making, understanding sizing, fit and styling
the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a variation for outerwear, integrating construction skills for prototype
period of 2 weeks. development of outerwear.
Craft Study Merchandising I
The subject gives practical exposure by working in cluster The course aims to impart basic knowledge and skills in the areas
environment and further culminates in collation and presentation of Apparel Merchandizing and familiarizes the students with
of the data in the document format, in groups. Other stages related practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both in Indian and
to design dissemination are also addressed. global context.
SEMESTER V SEMESTER VI
Fashion Illustration II Fashion Illustration - III
The subject deals with illustration of different goods with style The subject introduces theme-based collections for leather
analysis and details application of different materials on goods, garments and goods and illustration of the same. Menswear
illustration of shoes for women and men with details regarding illustration and specifications drawings for apparel are introduced,
style and materials. develops integrated attitude, style and detailing in a signature style
of illustration.

Design Project II Between Semester VI & VII
The subject would integrate and apply design fundamentals, thinking Industry Internship
and methodology to address design opportunities in the area of The objective of internship is to understand the leather industry in
leather accessories. It develops and approach towards the real environment and the application of the knowledge acquired
conceptualizing ideas based upon material and market in the previous semesters with the objective of incorporating,
requirements leading to prototype realization. integrating and applying the learning of various subject matters.
Menswear
SEMESTER VII
The subject develops and understanding on concepts of menswear
Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices
design and prototyping and styling variations for menswear, it also
integrates pattern making skills for prototype development. The subject develops the understanding of commercial value of
different raw material and leather based on area origin, value
Leather Accessories III
addition concepts, commercial aspects and assessment of different
The subject aims at achieving necessary skills to capture the grades of leather and its applications.
detail of a hard goods through analytical and technical drawing. It
Advanced Professional Practices
identifies the variety of hard goods and their styles based on markets
and their specifications and related ideas and their construction. It imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual
Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative
Introduction to Footwear
arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of
The subject develops an understanding of technical constraints in CSR and business ethics.
footwear design, pattern making & methods of construction, different
Colloquium Paper
steps for development of upper and understanding of rest of
construction processes till full finished footwear / shoe. The subject reflects at addressing primary and contextual issues
of the fashion and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of
Leather Studies & Processes - IV
leather, accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using
The subject develops the understanding of alternate and non leather Research Methods inputs received in the previous semester.
material and trims used for making leather apparel, novel process
Design Management & Entrepreneurship
technologies, social accountability and responsibility with reference
to leather sector and problems and remedies for finished leather. The subject develops an understanding of management perspective
and the importance of design strategies, the complexities involved
Advance Production Planning & Control
at both physical and psychological interface between man and
The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, man made products/ systems/ environment.
coordinating and scheduling for production management.
Design & Digital Portfolio
Computer Application VI
The subject carries forward design methodology to conceptualize
The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally basic and integrate the creative output for the industrial specifications
bodice, basic sleeve and collar, basic skirt, men's shirt and trouser through forecast study, design development process, specification
through software's like Lectra, Tukatech etc. sheets & costing.
Positioning Strategies Departmental Electives
The subject aims to familiarize the students with the concept and Lifestyle Accessories
process of strategic marketing with the application in fashion
The subject introduces the students to various categories of lifestyle
industry and to expose the students to marketing strategies adopted
accessories prevalent in the market, concepts of range
by leading fashion brands.
development in lifestyle accessories according to the market,
Grading & Construction Techniques stores or client specification.
The subject develops understanding on concepts of construction Footwear Development
and prototype development for menswear and understanding the
The subject develops skills to develop and grade patterns for
Concept of Grading for various sizes
different style for footwear and also to develop a footwear prototype
Merchandising II as per students' individual design.
The subject aims to impart basic knowledge and skills in the Non-Leather Material & Process Studies
areas of Apparel Merchandizing and supply chain management
The course aims to introduce the students to various textile and
and to familiarize students with practices and systems in the
non-textiles available as options to be used in combination with
Apparel Industry both in Indian and global context.
leather, to understand various finishes possible on non-leathers
and textiles to develop an understanding of functional features of
various fabric weaves.
Visual Communication
Visual Communication will build the ability in a design student a
holistic understanding towards the intangibles of visualizing a
design in relation to space, store and / or market as well as the
marketing of the same.
Corsetry
The subject provides basic understating of the corset and how it
manipulates the body, corset classification. Students research
modern adaptations of corset as a Fashion Accessory and develop
patterns for corsets and understanding the construction of the same.
Integrative Surface Development
The subject helps students to develop non traditional leather
surfaces based on leather based chemicals as per the trend.
Merchandising
The subject introduces students to display design for show
windows and other related requirements. It helps to conceptualize
innovative modes of presentation, design and critique functional
and decorative units for display and exhibit.
Common Electives
Intelligent Digital Production
The course aims at composing and presenting technical details as
per the norms of the industry in the form of technical packet and
visual identity with all relevant detailing of the product required for
the apparel business.
Design with Leather
The subject introduces to the use of different types of leathers,
application of various design principles, to understand various
leathers and their usage, introduces basic decorative, pattern
making and construction techniques for leather products.
SEMESTER VIII
Graduation Project
The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity
of industry and education interface by identifying areas and
opportunities for development whereby students conduct research
based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development
strategies.

3.6.5(a) B.Des (Accessory Design) - SEMESTER IV
2010 - 2014 Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques
Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation
Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra, and mediums required for documentation and presentation and
digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design).
New Delhi, Rae-Bareli & Shillong Centre Fashion Studies I
To develop understanding about fashion pertaining to personal and
SEMESTER III lifestyle accessory.
Drawing & Rendering Technical Studies -II
To provide a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques The accessory design student gets to deal with many products,
with respect to products. To develop student skills in drawing with fixtures, and other systems whose basic functioning is important
accuracy and expression. to know before one gets to use them. To give the inputs related to
Form Studies production planning and control in industry.
To develop capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D Technical Drawing

Forms through the process of ideation. To generate and refine 3D Detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare drawing
Forms through the process of manipulation & Stylization. and basic understanding of orthographic & isometric views.
History & philosophy of Design Fashion Marketing-I
Understanding of various influences and factors, which have The fundamentals of fashion marketing. Application of marketing
contributed to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts techniques in the fashion industry.
through history. Appreciation of philosophical bases in which design DP I-Simple Design Project
as an issue has emerged. To select a product of minimal complexity where by a complete
Photography cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of prototyping.
To use the medium of Photography creatively to present the products DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping
and prototypes developed and to document the various stages of Familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay,
product development. wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms. Realization of final
Material Manipulation product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials.
To develop an understanding of behavior, characteristics, properties, Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max
dimensionality, physical & visual potential of the basic materials. To develop capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and
Orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing &
manipulate materials. lighting using 3ds max software.
Technical Studies - I
SEMESTER V
To understand how material is converted from raw material to final
finished product in production to difference manufacturing. To give Human Factors & Ergonomics
the exposure to real life production. To understand the complexities involved at both physical and
Design Methodology psychological interface in Products & designed systems.
Understand the influence of Human factors & Ergonomics in design.
To learn design as an activity and to develop the ability to dissect
a problem and create multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the Fashion Studies - II
common goal alive. To understand the structure, functions and Fashion Trends Interpretation, Forecasting System, Market
behavior of design information Segmentation and application in Lifestyle Accessories.
Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping Technical Studies - III
Emphasis on applied learning through auto CAD/ exploration of Horology, Viscosity and Hydraulics, Kinematics and kinetics,
materials. levers, threads and other mechanisms
Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD Fashion Marketing-II
Emphasis on CAD application through AutoCAD. Working Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of
acquaintance on software in relation to product drawing concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand
positioning and its utility in new product development

DP II -Craft based Design Project DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping

To develop new product/s applying traditional craft skills & Familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing.
techniques. Understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. DP V- Range Design
DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping To Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed at
Application of the outcome of craft based design project through developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters.
product development. Sensitize the value of detailing in design. DPV: Range Design Prototyping
Detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical
Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for
detailing and converting through a design element.
rapid realization of Product. Familiarization & skill development
DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing with various space modeling techniques in paper, clay, wood,
Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms & detailed products
concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and
converting through a design element.
SEMESTER VII
Internship Presentation
DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping
Summer industry internship of 8 weeks which culminates to
To develop a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate
Internship presentation. To gain an in depth understanding of how
"Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social
designers work in the industry scenario. Introduction to industry
and even perceived value, within a given design brief.
and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc
Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works
Common Electives
To visual and develop the CAD models of complex 3d objects and
Exploring multi disciplinary design issues
render them using the software Rhino, which is a NURBS based
software. Portfolio Development
Independent Study To equip the students with the skills to present/project their ideas,
designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client
Writing Hypothesis, Research in domains of design, fashion,
requirements.
lifestyle, culture, economics, market etc. self-initiated thinking
process, research techniques, articulation and writing skills. Design Management
SEMESTER VI A comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the
technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant as for an
Colloquium Paper Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory
To train students in to research methods in the context of design. industry.
Technical Studies -IV DP VI- Consumer Interface Design
Visiting various industries, studying their production/ assembly To understand the role of design intervention at the moment of point
line, studying the infrastructure, studying the production of products of purchase
components, facilities, tooling and machining parameters, studying To understand consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and
man-power requirements. market environment
Advance Professional Practices DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping
To impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for
Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the rapid realization of design
area of creative arts and design industry. Introduce the concepts of
Familiarization & skill development with various space modeling
CSR and Business ethics
techniques.
Department Elective : Center Specific
DP VII- Product Collection
Exploring design issues within the department
This project involves design and development of Product Collection
Fashion Merchandising for Specific market focus keeping in mind the trends, consumer
Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of profiles, production and technology, finishes as well as cost.
concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping
positioning and its utility in new product development.
DP IV - Packaging Design rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer
To understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the design interface.
overall theme depicted by the form. To understand facelift, display
and point of purchase that is product communication.
SEMESTER VIII Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping
Graduation Project Emphasis on applied learning through auto CAD/ exploration of
materials.
The graduation project is the final project done by a student of
F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD
complete it in order to gain a degree. The duration of the Diploma Emphasis on CAD application through AutoCAD. Working
Project is of 18 weeks acquaintance on software in relation to product drawing
SEMESTER IV
3.6.5(b) B. Des (Accessory Design)- Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques
2010 - 2014 Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation

and mediums required for documentation and presentation and
Jewellery and Precious Products - digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design).
Fashion Studies I
Gandhinagar To develop understanding about fashion pertaining to personal and
lifestyle accessory.
SEMESTER III Technical Studies -II (Material & Processes)
Drawing & Rendering Metallurgy, Gold and Silver, Jewellery Bench Techniques
To provide a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques Technical Drawing
with respect to products. To develop student skills in drawing with Detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare drawing
accuracy and expression. and basic understanding of orthographic & isometric views.
Form Studies Fashion Marketing-I
To develop capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D The fundamentals of fashion marketing. Application of marketing
Forms through the process of ideation. To generate and refine 3D techniques in the fashion industry.
Forms through the process of manipulation & Stylization. DP I-Simple Design Project
History & philosophy of Design To select a product of minimal complexity where by a complete
Understanding of various influences and factors, which have cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of prototyping.
contributed to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping
through history. Appreciation of philosophical bases in which design
as an issue has emerged. Familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay,
wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms. Realization of final
Photography product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials
To use the medium of Photography creatively to present the products Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max
and prototypes developed and to document the various stages of
product development. To develop capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and
render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing &
Material Manipulation (Fabrication & Machining Skills) lighting using 3ds max software.
To develop an understanding of behavior, characteristics, properties,
dimensionality, physical & visual potential of the basic materials.
SEMESTER V
Orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to Human Factors & Ergonomics
manipulate materials. To understand the complexities involved at both physical and
Technical Studies - I (Material & Processes) psychological interface in Products & designed systems.
Basic science of Materials like Metals, Plastics, Leather, Wood, Understand the influence of Human factors & Ergonomics in design.
Glass and Resin Fashion Studies- II
Design Methodology Fashion Trends Interpretation, Forecasting System, Market
To learn design as an activity and to develop the ability to dissect Segmentation and application in Lifestyle Accessories.
a problem and create multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the Technical Studies - III (Technical Science)
common goal alive. To understand the structure, functions and Horology, Viscosity and Hydraulics, Kinematics and kinetics,
behavior of design information levers, threads and other mechanisms

Fashion Marketing-II Fashion Merchandising

Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of
concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand
positioning and its utility in new product development positioning and its utility in new product development
DP II -Craft based Design Project DP IV - Packaging Design
To develop new product/s applying traditional craft skills & To understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the
techniques. Understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. overall theme depicted by the form. To understand facelift, display
DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping and point of purchase that is product communication.
Application of the outcome of craft based design project through DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping
product development Familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing.
Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / DP V- Range Design
concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and To Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed at
converting through a design element. developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters.
DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing DPV: Range Design Prototyping
Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for
concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and rapid realization of
converting through a design element.
DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional
To develop a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate forms & detailed products
"Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social
SEMESTER VII
Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works
Summer industry internship of 8 weeks which culminates to
To visual and develop the CAD models of complex 3d objects and
Internship presentation. To gain an in depth understanding of how
render them using the software Rhino, which is a NURBS based
designers work in the industry scenario. Introduction to industry
software.
and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc
Independent Study
Common Electives
Writing Hypothesis, Research in domains of design, fashion,
lifestyle, culture, economics, market etc. self-initiated thinking
process, research techniques, articulation and writing skills. Portfolio Development
SEMESTER VI To equip the students with the skills to present/project their ideas,
designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client
Colloquium Paper requirements.
To train students in to research methods in the context of design. Design Management
Technical Studies -IV (Industry Process Planning) A comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the
Visiting various industries, studying their production/ assembly technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant as for an
line, studying the infrastructure, studying the production of products Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory
components, facilities, tooling, and machining parameters, industry.
studying man-power requirements. DP VI- Consumer Interface Design
Advance Professional Practices To understand the role of design intervention at the moment of point
To impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of of purchase
Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the To understand consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and
area of creative arts and design industry. Introduce the concepts of market environment
CSR and Business ethics
DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping
Department Elective : Center Specific
Exploring design issues within the department rapid realization of design
techniques.

DP VII- Product Collection Material Manipulation
This project involves design and development of Product Collection The subject assists in developing an understanding of
for Specific market focus keeping in mind the trends, consumer characteristics, properties, physical & visual potential of basic
profiles, production and technology, finishes as well as cost. materials with an orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools &
DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping techniques to manipulate materials.
Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for Cognitive Process
rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer To learn about design as an activity leading to identifying/creating
design interface. opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product
beyond its basic function is the aim of this subject which forms the
SEMESTER VIII first demonstrative design project exploring approaches and
Graduation Project methodologies of various stages of design activity.
The graduation project is the final project done by a student of Seminar/ Workshops
F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully
Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry in
complete it in order to gain a degree. The duration of the Diploma
the design domain
Project is of 18 weeks
SEMESTER IV
Professional Communication & Documentation Techniques
3.6.5(c) B. Des (Accessory Design) - Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation
2011 onwards and media required for documentation and presentation and digital
print layout through this subject.
Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra, Trend & Fashion Forecasting
New Delhi, Rae-Bareli & Shillong Centre The subject develops the understanding about fashion forecasting
pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessories.
Technical Studies -I
SEMESTER III This subject aims at an understanding of various materials and
Summer Project their properties along with how material is converted to a finished
The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic product through various manufacturing processes.
and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to Technical Drawing & AutoCAD
form an academically relevant paper. Students learn detailed application of technical drawing tools to
Drawing & Rendering prepare designing /drawing in this course. The emphasis is on
The subject provides a basic understanding of freehand drawing CAD application through AutoCAD in relation to product drawing.
techniques with respect to products and develops skills in drawing Design Process
with accuracy and expression. The course aims to encourage design as an activity, to develop the
Form Studies ability to dissect a problem and create multilevel stages while
The subject helps in the development of capabilities to analyze, maintaining the synergy of the common goal. It also explains the
comprehend and generate 3D forms through the process of ideation structure, functions and behavior of design information.
and subsequently to generate and refine 3D forms through the Design Process Prototyping
process of manipulation & stylization. The subject emphasis on applied learning through Auto CAD and
History & Philosophy of Design exploration of materials.
Understanding of various influences and factors, contributing to Design Project I- Simple Design Project
the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history, The subject focuses on selection of a product of minimal complexity
is facilitated through this subject. Students also develop an where a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised
appreciation of philosophical basis on which design as an issue inclusive of production.
has emerged.
Design Project I- Simple Design Project Prototyping
Photography
The subject focuses on familiarization & skill development with
The subject encourages the use of the medium of Photography techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional
creatively to document the various stages of product development. forms and realization of final product through alternative/actual or
suggestive materials.

Industry Orientation Advanced Professional Practices

This provides Industry exposure to the students familiarizing them The subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject
with accessory design, industry & market. Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the
area of creative arts, Fashion and Accessories Industry. It also
SEMESTER V introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics.
Applied Ergonomics
Department Elective: Center Specific
The subject explores the complexities involved at both physical
Exploring design issues within the department
and psychological interface in Products & designed systems at
the end of which students understand the influence of human factors Fashion Marketing- II
& ergonomics in design. The subject aims at developing understanding of merchandising
Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production principles and concepts of Brand Identity, Brand Personality, Brand
process planning) Positioning and its utility in new product development.
The student interacts with many products, fixtures, and other Design Project IV: Packaging Design
systems, the understanding of basic functioning of which is This course helps students understand the use of graphics to
important. The subject gives the inputs related to production planning enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form
and control in industry. and to understand facelift, display and point of purchase as product
Fashion Marketing- I communication.
The subject focuses on the fundamentals of fashion marketing and Design Project IV: Packaging Design Prototyping
the application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry. Developing from the subject detailed above, this course assists in
Design Project II -Craft based Design Project familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing.
The subject focuses on the development of new product/s applying Design Project V: Range Design
traditional craft skills & techniques through an understanding and The course Understand design process as a planned activity, aimed
appreciation of crafts as an activity. at developing a range of products based on a single set of
Design Project II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping parameters.
The subject focuses on application of the outcome of craft based Design Project V: Range Design Prototyping
design project detailed above, through product prototype Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for
development. rapid realization is the aim of this subject. It also facilitates skill
Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing development with various space modeling techniques in paper,
clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3D forms & detailed products
The course emphasizes on the value of detailing in design and
requires students to detail out the idea / concept in physical design, Seminar/ Workshops
exploring technical detailing and converting through a design Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry
element. Industry Internship*
Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Exposure to manufacturing processes in the Industry. Industry
Prototyping Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate
Subject develops a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII.
'Details' in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social
SEMESTER VII
3DS Max
The subject is a series of interactive sessions to gain an indepth
The course aims at development of capabilities to comprehend
understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario
and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment
alongwith an introduction to industry and market Processes,
with the help of texturing & lighting using 3DS Max software.
production processes, EXIM policy etc
Seminar/ Workshops
Common Electives: (student to select any one from those offered
Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry across design programs) - Exploring multi disciplinary design
SEMESTER VI issues
Colloquium Portfolio Development
The course focuses on training students in research methods in The subject aims to equip the students with the skills to present/
the context of design to inculcate reading & writing habits. project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune
with the market/client requirements.
Design Management Form Studies
The course is a comprehensive, practical and professional overview The subject helps students develop capabilities to analyze,
of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant for comprehend and generate 3D forms through the process of ideation
an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory and subsequently to generate and refine 3D forms through the
industry. process of manipulation & stylization.
Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design History & Philosophy of Design
The subject facilitates the understanding of the role of design Understanding of various influences and factors, contributing to
intervention at point of purchase, consumer and user behavior in a the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history,
typical retail and market environment. is facilitated through this subject. Students also develop an
Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping appreciation of philosophical bases on which design as an issue
has emerged.
rapid realization of design is taught through this course along with Photography
a familiarization various space modelling techniques. The subject encourages the use of the medium of Photography
Design Project VII: Product Collection creatively to present the products and prototypes developed and to
document the various stages of product development.
with focus on specific market, trends, consumer profile, production Material Manipulation
and technology, finishes as well as on cost. The subject assists in developing an understanding of
Design Project VII: Product Collection Prototyping characteristics, properties, physical & visual potential of basic
materials with an orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools &
techniques to manipulate materials.
rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer
design interface. Cognitive Process
Seminar/ Workshops To learn design as an activity leading to identifying/creating
opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product
Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry
beyond its basic function is the aim of this subject which forms a
SEMESTER VIII first demonstrative design project exploring approaches and
Graduation Project methodologies of various stages of design activity.
The graduation project is the final project done by students of the Seminar/ Workshops
Program, and must be successfully completed to fulfill the Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry in
requirement of a degree. This project is carried out in the industry the design domain
for duration of 22 weeks. SEMESTER IV
Professional Communication & Documentation Techniques
Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation
3.6.5(d) B.Des (ACCESSORY DESIGN) - and mediums required for documentation and presentation and
2011 onwards digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design) is done through this
subject
Jewellery and Precious Products - NIFT Trend & Fashion Forecasting
Gandhinagar Centre The subject trains students to develop understanding about fashion
forecasting pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessories.
Semester III Technical Studies -I
Summer Project The subject encourages a detailed understanding of various
Jewellery manufacturing processes and techniques with different
The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic materials, its relevance to the design process at the analytical and
and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to synthesizing stage and understanding of the basics of Gemology.
Technical Drawing & AutoCAD
Drawing & Rendering
Students learn detailed application of technical drawing tools to
The subject provides a basic understanding of freehand drawing prepare designing /drawing in this course. The emphasis is on
techniques with respect to products and develops student skills in CAD application through AutoCAD in relation to product drawing.
drawing with accuracy and expression.
Design Process exploring technical detailing and converting through a design

The course aims to encourage students to learn design as an element.
activity and to develop the ability to dissect a problem and create Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing:
multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the common goal alive. Prototyping
Also to be able to understand the structure, functions and behavior The subject develops a clear understanding of how to evolve &
of design information. integrate "Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic,
Design Process Prototyping ergonomic, social and even perceived value, within a given design
The subject places emphasis on applied learning through Auto brief.
CAD/ exploration of materials. 3DS Max
DP I- Simple Design Project The course aims at development of capabilities to comprehend
The subject focuses on selection of a product of minimal complexity and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment
where a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised with the help of texturing & lighting using 3DS Max software.
inclusive of production. Seminar/ Workshops
DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry
Subject focuses on familiarization & skill development with SEMESTER VI
techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional
Colloquium
forms and realization of final product through alternative/actual or
suggestive materials The course focuses on training students in research methods in
the context of design.
Industry Orientation
Advanced Professional Practices
Industry exposure to the students familiarizing with accessory
design, industry & market Subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject
Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the
SEMESTER V area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces
Applied Ergonomics concepts of CSR and business ethics.
The subject explores the complexities involved at both physical Department Elective: Center Specific
and psychological interface in Products & designed systems at Exploring design issues within the department
the end of which students understand the influence of Human factors
Fashion Marketing- II
& Ergonomics in design.
The subject aims at developing understanding of merchandising
Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production
principles and concepts of Brand Identity, Brand Personality, Brand
process planning)
Positioning and its utility in new product development.
The accessory design student gets to deal with many products,
Design Project IV: Packaging Design
fixtures, and other systems, the understanding of basic functioning
of which is important. The subject gives the inputs related to This course helps students understand the use of graphics to
production planning and control in industry. enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form
and to understand facelift, display and point of purchase as product
Fashion Marketing- I
communication.
The subject focuses on the fundamentals of fashion marketing and
Design Project IV: Packaging Design Prototyping
the application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry.
Developing from the subject detailed above, this course assists in
Design Project II: Craft based Design Project
familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing.
The subject focuses on the development of new product/s applying
Design Project V: Range Design
traditional craft skills & techniques through an understanding and
appreciation of crafts as an activity. The course Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed
at developing a range of products based on a single set of
Design Project II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping
parameters.
Application of the outcome of craft based design project detailed
Design Project V: Range Design Prototyping
above through product development
Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing
rapid realization is the aim of this subject. It also facilitates skill
The course emphasizes on the value of detailing in design and development with various space modeling techniques in paper,
requires students to detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3D forms & detailed products

Seminar/ Workshops SEMESTER VIII
Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry Graduation Project
Industry Internship The graduation project is the final project done by a student of
Exposure to manufacturing processes in the Industry. Industry F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully
Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate complete it in order to gain a degree. This project is carried out in
into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII. the industry for duration of 22 weeks.
SEMESTER VII
The subject is a series of interactive sessions to gain an in-depth
understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario
alongwith an introduction to industry and market Processes,
production processes, EXIM policy etc.
.
Common Electives: (student to select any one from those offered
across design programs) - As approved by SIAC
The subject aims to equip the students with the skills to present/
project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune
with the market/client requirements.
Design Management
The course is a comprehensive, practical and professional overview
of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant for
an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory
industry.
Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design

The subject facilitates the understanding of the role of design
intervention at point of purchase, consumer and user behavior in a
typical retail and market environment.
Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping
rapid realization of design is taught through this course along with
a familiarization various space modeling techniques.
Design Project VII: Product Collection
with focus on specific market, trends, consumer profile, production
and technology, finishes as well as cost.
Design Project VII: Product Collection Prototyping
rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer
design interface.
Seminar/ Workshops
Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry

3.6.6(a) B. Des (TEXTILE DESIGN) - SEMESTER IV

2010 -2014 Textile Design Techniques
The subject aims to develop an understanding of the basic elements
and principles for surface design development of textiles and
SEMESTER III conceptual explorations involving an innovative use of mixed media
and techniques to create original and simulated print designs for
Elements of Textile Design
fashion fabrics.
The subject aims to develop understanding of the basic elements
Woven Structure I
& principles of design, understanding the importance of design
research, analysis and synthesis to achieve appropriate design The subject aims to develop understanding of the behavior,
solutions. characteristics, properties and surface textures generated by
woven construction of fabrics. The course trains students to explore
Woven Structure I
warp and weft of different materials and recognizes the physical
The subject aims to sensitize students to understand basic and visual potential.
principles of weaving and development of fabric by interlacing
Textile Chemical Processing I
warp and weft. It includes the study of the table top loom and
development of basic weaving skills with the technical knowledge The subject gives an overview of major segments of the textile
of variations. industry in order to familiarize students to chemical processing
and its role in design and production of textiles.
Textile Science
Textile Chemical Processing Practical I
The subject aims to develop understanding of Textile Industries in
India and sources of textile materials, properties of textile materials, The subject gives a practical orientation to the course detailed
with end uses and market needs for apparel and furnishing products. above through an understanding of pretreatment methods on cotton,
wool and silk and understanding the basics of dyeing techniques
Surface Techniques I
on cotton material.
The subject aims at developing understanding of the different
CAD Print
techniques of surface ornamentation focused on embroidery and
resist dyeing techniques. The subject introduces textile design print production software
and using specialized CAD software to learn scanning (digitizing),
Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques
cleaning, repeat setting & film generation to create co-ordinates &
The subject initiates students to computer generated textile design color-ways for print design collections.
and developing skills of drawing textile motifs using digital imaging
Traditional Indian Textiles II
and editing techniques. It includes understanding digital color
theory, textile color theory, the process of separation / films for The subject sensitizes students to the textile crafts of India, through
different styles of printing, handling different repeats for pattern an appreciation of it's unfolding through the ages, focusing on
creation and integrating techniques of printing. painted, printed and woven textiles.
Traditional Indian Textiles I Fashion Marketing
The subject aims at initiating students to the textile crafts of India The subject enables students to draw knowledge from generic
through the ages which includes identification of the technique and marketing and apply the principles and concepts to the fashion
its socio-economic implication. It traces the evolution of techniques industry with specific reference to apparel. It also gives them
and designs over a period of time focusing mainly on the understanding of marketing - mix and branding, concepts of
embroidered and resist dyed textiles. segmenting, targeting and positioning.
Fashion Studies Fashion Illustration
The subject aims at providing an understanding of business, The subject teaches students fashion illustration & its importance
sociology, language and various components of fashion. It provides as tool of visual communication. They learn to represent textures,
a comprehensive understanding of visual aesthetics in fashion, print and proportions through rendering techniques for apparel and
the fashion dynamics vis a vis culture. home fashions visualization.
Photography SEMESTER V
The subject aims at providing an understanding of the fundamental Print Design Project
skills of photography including operations and functions of The project is developed to enhance the understanding and
equipments used and also the role of product photography as a tool articulation of the development of coordinates and collections for
for recording and documentation for effective design textile Print design (furnishing, apparel and accessories). It requires
communication.
application of skills for innovative use of mixed media and SEMESTER VI
techniques for market end use.
Fabric Styling
Advanced Woven Structures
The subject develops the ability to analyze, interpret and articulate
Students learn and understand advanced and compound weaves, inherent characteristics of a given textile product and textile fabrics
their usage and characteristics in order to set-up the loom and they in terms of their intended use. Students develop a product line with
understand the usage of different reeds, denting methods, principles styled fabrics and present accurate interpretations.
of warp length and width calculation for sample weaving.
Woven Design Project
Textile Chemical Processing II
The subject creates an understanding of various textile surfaces
The subject introduces students to dyeing and printing of fiber and that can be achieved by weaving theme and color forecast based
fabrics using various dyes and pigments and other mechanical process. It also includes understanding of schematic way of design
and chemical finishing of dyed and printed textiles. methodology i.e. theme, color story, product, market, cost and
Textile Chemical Processing Practical II materials etc.
The subject gives a practical processing aspect by training students Fabric Quality Assurance
for dyeing techniques on protein and synthetic fibers, printing The subject develops an understanding of quality for product
methods & chemical ingredients on woven fabric and finishing of development, product evaluation and customer satisfaction.
different types of fabrics based on end use. Students learn to integrate the properties of textile materials with
CAD - Dobby & Carpet end uses and market needs.
The subject introduces Textile Design woven production software Surface Techniques II
for carpet & dobby using specialized CAD software. Students create The subject develops the understanding of the different techniques
concept samples by using basic weaves to understand the process of surface ornamentation viz block printing, fabric manipulation
of converting graph design into handloom and shuttle less looms and patch work or value addition. Students develop experimental
settings for developing complex weave structures.. and innovative swatches keeping in mind the requirement and
Craft Research and Documentation limitations of the selected techniques and its quality parameters
The subject develops the ability to co-relate learning from diagnostic Digital Presentation Techniques
study to development of craft based textile products, to maximize The subject aims at developing student portfolios by learning Flash
the potential of the specific crafts to achieve better marketability software for presentation & Photoshop software for image correction
involving formulation of design criteria, conceptualization, actual of scanned work. It also involves compilation of students' best
realization and communication. work in form of a consolidated Digital portfolio.
Fashion Merchandising Design Colloquium
The subject aims to impart knowledge of merchandising principles The subject gives an opportunity to students, to research available
and techniques, particularly with reference to apparel industry in knowledge on design, fashion, textiles and business responses to
order to equip the student with necessary knowledge and skills for a pre-identified problem pertaining to global issues, new technology,
merchandising. trends, changes in life style to evolve a solution/strategy for its
Pattern Making & Construction Methods solution and articulate it in the form of a written knowledge &
(A) Pattern Making presentation.
The subject develops the understanding of body and flat Sustainable Design
measurement, sizes of cushion covers, pillows and quilts The subject builds understanding, awareness, and comfort using
and Industrial dress form. It includes understanding of sustainability criteria and frameworks, the vocabulary of the
industrial pattern making tools, their uses, industrial pattern sustainability industry. It also teaches the processes and principles
making process and industry spec-sheet. required to make sustainable change in design business.
(B) Garment Construction Appreciation of World Textiles
The subject introduces students to different kinds of seam The subject provides an understanding of textiles across the world,
and seam finishing, necklines, collars, sleeves, plackets, familiarizing with regional variations in form, colour, motifs &
cuff and pockets and skill of operating the machine for techniques to enable students to build a visual language /
garment construction. vocabulary.
Professional Ethics and Responsibilities
The subject develops an understanding of the dynamics of business
in the design context along with preparing various types of contracts.

It involves assimilating knowledge of procedures followed in SEMESTER VIII

professional companies particularly with respect to practice, as
Graduation Project
designers in the industry.
The graduation Project is a 18 weeks client sponsored industry
SEMESTER VII project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various
Advanced Design Project academics inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation.
The subject inculcates research in fashion, apparel and home This leads to developing a client briefed collection of textiles in the
fashion market, to demonstrate ability in interpretation of trends in area of Garments or Home Fashion with the sponsoring company.
fashion, color, fabrics and techniques, and develop a collection of
swatches, explorations and concepts involving experimental use
of different mediums & techniques to create original designs for 3.6.6(b) B. Des (TEXTILE DESIGN) -
fabrics for Home or Apparel. 2011 onwards
Industry Internship
The subject imparts knowledge of a fashion/textile industry in terms
of organization structure, infrastructure, product range, materials SEMESTER III
& manufacturing processes, costing, design management, quality Summer Project
control, marketing & distribution and Corporate Social The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic
Responsibility (CSR). and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to
Entrepreneurship Management form an academically relevant paper.
The subject introduces students to the process of start-up, rules, Elements of Textile Design
regulations, formalities and procedures involved in setting up new The subject aims to develop understanding of the basic elements
economy enterprises through various routes. & principles of design, understanding components of basic design
CAD - Jacquard process and to develop conceptual explorations involving an
The subject aims to understand textile design software for creation innovative and experimental use of different elements of design.
and production of jacquard designs, scanning, cleaning, repeat Woven Structure I
seating & punch card or graph generation. It includes design The subject aims to develop understanding of the term 'Textile' in
examination, understanding the process of complicated weave context of weaving and the fundamentals of warp and weft. It includes
applications and process for converting design into handloom or the study of the table top loom and development of basic weaving
electronic jacquard machines. skills with the technical knowledge of variations.
Department Electives: Textile Science
Visual Merchandising The subject aims to develop understanding of Textile Industries in
The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of India and sources of textile materials, properties of textile materials,
elements of design, different media, material, light and sound for with end uses and market needs for apparel and furnishing products.
an effective display. It also develops awareness about space, Surface Techniques I
appropriate structural fixtures and display elements.
The subject aims at developing understanding of the different
Non-loom Techniques techniques of surface ornamentation focused on embroidery and
The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of resist dyeing techniques. It also provide insight into designing
relevant material for various selected non-loom techniques and products keeping in mind the requirements and limitations of the
their usage in fashion products. selected technique and its quality parameters.
Advanced pattern making & construction methods Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques
The subject aims to develop basic pattern for menswear, dart The subject initiates students to computer generated textile design
manipulation and designing women's dress, construction of shirt and developing skills of drawing textile motifs using digital imaging
with Band collar, patch pocket, yoke, shirt placket, sleeve with cuff and editing techniques. It includes understanding digital color
and placket and construction of trousers with waist band, Zipper theory, textile color theory, the process of separation / films for
finish, in-seam pockets and welt pockets. different styles of printing, handling different repeats for pattern
Common Electives: Students select two common electives offered creation and integrating techniques of printing.
by other design departments.

Traditional Indian Textiles I Surface techniques II
The subject aims at initiating students to the textile crafts of India The subject allows the students to develop understanding of the
through the ages which includes identification of the technique and different techniques of surface ornamentation viz patchwork and
its socio-economic implication. It traces the evolution of techniques block printing. Students learn to examine materials and equipment
and designs over a period of time focusing mainly on the required for a particular technique of value addition. It also provides
embroidered and resist dyed textiles. an insight into designing products keeping in mind the requirements
Fashion Studies and limitations of the selected technique and its quality parameters
The subject aims at providing an understanding of business, SEMESTER V
sociology, language and various components of fashion. It provides Print Design Project
a comprehensive understanding of visual aesthetics in fashion,
The project is developed to enhance the understanding and
the fashion dynamics vis a vis culture.
articulation of the development of coordinates and collections for
SEMESTER IV textile design (furnishing, apparel and accessories). It requires
Textile Design Techniques application of skills for innovative use of mixed media and
techniques for a research product, market and use.
The subject aims to develop an understanding of the basic elements
and principles for surface design development of textiles and Advanced Woven Structures
conceptual explorations involving an innovative use of mixed media The subject is to developed to understand advanced and compound
and techniques to create original and simulated designs for fashion weaves, their usage and characteristics in order to set-up the
fabrics. warp and understand the usage of different reeds, denting methods,
Woven Structure II the principles of warp length and width calculation for sample
weaving.
The subject aims to develop understanding of the behavior,
characteristics, properties and surface textures generated by Textile Chemical Processing II
woven construction of fabrics towards the manipulation of surface The subject introduces students to dyeing and printing of fiber and
characteristics of woven fabrics and exploration of weft of different fabrics using various dyes and pigments and other mechanical
materials and recognizing the physical and visual potential. and chemical finishing of dyed and printed textiles.
Textile Chemical Processing I Textile Chemical Processing Practical II
The subject gives an overview of major segments of the textile The subject gives a practical processing aspect to the subject
industry in order to familiarize students to chemical processing detailed above course through the basics of dyeing techniques on
and its role in design and production of textiles. protein and synthetic fibers and understanding printing methods
Textile Chemical Processing Practical I and chemical ingredients on woven fabric and finishing of different
types of fabrics based on end use.
The subject gives a practical orientation to the course detailed
above through an understanding of pretreatment methods on cotton, CAD - Dobby & Carpet
wool and silk and understanding the basics of dyeing techniques The subject introduces Textile Design woven production software
on cotton material. for carpet & dobby using specialized CAD software. Students create
CAD Print concept samples by using basic weaves to understand the process
of converting graph design into handloom and shuttle less looms.
The subject introduces textile design print production software
and using specialized CAD software learn scanning ( digitizing), Craft Research and Documentation
cleaning, repeat setting & film generation to create co-ordinates & The subject develops the ability to co-relate learning from diagnostic
color-ways of available designs. study to development of craft based textile products in order to
Traditional Indian Textiles II maximize the potential of the specific crafts to achieve better
marketability involving formulation of design criteria,
The subject sensitizes students to the textile crafts of India, through
conceptualization, actual realization and communication.
an appreciation of it's unfolding through the ages, focusing on
painted, printed and woven textiles. Business in Design
Research methodology The subject enables the students to draw knowledge from generic
marketing and apply the principles and concepts to the fashion
The subject sensitizes and provides an overview of qualitative
industry with specific reference to apparel / Home Textiles. It also
research methodology for effective visual documentation and
enables impart knowledge of merchandising principles and
communication for various Fashion & Textile organization. Students
technique, particularly with reference to apparel industry.
learn the basic principles of research and learn various methods
available for collecting and analyzing data

Pattern Making & Construction Methods Sustainable Design

(A) Pattern Making The subject builds understanding, awareness, and comfort using
The subject develops the understanding of body and flat sustainability criteria and frameworks, the vocabulary of the
measurement, sizes of cushion covers, pillows and quilts sustainability industry, and the processes and principles required
and Industrial dress form. It includes understanding of to make sustainable change in design business.
industrial pattern making tools, their uses, industrial pattern Appreciation of World Textiles
making process and industry spec-sheet. The subject provides an understanding of textiles across the world,
(B) Garment Construction familiarizing with regional variations in form, colour, motifs &
The subject introduces students to different kinds of seam techniques to enable students to build a visual language /
and seam finishing, necklines, collars, sleeves, plackets, vocabulary.
cuff and pockets and skill of operating the machine for Professional Ethics and Responsibilities
garment construction. The subject develops an understanding the dynamics of business
SEMESTER VI in the design context along with preparing various types of contracts.
It involves assimilating knowledge of procedures followed in
Fabric Studies & Styling
professional companies particularly with respect to practice as
The subject develops the ability to analyze, interpret and articulate designers in the industry.
inherent characteristics of a given textile product and textile fabrics
in terms of their intended use. Students develop a product line with SEMESTER VII
styled fabrics and present showing accurate interpretations. Advanced Design Project
Woven Design Project The subject inculcates research in fashion, apparel and home
The subject creates an understanding of various textile surfaces fashion market, to demonstrate ability in interpretation of trends in
that can be achieved by weaving relevant to a proper theme and fashion, color, fabrics and techniques, and develop a collection of
color forecast. It also includes understanding of schematic way of swatches, explorations and concepts involving experimental use
design methodology i.e. theme, color story, product, market, cost of different mediums & techniques to create original designs for
and materials etc. fabrics for Home or Apparel.
Fabric Quality Assurance Industry Internship
The subject develops an understanding of quality for product The subject imparts knowledge of a fashion/textile industry in terms
development, product evaluation and customer satisfaction. of organization structure, infrastructure, product range, materials
Students learn to integrate the properties of textile materials with & manufacturing processes, costing, design management, quality
end uses and market needs. control, marketing & distribution and Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR).
Surface Design project
Entrepreneurship Management
The subject develops the understanding of the different techniques
of surface ornamentation viz block printing, fabric manipulation The subject introduces students to the process of start-up, rules,
and patch work or value addition. Students also develop regulations, formalities and procedures involved in setting up new
experimental and innovative swatches keeping in mind the economy enterprises through various routes.
requirement and limitations of the selected techniques and its quality CAD - Jacquard
parameters. The subject aims to understand textile design software for creation
Digital Presentation Techniques and production of jacquard designs, scanning, cleaning, repeat
The subject aims at learning and application Flash, Director seating & punch card or graph generation. It includes design
softwares for presentation & Photoshop software for image examination, understanding the process of complicated weave
correction of scanned work. It also involves compilation of students' applications and process for converting design into handloom or
best work in form of a consolidated Digital portfolio. electronic jacquard machines.
Design Colloquium Department Electives:
The subject gives an opportunity to students to research available Visual Merchandising
knowledge on design, fashion, textiles and business responses to The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of
a pre-identified problem pertaining to global issues, new technology, elements of design, different media, material, light and sound for
trends, changes in life style to evolve a solution/strategy for its an effective display. It also develops awareness about space,
solution and articulate it in the form of a presentation. appropriate structural fixtures and display elements.

Textile Art
The course introduces textile art - two-dimensional and three-
dimensional textile structures. It helps students to explore the
concepts, material and techniques used in textile art, comprehend
the application of different textile techniques (fibre art and fabric
art) in textile art and to orient students to visualize and develop 2D
and 3D structures.
Advanced pattern making & construction methods
The subject aims to develop basic pattern for menswear, dart
manipulation and designing women's dress, construction of shirt
with Band collar, patch pocket, yoke, shirt placket, sleeve with cuff
and placket and construction of trousers with waist band, Zipper
finish, in-seam pockets and welt pockets.
Textiles for apparel
The subject provides an understanding of Textiles for Apparels in
terms of organization of the Apparel Industry in India, on the selection
of fabrics and classification based on aesthetics and commercial
aspects.
Floor Covering
The subject helps to understand - the term Floor coverings in context
of weaving parts, the simple structures of floor coverings & practice
the same on the graph paper, the function of various looms used in
making the floor coverings and develop basic weaving skills in
floor coverings. It also helps students to familiarize with most
commonly used techniques in the floor coverings and to use the
theoretical information in weaving of the floor covering samples.
Common Electives: Students select two common electives offered
by other design departments.
SEMESTER VIII
Graduation Project
The graduation Project is an 18 weeks client sponsored industry
project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various
academics inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation.
This leads to developing a collection of textiles in the area of
Garments or Home

3.6.7(a) B.Des (KNITWEAR DESIGN) - multiplicity of costume, coiffure and ornaments in various ages
based on classes and communities and correlate period costumes
2010-2014 in different geographical and socio-cultural contexts.
Traditional Indian Textiles
SEMESTER III The course aims to appreciate traditional textiles of India vis-à-vis
their material, form, texture, color and decoration and to develop
Fashion Art & Illustration an understanding of techniques and processes used in textiles of
The course aims to develop hand drawing skills related to a thorough India to appreciate, assimilate and adapt this knowledge for design
understanding of human anatomy and movement of the human ideation & inspiration.
body. It helps to develop an understanding of drape & fall of garment
SEMESTER IV
based on fit, knit weight and texture.
Digital Fashion Illustration
Flat Knitting
The course aims to develop digital fashion illustration, and digital
The course aims to develop an understanding of knitting technology.
fabric and print designs. It provides understanding of the different
It gives knowledge of hand knitting to machine knitting, knitting
CAD tools for digital rendering with different complexities of
elements and design setting elements, abbreviations, knitting
rendering techniques.
symbols, basic knit structures, Jacquard knitting, Intarsia knitting
and machine attachments. Trends and Forecasting
Basic Pattern Making The course aims to understand the trends in fashion across product
categories, their influencing factors and trend movement to
The course aims to understand Body and Flat measurement for
consumer behavior with various forecasting tools and interpret
women, industrial pattern making tools, and process to learn pattern
them to different levels of fashion business.
production terms and industry Spec-Sheet. It helps students to
learn develop patterns of various components of garment and Pattern Making for Knits (Women's wear)
transfer on the fabric. The course aims to analyze existing garments as well as reproduce
Introduction to Garment Construction the same, to help students understand the concepts in pattern
making for women's wear and bifurcated garment and develop
The course aims to understand the different type of industrial sewing
patterns for different styles of women's wear from photographs /
machines, their parts and operations, basics of sewing, skills
sketches/ Industry Spec-Sheet.
related to construction of a garment and assembling the various
components into a garment. Garment Construction for Knits (Women's wear)
Photography and Editing Technique The course aims to understand the different types of stitching
operations, to learn the skills of different aspects related to
The subject aims to understand photography as a technique for
construction of a garment. It teaches the assembly of the various
documentation and how to operate photography equipment.
components into a garment choice of most appropriate fabric &
Emphasis is on digital photography and use of editing softwares to
finishing techniques.
create aesthetic and good quality imagery for design project
documentation, presentation and publication. Surface Embellishment
Design Application for Fashion The course aims to develop understanding of the different
techniques of surface ornamentation through exploration of various
The course aims to understand the application of Elements and
traditional techniques and fabric manipulation techniques on knitted
Principles of design to Knit fabric and apparel. It seeks to explore
/woven fabrics keeping in mind the requirements and limitations
the implication of design elements towards aesthetic appeal to the
of different material and techniques.
fabric / garment & principles of design in understanding silhouette,
drape, feel and visual impact. Dyeing and Finishing
Basic Textiles This course aims to impart knowledge on the importance of
chemical processing of textile products, methods of pre-treatment,
The course aims to impart knowledge on the basic steps involved
dyeing and finishing of different textile materials.
in processing of textile materials (fiber, yarns and fabric), and to
integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market Design Process
needs. The course aims to develop an in-depth understanding of creative
History of World Costumes process of design, to understand design research, analysis &
synthesis to achieve design solutions. It teaches the use of the
The course aims to understand the nuances of ancient world
various tools of creative thinking & visualization to understand
costumes through the ages, helps to examine the range and
design methodology.

Hand knitting Techniques Computerized Flat Knitting
The course aims to give an overview of hand needle- based knitting The course teaches basics of a computerized knitting machine as
techniques & the usage of loop formation for complex knitting a design tool in order to design fabric and helps students understand
structures. It teaches the application of hand knitting techniques to methods of developing various fabrics structures using different
design products and the ability to work with symbols. techniques and fundamentals of knitting machinery and process.
Circular Knitting Craft Research and Documentation
The course aims to understand Knitting Technology and Knitting The course aims to sensitize students to uniqueness and limitation
Machine; teaches the basics of machine knitting operations, terms, of a craft through an orientation to the concept of craft sector/
abbreviations, symbols and methods of developing various knitted cluster. Students develop the ability to correlate learning from
fabrics using different techniques and characteristics of knitting diagnostic study and secondary data to explore the possibility of
technology. developing craft based textile products in the cluster to maximize
the potential of the specific craft.
SEMESTER V
Technical Specification & Virtual Sampling SEMESTER VI
The course aims at understanding technical drawings, product Portfolio Development
prototyping and technical presentation of the product using 3-D The course aims to develop ideas of aesthetic and the technical
CAD applications in virtual sampling. digital presentation through use of Flash, structuring a collection
Pattern Making for Knits (Men's wear) and getting an outcome of portfolio work in digital and document
format.
The course aims at understand men's body structure, flat
measurement, to provide knowledge into Men's wear industrial Pattern Making & Garment Construction for Knits (Sportswear)
pattern making. It also teaches to draft various styles of men's The course aims to categorize sports for designing respective
wear. sportswear and to analyze the selection of fabric, silhouette, trims
Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) etc for specific sportswear through latest developments of fabric,
and various finishes possible in fabric and seams and to design as
The course aims at construction of different garments with various
per specific requirement in the category.
knitted fabric along with added features for men's wear. It leads the
students to interrelate these features to menswear garment Pattern Making & Garment Construction for Knits (Kids wear)
creation. The course aims to familiarize students with Kids wear market,
Draping for Knits with special reference to local and international brands, different
categories of Kids wear like comfort, safety, growth allowance,
The course aims to the human body proportions and contours, to
self help features etc. Students learn to design according to the
visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the
requirement & the latest development in the Kids wear segment.
dress form. Students learn to drape and manipulate the fabric for
achieving the desired fit and style. Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits
Print Design for Knits The course aims to develop understanding of concept of pattern
making, Grading and Marker making on computers through CAD
The course aims to understand development of print suitable for
S/W. It familiarizes the students with common terminology and
knitted products, integrating application of skills involved in an
tools of the identified CAD S/W.
innovative use of mixed media and techniques for the development
of print design. Students develop technical knowledge and concept Quality Assurance for Knitwear
for conversion of print onto actual fabrics. This course aims to the basic quality requirements of knits as per
Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat &Circular) the end use. It introduces techniques and standards used to evaluate
the quality of knitted fabrics and garments at different stages of
The course aims to understand the requirements and process flow
production as an aspect of quality control.
for mass production for knitwear and introduces aspects of
production planning, types of production systems and the garment Advanced Knitting
manufacturing process from fabric to finished goods. The course aims to advanced knitting technology, knitting machines
Product Development in circular knits and to explain the methods of developing various knitted fabrics
and garments using different advanced techniques, machinery and
The course aims to develop creative direction for product design,
process.
to understand the client, market and current trends. Students learn
the application of creative concept development and product Product Development in Flat Knits
presentation. The course aims to develop the creative direction for flat knit product
design and to understand the client, market and trends by using

various design research tools. Students learn pattern making and Retail Space Design
garment construction techniques applicable to flat knits and the The course aims to develop elements and principles of layout for
creative applications of the same for flat knitted apparel design. specific display to strengthen aesthetic visualization. Students
Fashion Marketing and Merchandising appreciate display and exhibition and the basic stages in developing
The course aims to equip students towards managing merchandise a promotional presentation concept from the initial presentation
for retail and export setups and to relate product, range development idea to the final display.
and merchandise flow as per consumer preferences. Knowledge Retail Buying
on costing, pricing and parameters for cost quotations are also The course aims to develop the understanding and application of
emphasized. principles, processes and techniques to buy merchandise for a
SEMESTER VII retail store. Students gain an understanding on effective buying
and allocation and management of inventory towards maximizing
Colloquium on Global Issues in Design
sales and margins for the store/ brand.
The course provides an overview of qualitative research
Fashion / Product Photography
methodology for effective visual documentation and
communication, to understand the basic principles of research The course aims to develop skill in photography as a creative
and learn various methods available for collecting and analyzing medium to communicate design concepts and to be able to
data sensitive to the socio-cultural and economic context of craft/ articulate with the elements of the imagery captured, the mood
SME production environment in India. and their interaction with light, depth, colors, lines and composition
of the imagery.
Design & Development for women's intimate apparel (knits)
Image & Fashion Styling
The course aims to the female anatomy for lingerie. It introduces
the sizing of intimate apparel highlighting issues of comfort, fit and The course aims to develop fashion as a concept, psychology &
cut of Lingerie. Students are also familiarized with quality style. Fashion trends, hair & makeup trends silhouette and
parameters & the specialized machinery and equipment for lingerie personality in context to changing trends in fashion for execution of
construction. styling for still & motion imagery are emphasized.
Entrepreneurship Industry Internship
The course aims to build entrepreneurial skills for setting up and The course aims to provide the Knitwear Design students with a
running individual manufacturing unit / retail outlets. To make professional design experience by familiarizing them with a working
students understand the concept of entrepreneurship as a bundle knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry and the
of skills and abilities to innovate, sustain and develop a brand / relationship between design and production. The students develop
organization and also to manage a project from concept to practical orientation towards the functioning of the apparel industry.
implementation. Interning trainees can contribute to the industry in the areas of
design, sample development and merchandising.
World Knitwear Industry
Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across
The course aims to give insight into the Indian as well as global
design streams- differ from center to center
knitwear industry scenario with cost factors, pricing and procedures
and policies for knitwear industry, to make students understand SEMESTER VIII
and appreciate strategies for global knit retailing, various regulatory Knitwear Design Collection
and documentary requirements.
The Design Collection is a culmination of various inputs offered
Advanced Professional Practices over seven semesters. The ability to blend constantly evolving
This course aims to impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the technology and trends with an individual design aesthetic sets the
subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied tone for each collection. The Design Collection is seen as a
to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. culmination of knowledge, skills and industry understanding
Department Electives: specific to the area of Knitwear design. It is an opportunity for the
students to put forward their vision of the product in the format of a
Creative Design & Development
well-researched Design Collection.
The course aims to develop conceptualization of experimental
interpretations and explorations of design and to innovate
conventional percepts of pattern making by radically differentiating
apparel styling to stimulate development of individual and original
design from concept to finished garment.

3.6.7(b) B. Des (KNITWEAR DESIGN) - History of World Costumes
The course aims to understand the nuances of ancient world
2011 onwards costumes through the ages, helps to examine the range and
multiplicity of costume, coiffure and ornaments in various ages
based on classes and communities and correlate period costumes
SEMESTER III in different geographical and socio-cultural contexts.
Summer Project Traditional Indian Textiles
The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic The course aims to appreciate traditional textiles of India vis-à-vis
and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to their material, form, texture, color and decoration and to develop
form an academically relevant paper. an understanding of techniques and processes used in textiles of
Fashion Art & Illustration India to appreciate, assimilate and adapt this knowledge for design
The course aims to develop hand drawing skills related to a through ideation & inspiration.
understanding of human anatomy and movement of the human SEMESTER IV
body. It helps to develop an understanding of drape & fall of garment Digital Fashion Illustration
based on fit, knit weight and texture.
The course aims to develop digital fashion illustration, and digital
Flat Knitting fabric and print designs. It provides understanding of the different
The course aims to develop an understanding of knitting technology. CAD tools for digital rendering with different complexities of
It gives knowledge of hand knitting to machine knitting, knitting rendering techniques.
elements and design setting elements, abbreviations, knitting Trends and Forecasting
symbols, basic knit structures, Jacquard knitting, Intarsia knitting
The course aims to understand the trends in fashion across product
and machine attachments.
categories, their influencing factors and trend movement to
Basic Pattern Making consumer behavior with various forecasting tools and interpret
The course aims to understand Body and Flat measurement for them to different levels of fashion business.
women, industrial pattern making tools, and process to learn pattern Pattern Making for Knits (Women's wear)
production terms and industry Spec-Sheet. It helps students to
The course aims to analyze existing garments as well as reproduce
learn develop patterns of various components of garment and
the same, to help students understand the concepts in pattern
transfer on the fabric.
making for women's wear and bifurcated garment and develop
Introduction to Garment Construction patterns for different styles of women's wear from photographs /
The course aims to understand the different types of industrial sketches/ Industry Spec-Sheet.
sewing machines, their parts and operations, basics of sewing, Garment Construction for Knits (Women's wear)
skills related to construction of a garment and assembling the
The course aims to understand the different types of stitching
various components into a garment.
operations, to learn the skills of different aspects related to
Photography and Editing Technique construction of a garment. It teaches the assembly of the various
The subject aims to understand photography as a technique for components into a garment choice of most appropriate fabric &
documentation and how to operate photography equipment. finishing techniques.
Emphasis is on digital photography and use of editing softwares to Surface Embellishment
create aesthetic and good quality imagery for design project
The course aims to develop understanding of the different
documentation, presentation and publication.
techniques of surface ornamentation through exploration of various
Design Application for Fashion traditional techniques and fabric manipulation techniques on knitted
The course aims to understand the application of Elements and /woven fabrics keeping in mind the requirements and limitations
Principles of design to knit fabric and apparel. It seeks to explore of different material and techniques.
the implication of design elements towards aesthetic appeal to the Dyeing and Finishing
fabric / garment & principles of design in understanding silhouette,
This course aims to impart knowledge on the importance of
drape, feel and visual impact.
chemical processing of textile products, methods of pre-treatment,
Basic Textiles dyeing and finishing of different textile materials.
The course aims to impart knowledge on the basic steps involved Design Process
in processing of textile materials (fiber, yarns and fabric), and to
The course aims to develop an in-depth understanding of creative
integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market
process of design, to understand design research, analysis &
needs.
synthesis to achieve design solutions. It teaches the use of the the application of creative concept development and product
various tools of creative thinking & visualization to understand presentation.
design methodology. Computerized Flat Knitting
Hand knitting Techniques The course teaches basics of a computerized knitting machine as
The course aims to give an overview of hand needle- based knitting a design tool in order to design fabric and helps students understand
techniques & the usage of loop formation for complex knitting methods of developing various fabrics structures using different
structures. It teaches the application of hand knitting techniques to techniques and fundamentals of knitting machinery and process.
design products and the ability to work with symbols. Craft Research and Documentation (Held between the 4th & 5th
Circular Knitting semester)
The course aims to understand Knitting Technology and Knitting The course aims to sensitize students to the uniqueness of a craft
Machine; teaches the basics of machine knitting operations, terms, through an orientation to the concept of craft sector/cluster. Students
abbreviations, symbols and methods of developing various knitted develop the ability to correlate learning from diagnostic study and
fabrics using different techniques and characteristics of knitting secondary data to explore the possibility of developing craft based
technology. textile products in the cluster so as to maximize the potential of the
specific craft.
SEMESTER V
Technical Specification & Virtual Sampling SEMESTER VI
The course aims at understanding technical drawings, product Portfolio Development
prototyping and technical presentation of the product using 3-D The course aims to develop ideas of aesthetic and the technical
CAD applications in virtual sampling. digital presentation through use of Flash, structuring a collection
Pattern Making for Knits (Men's wear) and getting an outcome of portfolio work in digital and document
format.
The course aims at understand men's body structure, flat
measurements, to provide knowledge of Men's wear industrial Sportswear
pattern making. It also teaches drafting of various styles of men's The course aims to categorize sports for designing respective
wear. sportswear and to analyze the selection of fabric, silhouette, trims
Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) etc for specific sportswear through latest developments of fabric,
and various finishes possible in fabric and seams and to design as
The course aims at construction of different garments with various
per specific requirement in this category.
knitted fabric along with added features for men's wear. It leads the
students to interrelate these features to menswear garment Kidswear
creation. The course aims to familiarize students with Kidswear market,
Draping for Knits with special reference to local and international brands, different
categories of Kidswear like comfort, safety, growth allowance,
The course aims to the human body proportions and contours, to
self help features etc. Students learn to design according to the
visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the
requirement & the latest development in the Kidswear segment.
dress form. Students learn to drape and manipulate the fabric for
achieving the desired fit and style. Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits
Print Design for Knits The course aims to develop understanding of concept of pattern
making, Grading and Marker making on computers through CAD
The course aims to understand the development of prints suitable
S/W. It familiarizes the students with common terminology and
for knitted products, integrating application of skills involved in an
tools of the identified CAD S/W.
innovative use of mixed media and techniques for the development
of print design. Students develop technical knowledge and concept Quality Assurance for Knitwear
for conversion of print onto actual fabrics. This course aims to the basic quality requirements of knits as per
Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat &Circular) the end use. It introduces techniques and standards used to evaluate
the quality of knitted fabrics and garments at different stages of
The course aims to understand the requirements and process flow
production as an aspect of quality control.
for mass production for knitwear and introduces aspects of
production planning, types of production systems and the garment Advanced Knitting
manufacturing process from fabric to finished goods. The course aims at understanding advanced knitting technology,
Product Development in circular knits knitting machines and to learn a the methods of developing various
knitted fabrics and garments using different advanced techniques,
The course aims to develop creative direction for product design,
machinery and process.
to understand the client, market and current trends. Students learn
Product Development in Flat Knits apparel styling to stimulate development of individual and original
The course aims to develop the creative direction for flat knit product design from concept to finished garment.
design and to understand the client, market and trends by using Retail Space Design (Dept. Elective)
various design research tools. Students learn pattern making and The course aims to develop elements and principles of layout for
garment construction techniques applicable to flat knits and the specific display to strengthen aesthetic visualization. Students
creative applications of the same for flat knitted apparel design. appreciate display and exhibition and the basic stages in developing
Fashion Marketing and Merchandising a promotional presentation concept from the initial presentation
The course aims to equip students towards managing merchandise idea to the final display.
for retail and export setups and to relate product, range development Retail Buying (Dept. Elective)
and merchandise flow as per consumer preferences. Knowledge The course aims to develop the understanding and application of
on costing, pricing and parameters for cost quotations are also principles, processes and techniques to buy merchandise for a
emphasized. retail store. Students gain an understanding on effective buying
SEMESTER VII and allocation and management of inventory towards maximizing
sales and margins for the store/ brand.
Design and Market Research
Fashion / Product Photography (Dept. Elective)
The course provides an overview of qualitative research
methodology for effective visual documentation and The course aims to develop skill in photography as a creative
communication, to understand the basic principles of research medium to communicate design concepts and to be able to
and learn various methods available for collecting and analyzing articulate with the elements of the imagery captured, the mood
data sensitive to the socio-cultural and economic context of craft/ and their interaction with light, depth, colors, lines and composition
SME production environment in India. of the imagery.
Design & Development for women's intimate apparel (knits) Image & Fashion Styling (Dept. Elective)
The course aims to the female anatomy for lingerie. It introduces The course aims to develop fashion as a concept, psychology &
the sizing of intimate apparel highlighting issues of comfort, fit and style. Fashion trends, hair & makeup trends silhouette and
cut of lingerie. Students are also familiarized with quality personality in context to changing trends in fashion for execution of
parameters & the specialized machinery and equipment for lingerie styling for still & motion imagery are emphasized.
construction. Industry Internship (A summer internship between the 6th & 7th
Entrepreneurship semester)
The course aims to build entrepreneurial skills for setting up and The course aims to provide the Knitwear Design students with a
running individual manufacturing unit / retail outlets. To make professional design experience by familiarizing them with a working
students understand the concept of entrepreneurship as a bundle knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry and the
of skills and abilities to innovate, sustain and develop a brand / relationship between design and production. The students develop
organization and also to manage a project from concept to practical orientation towards the functioning of the apparel industry.
implementation. Interning trainees can contribute to the industry in the areas of
design, sample development and merchandising.
World Knitwear Industry
Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across
The course aims to give insight into the Indian as well as global
design streams- differ from center to center
knitwear industry scenario with cost factors, pricing and procedures
and policies for knitwear industry, to make students understand SEMESTER VIII
and appreciate strategies for global knit retailing, various regulatory Knitwear Design Collection or Graduation Project
and documentary requirements.
The Graduation Project (Industry attached real life project) / Design
Advanced Professional Practices Collection) is a culmination of various inputs offered over seven
This course aims to impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the semesters. The ability to blend constantly evolving technology
subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied and trends with an individual design aesthetic sets the tone for
to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. each Collection/Graudation Project. It is seen as a culmination of
Creative Design & Development (Dept. Elective) knowledge, skills and industry understanding specific to the area
of Knitwear design. It is an opportunity for the students to put
The course aims to develop conceptualization of experimental
forward their vision of the product in the format of a well-researched
interpretations and explorations of design and to innovate
Design Collection / Graduation Project.
conventional percepts of pattern making by radically differentiating

3.6.8(a) B. Des (FASHION COMMUNI- Publication Design

The subject focuses on publication design for effective report
CATION) - 2010-2014 generation, layouts and documentation of projects with Graphics
and Print Media and to create Brochures, Newsletters, Posters,
SEMESTER III Flyers & Magazines.
Graphic Design - Level I Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising
The subject initiates understanding of principles & fundamentals The subject introduces students to the marketing and
of Graphic Design and appropriate application in Visual merchandising functions of the fashion business to enable students
Communication. Students develop understanding & articulation to gain better understanding on markets and marketing concepts.
of aesthetic principles & also develop skill of visualization & Communication Concepts & Processes - Level I
communication with production techniques of different media. The course aims at broadening the understanding of
Visual Merchandising - Level I communication through mass and other modes of communication
The course is focused to train students in the area of display and and to apply effective communication skills in all aspects of
exhibit design. It includes an understanding of space and support Communication Design.
material in relation to the product to be displayed. The course is History & Philosophy of Design - Level I
geared towards imparting training specifically in the area of retail The subject focuses on contextual development and design
design. through case studies of different cultural contexts from the world
Photography - Level I and analyzing them in the context of India .It gives students a
The subject develops basic competency in handling photography perspective of design which is both historical as well as
equipments and exploring components such as composition, contemporary through a study of the evolution of design & design
interplay of light and shade and understanding grey values. The philosophies of East and West.
emphasis is on photography as a communication media. SEMESTER IV
Integrated Term Project - I Graphic Design - Level II
The subject is designed to collate learning of all courses The subject explores the avenues of interaction between ideas,
undertaken in third semester with the intent to understand and audience and visual design and thus prepares the students to
exercise the role of a communication designer with acquired communicate more effectively and to understand the advantages
skills and knowledge, along with experiences of live projects / disadvantages of new media and processes.
assignments and to consolidate it in the form of 'creative' as well
Visual Merchandising-Level II
as 'practical 'output.
The course is focused to train the students in the art of Display
Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level I
Design for show windows, store display, exhibit design, display
The subject explores visual language of design and creatively graphics and signage systems. Functional and decorative units
presents and represents existing and visualized environments of display and exhibits are designed and critiqued. Production
using appropriate representation tools for various modes of material and techniques are introduced and reviewed.
Fashion Communication.
Photography - Level II
Design Methodology
The subject introduces students to color photography, studio
Understanding and application of various tools that define the lighting & portrait lighting. Students understand the behavior of
main activity of design and development process. It develops natural and artificial light, reflectors & other light modifiers with
the ability to investigate and evaluate a given situation, formulate an understanding of aesthetics, meaning and manipulation of
design criteria, and develop the ability to anticipate strategies color in photography. Composition and Portraiture are emphasized.
and plan design activities within the context of market forces and
Integrated Term Project - II
consumer aspirations.
The aim is to collate learning of all courses undertaken in fourth
History of Costumes
semester with the intent to understand & exercise the role of a
The course is designed to provide a historical understanding of communication designer within the fashion industry through the
western costume and the development from pre historic to the development of Communication Design solutions for a Fashion
modern age enabling the student to make relevant connections Design event, Designer's collection or for a fashion, textile or
and offer critical analysis of the textual and visual information. handicraft design brand promotion.

Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level II Visual Merchandising - Level III
This course explores principles of form & space through The course in Retail Display Design is focused to train students
construction in generating two dimensional forms & three in the art of display design for a retail store. The course
dimensional spaces. The subject allows a through understanding emphasizes on exploring various materials based on cost,
of the properties and relation of scale in three-dimensional space wastage, practicality and reusability. The students are equipped
and to understand material abilities / specifications and represent to plan a Visual Merchandising Calendar which would include a
the same to facilitate fabrication / construction. promotional event.
Introduction to Written Communication Photography - Level III
The subject reiterates the elements of English grammar and The course is aimed to understand Product / Architectural /
language and encourages exploration of thinking and writing Interiors Photography and to understand the fundamentals of
strategies. Students achieve effective communication of ideas fashion photography through an understanding of the work done
through writing & understand the impact of different writing styles. by other famous photographers. Nuances of form and its
Fashion Basics interaction with light & color are emphasized.
The course allows the students to develop an understanding of Integrated Term Project - III
fundamentals of fashion. Further, the course understands market The aim is to identify contemporary issues pertinent in the domain
influences via fashion designers, fashion centers and brands of fashion and communication and equip students with tools and
and understands the relevance of forecasting in the fashion techniques for research in the domain of fashion and
business. communication.
Design Interpretation on AutoCAD Craft Cluster Initiative
The subject gives a working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD in The course introduces students to the concept of Craft Cluster.
relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in Visual Students observe the complete existing communication system
Communication around the chosen craft form to record (visual documentation)
Consumer Behavior in Fashion the methods, message and media, which should eventually
indicate possible communication systems. The understanding of
The course is aimed at developing the sensitivity to society,
the craft, the community & socio economic ethos of each craft,
culture and personality in the consumer behavior. This helps the
regional essence and visual feel of the cluster are emphasized.
students in analyzing consumer motivation and decision making
process. The course equips students with skills to analyze the Fashion Journalism - Level I
complexities of consumer motivation & values and comprehension The course aims to foster analytical commentators who can
of the consumer decision making process. create original and insightful ideas for print fashion & lifestyle
Communication Concepts & Processes - Level II journalism. Students write clear, concise, in-depth and innovative
journalism. The course allows students to develop skills in
The course entails an advanced level understanding of the of the
identifying, researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related
communication process and understanding of the qualitative
stories for a range of readership.
aspects i.e. media, media content, codes, audience, effects etc.
with reference to the Fashion & Lifestyle industry in a variety of Textile Appreciation
settings. The course provides a comprehensive exposure to the field of
History & Philosophy of Design - Level II textiles vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle fundamentals of textiles
along with appreciation of global textiles and understanding the
The course initiates the students into the contextual study of the
behaviour and performance of textiles.
rise of design in India and the West. The subject allows the
students to become aware of the evolution of design and Multimedia & Web Design
importance of industrial revolution in the field of design enabling Students are introduced to multimedia and web based
them to understand the different Design Movements. presentations using Flash, bringing the awareness of the various
tools used for the purpose of making such presentations. Students
SEMESTER V develop command over the comprehensive web based and
Graphic Design - Level III multimedia tools to create animations / presentations & websites.
This course covers the ground rules of printing process and Retail & Brand Management
enforces confidence to experiment, explore and understand the
The course initiates the understanding of retailing as an industry
advantages & disadvantages of various media and processes.
and imparts knowledge and skills for retail management.
The subject explores the avenues of interaction between printing
Familiarity with the brand management in the fashion industry
techniques, post printing finishes & paper formats available.
and understanding of the retail industry enables students to
develop branding strategies in a competitive environment.
Introduction to Advertising Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level - I

The course aims to understand the role and scope of advertising This course enables students to create 3D design for product
vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle industry. Students understand prototyping, animations and to create photorealistic images and
advertisement agency structure and its specialized departments. rendering sequences for 3D animations for multimedia
The course study entails advertisement planning and strategies, productions, broadcasting and space design.
concept of advertising and the necessity of advertising in this Public Relations
competitive scenario, both in fashion & lifestyle industry and
The course equips the students with tools and techniques of
retail industry.
Public Relations as practiced by the retail, fashion and design
SEMESTER VI industry. The subject lays emphasis on effective brand
Graphic Design - Level IV management.
The course aims at understanding the basic fundamentals of Creative Advertising & Media Planning
symbol/ logo/ type design to analyze and understand the socio- The course equips the students with the tools and techniques of
cultural context of symbols and icons. Students learn to build an creating advertisements for different media and allows the
identity using the symbol and other appropriate media. students to understand the importance of research before
Visual Merchandising - Level IV actualizing an advertisement concept. The course also touches
upon the basics of advertising campaign for fashion, lifestyle
This course deals with advance study of retail environments, the
and retail industry along with understanding the nature of media
different formats and factors which govern design in each format.
and its effect on consumers.
It familiarizes students with the concept of Brand Identity and its
application in various areas of Visual Merchandising to create SEMESTER VII
sustained recall values for a brand. Graphic Design - Level V
Photography - Level IV The course aims to understand the basic fundamentals of
The Course introduces students to fashion photography, making Packaging Design. The subject allows the students to analyse
them familiar with the processes of Pre-Production, Production, and understand the materials & processes in packaging; the
and Post-Production of fashion Photography. structure, function & utility of packaging; use of the graphic
elements in packaging.
Integrated Term Project - IV
Exhibition & Display Design
The Course entails an opportunity for study in any area of research
pertaining to global Communication issues related to ecology, This course rounds up the knowledge of display design learnt in
new technology, trends, and changes in life style. The subject the previous semesters into a complete experience design.
encourages students to evolve a self-initiated thinking process, Students integrate the skills in graphics and other communication
building upon the skill and knowledge base acquired in the arts into creating effective communicative environments. The
previous semester. course instills an awareness of various avenues for designing
communicative environments such as museums, trade shows
Event Management
etc.
The subject enables the students to develop an understanding of
Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester)
various aspects of holding a successful event from planning to
execution. Industry Internship is an integral part of Fashion Communication
programme and is drawn towards appreciation and working
Fashion Journalism - Level II
knowledge of the industry.
The Course entails the study of operations and structure of fashion
Colloquium Paper
magazines / newspapers to foster an understanding of publication
design and to conceptualize and create a magazine. The subject Colloquium Paper initiates industry interface through interaction,
provides a focused opportunity for effective writing for a select dialogue and collaboration. It reflects primary & contextual issues
audience. and concerns of fashion environment in Visual Merchandising,
Graphic Design, Styling & Photography, Fashion Journalism, and
Fashion Styling
other forms of Fashion Promotion. It also illustrates assimilation,
The subject aims at employing historical and contemporary ar ticulation, application and innovation in relation to
imagery in developing fashion images that are fresh & innovative communication tools, techniques & strategies and articulates
and to train students to develop a 'visual eye' and to 'style' a fresh & innovative perceptions to evolve a design strategy through
complete Look. effective application of communication design.

Design Management & Entrepreneurship Calligraphy
The course develops an understanding of 'design' and the This course offers an introduction to the scope & potential of
'designer' from the management perspective and the importance traditional calligraphy in the field of Communication Design.
of Design Strategies. Light, Sound & Set Design
Professional Ethics & Responsibilities The course aims at developing the understanding of the
The course imparts advanced knowledge of Intellectual Property technicality involved in Sound, Light and Set Design and different
Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, kinds of materials and production techniques used in Set Design.
fashion design and textile industry. It helps to understand principles and qualities of sound & light.
Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level - II Non-Linear Editing
This course enables the students to create 3D product design for The students are exposed to Non-linear tools for making
prototype development, photorealistic rendered sequences for multimedia presentation and special effects on moving graphics
3D animations, multimedia productions, broadcast and the web. and movies.
Students create virtual space design for specifics such as Visual
Merchandising.
SEMESTER VIII
Graduation Project
Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered
across UG design streams. This project has a strong industry focus. The successful
completion of the programme depends on the students' ability to
Presentation Techniques
professionally demonstrate all round competence to a real life
The subject covers the ground rules of presentation design and Industry project. The 18 week duration project encompasses areas
enforces confidence to experiment & explore and understand the such as Visual Merchandising, Styling, Graphic Design, Fashion
advantages, disadvantages of new media and processes so as Journalism, Photography, Display and Exhibit Design., Advertising
to communicate more effectively, and Public Relations and creative lighting specific in fashion and
Product Photography life style industry.
The course aims at understanding the lighting fundamentals of
product photography in relation to fashion. The subject allows
the students to articulate a mood or theme through compositions. 3.6.8(b) B. Des (FASHION COMMUNI-
The class set is sensitized to the effect of lighting in colour
photography. Students learn to work with products in studio and CATION) - 2011 onwards
outdoor lighting conditions.
Photo Journalism SEMESTER III
The course emphasizes the fundamentals of photojournalism and
Summer Project
work done by photojournalists. Students understand the nuances
of Photojournalism and the role of a photojournalist in an The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic
organization. and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to
Department Elective
Graphic Design - Level I
Prop Design
The subject initiates understanding of principles & fundamentals
The course develops the understanding of product-prop
of Graphic Design and appropriate application in Visual
relationship and the appeal of a creative prop as a communication
Communication. Students develop understanding & articulation of
technique.
aesthetic principles & also develop skill of visualization &
Signage Design communication with production techniques of different media.
The course aims to understand the importance of Signage Design Visual Merchandising - Level I
and analyzes different types of signage design. It helps to
The course is focused to train students in the area of display and
understand the diversity and complexity of human ergonomics
exhibit design. It includes an understanding of space and support
and its effect on signage design.
material in relation to the product to be displayed. The course is
Traditional Folk Media geared towards imparting training specifically in the area of retail
The subject offers an introduction to the scope & potential of design.
Traditional Folk Forms of India such as Puppetry, Kawar, Ganjeefa Photography - Level I
cards, Katha etc. in the field of Communication Design.
The subject develops basic competency in handling photography
equipments and exploring components such as composition,
interplay of light and shade and understanding grey values. The subject explores the avenues of interaction between ideas,
emphasis is on photography as a communication media. audience and visual design and thus prepares the students to
Fashion Basics - Level I communicate more effectively and to create an identity using the
symbol and other appropriate mediums
The course allows the students to develop an understanding of
fundamentals of fashion. Further, the course understands market Visual Merchandising-Level II
influences via fashion designers, fashion centers and brands. The The course is focused to train the students in the art of Display
course is geared towards sensitizing the students with the 'fashion Design for show windows, store display, exhibit design, display
vocabulary'. graphics and signage systems. Functional and decorative units of
Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - display and exhibits are designed and critiqued. Production material
and techniques are introduced and reviewed.
Level I
Photography - Level II
The subject explores visual language of design and creatively
presents and represents existing and visualized environments The subject introduces students to color photography, studio lighting
using appropriate representation tools for various modes of Fashion & portrait lighting. Students understand the behavior of natural and
Communication. artificial light, reflectors & other light modifiers with an understanding
of aesthetics, meaning and manipulation of color in photography.
Design Methodology
Composition and Portraiture are emphasized.
The Course entails the understanding and application of various
Fashion Basics - Level II
tools that define the main activity of design and development
process. It develops the ability to investigate and evaluate a given This course fosters an advanced understanding of fundamentals of
situation, formulate design criteria, and develop the ability to Fashion. An introduction to 'Fashion Illustration' allows the students
anticipate strategies and plan design activities within the context to develop skills in developing a free distinctive style of drawing
of market forces and consumer aspirations. combined with analytical skills of visual assessment. This subject
is an enabler in understanding the process & relevance of
Costumes Appreciation (Western)
forecasting in the fashion business.
The course provides a historical understanding of world costume
Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing -
and its development from prehistoric to the modern age. The
emphasis is on allowing the students to make relevant connections Level II
and offer critical analysis of textual and visual information in relation This course explores principles of form & space through
to Costumes (Western). construction in generating two dimensional forms & three
Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising dimensional spaces. The subject allows a through understanding
of the properties and relation of scale in three-dimensional space
The subject introduces students to the marketing and
and to understand material abilities / specifications and represent
merchandising functions of the fashion business to enable students
the same to facilitate fabrication / construction.
to gain better understanding on markets and marketing concepts.
Introduction to Written Communication
Communication Concepts & Processes - Level I
The subject reiterates the elements of English grammar and
The course aims at broadening the understanding of communication
language and encourages exploration of thinking and writing
through mass and other modes of communication and to apply
strategies. Students achieve effective communication of ideas
effective communication skills in all aspects of Communication
through writing & understand the impact of different writing styles.
Design.
Costume and Textile Appreciation
History & Philosophy of Design - Level I
The course provides a historical understanding of Indian costume
The subject focuses on contextual development and design through
and its development over time. The emphasis is on allowing the
case studies of different cultural contexts from the world and
students to make relevant connections and offer critical analysis
analyzing them in the context of India .It gives students a perspective
of textual and visual information in relation to Costumes (Indian).
of design which is both historical as well as contemporary through
The subject also introduces the students to the fundamentals of
a study of the evolution of design & design philosophies of East and
textiles. This course study provides a comprehensive exposure to
West.
the field of textiles vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle.
SEMESTER IV Publication Design
Graphic Design - Level II The subject focuses on publication design for effective report
The course emphasizes the basic fundamentals of Symbol/logo/ generation, layouts and documentation of projects with Graphics
logotype design. The subject allows the students to analyse, and Print Media and to create Brochures, Newsletters, Posters,
synthesise and communicate the same through symbols. The Flyers & Magazines.

Consumer Behavior in Fashion techniques for research in the domain of fashion and
The course is aimed at developing the sensitivity to society, culture communication.
and personality in the consumer behavior. This helps the students Craft Cluster Initiative
in analyzing consumer motivation and decision making process. The course introduces students to the concept of Craft Cluster.
The course equips students with skills to analyze the complexities Students observe the complete existing communication system
of consumer motivation & values and comprehension of the around the chosen craft form to record (visual documentation) the
consumer decision making process. methods, message and media, which should eventually indicate
Communication Concepts & Processes - Level II possible communication systems. The understanding of the craft,
The course entails an advanced level understanding of the of the the community & socio economic ethos of each craft, regional
communication process and understanding of the qualitative essence and visual feel of the cluster are emphasized.
aspects i.e. media, media content, codes, audience, effects etc. Fashion Journalism - Level I
with reference to the Fashion & Lifestyle industry in a variety of The course aims to foster analytical commentators who can create
settings. original and insightful ideas for print fashion & lifestyle journalism.
History & Philosophy of Design - Level II Students write clear, concise, in-depth and innovative journalism.
The course initiates the students into the contextual study of the The course allows students to develop skills in identifying,
rise of design in India and the West. The subject allows the students researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related stories for a
to become aware of the evolution of design and importance of range of readership.
industrial revolution in the field of design enabling them to understand Fashion Styling - Level I
the different Design Movements. The subject aims at employing historical and contemporary
Research Methodology imagery in developing fashion images that are fresh & innovative
This subject comprehends the application & relevance of Research and to train students to develop a 'visual eye' and to 'style' a complete
Methodology in the domain of Design Research. The course refers Look.
to the rationale and/ or the physical assumptions that underlie a Design Interpretation on AutoCAD
particular study. The emphasis is on the constructive framework The subject gives a working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD in
that defines procedures, definitions and techniques used as part of relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in Visual
a research process. Communication
SEMESTER V Retail & Brand Management
Graphic Design - Level III The course initiates the understanding of retailing as an industry
This course covers the ground rules of graphic composition- Layout and imparts knowledge and skills for retail management.
and enforces confidence to experiment, explore and understand Familiarity with the brand management in the fashion industry and
the advantages & disadvantages of various media and processes. understanding of the retail industry enables students to develop
The subject explores the avenues of interaction between printing branding strategies in a competitive environment.
techniques, post printing finishes & paper formats available. Introduction to Advertising
Visual Merchandising - Level III The course aims to understand the role and scope of advertising
The course in Retail Display Design is focused to train students in vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle industry. Students understand
the art of display design for a retail store. The course emphasizes advertisement agency structure and its specialized departments.
on exploring various materials based on cost, wastage, practicality The course study entails advertisement planning and strategies,
and reusability. The students are equipped to plan a Visual concept of advertising and the necessity of advertising in this
Merchandising Calendar which would include a promotional event. competitive scenario, both in fashion & lifestyle industry and retail
industry.
Photography - Level III
Systems Thinking
The course is aimed to understand Product / Architectural / Interiors
Photography and to understand the fundamentals of fashion This subject provides the students with an understanding of the
photography through an understanding of the work done by other value of 'Systems Thinking'. The course study introduces a
famous photographers. Nuances of form and its interaction with language/ tool for assessing the quality of a design in terms of its
light & color are emphasized. effectiveness and efficiency. Further, the course also helps students
improve their design processes and focus more effectively on
Integrated Term Project
design strategies that meet a purpose.
The aim is to identify contemporary issues pertinent in the domain
of fashion and communication and equip students with tools and

SEMESTER VI to understand the importance of research before actualizing an

advertisement concept. The course also touches upon the basics
Graphic Design - Level IV
of advertising campaign for fashion, lifestyle and retail industry
This course covers the ground rules of printing process and enforces along with understanding the nature of media and its effect on
confidence to experiment, explore and understand the advantages consumers.
& disadvantages of various media and processes. The subject
Design Strategy
explores the avenues of interaction between printing techniques,
post printing finishes & paper formats available. This course aims to develop high-level skills of creative thinking,
and learning how to clearly communicate strategies for successful
Visual Merchandising - Level IV
brand communication. Further, this subject also helps students
This course deals with advance study of retail environments, the improve their design processes and focus more effectively on
different formats and factors which govern design in each format. design strategies that meet a purpose.
It familiarizes students with the concept of Brand Identity and its
Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester)
application in various areas of Visual Merchandising to create
sustained recall values for a brand. Industry Internship is an integral part of Fashion Communication
programme and is drawn towards appreciation and working
Photography - Level IV
knowledge of the industry.
The Course introduces students to fashion photography, making
them familiar with the processes of Pre-Production, Production, SEMESTER VII
and Post-Production of fashion Photography. Graphic Design - Level V
Integrated Term Project The course aims to understand the basic fundamentals of Branding
The Course entails an opportunity for study in any area of research & its applications such as packaging & signage design. The subject
pertaining to global Communication issues related to ecology, new allows the students to analyse and understand the the process,
technology, trends, and changes in life style. The subject function and utility of Branding. The course is an enabler in exploring
encourages students to evolve a self-initiated thinking process, various applications of Branding & their relation to systems thinking.
building upon the skill and knowledge base acquired in the previous Exhibition & Display Design
semester. This course rounds up the knowledge of display design learnt in
Fashion Journalism - Level II the previous semesters into a complete experience design.
The Course entails the study of operations and structure of fashion Students integrate the skills in graphics and other communication
magazines / newspapers to foster an understanding of publication arts into creating effective communicative environments. The
design and to conceptualize and create a magazine. The subject course instills an awareness of various avenues for designing
provides a focused opportunity for effective writing for a select communicative environments such as museums, trade shows
audience. etc.
Fashion Styling - Level II Colloquium Paper
This course meets an advanced understanding of Fashion Styling. Colloquium Paper initiates industry interface through interaction,
The emphasis is on Editorial Styling. The study entails tracing the dialogue and collaboration. It reflects primary & contextual issues
best in fashion imagery to develop a fresh distinctive style. and concerns of fashion environment in Visual Merchandising,
Graphic Design, Styling & Photography, Fashion Journalism, and
Multimedia & Web Design
other forms of Fashion Promotion. It also illustrates assimilation,
Students are introduced to multimedia and web based presentations articulation, application and innovation in relation to communication
using Flash, bringing the awareness of the various tools used for tools, techniques & strategies and articulates fresh & innovative
the purpose of making such presentations. Students develop perceptions to evolve a design strategy through effective application
command over the comprehensive web based and multimedia of communication design.
tools to create animations / presentations & websites.
Design Management & Entrepreneurship
Public Relations
The course develops an understanding of 'design' and the 'designer'
The course equips the students with tools and techniques of Public from the management perspective and the importance of Design
Relations as practiced by the retail, fashion and design industry. Strategies. This subject instills an understanding of key design
The subject lays emphasis on effective brand management. policy issues and principles of design management.
Creative Advertising & Media Planning Professional Ethics & Responsibilities
The course equips the students with the tools and techniques of The course imparts advanced knowledge of Intellectual Property
creating advertisements for different media and allows the students Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts,
fashion design and textile industry.
Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level understanding of the concept of motion in Animation. The students
This course enables the students to create 3D product design for are familiarized with the Pre- Production, Production, Post -
prototype development, photorealistic rendered sequences for 3D Production processes.
animations, multimedia productions, broadcast and the web. Experiential Design
Students create virtual space design for specifics such as Visual The course study aims to instill the primary concepts and theories
Merchandising. underlying the creative process in products and services. This
Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across subject deepens the understanding about experiences and human
UG design streams. senses to effectively develop solutions that trigger these sensations.
Presentation Techniques Prop Design
The subject covers the ground rules of presentation design and The course develops the understanding of product-prop relationship
enforces confidence to experiment & explore and understand the and the appeal of a creative prop as a communication technique.
advantages, disadvantages of new media and processes so as to
communicate more effectively,
Retail Lighting
Product Photography
The course enhances the understanding of the importance of lighting
The course aims at understanding the lighting fundamentals of in store environment. The subject allows the students to understand
product photography in relation to fashion. The subject allows the the technical specifications of quantity of light and luminaries used
students to articulate a mood or theme through compositions. The in retail. The course enables the assessment of the effect of lighting
class set is sensitized to the effect of lighting in colour photography. on merchandise presentation and consumer response.
Students learn to work with products in studio and outdoor lighting
Fashion Journalism for New Media
conditions.
The course fosters the understanding of the growing importance of
Photo Journalism
writing for 'new media'. The subject aims to build analytical
The course emphasizes the fundamentals of photojournalism and commentators who can create original and insightful ideas for
work done by photojournalists. Students understand the nuances fashion journalism in 'new media'. The students develop skills in
of Photojournalism and the role of a photojournalist in an identifying, researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related stories
organization. for a range of readership in the related domain.
Department Elective Set Design
Fashion Photography The students are introduced to the technicalities involved in Set
This subject enables the students to develop a focused skill set in Design. The course brings in a detailed understand of the role of an
the domain of fashion photography. The course entails the study of art director to communicate the overall mood of the set. The course
Pre-Production, Production & Post -Production processes. The also entails the understanding of the application of Set Design in
course study allows the students to articulate a mood or theme Theatre, Film, TV and Events.
through compositions and effects of lighting in relation to Fashion. Traditional Folk Media
Type Design The subject offers an introduction to the scope & potential of
The students are introduced to the background of critical lettering Traditional Folk Forms of India such as Puppetry, Kawar, Ganjeefa
and type design principles. The focus is mainly on both the methods cards, Katha etc. in the field of Communication Design.
and the reasons for making letters that can be used and understood
by anyone with flair for lettering.
SEMESTER VIII
Graduation Project
Information Graphics
This project has a strong industry focus. The successful completion
The course study introduces the fundamental concepts of data
of the programme depends on the students' ability to professionally
visualization. The subject provides an understanding of the iterative
demonstrate all round competence to a real life Industry/ self project.
process of visualization design as a means to adaptively organize,
The 18 week duration project encompasses areas such as Visual
understand, and communicate quantitative information. Through
Merchandising, Styling, Graphic Design, Fashion Journalism,
planning and management of complex information systems,
Photography, Display and Exhibit Design., Advertising and Public
students learn to construct engaging interactions that clarify and
Relations and creative lighting specific in fashion and life style
visualize complex information.
industry.
Animation
This course introduces the students to 'Animation' with a view to
appreciate its mechanics and aesthetics. The subject fosters an

3.6.9(a) B.F. Tech (APPAREL PRODUC- backend with System requirement specification (SRS), Database
design, relationship diagrams, and the logical flow of the application.
TION) - 2010-2014 Students develop the application software in functional expertise
mainly related to textile and apparel supply chain.
SEMESTER III SEMESTER IV

Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products
Dyeing & Printing
Course aims to introduce students to cutting room procedures,
The subject aims to develop the concept of dyeing and printing
marker making and spreading modes / methods, handling fabric
processes, both technical and commercial and understanding of
faults in the cutting room, preparatory processes for sewing,
technical and commercial fundamentals dyeing and printing
documentation procedures and control, cutting room layout and
techniques, in order to handle the same during fabric development,
cutting room organization, cut order planning and its costing.
sourcing and garmenting stage.
Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control
Human Resource Management
Students understand the importance of quality as a crucial function
This subject will help the students to value the importance of effective
in an apparel organization. The students learn about the various
management of human resources in the overall management of
procedures followed to control quality through testing, setting and
the organization in Apparel Industry. And to understand the dynamic
following laid down standards as well as developing company
nature of human resource leading to continuous shift in the way
specific standards. They acquire knowledge of the various quality
human resources is managed.
procedures followed in well known brands globally and the
MIS documentation procedures required to implement quality system
The syllabus explains the concepts which are used in information in an apparel organization through formats and specifications.
systems to make them more effective. It includes application of Fabric & Garment Finishing
MIS to the business and industry, technology in MIS and related
The subject aims to understand the finishing processes of fabric
cases for understanding. It emphasizes the role of decision support
and garment used in apparel industry and their effects in relation to
systems in MIS and factors behind the successful implementation
productivity, cost, quality & performance and their testing methods.
of MIS.
It focuses on evaluating the aesthetic & functional features of various
Garment construction - I types of finished fabrics and garments.
The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine Garment Construction - II
handling and operating by construction of different fabric exercises,
In the course, students are introduced to construction techniques
seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics. Students
for garment components in Tops and Blouses. The course Focuses
also do the construction of bodice, shirt placket and are also
on construction of Sleeve, Sleeve Plackets, Cuffs, Collars, Grown
introduced to the use of different attachment and folders.
on Collars and Dress and makes student understand the quality
Pattern Making - I parameters to be kept in mind while assembling the garment and
The course focuses on development of good fitting bodice (darted its components
and dart less blocks) and skirt block. The curriculum encompasses Pattern Making - II
understanding of principles of dart manipulation, fullness and
The syllabus aims at application of the principles of pattern making
circularity to achieve various style lines. It emphasizes
learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in garment
understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt -to
features. Also, principles of contouring and its application to achieve
achieve desired fit
a well fitted body hugging garment are taught as part of the
Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I curriculum.
This subject mainly is aimed at making the students understand Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II
the different types of sewing machinery and equipment used in
The subject is aimed at making the students understand the
sewing floor for mass production. Students are given hands on
mechanism, functionality and application of different types of cyclic
experience to understand the sewing machine kinematics, working
Sewing Machines along with the basic adjustment. The subject
principles of all the machine and basic adjustments of the machines
also includes Kinematics and function of machines used for
and are taught about different types of seams and stitches used.
spreading, cutting, fusing and embroidery. It enable the students to
VB.net select right technology by looking at the quality requirements, order
In VB.net course student will learn to create application software quantities and other important manufacturing parameters for
using Microsoft Visual Basic as front end and MS Access as garment manufacturing unit..

Web Technologies E- Commerce (DE)*
The course covers basic understanding of WWW, Hyper Text Markup The objective is to understand the e-commerce and its various
Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheet (CSS), JavaScript, etc. components for doing business online. The course covers various
Students are also exposed to the Adobe Dream-weaver software e-commerce business models like B2B, B2C, etc. The course also
for creation of website. introduces students to e-payment systems and security systems,
cyber laws, and M-commerce.
SEMESTER V
Advance Presentation Techniques (DE)*
Production & Operation Management
The course deals with Adobe Flash software for Text, Graphics,
The syllabus equips students with the tools useful for decision
Animation, Audio and Video as media elements. It covers Action
making in different production systems and management of
Script to make interactive presentations. It also covers sending
resources and optimum utilization of resources of production. It
data in and out from Flash movies and making movies optimized
gives students quantitative techniques and tools for forecasting
for publishing.
production requirements for better utilization of resources and
solutions. Textile Internship (2 weeks) - Between Sem IV & V
Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing The Textile Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill (preferably
a composite unit), the objectives of the Textile Internship are to
The course is an introduction to industrial engineering concept of
enhance the understanding of practical aspects of spun yarn
work study and workplace engineering, It also talks about
production (Spinning), grey fabric (both woven and knitted)
ergonomics, occupational safety levels, lighting, noise and vibration
production, dyeing, printing and finishing of fabric, textile testing
in apparel industry. In Methods study, students learn about the
and the quality parameters for both technical as well as commercial
development of charts - Flow Chart, String Diagram, Left and Right
purposes. In addition this internship provides opportunity to the
Hand Chart, Multiple Activity Chart and principle of motion economy
students to understand the Raw material requirements, man-
and work measurement principles of time study, work sampling
machine planning & allocation and thoroughly observing the day to
and pre-determined time study.
day activities on the shop floor. Observations are made on the
Apparel Quality Management quality control and human and environmental factors related to
The subject aims to make students understand the importance of textile manufacturing units.
quality and its terminology followed worldwide through the use of Cluster Activity (Between sem IV & V)
the quality management principles and standard procedures. It
A visit of BFT students is planned at during the third year to industrial
also equips them with knowledge on international apparel quality
clusters with emphasis on apparel and textile industries. This is to
management tools and techniques like Lean and Six Sigma followed
expand understanding of the working of the apparel industry in
in apparel manufacturing set -up through self-study based
various parts of the country as a part of Academic Activity.
assignments and presentations
Fashion Merchandising SEMESTER VI
The course introduces the concept of merchandising and marketing Maintenance Management
and differentiates between the two in context of fashion and apparel The course emphasizes understanding of relation between
business. The students are introduced to the various functions of production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall
merchandising such as planning, buying and selling and the various profitability with application of maintenance techniques, and various
tools used for effective merchandising techniques. The importance process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance
of vendor selection and sourcing criteria with the developments in schedule.
supply chain are also covered. Apparel Production Planning & Control
Pattern Making - III The subject aims at introducing students to application of
The subject focuses on Men's wear pattern making; and knitted Production Planning & Control in Apparel Industry and the
garments pattern making. It familiarized students with the pattern application of Line Balancing, Skill Matrix chart, Overall efficiency,
development of bifurcated garments, shirt, casual jacket, hood, Capacity Planning and other important manufacturing concepts in
tee shirt and legging. garment production line. Student will also understand the functions,
Garment Construction - III responsibilities and scope of personnel involved in Production
Planning & Control.
The subject focuses on skill development in construction of trouser,
T-shirt and casual jacket. It aims at giving insight on selecting Entrepreneurship Management
different kinds of seam finishes, pockets, lining, trims to achieve a The subject aims to prepare students to view entrepreneurship as
high quality product. a desirable and feasible career option. It also imparts knowledge

about the use of project management, financial knowledge to build Project Management (DE)*
the competency required to run the enterprise successfully. The course introduces a strategic, system perspective on project
Costing of Apparel Products management life cycle. Course deals with project identification,
The course gives introduction to cost accounting for firms along formulation and appraisal. It Includes identification and selection
with costing methods, elements of costs, classification of costs of specifications, number / volume with regard to the requirement
with examples from apparel industry. The subject also covers the of Land & building, Plant & Machineries, etc. It also introduces
parameters affecting the garment cost like the labor cost, the students about the role of the modern project manager and modern
manufacturing costs, the overheads and their calculations in different project management tools and techniques.
scenarios through case study based examples to enable students Training & Development of Supervisors (DE)*
to cost garments effectively. The subject briefly covers the retail The Subject aims at training requirement identification for
pricing and factors affecting it. Supervisors in areas of skills such as quality check, line balancing,
Enterprise Resource Planning disciplining poor operators, man machine utilization, enhancing
The objective is to develop an understanding of how an ERP system machine and operator performance, and soft skills such as
improves the effectiveness of Information Systems in an leadership qualities, HR management, and cost control. Improving
organization by providing integration of activities and information. Efficiency, profitability and cost control using time and method
The subject focuses on how an ERP implementation can facilitate study, line balancing would be taught through practical exercises.
information tracking for suppliers, customers, products, orders or Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) (DE)*
order processing etc. The subject explains CSR and its principles, concept of Stakeholders
Computer Aided Production Planning & the social contract, relation of CSR and Fashion Industry in respect
The course emphasizes on fundamentals of capacity scheduling of various buyer, and understanding the Globalization and CSR.
through commercial software (Fast React). Students understand Topics include CSR and Leadership, CSR Policy & Compliance
how different planning parameters like capacity variation, style Standards.
variation, working hours, etc. are incorporated while computerized Outbound Activity
planning. Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the third
Auto CAD year students of B. F. Tech programme.
The subject gives working knowledge and skill on Auto CAD (2D The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop
and 3D) in relation to the different drawing & modelling usages in aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth
Apparel Industry. Design and Draft drawing related to apparel and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building,
industry such as facility design drawing of Plant, Machine & ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills.
Equipment. The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential
Sustainable Production (DE)* outbound component.
The subject deals with introduction to sustainability in design, SEMESTER VII
technology, manufacturing and retail of apparel. It explores the
Apparel Internship - Between sem VI & VII
eco-footprint concept, the measures of sustainability and
sustainability index based on case study methodology and The Apparel Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill Garment
examples from global and Indian context. Manufacturing Unit for a period of 14 weeks. The prime objective of
the internship is to gain practical exposure and understanding of
Fabric Objective Measurement (DE)*
shop floor through getting involved/active participation in the
This subject focuses on general features of mechanical behavior ongoing projects or assignments. The students are supposed to
of fabric, significance of fabric objective measurement, Kawabata understand the practical applications of the academic principles,
system, FAST system, Geometrical and surface properties in to industry environment and its relevance to the work. The Apparel
measurement, Thermal comfort, moisture vapor transfer properties internship makes students able to observe the manufacturing
of fabric. process thoroughly covering all the activities right from receiving
Joint Venture and Acquisition (DE)* the order to the final shipment. The hand on experience is gained
Students will learn about Joint Ventures, Merger and Acquisition in by closely observing the functions various manufacturing
an Apparel industry and in Retail sector, types and the legal system procedures like cutting, sewing, finishing, checking etc. In addition
in the country in the area of Joint-Venture Concept, types of JVs, Students are supposed to understand the supporting departments
Joint-ventures in India, acquisition process, valuing an acquisition to production like, Sourcing, Product Development, Merchandising,
target, and alternatives to mergers and acquisitions. Planning, Industrial Engineering etc. The students may also execute
small projects as per the need of organization.

Plant Layout organization in the areas related to garment manufacturing as part
The plant layout subject takes the students through the various of the graduation project or they may opt for academic research
stages of the facility design. The emphasis is on analyzing the which may have direct or indirect applications to the garment
activities of a garment manufacturing unit and conceptualizing the industry at present or in future.
requirements and postion the activities at appropriate (optimum) Note: "* DE" denotes Departmental Elective Subjects
location. The course also expose the students to building typology,
building orientation, material handling system, health & safety
issues and other important factors affecting plant layout.
Apparel CAD & Grading 3.6.9(b) B. F. Tech (APPAREL PRODUC-
The subject focuses on understanding applications of computer TION) - 2011 onwards
aided pattern making and principle of grading. Students will be
able to use effectively Lectra and Tuka CAD system for creation of
Patterns, Stylization, Grading and Marker Making SEMESTER III
Product Analysis & Development Summer Project (Between FP Semester II & B. F. Tech Semester
The subject covers development of Specification Sheet for identified III)
garment including fabric details, Dyeing Analysis & machines used, The Objective of Summer project is to make the student to study
Surface ornamentation Analysis, Prints Analysis, Embroidery a particular topic, gather relevant information and articulate the
Analysis, kind of washing, Development of Pattern, Construction same in a visual and / or textual format. Students need to Compile
of Prototype for the said garment & determination of CMT. and document the information in a concise manner to form an
Ergonomics academically relevant paper. Students shall be given the brief for
The subject deals with Ergonomics and its applications in office the Summer Project in the 2nd semester of the Foundation
and industrial environment. It includes Anthropometric principles Programme. On Completion of the project it has to be submitted
and equipment design, Workplace design, OSHA Regulations, Risk to the parent Department.
factors - Environmental, Activity and Psychosocial issues Dyeing & Printing
Lean Manufacturing The subject aims to develop the concept of dyeing and printing
The subject Lean Management deals with the improvement in the processes, both technical and commercial and understanding of
internal systems, through identifying, reducing or eliminating waste technical and commercial fundamentals dyeing and printing
in the process. It introduces students with the lean principles which techniques, in order to handle the same during fabric development,
make the business lean and fit focusing on activities on the actual sourcing and garmenting stage.
work place. The subject covers the Lean principles and tools used Human Resource Management
by the industry to achieve the above lean management objectives. This subject will help the students to value the importance of
To impart the Lean thinking skills and a habit to see the things from effective management of human resources in the overall
different perspective (VA point of view) is one of the key objectives. management of the organization in Apparel Industry. And to
SEMESTER VIII understand the dynamic nature of human resource leading to
continuous shift in the way human resources is managed.
Research Methodology
MIS
This course covers all elements of the business research process
including data analysis and interpretation using computer packages The syllabus explains the concepts which are used in information
and reporting results. It provides a competent knowledge base in systems to make them more effective. It includes application of
scientific thinking and scientific method as a model for research, MIS to the business and industry, technology in MIS and related
Competence in interpretation, summarization and presentation of cases for understanding. It emphasizes the role of decision
results support systems in MIS and factors behind the successful
implementation of MIS.
Graduation Project
Garment construction - I
This is a longitudinal or cross sectional study done by the students
in partial fulfillment of their degree of Bachelor of Fashion Technology The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine
(Apparel Production). The purpose of the graduation project is to handling and operating by construction of different fabric
integrate and apply the learning of the students through fundamental exercises, seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics.
or applied areas in sewn products industry. The students are Students also do the construction of bodice, shirt placket and are
supposed to participate and contribute to the sponsoring also introduced to the use of different attachment and folders.

Pattern Making - I Focuses on construction of Sleeve, Sleeve Plackets, Cuffs,

The course focuses on development of good fitting bodice (darted Collars, Grown on Collars and Dress and makes student
and dar t less blocks) and skir t block. The curriculum understand the quality parameters to be kept in mind while
encompasses understanding of principles of dart manipulation, assembling the garment and its components
fullness and circularity to achieve various style lines. It Pattern Making - II
emphasizes understanding the fit control points of the garments- The syllabus aims at application of the principles of pattern making
Top & skirt -to achieve desired fit learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in
Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I garment features. Also, principles of contouring and its application
This subject mainly is aimed at making the students understand to achieve a well fitted body hugging garment are taught as part
the different types of sewing machinery and equipment used in of the curriculum.
sewing floor for mass production. Students are given hands on Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II
experience to understand the sewing machine kinematics, The subject is aimed at making the students understand the
working principles of all the machine and basic adjustments of mechanism, functionality and application of different types of
the machines and are taught about different types of seams and cyclic Sewing Machines along with the basic adjustment. The
stitches used. subject also includes Kinematics and function of machines used
VB.net for spreading, cutting, fusing and embroidery. It enable the
In VB.net course student will learn to create application software students to select right technology by looking at the quality
using Microsoft Visual Basic as front end and MS Access as requirements, order quantities and other important manufacturing
backend with System requirement specification (SRS), Database parameters for garment manufacturing unit..
design, relationship diagrams, and the logical flow of the Web Technologies
application. Students develop the application software in functional The course covers basic understanding of WWW, Hyper Text
expertise mainly related to textile and apparel supply chain. Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheet (CSS),
SEMESTER IV JavaScript, etc. Students are also exposed to the Adobe Dream-
weaver software for creation of website.
Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products
Course aims to introduce students to cutting room procedures, SEMESTER V
marker making and spreading modes / methods, handling fabric Production & Operation Management
faults in the cutting room, preparatory processes for sewing, The syllabus equips students with the tools useful for decision
documentation procedures and control, cutting room layout and making in different production systems and management of
cutting room organization, cut order planning and its costing. resources and optimum utilization of resources of production. It
Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control gives students quantitative techniques and tools for forecasting
Students understand the importance of quality as a crucial function production requirements for better utilization of resources and
in an apparel organization. The students learn about the various solutions.
procedures followed to control quality through testing, setting Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing
and following laid down standards as well as developing The course is an introduction to industrial engineering concept of
company specific standards. They acquire knowledge of the work study and workplace engineering, It also talks about
various quality procedures followed in well known brands ergonomics, occupational safety levels, lighting, noise and
globally and the documentation procedures required to implement vibration in apparel industry. In Methods study, students learn
quality system in an apparel organization through formats and about the development of charts - Flow Chart, String Diagram,
specifications. Left and Right Hand Chart, Multiple Activity Chart and principle
Fabric & Garment Finishing of motion economy and work measurement principles of time
The subject aims to understand the finishing processes of fabric study, work sampling and pre-determined time study.
and garment used in apparel industry and their effects in relation Apparel Quality Management
to productivity, cost, quality & performance and their testing The subject aims to make students understand the importance
methods. It focuses on evaluating the aesthetic & functional of quality and its terminology followed worldwide through the
features of various types of finished fabrics and garments. use of the quality management principles and standard
Garment Construction - II procedures. It also equips them with knowledge on international
In the course, students are introduced to construction techniques apparel quality management tools and techniques like Lean and
for garment components in Tops and Blouses. The course Six Sigma followed in apparel manufacturing set -up through
self-study based assignments and presentations

Fashion Merchandising SEMESTER VI
The course introduces the concept of merchandising and Maintenance Management
marketing and differentiates between the two in context of fashion
The course emphasizes understanding of relation between
and apparel business. The students are introduced to the various
production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall
functions of merchandising such as planning, buying and selling
profitability with application of maintenance techniques, and
and the various tools used for effective merchandising techniques.
various process of maintenance management while planning a
The importance of vendor selection and sourcing criteria with
maintenance schedule.
the developments in supply chain are also covered.
Apparel Production Planning & Control
Pattern Making - III
The subject aims at introducing students to application of
The subject focuses on Men's wear pattern making; and knitted
Production Planning & Control in Apparel Industry and the
garments pattern making. It familiarized students with the pattern
application of Line Balancing, Skill Matrix chart, Overall efficiency,
development of bifurcated garments, shirt, casual jacket, hood,
Capacity Planning and other important manufacturing concepts
tee shirt and legging.
in garment production line. Student will also understand the
Garment Construction - III functions, responsibilities and scope of personnel involved in
The subject focuses on skill development in construction of Production Planning & Control.
trouser, T-shirt and casual jacket. It aims at giving insight on Entrepreneurship Management
selecting different kinds of seam finishes, pockets, lining, trims
The subject aims to prepare students to view entrepreneurship
to achieve a high quality product.
as a desirable and feasible career option. It also imparts
E- Commerce (DE)* knowledge about the use of project management, financial
The objective is to understand the e-commerce and its various knowledge to build the competency required to run the enterprise
components for doing business online. The course covers various successfully.
e-commerce business models like B2B, B2C, etc. The course Costing of Apparel Products
also introduces students to e-payment systems and security
The course gives introduction to cost accounting for firms along
systems, cyber laws, and M-commerce.
with costing methods, elements of costs, classification of costs
Advance Presentation Techniques (DE)* with examples from apparel industry. The subject also covers
The course deals with Adobe Flash software for Text, Graphics, the parameters affecting the garment cost like the labor cost, the
Animation, Audio and Video as media elements. It covers Action manufacturing costs, the overheads and their calculations in
Script to make interactive presentations. It also covers sending different scenarios through case study based examples to enable
data in and out from Flash movies and making movies optimized students to cost garments effectively. The subject briefly covers
for publishing. the retail pricing and factors affecting it.
Textile Internship (2 weeks) - Between Sem IV & V Enterprise Resource Planning
The Textile Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill The objective is to develop an understanding of how an ERP
(preferably a composite unit), the objectives of the Textile system improves the effectiveness of Information Systems in an
Internship are to enhance the understanding of practical aspects organization by providing integration of activities and information.
of spun yarn production (Spinning), grey fabric (both woven and The subject focuses on how an ERP implementation can facilitate
knitted) production, dyeing, printing and finishing of fabric, textile information tracking for suppliers, customers, products, orders
testing and the quality parameters for both technical as well as or order processing etc.
commercial purposes. In addition this internship provides Computer Aided Production Planning
opportunity to the students to understand the Raw material
The course emphasizes on fundamentals of capacity scheduling
requirements, man-machine planning & allocation and thoroughly
through commercial software (Fast React). Students understand
observing the day to day activities on the shop floor. Observations
how different planning parameters like capacity variation, style
are made on the quality control and human and
variation, working hours, etc. are incorporated while computerized
environmental factors related to textile manufacturing units.
planning.
Cluster Activity (Between sem IV & V)
Auto CAD
A visit of BFT students is planned at during the third year to
The subject gives working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD (2D
industrial clusters with emphasis on apparel and textile industries.
and 3D) in relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in
This is to expand understanding of the working of the apparel
Apparel Industry. Design and Draft drawing related to apparel
industry in various parts of the country as a part of Academic
industry such as facility design drawing of Plant, Machine &
Activity.
Equipment.

Sustainable Production (DE)* The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as
The subject deals with introduction to sustainability in design, residential outbound component.
technology, manufacturing and retail of apparel. It explores the SEMESTER VII
eco-footprint concept, the measures of sustainability and
Apparel Internship - Between sem VI & VII
sustainability index based on case study methodology and
examples from global and Indian context. The Apparel Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill
Garment Manufacturing Unit for a period of 14 weeks. The prime
Fabric Objective Measurement (DE)*
objective of the internship is to gain practical exposure and
This subject focuses on general features of mechanical behavior understanding of shop floor through getting involved/active
of fabric, significance of fabric objective measurement, Kawabata participation in the ongoing projects or assignments. The students
system, FAST system, Geometrical and surface properties are supposed to understand the practical applications of the
measurement, Thermal comfort, moisture vapor transfer academic principles, in to industry environment and its relevance
properties of fabric. to the work. The Apparel internship makes students able to
Joint Venture and Acquisition (DE)* observe the manufacturing process thoroughly covering all the
Students will learn about Joint Ventures, Merger and Acquisition activities right from receiving the order to the final shipment. The
in an Apparel industry and in Retail sector, types and the legal hand on experience is gained by closely observing the functions
system in the country in the area of Joint-Venture Concept, types various manufacturing procedures like cutting, sewing, finishing,
of JVs, Joint-ventures in India, acquisition process, valuing an checking etc. In addition Students are supposed to understand
acquisition target, and alternatives to mergers and acquisitions. the supporting departments to production like, Sourcing, Product
Development, Merchandising, Planning, Industrial Engineering etc.
Project Management (DE)*
The students may also execute small projects as per the need of
The course introduces a strategic, system perspective on project organization.
management life cycle. Course deals with project identification,
Plant Layout
formulation and appraisal. It Includes identification and selection
of specifications, number / volume with regard to the requirement The plant layout subject takes the students through the various
of Land & building, Plant & Machineries, etc. It also introduces stages of the facility design. The emphasis is on analyzing the
students about the role of the modern project manager and modern activities of a garment manufacturing unit and conceptualizing
project management tools and techniques. the requirements and position the activities at appropriate
(optimum) location. The course also expose the students to
Training & Development of Supervisors (DE)*
building typology, building orientation, material handling system,
The Subject aims at training requirement identification for health & safety issues and other important factors affecting plant
Supervisors in areas of skills such as quality check, line layout.
balancing, disciplining poor operators, man machine utilization,
Apparel CAD & Grading
enhancing machine and operator performance, and soft skills
such as leadership qualities, HR management, and cost control. The subject focuses on understanding applications of computer
Improving Efficiency, profitability and cost control using time and aided pattern making and principle of grading. Students will be
method study, line balancing would be taught through practical able to use effectively Lectra and Tuka CAD system for creation
exercises. of Patterns, Stylization, Grading and Marker Making
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) (DE)* Product Analysis & Development
The subject explains CSR and its principles, concept of The subject covers development of Specification Sheet for
Stakeholders & the social contract, relation of CSR and Fashion identified garment including fabric details, Dyeing Analysis &
Industry in respect of various buyer, and understanding the machines used, Surface ornamentation Analysis, Prints Analysis,
Globalization and CSR. Topics include CSR and Leadership, Embroidery Analysis, kind of washing, Development of Pattern,
CSR Policy & Compliance Standards. Construction of Prototype for the said garment & determination of
CMT.
Outbound Activity
Ergonomics
Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the third
year students of B. F. Tech programme. The subject deals with Ergonomics and its applications in office
and industrial environment. It includes Anthropometric principles
The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop
and equipment design, Workplace design, OSHA Regulations,
aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth
Risk factors - Environmental, Activity and Psychosocial issues
and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building,
ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills.

Lean Manufacturing
The subject Lean Management deals with the improvement in
the internal systems, through identifying, reducing or eliminating
waste in the process. It introduces students with the lean
principles which make the business lean and fit focusing on
activities on the actual work place. The subject covers the Lean
principles and tools used by the industry to achieve the above
lean management objectives. To impart the Lean thinking skills
and a habit to see the things from different perspective (VA point
of view) is one of the key objectives.
SEMESTER VIII
Research Methodology
This course covers all elements of the business research process
including data analysis and interpretation using computer
packages and reporting results. It provides a competent
knowledge base in scientific thinking and scientific method as a
model for research, Competence in interpretation, summarization
and presentation of results
Graduation Project
This is a longitudinal or cross sectional study done by the students
in partial fulfillment of their degree of Bachelor of Fashion
Technology (Apparel Production). The purpose of the graduation
project is to integrate and apply the learning of the students
through fundamental or applied areas in sewn products industry.
The students are supposed to participate and contribute to the
sponsoring organization in the areas related to garment
manufacturing as part of the graduation project or they may opt
for academic research which may have direct or indirect
applications to the garment industry at present or in future.
Note: "* DE" denotes Departmental Elective Subjects

3.6.10(a) M. F. Tech (MASTER OF Concepts of quality circles, Kaizen, Six sigma and lean are also
introduced.
FASHION TECHNOLOGY) - Professional Practices
2010-2012 The course teaches students the basic principles of communication,
ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Students focus on ways to
enhance ethics in decision making and also develop presentation
SEMESTER I skills, business writing and effective delivery of presentations.
Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation Pattern Appreciation
The subject focused on comprehensive exposure to the structure The subject focuses on understanding anthropometry and land
and functioning of the Global Fashion Industry. It introduces mark identification for pattern development. It centers on students
geographical and regional cultural variations in the Global Apparel understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt to
and Life style goods industry, and an understanding of student achieve desired fit
roles as professionals in the Fashion industry. It helps the students Technology for Apparel Production
to understand the fashion supply chain.
The subject includes an in depth input on the functions and
Intellectual Property Rights procedures of the cutting room and Sewing room emphasizing
The course covers understanding of Intellectual Property Rights, elaborately on different processes like Marker making, Spreading
Trademarks, Industrial Design, Patent, Geographical Indication, and spreading modes, Cut Order Planning, Fusing technology etc.
Traditional Knowledge, Trade Secrets and Copyrights. The course It also emphasizes on different types of sewing and cutting room
also includes the IP audit and valuation of intangibles. machines, equipments and work aids that are used for sewing
Fabric Study (woven & knits) different types of seams and stitches.
The subject covers basic knowledge of textile- fundamental SEMESTER II
understanding of fiber, yarn and fabric. The correlation of garment Winter Internship - between sem 1 & 2
and textile with special reference to their technical and aesthetic
The winter internship for a period of 2 weeks provides opportunity
proper ties and application, Technical and Smar t textiles
to the students to observe the activities related to the textile sector.
development process and costing are introduced.
Students are supposed to closely observe the various processes
Introduction to Manufacturing Process and learning related to the processes of textile manufacturing or
The course introduces students to the basic principles of garment allied industries along with the documentation.
manufacturing process and process variables, various Dyeing & Printing
manufacturing systems and advantages and disadvantages of each.
The subject assists students develop the concept of dyeing, printing
Understanding line/section/dept. capacity and impact of varying
and finishing processes, both technical and commercial including
skill/ absenteeism on it, Planning Man, machine and materials for
Fabric pre-treatment, Classification of Dyeing, Forms of dyeing,
a given production target are also discussed.
Application of various dyes, Methods of Printing, Fabric finishing,
Human Resource Management Defects in dyeing and printing etc
The course is designed to give basic inputs on fundamentals and Control of Production Process
models of Organizational Behavior through an overview of concepts
The subject makes students understand, analyze and plan for mass
and scope of human resource management, work motivation
manufacturing. Students understand input variables and learn to
approaches and motivation theory, Human Resource Planning,
optimize the inputs to get desired output. Students can then apply
HRD issues and overview of strategic HRM are also discussed to
the principles and techniques in manufacturing environment and
understand the modern day HRM practices and the need to align
develop strategies to manufacture in a cost competitive
organizational goal with HR strategy.
environment.
Apparel Quality Management
Apparel Marketing & Merchandizing
The course gives an introduction to the role of Quality in an
The course entails introduction to marketing and merchandising in
organization with special focus on Apparel Industry and the
fashion industry including Fashion/Apparel Sourcing Structures,
processes and to correlate and apply quality improvement
Vendor Selection Criteria, Product Development, Buying Cycle &
techniques to different products and processes in apparel. The
T&A, Merchandising Costing & Pricing, Communication with
importance of quality with respect to the changing customer
Buyers, E -marketing -Methods and Implications in fashion Industry
expectations is discussed with relevant examples. Emphasis is
laid on the role of standards and testing in achieving quality.

Costing of Apparel Products include analysis and making of financial statements, investment
The subjects includes the concept of cost elements and their decisions and capital budgeting.
distribution in the cost sheet, cost behavior, difference between Retail Management & Technology (Strategy)
costing and pricing, material costing, labor costing, manufacturing The subject deals with the wide area of apparel/ fashion retailing at
cost, retail pricing, the methods of costing, the stages of costing the most fundamental level of Retail Planning, Implementation and
and different types of costs Management. Types of retail formats, consumer behavior and
Plant Layout & Facility Design customer relationship management, financial strategies, retail
The course includes inputs on AutoCAD software focuses on types pricing and retail resource planning are some of the areas dealt
of layouts, material flow pattern, Understanding structures of with in the course.
industrial shed, services choosing appropriate Material Handling International Business (Strategy)
System, Work Station Designing, Health and Safety issues. The The course is an introduction to the world of international trade and
programme equips the students to work out ideal location for the various concepts covered under it, which includes the concept
various activities of production house for optimum usages of of finance in global context along with the scope of investment
resources. under fast changing globalize economy, the Export / Import Policy,
Maintenance Engineering (Operations) duty structure and incentives, etc. Student also understands the
The subject covers understanding of relation between production, Export / Import Policy, Export / Import order processing, operational
quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability and elements of trade regulations, duty structure & incentives and
with the applications of maintenance techniques and various the shipment details in the International Business.
process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance Logistics & Supply chain Management (Strategy)
schedule. The course covers the entire gamut of Logistics and Supply Chain
Productivity and Work Study (Operations) with special emphasis on textile/apparel industry and includes
This course aims to develop, among students, the understanding distribution systems, Principles of Warehousing and storage,
of the Importance of work study and its application in apparel Operational Management, Planning & Managing Inventories in a
manufacturing industry for methods improvement and development Supply Chain, Measuring Supply Chain Efficiency, Value Stream
of time standards. It introduces to work study as a tool for higher mapping in Supply Chain, Strategic Lead Time Management and
productivity. It includes application of pre determined motion and the role of IT in Supply Chain.
time systems for the apparel industry, comparing various Outbound Activity
production based applications- wage standardization, establishing Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the second
incentive system and the establishment of standard work place. semester students of M. F. Tech programme.
Pattern Engineering (Operations) The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop
Curriculum aims at the application of principles of pattern making aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth
learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building,
discussed garment and garment features. It also checks on ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills.
students understanding the fit control points and defect The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential
identifications in sleeve, collar, dress and trouser. outbound component.
Garment Construction (Operations)
SEMESTER III
The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine
Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development
seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics by using In the course student understands the process of starting a business,
efficient technologies, applicable for garment manufacturing. working out the feasibility study of a business plan and it also
Students also do the construction of components of shirt and trouser impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur.
and skirt. Students are also taught about different types of seams Students learn the need for self-employment, and Project
and stitches used for construction of garments and its importance identification, formulation, appraisal to identify a market with a
and functionality. product / service. The sources of finances including venture capital
would be taught. Different government policies and programs
Finance Management (Strategy)
pertaining to SME are introduced. Financial Analysis for new venture
The subject aims to understand the concept of finance management creation, government / private taxation, duty schemes would be
and cost accounting, time value of money, financial statements, also discussed with case studies.
principles of accounting, understanding of financial statements,
working capital management, tax and capital budgeting. Inputs

Apparel Internship (12 weeks) - Between sem 2 & 3 Calculation of return on investment (ROI) for selected technology
The objective of the apparel Internship is to gain practical exposure and develop technology index for an organization are an important
and understand the application of knowledge on real life projects part of the subject.
and/or assignments related to garment manufacturing. The Computer integrated Manufacturing (Strategy)
internship provides the ideal opportunity to the student to closely Course introduces different areas of computer integration (both
observe and understand the shop floor activities. Industry Internship software and hardware) in apparel manufacturing and helps
is aimed towards blending class room learning with industry students understand how computer integration brings benefits in
applications. Students learn to appreciate, apply and improve different areas of apparel manufacturing.
professional practices. While learning by doing they are able to
Web Based Data Management (Strategy)
contribute in organizational goal by studying, analyzing and
documenting various facts and figures which can be used as base The subject aims to provide complete understanding of Hyper Text
document by an organization for various exploratory projects as Markup Language (HTML), Microsoft Access as a database tool
well as day to day organizational activities. The student may with forms and Reports and Structured Query Language.
contribute to the organization in problem solving by undertaking SEMESTER IV
projects based on the requirements of the sponsoring organization.
Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology
Enterprise Resource Planning
This subject is a combination of two subjects- Quantitative
The course covers understanding ERP systems vis-à-vis MRP Techniques and Research Methodology. Quantitative Techniques
and MRP-II systems, planning, design and implementation of ERP include inputs like Operation Research Techniques in decision
systems. Introduce the students to the rationale for acquiring and making viz. Linear Programming, Transportation, Inventory control,
implementing ERP systems, selection of ERP software, and decision theory etc. Research Methodology includes converting
integration of processes and transactions in the ERP system. The management dilemma into research questions, understanding
course sensitizes students with ERP software through software research designs, sampling design, etc leading to the final report
Datatex NOW. writing.
Advanced Pattern Making & Construction (Operations) Research Project
The course focuses on application of principle of Grading and The research project for Master of Fashion Technology students is
Contouring. It also familiarized the student with understanding of for 14-16 weeks primarily focuses on solving real time industry
the specification sheet and the t techniques of sample development problems by following a logical and scientific approach. At Masters
keeping in mind the quality parameters in relation to patterns and Level the research project is very important and taken very
garment construction. It also introduces students the principles of seriously. The students are encouraged to select the areas for
grading and contouring and their application. research (may be fundamental or applied) and suggest the new
Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering (Operations). insights about the problem related to apparel business. The purpose
The course mainly focuses on ergonomic principles, applications of the research project is to integrate and apply the learning through
and factors in workplace and Work place Engineering in Apparel fundamental or applied research in the various areas of sewn
Industry. The course is an introduction to Ergonomics- products industry. The students may carry research work as per
Anthropometry, biomechanics and physiology. Ergonomic the requirements of the sponsoring organization or may go for
assessment & application- data collection techniques, advanced academic research related to the field.
ergonomics analysis tools, developing and proofing solutions,
presenting analysis and recommendation to management,
ergonomics within the kaizen process are included.
Apparel CAD (Operations)
The course provides a general understanding the Concept of Pattern
Making, Grading and Marker Making on Computers through CAD
S/W and to familiarizes the students with common terminology
and tools of CAD S/W for Pattern Making, Grading and marker
Making.
Apparel Technology Management (Strategy)
The course introduces evolution of technology in apparel and textile
manufacturing. Parameters influencing in identification, selection
and managing different levels of Technology are discussed.

3.6.10(b) M. F. Tech (MASTER OF Concepts of quality circles, Kaizen, Six sigma and lean are also
introduced.
FASHION TECHNOLOGY) - Professional Practices
2011 onwards The course teaches students the basic principles of communication,
ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Students focus on ways to
enhance ethics in decision making and also develop presentation
SEMESTER I skills, business writing and effective delivery of presentations.
Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation Pattern Appreciation
The subject focused on comprehensive exposure to the structure The subject focuses on understanding anthropometry and land
and functioning of the Global Fashion Industry. It introduces mark identification for pattern development. It centers on students
geographical and regional cultural variations in the Global Apparel understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt to
and Life style goods industry, and an understanding of student achieve desired fit
roles as professionals in the Fashion industry. It helps the students Technology for Apparel Production
to understand the fashion supply chain.
The subject includes an in depth input on the functions and
Intellectual Property Rights procedures of the cutting room and Sewing room emphasizing
The course covers understanding of Intellectual Property Rights, elaborately on different processes like Marker making, Spreading
Trademarks, Industrial Design, Patent, Geographical Indication, and spreading modes, Cut Order Planning, Fusing technology etc.
Traditional Knowledge, Trade Secrets and Copyrights. The course It also emphasizes on different types of sewing and cutting room
also includes the IP audit and valuation of intangibles. machines, equipments and work aids that are used for sewing
Fabric Study (woven & knits) different types of seams and stitches.
The subject covers basic knowledge of textile- fundamental SEMESTER II
understanding of fiber, yarn and fabric. The correlation of garment Winter Internship - between sem 1 & 2
and textile with special reference to their technical and aesthetic
The winter internship for a period of 2 weeks provides opportunity
properties and application, Technical and Smart textiles
to the students to observe the activities related to the textile sector.
development process and costing are introduced.
Students are supposed to closely observe the various processes
Introduction to Manufacturing Process and learning related to the processes of textile manufacturing or
The course introduces students to the basic principles of garment allied industries along with the documentation.
manufacturing process and process variables, various Dyeing & Printing
manufacturing systems and advantages and disadvantages of each.
The subject assists students develop the concept of dyeing, printing
Understanding line/section/dept. capacity and impact of varying
and finishing processes, both technical and commercial including
skill/ absenteeism on it, Planning Man, machine and materials for
Fabric pre-treatment, Classification of Dyeing, Forms of dyeing,
a given production target are also discussed.
Application of various dyes, Methods of Printing, Fabric finishing,
Human Resource Management Defects in dyeing and printing etc
The course is designed to give basic inputs on fundamentals and Control of Production Process
models of Organizational Behavior through an overview of concepts
The subject makes students understand, analyze and plan for mass
and scope of human resource management, work motivation
manufacturing. Students understand input variables and learn to
approaches and motivation theory, Human Resource Planning,
optimize the inputs to get desired output. Students can then apply
HRD issues and overview of strategic HRM are also discussed to
the principles and techniques in manufacturing environment and
understand the modern day HRM practices and the need to align
develop strategies to manufacture in a cost competitive
organizational goal with HR strategy.
environment.
Apparel Marketing & Merchandising
The course gives an introduction to the role of Quality in an
The course entails introduction to marketing and merchandising in
organization with special focus on Apparel Industry and the
fashion industry including Fashion/Apparel Sourcing Structures,
processes and to correlate and apply quality improvement
Vendor Selection Criteria, Product Development, Buying Cycle &
techniques to different products and processes in apparel. The
T&A, Merchandising Costing & Pricing, Communication with
importance of quality with respect to the changing customer
Buyers, E -marketing -Methods and Implications in fashion Industry
expectations is discussed with relevant examples. Emphasis is
laid on the role of standards and testing in achieving quality.

Costing of Apparel Products include analysis and making of financial statements, investment
The subjects includes the concept of cost elements and their decisions and capital budgeting.
distribution in the cost sheet, cost behavior, difference between Retail Management & Technology (Strategy)
costing and pricing, material costing, labor costing, manufacturing The subject deals with the wide area of apparel/ fashion retailing at
cost, retail pricing, the methods of costing, the stages of costing the most fundamental level of Retail Planning, Implementation and
and different types of costs Management. Types of retail formats, consumer behavior and
Plant Layout & Facility Design customer relationship management, financial strategies, retail
The course includes inputs on AutoCAD software focuses on types pricing and retail resource planning are some of the areas dealt
of layouts, material flow pattern, Understanding structures of with in the course.
industrial shed, services choosing appropriate Material Handling International Business (Strategy)
System, Work Station Designing, Health and Safety issues. The The course is an introduction to the world of international trade and
programme equips the students to work out ideal location for the various concepts covered under it, which includes the concept
various activities of production house for optimum usages of of finance in global context along with the scope of investment
resources. under fast changing globalize economy, the Export / Import Policy,
Maintenance Engineering (Operations) duty structure and incentives, etc. Student also understands the
The subject covers understanding of relation between production, Export / Import Policy, Export / Import order processing, operational
quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability and elements of trade regulations, duty structure & incentives and
with the applications of maintenance techniques and various the shipment details in the International Business.
process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance Logistics & Supply chain Management (Strategy)
schedule. The course covers the entire gamut of Logistics and Supply Chain
Productivity and Work Study (Operations) with special emphasis on textile/apparel industry and includes
This course aims to develop, among students, the understanding distribution systems, Principles of Warehousing and storage,
of the Importance of work study and its application in apparel Operational Management, Planning & Managing Inventories in a
manufacturing industry for methods improvement and development Supply Chain, Measuring Supply Chain Efficiency, Value Stream
of time standards. It introduces to work study as a tool for higher mapping in Supply Chain, Strategic Lead Time Management and
productivity. It includes application of pre determined motion and the role of IT in Supply Chain.
time systems for the apparel industry, comparing various Outbound Activity
production based applications- wage standardization, establishing Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the second
incentive system and the establishment of standard work place. semester students of B. F. Tech programme.
Pattern Engineering (Operations) The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop
Curriculum aims at the application of principles of pattern making aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth
learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building,
discussed garment and garment features. It also checks on ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills.
students understanding the fit control points and defect The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential
identifications in sleeve, collar, dress and trouser. outbound component.
Garment Construction (Operations)
SEMESTER III
The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine
Apparel Internship (12 weeks) - Between sem 2 & 3
seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics by using The objective of the apparel Internship is to gain practical exposure
efficient technologies, applicable for garment manufacturing. and understand the application of knowledge on real life projects
Students also do the construction of components of shirt and trouser and/or assignments related to garment manufacturing. The
and skirt. Students are also taught about different types of seams internship provides the ideal opportunity to the student to closely
and stitches used for construction of garments and its importance observe and understand the shop floor activities. Industry Internship
and functionality. is aimed towards blending class room learning with industry
applications. Students learn to appreciate, apply and improve
Finance Management (Strategy)
professional practices. While learning by doing they are able to
The subject aims to understand the concept of finance management contribute in organizational goal by studying, analyzing and
and cost accounting, time value of money, financial statements, documenting various facts and figures which can be used as base
principles of accounting, understanding of financial statements, document by an organization for various exploratory projects as
working capital management, tax and capital budgeting. Inputs well as day to day organizational activities. The student may

contribute to the organization in problem solving by undertaking Computer integrated Manufacturing (Strategy)
projects based on the requirements of the sponsoring organization. Course introduces different areas of computer integration (both
Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development software and hardware) in apparel manufacturing and helps
In the course student understands the process of starting a business, students understand how computer integration brings benefits in
working out the feasibility study of a business plan and it also different areas of apparel manufacturing.
impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. Web Based Data Management (Strategy)
Students learn the need for self-employment, and Project The subject aims to provide complete understanding of Hyper Text
identification, formulation, appraisal to identify a market with a Markup Language (HTML), Microsoft Access as a database tool
product / service. The sources of finances including venture capital with forms and Reports and Structured Query Language.
would be taught. Different government policies and programs
pertaining to SME are introduced. Financial Analysis for new venture SEMESTER IV
creation, government / private taxation, duty schemes would be Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology
also discussed with case studies. This subject is a combination of two subjects- Quantitative
Enterprise Resource Planning Techniques and Research Methodology. Quantitative Techniques
The course covers understanding ERP systems vis-à-vis MRP include inputs like Operation Research Techniques in decision
and MRP-II systems, planning, design and implementation of ERP making viz. Linear Programming, Transportation, Inventory control,
systems. Introduce the students to the rationale for acquiring and decision theory etc. Research Methodology includes converting
implementing ERP systems, selection of ERP software, and management dilemma into research questions, understanding
integration of processes and transactions in the ERP system. The research designs, sampling design, etc leading to the final report
course sensitizes students with ERP software through software writing.
Datatex NOW. Research Project
Advanced Pattern Making & Construction (Operations) The research project for Master of Fashion Technology students is
The course focuses on application of principle of Grading and for 14-16 weeks primarily focuses on solving real time industry
Contouring. It also familiarized the student with understanding of problems by following a logical and scientific approach. At Masters
the specification sheet and the t techniques of sample development Level the research project is very important and taken very
keeping in mind the quality parameters in relation to patterns and seriously. The students are encouraged to select the areas for
garment construction. It also introduces students the principles of research (may be fundamental or applied) and suggest the new
grading and contouring and their application. insights about the problem related to apparel business. The purpose
of the research project is to integrate and apply the learning through
Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering (Operations)
fundamental or applied research in the various areas of sewn
The course mainly focuses on ergonomic principles, applications products industry. The students may carry research work as per
and factors in workplace and Work place Engineering in Apparel the requirements of the sponsoring organization or may go for
Industry. The course is an introduction to Ergonomics- academic research related to the field.
Anthropometry, biomechanics and physiology. Ergonomic
assessment & application- data collection techniques, advanced
ergonomics analysis tools, developing and proofing solutions,
presenting analysis and recommendation to management,
ergonomics within the kaizen process are included.
Apparel CAD (Operations)
The course provides a general understanding the Concept of Pattern
Making, Grading and Marker Making on Computers through CAD
S/W and to familiarizes the students with common terminology
and tools of CAD S/W for Pattern Making, Grading and marker
Making.
Apparel Technology Management (Strategy)
The course introduces evolution of technology in apparel and textile
manufacturing. Parameters influencing in identification, selection
and managing different levels of Technology are discussed.
Calculation of return on investment (ROI) for selected technology
and develop technology index for an organization are an important
part of the subject.
3.6.11(a) M.F.M. (MASTER OF Retail Management

This course provides an understanding of various retail concepts
FASHION MANAGEMENT) - such as Store Organizations, Store Formats, Retail Mix, Retail
2010-2012 Strategy, Retail Profitability, Retail Analytics and Retail Store
Operations. It sensitizes students towards ethics in decision
making.
SEMESTER I Overview of Global Fashion Industry
Business Statistics & Economics This course is conceived to impart inputs on the existing and
This course introduces the fundamentals of statistics and emerging fashion markets and key growth drivers with respect
economic theory and their applications in the field of fashion to the national and global fashion industry. It also addresses the
industry. This course takes a quantitative approach to business country-specific challenges for the fashion industry. It prepares
decisions and enhances their quantitative skills. Students learn the students to be able to comprehend and forecast the trends
how to anticipate how other firms and consumers will respond alongwith appropriate trade analysis skills.
to the decisions they make. Research Methodology & Minor Project
Human Resource & Organizational Behaviour This course introduces the Research Methodology concepts and
This course spells out the basic processes and principles that enables students carry out research work.
underline human behavior and how people behave in an Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester)
organization. It also helps students to understand how to This workshop is intended to provide 'behavioral training' to
effectively recognize and resolve human issues in organizational complement classroom education The activities include
settings and will inculcate a learning spirit, constant innovation teamwork, planning, communication, stretching limits and
and concern towards people and environment. recognizing ones potential, lateral thinking, accepting feedback,
Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers self exploration, co-ordination, and sensitivity building.
This course prepares the students to critically evaluate different SEMESTER II
fabric on quality and cost parameter. The students are trained to
Accounting and Costing for Managers
identify different textile material and appreciate the differences
between them. This course introduces concepts such as Ratio Analysis, Standard
Costing, Marginal Costing, Cost Sheet, Fund Flow Management,
Production & Operations Management
BEP Analysis, CVP Analysis. It also makes students familiar
This course orients the students with different production systems, with a Balance Sheet.
and enables them to impart knowledge on the use of tools
Brand Management
required for scientific decision making for optimizing utilization
of resources for production. It also provides inputs on garment This course develops a clear understanding of fashion Brands
manufacturing technology. and an in-depth understanding of fashion branding strategy
covering Brand equity, Brand Identity and Brand Architecture. It
Marketing Management
explores the mystery of legendary and Luxury Brands.
This course introduces generic marketing concepts, market and
Consumer Behaviour
market forces, 4Ps of marketing and ways of handling them. It
also deals with brand launch, channel management, segmenting This course acquaints the students with Consumer Behaviour
the market and positioning. concepts. It also enables students to demonstrate the ability to
analyze the complexities of buying behaviour and use the same
Merchandising
to formulate successful strategies.
This course aims to provide comprehensive knowledge of basics
Marketing Research & SPSS
and principles of merchandising with specific reference to apparel
industry. Students gain sufficient knowledge and exposure to start This course enables the students to understand the various
merchandising career in apparel industry. It also details process components of MR and to learn how MR can help the managers
of Merchandising, and development of range plan. to make decisions in marketing related areas. It also enables the
students to solve marketing problems through research. It
familiarizes the students with SPSS software for data feeding,
This course aims at imparting the basic principles of - processing, analysis.
communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place as well
Export Merchandising
as to train them as to how people interact and communicate
through various forms of communication. It sensitizes students This course imparts knowledge and skills of merchandiser in an
towards ethics in decision making. export house/Buying house. It provides knowledge of co-

ordination, follow up and facilitation roles of an export SEMESTER III
merchandiser. It also enhances the communication, co-ordination
Global Marketing
and interpersonal skills of students.
This course provides the knowledge of marketing management
Retail Buying and Category Management
in the global perspective. It familiarizes the students with the
This course introduces the concepts of Merchandise Buying and basic knowledge, conceptual framework and prevailing practices
Planning in Retail and details the key roles that a Buyer plays in in global marketing and enables the students to use various
a Retail Organization. It also details the Buying and Retail marketing tools.
Inventory Management process as well as the importance and
Strategic Management
applications of Category Management.
This course familiarizes students with the concepts and processes
Brand & In-Store Communication
of strategic management and enables the students to develop
This course introduces the principles of Visual Merchandising comprehensive strategies for fashion business. The course also
and highlights the importance of Visual Merchandising in discusses the management strategies adopted by leading fashion
increasing Consumer patronage. It also links the role of brands.
communication in building Brand Image.
Entrepreneurship
Fashion Forecasting
This course enables to identify the entrepreneurial opportunities
This course imparts knowledge and understanding of interpretation in apparel, textile and accessories and to evaluate the
of Fashion Forecast and develops an understanding of application opportunities. It also enables them to prepare a viable & detailed
of Fashion Forecast in further development of the product. This business plan.
course familiarizes the students with various methods of fashion
Financial Management
forecasting used in the fashion industry. Students will understand
the process of fashion research & forecasting used in the fashion This course introduces financial management concepts such as
industry. time value of money, sources of long-term finance, inventory
management techniques, dividends payout, NPV analysis, ABC
Product Development and Quality Assurance
analysis, asset-based financing, venture capital financing, equity,
This course provides an understanding of product development debt instrument etc. It enables them to understand various
process and its importance in fashion industry, quality financial statements and their analysis.
management, concepts and tools and familiarizes the students
Legal Environment of Business
on material testing and Inspection procedures.
This course is intended to impart knowledge of the operational
Supply Chain Management
processes of business between two or more nations and to share
This course helps the understanding of how to improve the the rules and regulations related to export. It details the trade
performance of the firm and its supply chain through coordination policy, procedures and documentations necessary for export and
among multiple sites, functions, customers and suppliers. It retail.
familiarizes students with several supply chain strategies that
Customer Relationship Management
have been adopted by leading companies and review the
experiences of fashion businesses. It helps them to analyze a This course is to familiarize the students with the concept of
supply chain and improve learn from its efficiency and response. customer expectations and relationship. It provides an
understanding of effective customer interaction and selling skills.
Minor Project
Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain
This course is intended to encourage students to carry out
research work. Students sharpen their research abilities through This course aims to enable the students to understand
this and would know how to find solutions for the research breakthroughs in technology and help them gain hands on
problems and to prepare good reports. experience to work on different technology platforms.
Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd Interpersonal & Group Process
Semester) This course is to improve the interpersonal skills of students
This is to let the students work with a specific company as through appropriate games and exercises.
internees for their first industry exposure. This helps them Intellectual Property Rights
understand functions and working procedures of different This course aims to impart a basic understanding on IPR as
departments in an organization. applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile
industry so as to leverage one's IP in business. It introduces
concepts such as patents, trademarks, designs, copyright etc. It

prepares students to be able to recognize the IP which is worth This course enables students to understand quality management,
protecting. concepts and tools and familiarizes them with material testing
Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th and Inspection procedures.
Semester) Fashion Marketing Management
The subject enables the students to understand the sectoral This course introduces generic marketing concepts, market and
overview of apparel / textile related industries and to comprehend market forces, 4Ps of marketing and ways of handling them. It
the backward and forward supply and value chain linkages - the also deals with brand launch, channel management, segmenting
pattern of cluster and business networking, infrastructure and the market and positioning with special reference to the fashion
support institutions that help the sector and business associations. industry.
It includes the development of marketing plan, product Fashion Merchandising
development, resource planning and maximizing opportunities.
This course aims to provide comprehensive knowledge of basics
SEMESTER IV and principles of merchandising with specific reference to apparel
Graduation Research Project industry. Students gain sufficient knowledge and exposure to start
a merchandising career in apparel industry. It also details the
The project aims to provide an opportunity to students to apply
process of merchandising and development of range plan.
and relate the concepts and theoretical inputs from various
contextual studies offered in Fashion Management programme Professional Practices
to the day to day activities of the functional areas of fashion This course aims at impar ting the basic principles of -
industry and familiarize the practical aspects of the same. communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place as well
as to train them as to how people interact and communicate
through various forms of communication. It sensitizes students
3.6.11(b) M.F.M. (MASTER OF towards ethics in decision making.
Managerial Economics
FASHION MANAGEMENT) -
This course introduces the fundamentals of economic theory and
2011 onwards their applications. Students learn to anticipate how other firms
and consumers will respond to the decisions they make.
Fashion Retail Management
SEMESTER I
This course provides an understanding of various retail concepts
Business Statistics such as Store Organizations, Store Formats, Retail Mix, Retail
This course introduces the fundamentals of statistics and their Strategy, Retail Profitability, Retail Analytics and Retail Store
applications in the field of fashion industry. This course takes a Operations.
quantitative approach to business decisions and enhances the Overview of Global Fashion Industry
quantitative skills of the students. It also familiarizes the students
with SPSS software for data feeding, processing, analysis and This course is conceived to impart inputs on the existing and
interpretation. emerging fashion markets and key growth drivers with respect
to the national and global fashion industry. It also addresses the
Organizational Behaviour country-specific challenges for the fashion industry. It prepares
This course spells out the basic processes and principles that the students to be able to comprehend and forecast the trends
underline how people behave in an organization. It also helps alongwith appropriate trade analysis skills.
students to understand how to effectively recognize and resolve Research Methodology & Minor Project
human issues in organizational settings and will inculcate a
learning spirit, constant innovation and concern towards people This course introduces the Research Methodology concepts and
and environment. enables students to carry out research work.
Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester)
This course prepares the students to critically evaluate different This workshop is intended to provide 'behavioral training' to
fabric on quality and cost parameter. The students are trained to complement classroom education The activities include
identify different textile material and appreciate the differences teamwork, planning, communication, stretching limits and
between them. recognizing ones potential, lateral thinking, accepting feedback,
self exploration, co-ordination, and sensitivity building.
Garment Manufacturing & Quality Assurance
This course orients the students with different production systems.
It also provides inputs on garment manufacturing technology.
SEMESTER II Operations Research
Accounting and Costing for Managers This course enables the students to gain knowledge on the use
of tools required for scientific decision making for optimizing
This course introduces concepts such as Ratio Analysis, Standard
utilization of resources.
Costing, Marginal Costing, Cost Sheet, Fund Flow Management,
BEP Analysis, CVP Analysis. It also makes students familiar Minor Project
with a Balance Sheet. This course is intended to encourage students to carry out
Fashion Brand Management research work. Students sharpen their research abilities through
this and would know how to find solutions for the research
This course develops a clear understanding of fashion Brands
problems and to prepare good reports.
and an in-depth understanding of fashion branding strategy
covering Brand equity, Brand Identity and Brand Architecture. It Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd
explores the mystery of legendary and Luxury Brands. Semester)
Consumer Behaviour This is to let the students work with a specific company as
internees for their first industry exposure. This helps them
This course acquaints the students with Consumer Behaviour
understand functions and working procedures of different
concepts. It also enables students to demonstrate the ability to
departments in an organization.
analyze the complexities of buying behaviour and use the same
to formulate successful strategies. SEMESTER III
Marketing Research Global Marketing
This course enables the students to understand the various This course provides the knowledge of marketing management
components of MR and to learn how MR can help the managers in the global perspective. It familiarizes the students with the
to make decisions in marketing related areas. It also enables the basic knowledge, conceptual framework and prevailing practices
students to solve marketing problems through research. in global marketing and enables the students to use various
Export Merchandising marketing tools.
This course imparts knowledge and skills of merchandiser in an Strategic Management
export house/Buying house. It provides knowledge of co- This course familiarizes students with the concepts and processes
ordination, follow up and facilitation roles of an export of strategic management and enables the students to develop
merchandiser. It also enhances the communication, co-ordination comprehensive strategies for fashion business. The course also
and interpersonal skills of students. discusses the management strategies adopted by leading fashion
Retail Buying and Category Management brands.
This course introduces the concepts of Merchandise Buying and Entrepreneurship
Planning in Retail and details the key roles that a Buyer plays in This course enables to identify the entrepreneurial opportunities
a Retail Organization. It also details the Buying and Retail in apparel, textile and accessories and to evaluate the
Inventory Management process as well as the importance and opportunities. It also enables them to prepare a viable & detailed
applications of Category Management. business plan.
Brand & In-Store Communication Financial Management
This course introduces the principles of Visual Merchandising This course introduces financial management concepts such as
and highlights the importance of Visual Merchandising in time value of money, sources of long-term finance, inventory
increasing consumer patronage. It also links the role of management techniques, dividends payout, NPV analysis, ABC
communication in building Brand Image. analysis, asset-based financing, venture capital financing, equity,
Fashion Forecasting and Product Development debt instrument etc. It enables them to understand various
financial statements and their analysis.
This course imparts knowledge and understanding of interpretation
of Fashion Forecast and develops an understanding of application Legal Environment of Business
of Fashion Forecast in further development of the product. This This course is intended to impart knowledge of the operational
course familiarizes the students with various methods of fashion processes of business between two or more nations and to share
forecasting used in the fashion industry. Students will understand the rules and regulations related to export. It details the trade
the process of fashion research & forecasting used in the fashion policy, procedures and documentations necessary for export and
industry. retail.

Customer Relationship Management

This course is to familiarize the students with the concept of
customer expectations and relationship. It provides an
understanding of effective customer interaction and selling skills.
Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain
This course aims to enable the students to understand
breakthroughs in technology and help them gain hands on
experience to work on different technology platforms.
Human Resource Management
This course spells out the basic processes and principles that
underline human behavior and helps the students to understand
concepts and issues related to team management. It enables
them to develop skills for successfully managing people
Intellectual Property Rights
This course aims to impart a basic understanding on IPR as
applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile
industry so as to leverage one's IP in business. It introduces
concepts such as patents, trademarks, designs, copyright etc. It
prepares students to be able to recognize the IP which is worth
protecting.
This course helps the understanding of how to improve the
performance of the firm and its supply chain through coordination
among multiple sites, functions, customers and suppliers. It
familiarizes students with several supply chain strategies that
have been adopted by leading companies and review the
experiences of fashion businesses. It helps them to analyze a
supply chain and improve its efficiency and response.
Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th
Semester)
The subject enables the students to understand the sectoral
overview of apparel / textile related industries and to comprehend
the backward and forward supply and value chain linkages - the
pattern of cluster and business networking, infrastructure and
support institutions that help the sector and business associations.
It includes the development of marketing plan, product
development, resource planning and maximizing opportunities.
SEMESTER IV
Graduation Research Project
The project aims to provide an opportunity to students to apply
and relate the concepts and theoretical inputs from various
contextual studies offered in Fashion Management programme
to the day to day activities of the functional areas of fashion
industry and familiarize the practical aspects of the same.

3.6.12(a) M. Des (DESIGN SPACE) - Outbound Workshop
This module provides an opportunity for the design students to
2010-2012 interact with each other within a setting different to their regular
environment. The workshop involves traveling in house/ out of
Centre and build on developing team and life skills of the students.
SEMESTER I SEMESTER II
Research Methods I
Research Methods II
The course is designed to prepare the students to use the correct
The subject aims to provide knowledge of research methods
research techniques and language in their projects and
which will help students to conceptualize their ideas in terms of
dissertation. It will also help students to participate in forums
research questions, methodology, data collection and qualitative
and conferences for presenting their research.
or quantitative analysis in conducting design based research.
Design Thinking
Design Methods
This module involves the basic aspects of thinking visually, as a
Design methodology provides an opportunity to learn design as
part of visual literacy. Realizing the potential of creativity by
an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and
being observant and inquisitive about immediate surroundings
addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic
and being in the state of responding to any aesthetical
function.
configuration of the material world is the focus of the course.
Research Proposal
Digital Design
The subject enables students to identify a research topic and
This module will enable the students to visualize the Design
formulate research proposal in their field. The course imparts
Space, Design Products and Props required for Visual
knowledge on formulating research questions, designing the
Merchandising, 2D & 3D simulations of Space such as Stores,
research study using different research methods and tools.
Exhibition and create Walkthroughs.
Project I
Visual and Design Culture
The project envisages applying principles learnt in previous
This subject studies the production and consumption of everyday
courses by identifying a design issue / problem and to come out
objects to the works of art and design from various cultures in
with a background research in order to achieve a design solution.
the global context. This course will familiarize students with tools
with which to analyze and assess visual and design cultures. Electives
Language of Fashion A. Trends Research & Forecasting
The language of fashion has multiple layers and complexity that To understand the concept of trend research that leads to
defines its meaning in the larger world of design. This course is forecasting and its utilization to make future plans and develop
organized around processes of observing and learning about the new product range.
interconnectivity and influence of social & cultural trends on B. Space & Interactive Design
fashion through analyzing the practice and writings and their This elective outlines scopes and possibilities for provoking rich
impact in the current context. and satisfying interactions in a space or product.
Professional Practices C. Craft Studies- Theory, Design & Practices
The subject introduces students the basic principles of The subject aspires in realizing the need of looking at the craft
communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place to sector as an important aspect of design practice and as a
understand how people interact and communicate through various functional response to lifestyle needs.
forms of communication
D. Costume Studies- Theory, Design & Practice
IPR
The subject aims to understand and appreciate aesthetics of
This subject imparts the basic understanding of Intellectual Costumes and their meanings in living performing arts and
Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative ritualistic traditions.
arts, fashion design and textile industry. The idea is to give an
overall exposure to the students so that they not only learn how E. Creative Fashion
to protect their own rights but also learn how to respect others' The course is designed to introduce creative practices of fashion
rights. to the students by exploring the language of material culture
through emphasis on material and techniques influencing forms
in fashion.

F. Design for Special Needs 3.6.12(b) M. Des (DESIGN SPACE) -

The subject introduces the principles of Universal Design to
guide a wide range of design discipline including environments, 2011 onwards
products and communication.
G. Ergonomics
SEMESTER I
The subject is concerned with the achievement of optimal
relationships between humans and their work environment. Research Methods I
H. Functional Textiles The course is designed to prepare the students to use the correct
research techniques and language in their projects and
The subject aims to orient the students in the field of functional /
dissertation. It will also help students to participate in forums
technical textiles and enable them to use the concepts in design
and conferences for presenting their research.
research.
Design Thinking
SEMESTER III
This module involves the basic aspects of thinking visually, as
Project II a part of visual literacy. Realizing the potential of creativity by
This module will provide students the opportunity to explore, being observant and inquisitive about immediate surroundings
incorporate and execute the design skills and techniques specific and being in the state of responding to any aesthetical
to the area of specialization/ sub specialization. configuration of the material world is the focus of the course.
Sustainable Systems Digital Design
The purpose of this module is to introduce students the realm of This module will enable the students to visualize the Design
environmental design, stressing the ecological underpinning of Space, Design Products and Props required for Visual
design decisions. Sustainable design develops a greater focus Merchandising, 2D & 3D simulations of Space such as Stores,
on holistic and sustainable approaches to design. Exhibition and create Walkthroughs.
Design Innovation Visual and Design Culture
The course is developed to create closer links between design This subject studies the production and consumption of everyday
and industry, and to widen the horizon of design students, enabling objects to the works of art and design from various cultures in
them to make informed references to the dynamics of the design the global context. This course will familiarize students with tools
stake holders- to users, the market, new technology, economics, with which to analyze and assess visual and design cultures.
politics, law & the global environment. Language of Fashion
Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development The language of fashion has multiple layers and complexity that
The module aims to understand the process of starting a business, defines its meaning in the larger world of design. This course is
working out the feasibility study of a business plan and to impart organized around processes of observing and learning about the
necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. interconnectivity and influence of social & cultural trends on
Cluster fashion through analyzing the practice and writings and their
impact in the current context.
The course helps students understand core competency of a
craft/ cluster and the structure and dynamics of a 'Cluster' and Professional Practices
related issues. The subject introduces students the basic principles of
Minor Guided Project communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place to
understand how people interact and communicate through various
The Students are encouraged to develop their capability in forms of communication
applying academic learning to industrial and research purpose
and to explore a variety of practical methods and approaches IPR
employed in the realization of design solutions/ problem solving This subject imparts the basic understanding of Intellectual
or new innovation. Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative
arts, fashion design and textile industry. The idea is to give an
SEMESTER IV overall exposure to the students so that they not only learn how
Final Dissertation to protect their own rights but also learn how to respect others'
The module aims to apply the knowledge and skill acquired rights.
during the course work in an identified area in a real life context.
It may be culmination of students' personal ideas and
investigation towards the realization of an original body of work.
Outbound Workshop C. Craft Studies- Theory, Design & Practices
This module provides an opportunity for the design students to The subject aspires in realizing the need of looking at the craft
interact with each other within a setting different to their regular sector as an important aspect of design practice and as a
environment. The workshop involves traveling in house/ out of functional response to lifestyle needs.
Centre and build on developing team and life skills of the students. D. Costume Studies- Theory, Design & Practice
SEMESTER II The subject aims to understand and appreciate aesthetics of
Research Methods II Costumes and their meanings in living performing arts and
ritualistic traditions.
The subject aims to provide knowledge of research methods
which will help students to conceptualize their ideas in terms of E. Fashion and Innovation
research questions, methodology, data collection and qualitative The course is designed to understand 'Innovation' as a key to
or quantitative analysis in conducting design based research. creative practices as fashion. The course explores design process
Design Methods I and presentation on reflection of through active blend of invention,
event and co-authorship in fashion.
Design methodology provides an opportunity to learn design as
an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and F. Design for Special Needs
addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic The subject introduces the principles of Universal Design to guide
function. a wide range of design discipline including environments,
Design Methods II products and communication.
Design Methods II looks at multiple perspectives of colleagues, G. Ergonomics
clients, end users, and customers (current and prospective). By The subject is concerned with the achievement of optimal
taking a "people first" approach, design thinkers can imagine relationships between humans and their work environment.
solutions that are inherently desirable and meet explicit or latent H. Functional Textiles
needs. This requires considerable research and analysis of the
The subject aims to orient the students in the field of functional /
information for innovative ideas.
technical textiles and enable them to use the concepts in design
Research Proposal research.
The subject enables students to identify a research topic and
SEMESTER III
formulate research proposal in their field. The course imparts
knowledge on formulating research questions, designing the Project II
research study using different research methods and tools. This module will provide students the opportunity to explore,
Project I (Part A) incorporate and execute the design skills and techniques specific
to the area of specialization/ sub specialization.
The project envisages applying principles learnt in previous
courses by identifying a design issue / problem and to come out Sustainable Systems
with a background research in order to achieve a design solution. The purpose of this module is to introduce students the realm of
Project I (Part B) environmental design, stressing the ecological underpinning of
design decisions. Sustainable design develops a greater focus
The project is in continuation of Project (Part A) and would
on holistic and sustainable approaches to design.
attempt to formulate the ROL ( Review of Literature) in a academic
format. Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development
Electives The module aims to understand the process of starting a business,
working out the feasibility study of a business plan and to impart
A. Trends Research & Forecasting
necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur.
To understand the concept of trend research that leads to
Craft Cluster Study (Theory)
forecasting and its utilization to make future plans and develop
new product range. The course helps students to understand core competency of a
craft/ cluster and the structure and dynamics of a 'Cluster' and
B. Space & Interactive Design
related issues.
This elective outlines scopes and possibilities for provoking rich
Craft Cluster Study (Field)
and satisfying interactions in a space or product.
Field study in the identified cluster provides in-experience learning
to apply the concepts learnt in the previous course.

Minor Guided Project

The Students are encouraged to develop their capability in
applying academic learning to industrial and research purpose
and to explore a variety of practical methods and approaches
employed in the realization of design solutions/ problem solving
or new innovation.
Industry Internship
The 8 week industry internship programme is designed to create
a platform for Master's student to gain knowledge through real
life experience in their various areas while keeping their
educational backgrounds in view. Direct interaction with
practioner's in the field would enable the students to synthesize
class room learning's with field practices.
SEMESTER IV
Final Dissertation
The module aims to apply the knowledge and skill acquired
during the course work in an identified area in a real life context.
It may be culmination of students' personal ideas and
investigation towards the realization of an original body of work.

3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and & all CPs). The recommendations will be reviewed and
sent to AAC of BOG for ratification. After the ratification the
Committees for Curriculum changes shall be documented and circulated by Dean A.
Review Any review in the curriculum may be done as per the

prescribed guidelines for curriculum development.
The curriculum as ratified by AAC of the Board held on 22nd
February 2011 will be the authenticated curriculum to be used as 3.8 Procedure and Committee for
the basis for further curriculum review. This curriculum duly
signed and stamped will be in the personal custody of Dean (A).
Change in Nomenclature of
After the completion of first batch of restructured curriculum a
Department / Discipline /
curriculum review should be done in all departments as a regular Specialization
process.
A change in nomenclature of Department / Discipline /
After completion of 4 years, the complete curriculum should be Specialization should be proposed by the concerned CP in
reviewed. In 2010-2011, an intensive peer and industry review of consultation with the CCs. It should be proposed to SIAC-AMS
the curriculum was conducted. An extensive exercise was which would then review and recommend to Competent Authority
undertaken in which two day workshops were organized by each for final approval.
department in which peer institutes, industry members, NIFT
alumni and department faculty participated. A similar exercise Introduction, phasing out or termination of new programme at
shall be conducted every four years and the focus shall be on any centre will be with the approval of Senate.
incorporating the envisaged dynamic needs of the industry and
future trends 3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular
For any corrective action a review should be done every 2 years Academic Activities
and in case of an urgent requirement the exigency review plan
may be implemented. During the course of studies at NIFT, students are required undergo
Industry internship, Field visits, Craft survey and document their
i) Complete curriculum review -
observations and learning. Graduation Project is taken up in the
Frequency : 4 years
final semester. These are an integral part of the curriculum and
Procedure : CP along with all faculty members of
mandatory for students.
department will review the curriculum in a Department
convention. Reviews should be done with Industry and 3.9.1 Internship Modalities
Alumni. The proposed changes should be sent to SIAC-
PURPOSE: The industry internship programme is an introduction
AMS (Dean-A, Head AA & all CPs) for further review. The
to the industry to give students an appreciation and working
SIAC-AMS will recommend the changes to AAC of BOG for
knowledge of the industry. It blends their classroom knowledge
ratification. After the ratification the curriculum must be
with industry application.
documented and circulated by Dean A.
ii) Curriculum Review For Corrective Action (for particular DURATION: 6 -12 Weeks
subject) : TIMING: Under Graduates:
Frequency: Every 2 Years Between 6th & 7th semester
Procedure: CP along with CCs and Subject faculty (as Post Graduates:
suggested by CP) shall review and send the Between 2nd and 3rd semester
recommendations to SIAC-AMS (Dean A, Head AA & all
CPs), which should co-opt two Professors of departments. PLACE: Within India
This committee shall review the changes and further Outside India
recommend to AAC of BOG for approval. After the approval INTERNSHIP ORGANIZATION:
the changes shall be documented and circulated by Dean It will be facilitated by respective department Chairpersons in
A. co-ordination with centre co-ordinators.
iii) In case of Exigency
Frequency: Requirement based Procedure
Procedure: In case of some urgent changes a committee i) In March every year, a meeting of semester VI - UG /
comprising CP, CCs & 2 Professors shall review and semester II - PG students, who will undertake summer
recommend the changes to SIAC-AMS (Dean-A, Head AA internship that year will be called in various centers, where

they will be briefed about the modus operandi of summer iv) After completing the internship the students are advised to
internship and the expectations of industry based on the collect a "Relieving letter" from the internship industry.
experience of previous years. v) The students are expected to report to factory or office on
ii) All programmes undertaking Summer Internship will do all working days as decided by organization in charge
so through the respective departments. from time to time. The internees are advised to strictly
iii) Internship Duration & Schedule - The programmes follow the company rules and regulations as per the
mentioned above undertake internship for a period of 8 following parameters.
weeks. - Punctuality regarding reporting
iv) RICs in consultation with the CCs of the departments in - Photography in the Factory/Office premises
their centre would up-date the data bases, contact - Collection of swatches, trims and other merchandise
companies, send brochures and follow ups, collect CVs which might be required for their presentation at
of students, and coordinate the Institute.
v) The specific student allocation to the company would be - Collection of different organizational formats
done by the CC. - Using infrastructural facilities
vi) Stipend - Companies would be advised to offer per month vi) The internees are also required to perform duties as
stipend to the students. Stipend in internship letter for UG assigned by the organization in charge from time to time.
programmes and PG Programmes would be `3,500 /- per vii) For industry internship to be undertaken by students, the
month. students are required to submit "No Objection Certificate"
vii) Internship Interviews- Some companies like to conduct from their parents.
interviews of students before selecting them for internship. viii) During the internship, if the student has any problem, they
Interviews would have to be conducted at specific NIFT should contact their internship coordinator/departmental
centers. RIC in consultation with CC would coordinate CC for assistance.
such activities. ix) The design students who are required to bring the garment
viii) The Internship Brochure would have: collection (prepared during internship) for internship and
- Brief about the programmes afterwards, a "No Dues" certificate from the industry need
- Subjects Areas to be submitted to the department. Otherwise the internship
- Internship Guidelines for each department marks from the student will be withheld.
- Internship Deliverables for each department x) All students should report back to their respective institute
- Procedure for Companies centre on the reopening day of the institute as specified in
- Internship Announcement Form (Annexure 3A) the Academic Plan.
- Feedback Form
Department Brief
- Details of first four points as detailed above would
z A clear brief should be given to students by each department
be provided by the CPs
incorporating the objectives. The guideline of methodology
ix) Schedule of Follow up with Companies
& outcomes should be provided. It has been documented in
- First email intimation to companies (along with IAF)
the curriculum.
- Printed Brochure
- Mailing of Brochure Students Travel, Boarding And Lodging
- Last date of receipt of completed IAF z The students may have to bear the cost relating to travel,
- Follow up with Companies boarding and lodging. NIFT will help in getting concessional
air/train tickets on request.
Brief to Students
Report
General Brief
i) Students should prepare a repor t (on the basis of
i) Before the student proceeds for internship, they are advised instructions issued by the department) and presentation
to receive the copy of the letter for the internship (addressed material. They should submit the report (along with swatch
to the industry). file) few days in advance to the internship presentation.
ii) Every student, before leaving for conduction of the survey, The presentation can be done with the help of OHP/LCD
shall acquaint himself/herself with the places and the status projector.
of the fashion industry units where he/she is visiting by ii) The students shall append full particulars of the persons/
reading published material available, contacting trade place they contact during the visit.
information centres/libraries etc. iii) The report & swatch file submitted during the internship
iii) After joining the industry, the students are advised to send presentation will become part of department resource
a "Joining Report", with attestation of the contact person/ material. Students are advised to prepare duplicate copy
HRD Manager/MD of the industry. for themselves, before submission.
iv) The internship report prepared by students will be kept cluster. Each group to be assigned a group leader for ease
confidential for academic and research purpose and will in communication.
not be displayed in Resource Centre. v) DSA as per the norms, to be given to the students for food.
vi) Accommodation to be organized at government guest
Evaluation
houses in the cluster by NIFT.
The internship work of the student will be evaluated (individually vii) Concessional train fare to be provided by NIFT.
for each student) by a panel of jury members comprising of viii) Local transport to be paid by NIFT.
internal faculty and industry members. ix) Upto ` 5,000/- to be paid for the document prepared by
The evaluation criterion alongwith the detailed break up marks each student group.
for every department has been specified in the curriculum and x) To invite eminent persons for Lectures for pre-visit
should be uniform across all centres. orientation. (1500x5)
xi) Graphic Design input for presentation skills (1500 x 5)
Industry internship is an independent subject and the grade xii) Faculty taking the course to accompany the students to the
obtained for the same will be added to the subsequent semester. cluster, in phase wise manner to guide and supervise the
Therefore, any student who successfully clears 'industry students. Faculty to visit the cluster twice during the students
internship' would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective of stay; once to accompany the students in the beginning and
whether he/she passes or fails the subsequent semester once again during the students field stay. Two or three
faculty from the department may get involved with the
3.9.2 Modalities of Cluster Visit subject.
Calendar for Student visit to the cluster: Brief for the craft cluster project
I) Each department to develop a brief in consultation with
SNo Name of Semester UG/PG Duration CICs, keeping in view the deliverables of the project.
the of the II) A clear and specific brief to be prepared with objectives of
Discipline visit the cluster study, performance criteria, list of deliverables
1 TD Between semester UG 2 weeks and evaluation criteria. The brief to be made keeping in
IV & VI view the competency of the stream. Following list is
provided for reference.
2 KD Between semester UG 2 weeks
IV & VI
i) DESIGN
z Design innovation
3 FD Between semester UG 2 weeks z Design management
IV & VI z Design intelligence
4 LD Between semester UG 2 weeks ii) MANAGEMENT
IV & VI z Supply chain management
z Brand management
5 F&LA Semester V UG 2 weeks z Retail entrepreneurships
6 FC Between semester UG 1 week z Organizational development
IV & V z Systems design & development
III) TECHNOLOGY
7 DFT V UG 1 week
z Process innovation
8 FMS III PG 1 week z Production planning
z Research based improvisation
9 M.Des Between semester PG 2 weeks z Quality management
(Design II & III
Space) Documentation and presentation
i) Students to submit one copy of good quality written
Norms for visit to various clusters to be visited by students document giving details of the cluster, craft, technique,
The norms for students visiting the respective cluster have been evolution of the craft and artisan profile.
finalized as: ii) In case of product development activity, the document to
i) Travel of all the students is compulsory to the selected provide details of the process, prototyping and details of
cluster. raw material procurement.
ii) Duration - as mentioned above iii) Details of organizations and associations contacted or
iii) Venue/ Place - identified cluster networked during the cluster visit to be provided in the
iv) Students to be formed into groups of 5-6 students to visit a document.

iv) Students to make presentation to a panel consisting of two

external Jury members, CIC and two faculty members from
other departments.
v) CICs to compile and send the following to the Cluster Unit
at Head Office from their respective centers.
z Soft copy of documents from all departments
z Soft copy of 30 good quality photographs (at least 300
dpi) with captions showing the craft, process and artisan
working.
z 200 words write up on each craft studied.

The Graduation Project is 16-22 weeks client sponsored industry
project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various
academic inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation.
It may be taken up as a Graduation Project, Dissertation, Design
Collection or a Research Project.
The details and modalities involved have been documented in
the respective course curriculum. The modalities involved for
assessment may be referred to in Chapter 6 of this Manual.
The Graduation Project fee (F&LA & TD Departments) from the
sponsoring industry/ company will not be charged. Now, the
Departments may instead charge a Registration fee of `2,000/-
from sponsoring industry/company to ensure their commitment
to the project. The revenue generated will be credited to DDF for
the concerned Department.
Dissertation (M.Des) - The module aims to apply the knowledge
and skill acquired during the course work in an identified area in
a real life context. It may be culmination of student's personal
ideas and investigation towards the realization of an original body
of work.

Academic Calendar is the calendar for academic activities in the
academic year to be uniformly followed by all departments across
centres.
Procedure of Formulation
The academic calendar will be proposed by SIAC-AMS (Dean-A,
Head-AA and CPs). After the approval it will be issued by Dean
(A) to all departments across centres. It will be formulated and
circulated at least two months prior to start of Academic year.
Format of the academic calendar has been placed at Annexure
3 - B.
Compliance of Academic calendar
The academic calendar has to be strictly complied with. For any
non - compliance or deviation prior approval should be taken
from Competent Authority.

faculty matters
Chapter 4
This section deals with all policies which affect faculty of the institute
in a direct or indirect manner.
In this section:
4.2 Norms for Faculty and Recruitments
4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads
4.4 Policies pertaining to faculty engagement

4.4.2 Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy
4.4.4 Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training and Development
4.4.5 Inter Center Teaching
4.4.6 Eminent Expert as Jury Member
4.5 Development and training opportunities

4.5.1 Faculty Orientation, Training and Development (FOTD) Cell
4.5.2 International & National Fairs/conferences
4.5.3 Study and Sabbatical Leaves Norms
4.5.4 Faculty Seminar
4.5.5 Project Consultancy
4.6 Faculty Profiling vis a vis other Institute / Organization

Faculty is the backbone of an academic and professional excellence of content, pedagogy, deliverance and linkages with
organization. Their role and responsibility should be focused on Industry and other professional institutes. The defined roles and
responsibility are:
Academic Research & Consultancy Academic Administration Extension

Class Room Instruction Research & Development Academic and Administrative Extension Services
Activities & Research Management of the Institution
Guidance
Laboratory instruction Industry sponsored projects Policy Planning, Monitoring & Interaction with industry
evaluation and promotional and society
activities both at Departmental
and institutional level
Curriculum Development Providing Consultancy and Design and Development of Participation in
Testing Services new Programmes Community Services
Developing Learning Promotion of Industry institution Preparing project proposals for Providing Non R&D
Resource Material & interaction and R&D funding in areas of R&D work, support and consultancy
Laboratory Development Laboratory Development, services to industry and
Modernization, Expansion etc. other User agencies
Student Assessment & Administration both at Providing non-formal
Evaluation including Departmental & Institutional modes of education for
examination work of Institute level the benefit of the
community
Par ticipation in Development, Administration Promotion of
co-curricular & Extra and management of institutional entrepreneurship and
curricular activities facilities job creation
Student Guidance, Counseling Monitoring and Evaluation for Dissemination of

& helping in development of Academic and research activities knowledge
personal, ethical, moral
and overall character
Continuing Education Participation in policy planning at Providing technical

Activities the Regional/ National level support in areas of social
for development of technical relevance
education
Keeping abreast of new Plan and implement staff
knowledge & skills, help development activities
generate new knowledge
and disseminate
such knowledge through
books, publications etc.
Self development through Maintain accountability

upgrading qualification,
experience & professional
activities
Conduct Performance Appraisal
Any other relevant work assigned by the Head of the Institution.

faculty matters
The Directors should ensure at the end of every week that the various departments. The recommendations shall be sent to
material taught by all the faculty during the week has been made Competent Authority for approval.
available to the Resource Centre
TEACHING WORKLOADS
The faculty should be present in the class/ workshop/ lab
Norms for Workload Calculations
throughout the period. He / She is supposed to teach/ guide the
students and quality & control should be exercised in a proper i) Workloads are based on number of hours of direct interaction
manner. with students. It will not include hours for mentoring students,
Log Book: Jury Evaluation, indirect teaching, CE Programmes etc.
ii) Workloads shall be aggregated of hours in two semesters in
To prevent the students from getting the assignments outsourced the academic year. No carryover of the hours will be done
and to obviate faculty to point out at the time of evaluation that the for the next academic year.
project has not been prepared by the particular student, the activity iii) CE Programme shall be conducted over and above the normal
preformed in the lab / workshop has to be logged. The log book has workload of faculty members.
to be maintained for the skill based activity and not mental activity iv) The workload of the faculty, who join after a long leave in mid
which cannot be logged. All the Directors should ensure that the semester, shall be calculated on pro-rata basis.
log book system is strictly followed across all the Centres. The
system is detailed in Chapter-6 of this manual. Each semester consists of 16 weeks and all academic activities
including examinations, except re-examinations should be
completed within the stipulated period of 16 weeks.
4.2 Norms for Faculty & Recruitment
Teaching workload shall be calculated as follows:
i) The norms for student, faculty ratio shall be 12:1 in UG and
PG Programmes. Direct Teaching:
ii) The ratio between regular and contract faculty shall be i) The full academic load of the department for UG/PG/PhD
pegged at 1:1. programmes has to be shared by its faculty irrespective of
iii) In addition to the full time faculty, 10% of direct teaching the number of professors / associate or assistant professors
hours shall be available for the Guest Faculty along with 2 that it might comprise of. The faculty cadre will be pegged at
Adjunct Professors and Visiting Fellows under the respective 1:2:4 between Sr. Professors / Professors: Associate
policies across all programmes. Professors and Assistant Professors (rounded off to the
iv) The faculty cadre will be pegged at 1:2:4 between Sr. nearest integer) with the direct teaching hours as 7.5 hours/
Professors / Professors: Associate Professors and Assistant week for Professors, 12 hours/week for Associate Professors
Professors (rounded off to the nearest integer) with the and 15 hours/week for Assistant Professors (Regular and
teaching hours as : Contract).
Professors 7.5 hours/week ii) The indicated load of 7.5 hours for Professors, 12 hours for
Associate Professors and 15 hours for Assistant Professors
Associate Professors 12 hours /week is only to be taken as guideline and cannot became a limiting
Assistant Professors (Regular 15 hours/week factor.
& Contract) iii) In case a faculty is not able to fulfill his teaching hours in his
parent Department and Centre then he should complete them
Establishment department will deal with the faculty recruitments. by teaching in other department(s) in the centre or through
The norms and the group competencies have been laid out in Inter Centre Teaching for which no remuneration (other than
Establishment Manual. TA /DA) will be paid.
iv) For Ph D programme the subjects with direct teaching shall
be Research Methods, Statistical Analysis and Research
4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads Paradigms
AFFILIATIONS v) The provision of Co-teaching will be subject to the following
conditions:
The department of the faculty will be based on their approved z Class sizes being larger than 35
current primary affiliations. z Both faculty should have competency in the area being
Any proposal or request for the change in department should be taught in the class
reviewed in SIAC-AMS based on the individual’s qualifications, z Both faculty being present during the entire duration of
work experience, earlier affiliation at NIFT, trainings etc. with the class
reference to equitable availability of senior, junior faculty across

z All assignment evaluations must be done jointly by both RESPONSIBILITY:
faculty
All Chairpersons shall assess the workload of each faculty in their
Co-teaching may be allowed only for Process Based subjects. department across all centres prior to the commencement of the
The benefit of co-teaching will be given only on specific case to semester and forward it to Dean (A) who will then put the same up
case basis with the prior approval of the Centre Director. to DG-NIFT.
Indirect Teaching:
i) Indirect teaching by faculty would be considered for the
4.4 Policies Pertaining to Faculty
following: Engagement
z Final semester Graduation Project / Research Project /
Design Collection / Dissertation.
z ITP/ Colloquium paper/ Minor Project.
z Craft Cluster Initiative The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to
z PhD Guidance. the guest faculty for regular UG / PG Programmes offered at all
ii) Graduation project / Design collection / Ph D Consultation: Centers of National Institute of Fashion Technology.
All faculty in the department will guide minimum number of
The Centre must depend on their existing faculty. If the faculty of a
projects equivalent to the number of students divided by the
Centre is not capable of teaching any subject, priority should be
sanctioned faculty strength. A maximum teaching workload
given to the faculty from other Centres. Where the faculty from
of 6 hrs/ week can be allocated to a faculty for guiding
other Centre is also not available, guest faculty is being invited for
projects. Per guided project workload will be 1.5 hrs per
taking lectures. Wherever external faculty is being invited for taking
week.
lectures, audit of the lecture should be conducted by the internal
iii) Associate Professors, Professors and Senior Professors will
faculty.
be required to undertake a minimum workload of 42 hours of
Indirect teaching in a year, in addition to their specified direct For the payment and the engagement norms refer to the policy at
teaching load. The policy for calculation of teaching load Annexure 4 - B
will be adopted from session 2011-12
Guest Faculty: 4.4.2 Adjunct Professor Engagement and
In addition to full time faculty, a maximum of 10% of direct teaching
Honorarium Policy
hours shall be available for the Guest Faculty along with two (2) Adjunct Professors are being engaged to provide industry linkages
Adjunct Professors and Visiting Fellows under respective policies to departments and have industry members with a long-term
across all programmes. association and a common vision as of NIFT. Adjunct Professors
PROCEDURE: shall be offered to experienced industry person working within
India. For the payment and the engagement norms refer to the
Faculty shall give their workloads in their departments and in policy at Annexure 4 - C
other departments for the semester to the Centre Coordinator of the
department, based on which the academic plan will be prepared
for the department by the respective centre coordinator and
forwarded through the Centre Director and Chairperson to Dean In order to keep pace with the dynamic environment which is
(A) at Annexure 4 - A. rapidly changing, the present milieu demands that the international
fashion industry trends need to be adopted and assimilated within
In order to rationalize the workload, optimize resource utilization
the Indian environment. Owing to the fact that process of
and minimize the requirement of guest faculty, it is important to
globalization is rapidly happening, exchanges of teaching pedagogy,
clarify that the minimum direct teaching hours in respect of each
concepts, and professional ideas are necessitated. Thus, there
level of faculty have to be adhered to along with other
has been an introduction of overseas international visiting fellows,
responsibilities. However, the minimum limit will not become a
who can provide the necessary international flavor and impetus to
limiting factor for a Centre.
the initiative taken by NIFT.
The time table may be drawn up by the Centre Coordinators with
In connection with the above, NIFT has initiated a process to
the approval of Centre Directors taking into consideration the above
welcome international faculty experts to work / associate with
norms.
NIFT as visiting fellows. The visiting faculty may be involved in
executing new Programmes, projects and / or holding workshops.
The specific form for inviting National and International faculty

faculty matters
experts has designed and furnished to various fashion education

institutes and is also hosted on the NIFT website. For the
4.5 Development and Training
engagement and honorarium norms refer to the Policy for Opportunities
international fellows at Annexure 10 - J
4.4.4 Honorarium Norms for Anchors and 4.5.1 Faculty Orientation Training &
Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training Development (FOTD) Cell
and Development The objective of Training policy is to formulate a strategy to develop
the existing human resources by providing avenues for personal
The rules and regulations framed under this policy shall apply to
growth and aligning them towards the achievement of organizational
the engagement and honorarium to trainers and anchors of faculty
objectives.
orientation, training and development programme organized by
FOTD, NIFT. The rules are applicable to both external and internal The present dynamic and competitive environment and the
experts of NIFT. For Internal Faculty this shall be in addition to their dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands
regular teaching workload. The policy of honorarium norms for academic and professional standards par excellence comparable
anchors, trainers of faculty orientation is placed at Annexure 4-D. with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead, the requisite
competencies need to be constantly developed and upgraded
4.4.5 Inter Centre Teaching through an institutionalized mechanism and process. Training
In view of the fact that some NIFT centers are facing a situation constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development
where there is a lack of faculty in the specialized areas, it has been which not only facilitates the personal/institutional growth and
suggested that they should also identify faculty for inter centre empowerment of academic and administrative personnel by
teaching in specialized areas from other NIFT centres. It should be providing inter and intra departmental network and linkages
certified by Centre Coordinator and countersigned by Chairperson amongst NIFT's various Departments and Centres but also instills
that no other faculty member is available in the centre nor there is a feeling of shared vision and goals within the NIFT family. A training
a subject expert available in the city for the same. policy has been formulated in this reference at Annexure 4 - E.
The requirement should be sent through LASC to Dean (A) prior to 4.5.2 International & National Fairs/Conferences
commencement of the semester. The Chairpersons should identify
a panel of subject experts within NIFT in these areas. Based on A process has been streamlined to facilitate Faculty members /
these requirement plan and the identified subject experts, a plan Officers for attending various National /International Fairs,
for inter centre teaching shall be put up to DG-NIFT for approval. Seminars, Conferences, Exhibitions etc. In this context a
comprehensive list of Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions
If the faculty has already completed the requisite hours in their
both national and international have been prepared in consultation
centre, then they should be given honorarium as per the revised
with respective Chairpersons and forwarded to centres for
CE-Programme payment norms.
information and reference of all concerned. This list will be reviewed
Apart from this the boarding, lodging and airfare (to and fro) should annually and changes if any will be notified.
be borne by the host centre.
Visits to these Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions will
4.4.6 Eminent Experts as Jury Members be funded through the Department Development Fund (DDF). The
proposal in the prescribed performa clearly indicating the DDF
The eminent experts shall be either NIFT alumni with more than 10 available at the Centre for that department and the contribution of
years experience or professors from institutes of eminence like the concerned faculty will be reviewed by the LASC. The list of
IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT (in the scale of senior lecturer and above) or nominees from the centre as approved by LASC should be prepared
Industry professionals of the level of CEO and second line managers along with the financial implication. The same shall be forwarded
or National Awardee craftsman/Weaver /Artisans with rich to the SIAC-AMS for recommendation to DG- NIFT. (Visits to Fairs,
experience in related fields. Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions outside the enclosed list
The honorarium paid to eminent experts shall be `.1500 for a will require prior approval of H.O.)
minimum duration of 3hrs for inviting as jury members, course The Centres are requested to forward the calendar of visits to
curriculum development, viva-voce, Evaluation Process etc. The Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions for the forthcoming
eminent experts should be invited as per above criterion and with year by the faculty of the Centre to the Dean (Academics) for placing
the approval of Centre Director. before the SIAC-AMS in the Head Office.

Process for selection and approval of research papers for Under this all faculty shall be required to:
presentations in Conferences i. Conduct a seminar once in a calendar year.
ii. The topic shall be identified by the concerned faculty.
The following guidelines will be followed for selection and approval
iii. The topic shall be sent to Registrar prior to the calendar year.
of research papers for presentations in International Conferences.
iv. Registrar to ensure the conduct of the seminar.
i) Identification of Conferences: Under NIFT Research unit an v. Seminar to be attended by all faculty in the centre.
exercise is currently being undertaken to identify conferences
The schedule will be prepared by the centre Registrar in co-
wherein NIFT would encourage its faculty members to
ordination with the faculty members prior to start of the calendar
present papers (the consolidated list of the same will be
year. The schedule to be approved by the Director. Two seminars
released after approval of competent authority later)
shall be conducted every week during the zero hour.
ii) Acceptance of the research paper of faculty in those
conferences: Once paper of a faculty is short listed by the Seminar shall be conducted by each faculty at least once in a year.
appropriate forum/conference, such information is sent to The duration of the seminar will be 15-20 minutes.
office of Head Research.
Each faculty shall conduct a seminar during the Zero Hour in their
iii) Evaluation of the research paper at NIFT: Head Research
respective centre. This will be a regular process across all centers
will constitute a committee to review and adjudge the
and will be mandatory for all faculty members.
suitability of such papers and would send out
recommendations to DG NIFT office for approval. 4.5.5 Project Consultancy
iv) Final Approval for research paper presentation: DG NIFT
Consultancy at NIFT is viewed as a dynamic learning opportunity
will finally approve selected papers and accordingly approve
for the faculty to strengthen teaching and reach activities. The
the request for travel etc. for paper presentation.
consultancy projects provide an opportunity for the faculty to
In order to maintain NIFT's position of eminence in the international interact with and exchange their views with the practitioners of the
market a need has been felt to regularly interact and participate in profession and contributes to solving practical problems while
International Seminar, Conference and to present NIFT's papers in gaining the much needed empirical experience for increasing the
the recognized International Journals. efficacy of teaching and research. Keeping this object in view, the
Thus in order to encourage faculty members to take both pure and faculty members are encouraged to undertake Consultancy Projects
applied research in the areas of Design, Technology, Management for clients from Private and Public Sectors including Government,
and other emergency areas relevant to the Fashion Industry and to Semi Govt., UN and other international organizations, NGOs and
position NIFT as an Institute of Higher learning and Research, the self help groups to enable them acquire experience and expertise
Finance Committee in its meeting held on 28th March, 2008 and in handling wide range of assignments. All the norms and
the BOG in its 4th Meeting held on 2nd April, 2008 have approved procedures relating to the same have been framed as a policy for
the incentives to the members on publication of their paper in the Project Consultancy which can be referred in the Accounts Manual.
journals of National / International meets recognized by NIFT. The
cost of visit to the conference will also be borne by NIFT in addition
to the following incentives: i. NIFT organizes subject-specific programmes for 'Training of
z Selection for Class-A Journals - ` 10,000 plus certificate of Trainers' both for Theory and Process based subjects
merit plus entry in service book. regularly during summer and winter vacations. It is a
z Selection for Class-B Journals - ` 5,000 plus certificate of requirement for faculty undergoing the programmes to teach
merit plus entry in service book. the subject(s) in the next semester whenever offered.
z Selection for Class-C Journals - Certificate of merit and entry ii. Furthermore, when faculty travel to other new NIFT Centres
in the service book. for Inter-centre Teaching, the concerned faculty of the host
Centre should audit the classes so that gradual self-
4.5.3 Study and Sabbatical Leave Norms sufficiency could be developed and that the subjects can be
taught at each Centre by the in-house faculty in future.
The norms for Study and Sabbatical Leave are placed as a policy
iii. The specific issue of faculty auditing classes would be based
(Annexure 4 - F).
on the logistics of expert/ experienced faculty availability,
4.5.4 Faculty Seminar the requirement of competency development by the faculty/
department/ Centre concerned and the current teaching /
Faculty Seminars have been introduced to provide faculty an administrative load of the auditing faculty.
opportunity to share and enhance knowledge in multidisciplinary iv. The issue of indicated load for Professors, Associate
areas. Professors and Assistant Professors are 7.5, 12 and 15 hours
respectively, is now considered as a guideline and is not a

faculty matters
limiting factor. There is no provision of 'teaching waiver' in

NIFT at this time.
v. It would naturally follow that the issue of either listing or
signature of Auditing faculty on the timetable would not be
justified.

Training of Trainers constitutes a critical element of Human
Resource Development which provides a platform for faculty
members to upgrade their knowledge, skills, pedagogy and to
broad base their competencies. Training of Trainers was initiated
in 2008 to address the training needs of NIFT faculty. A
comprehensive policy covering the entire gamut of activities
regarding the same has been prepared in 2011 and placed at
Annexure 4 - G.

In order to provide sufficient opportunities to the members of
academic community within NIFT, it is mandatory for each faculty
member to undergo an internship in the relevant industry/ areas so
that they may update themselves and be able to disseminate the
same to the students. The guidelines for Faculty Internship are
placed at Annexure 4 - H.
4.6 Faculty Profiling vis-a-vis other Institution/

Organizations
Faculty as External Examiners outside NIFT:
A number of institutes across the country affiliated to various Boards
and Universities have started courses in the field of Fashion Design,
Apparel Design, Technology and related areas. In this regard, "As
a general policy, NIFT faculty may accept invitations as external
examiners only to CBSE / Boards, Government Polytechnics, ITI
and others with whom NIFT has MOUs".
Nomination of Faculty Members and Officials of NIFT in various
Boards of Institutes / Universities
At the present stage of curriculum development in NIFT and the
need for maintaining sanctity of the whole process, it is not
considered in the larger interest of the Institution, to agree to such
nominations.
In view of the above, all the Directors of NIFT Centres are directed
that no faculty / officials will be permitted to be nominated on the
Board of Studies of any Institute / University. The Directors should
also seek the information from all faculty / officers whether they
are already a part of any such bodies / boards in any capacity and
advise them that they must withdraw their names from such bodies
under intimation to Head Office. A prior written approval of the DG-
NIFT must be taken before nominating any faculty / officials in
such bodies.

student matters
Chapter 5
This section deals with all issues concerning students and student
development across centers of NIFT. These matters are also
referred to in the Student Rule Book, which is available to every
student of NIFT.
In this section:
5.1 Fees Related Issues
5.2 Identity Card Related Issues
5.3 Personal Records Related Issues
5.4 Discipline and Conduct Issues
5.5 Disciplinary Procedure & Penalties
5.5.1 Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines
5.5.2 Penalties
5.5.3 Appeal Procedure
5.7.2 Campus Committee
5.7.3 Examination Committee
5.8 Policies Related to Student Affairs
5.8.2 Duration of Course
5.8.3 Leave of Absence
5.8.4 NIFT Means - Cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme
5.8.6 Inter Discipline Transfer Policy
5.9 Policies Related to Student Development Programmes
5.9.1 Student Assistantship Programme (SAP)
5.9.2 Student Extension Activities
5.10 Student Support Services
5.10.1 Student Accommodation
5.10.2 Class Representatives (CR)
5.10.3 Lab working
5.10.4 Mentoring
5.10.5 Medical Facilities
5.10.6 Placement
5.11 Special Services
5.11.1 Fee Waiver Policy
5.11.2 Education loan
5.11.3 Facilities for the Student Repeating the Semester
5.11.4 Monetary Incentive for Contribution to Sponsorships
5.11.5 Issuance of Migration and Provisional Certificate
5.12 Student Awards
5.1 Fees Related Issues x) In case of NRI/Foreign National/NRI sponsored category
students, the security deposit which is refundable in case of
withdrawal from course at time of admission will be ` 30,000.
i) The semester fee structure as applicable for the students of xi) The norms for fee for students in diploma or CE programs
the concerned programme will be charged from the students. would differ from those in regular programmes. Those would
Any revision in the fee structure would be notified separately be available in the central policy on the programmes and in
from time to time. the specific programme brochures and prospectus.
ii) The fee structure for students in general or reserved categories xii) Students who leave NIFT mid course or who are asked to
(For regular programmes) is as follows: leave NIFT for whatever reasons will not be entitled to refund
z Tuition fee - Per semester, Non-refundable of fees, except the amount of the refundable security deposit.
z Security Deposit - Once at time of admission, part xiii) In cases whether it is leave of absence (Ref: 5.8.3) or
refundable - part as Alumni detention on account of failure/attendance, the student shall
Association fees keep his/her registration LIVE by paying re-registration fee
z Library Fee - Annual, Non-refundable of `5,000. for each absenting semester over and above the
z Mediclaim & Student - Annual, Non-refundable fee of the joining semester.
Development Fee xiv) After striking off of the name of the student from the NIFT
rolls due to non payment of fee with or without fine, if the
iii) The fee for students in NRI/ NRI sponsored category (For
student still wants to continue studies in NIFT, the student
regular programmes) is taken annually (for two semesters).
would have to pay a re-registration fee of ` 5,000. over and
The structure is as follows:
above the semester fee within the next fifteen calendar days
z Tuition fee - Non-refundable after the notified last day for depositing fee with fine. The
z Library Fee - Non-refundable student will be allowed back into class only after receipt of
z Mediclaim & Student - Non-refundable full fee. It will be the sole responsibility of the student
Development Fee concerned to achieve the minimum required attendance by
iv) The above detailed amount would be specified by Academic the end of the semester as per the NIFT policy. No attendance
Affairs - HO before the beginning of the academic year. The relaxation will be given in this regard.
amounts applicable to new students would be detailed in the xv) If a student appears in re-examination/re-jury or gets withheld
NIFT Admission Prospectus. result: The student shall pay the fees for the next semester
v) There may be other components to the semester fee which once he/she clears the re-examination/re-jury. The students
are likely to differ from center to center. Charging of any declared “pass”, shall pay the fees within one week of
other fee component from students would require prior declaration of the re-exam/re-jury result without fine. In this
approval from DG - NIFT through Head (AA) and Dir (F&A). case the date of declaration of result will be considered the
vi) The fee is to be paid in full by the last date as specified in the first day for depositing the fee. Afterwards, the semester fee
Academic Calendar of the particular year. is to be paid with fine @ ` 100 per day within next 7 days
vii) The students shall not be allowed to join the course if fee is after the last date of payment of fee without fine. On non
not paid by the due date with fine. Any delay in payment of payment of the fees, after this two week duration, the name
fees beyond the dates specified in the Academic Calendar of the student would be struck off from the rolls of the institute
would result in the name of the student being struck off the without any further notice.
rolls of the institute. xvi) Adjustment of fees for the students availing Leave of Absence:
viii) The late fee is to be paid in full with fine within 15 days from As per NIFT policy, a student may be granted Leave of
the last date of payment of fee as specified in the Academic Absence/ lien for a maximum period of one year on the basis
Calendar. of medical/ extenuating circumstances beyond the specified
Semester fees once deposited shall not be refunded. period of study at NIFT with the prior approval of the
Competent Authority. In such case, the fee paid by the student
ix) The Security Deposit deposited at the time of admission is shall be adjusted when a student rejoins the course next
refundable to students on completion of the course or from year in the same semester. However re-registration charges
the date he/she ceases to be a student of NIFT. This is done for each absenting semester shall be paid by the student as
on production of prescribed 'No Dues Certificate' from per the NIFT policy. Similarly in case of NRI students, the
concerned Departments/Library and Resource Centre/ fees is paid on a yearly basis, if the student avails Leave of
Academic Branch / Computer Labs / Hostel (if applicable) Absence, the fees shall be adjusted for the subsequent
etc. No request for refund would be entertained after six semesters. If a student avails Leave of Absence after
months from the date of completion of the course or the completion of first semester, one semester fee shall be
student leaving the institute. adjusted when a student rejoins the course next year in the

student matters
same semester. However, re-registration charges for each Email Address

absenting semester shall be paid by the student as per the Qualification
NIFT policy. Blood Group
xvii) In case of students who are suspended due to misconduct, ID Mark
the semester fees shall not be adjusted when a student Father / Husband Name
rejoin the course next year in the same semester Institute Address- center address
xviii) All deposits/payment of fees shall be made by demand draft Institute Phone
in favour of National Institute of Fashion Technology payable Course Type - PG/UG
at the allocated Centre or in cash through NIFT Challan to the Course
authorized bank of respective NIFT Centres. Roll Number
xix) Academic fee structure for NRI 'repeating students' who have Registration No
completed one semester of the academic year - If the student
z The Identity Card should be presented on demand and carried
has to repeat one semester, the fee for that semester only
by the students at all times.
would be charged, instead of the fee for both the semesters
z Loss or damage of the Identity Card is to be reported
i.e., the full year. However, no fee would be refunded if the
immediately to the Center Registrar. Replacement of Card
NRI student withdraws his/ her candidature after fulfilling all
will be made on written request and on payment of ` 250/-
the admission formalities, as the candidate has blocked one
z The Identity Card must be surrendered on completion of the
NRI seat that cannot be offered to any other candidate.
course along with 'No Dues Certificate'.
xx) The NRI students repeating the semester will be required to
pay the re-registration fee of ` 5,000 per absenting semester
as well as non-refundable annual charges towards library, 5.3 Personal Records Related Issues
student development and Medi-claim fee over and above
Every student would have a personal file in the NIFT center where
the mentioned amount.
he/she is studying. This file would be maintained in the Academic
Affairs department of the center. A copy of the same should be
5.2 Identity Card Related Issues available in the specific department to which the student belongs.
z Identity Cards will be issued on Registration to students to The personal file should contain the following documents:
be used for entry to the institute. These cards would carry z Personal Data form filled at the time of the admission
the following information on the face: z Medical history and fitness certificate
Name of Student z All undertakings submitted by the student - the beginning of
Registration Number- Generated centrally ** each semester, examinations, re exams, transfers etc
Permanent Address z Copy of any warning letters/ memos issued to the student/
Validity of the card student guardian by the department/ institute
Photograph of the student z Copy of all grade sheets (semester) issued to the student
** On registration the student will be issued a permanent The personal file should be transferred in case the student is
registration number which will be maintained through the permanently transferred to another department/ center.
period of study at NIFT. This number will have to be quoted in
all correspondence in NIFT.
z From the year 2006, the student identity card (I-Card) has 5.4 Discipline and Conduct issues
been converted to a smart card. The card may carry all or The conduct rules for students of NIFT are detailed in the Student
most of the following information within the software: Rule Book.
First Name of Student
Middle Name of Student Students are expected to maintain a high order of discipline in and
Last Name of Student out of the Institute.
Date of Birth Reports of complaints on behavioral lapses or indiscipline from
Sex faculty, staff or from the public would be viewed seriously. As a
Mailing Address -Present address responsible representative of the premier National Institute, students
Permanent Address are expected to set an example through poise, politeness,
PIN Code community feeling and integrity in and outside the Institute.
Date of Admission
Contact Number Students are required to give an undertaking at the time of joining
Mobile the Institute as well as the beginning of each Academic Session to
abstain from smoking, consumption of alcohol, drugs and indulging

in any other undesirable activity. The format of the same is available ii) A requirement that the student pays the cost of any damage
in the Student Rule Book. in relation to any property lost or damaged or any expenditure
incurred on medical expenses in case of a scuffle. The
Definition of Misconduct
expenditure may have been incurred by NIFT/third party or
The essence of misconduct under this code is improper interference subsidiary organization and will have to be paid by the
- in the broadest sense - with the proper functioning or activities of violator/s to NIFT for the violation. The same shall be deposited
NIFT, or those who work or study in NIFT, or action which otherwise by the student within five days of the notification by the
damages the image of NIFT. Director/Registrar NIFT Centre and/or
The examples of areas and instances of misconduct (not as an iii) Warning/Censure: A warning to be issued to the student for
exhaustive list) have been placed in the Student Rule Book. first offence may not be placed in the student's record.
However, in case of a repeat offence the censure may be
placed on the student's record and may invite action under
5.5 Disciplinary Procedures and major penalties.
Penalties For Major Disciplinary Violation: Where the violation is considered
Any student found indulging in any activities violating the conduct to be major by the Competent Authority the following penalties
rules of NIFT will invite disciplinary action. may be imposed for the major disciplinary violations:
i) Suspension/debarment from the Institute where the student
will be declared 'persona-non-grata' and will be debarred
5.5.1 Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines from entering the premises, facilities and from attending the
i) The faculty members, officers reporting the misconduct shall classes.
report it to the Centre Co-ordinator of the discipline / ii) Permanent expulsion from the institute.
department and /or Registrar. An enquiry shall be conducted iii) Any other course of action which may be reasonable in the
by the concerned Committee (Campus/ Hostel/ Examination- circumstances.
Ref Clause 5.7).
For Ragging: Ragging has been defined as "Display of noisy,
ii) If the committee feels that detailed investigations need to be
disorderly conduct doing any act which causes or is likely to cause
carried out they can appoint an enquiry officer at their
physical or psychological harm or raise apprehension or fear or
discretion.
shame or embarrassment to a student in any educational institute".
iii) The SDAC shall ensure record of the minutes of the Enquiry.
Ragging will be treated as a major disciplinary violation and the
The Committee shall place its recommendations along with
offenders (direct or indirect) will be treated as per guidelines laid
the list of evidence/ witnesses and also nature of penalty to
by the Supreme Court in its ruling on the subject. Any complaints
the LASC for awarding appropriate punishment.
on this issue are to be made to the SDAC of the respective center
iv) In case of minor disciplinary violation, the penalty may be
for further action. The case should be discussed in the Campus
approved by the LASC and the punishment may be carried
committee meeting and recommendations sent to Head-AA through
out by the Centre Director. However, the same may be
the LASC. The final decision would be taken by DG-NIFT.
ratified in the SIAC - Student Affairs (HO). In case of any
appeal against the penalty/ decision of SIAC - SA, the same For Cheating in any Examination:
may be forwarded to Head AA and the decision of Director i) Any student found cheating at the time of examination, will
General shall be final. not be permitted to complete the paper/exam. Pending the
v) In case of major disciplinary violation, the Committee shall result of the enquiry, he/she may be permitted to take
send its recommendations to the SIAC - SA (HO) for final remaining exams with an undertaking.
ratification and approval of punishment to be awarded. ii) In case students are found carrying outside material, they
vi) The Director of NIFT Centre will be responsible for will be debarred from giving the exams and will have to
implementing the punishment imposed. Record of the repeat the entire semester.
penalties imposed shall be placed on the student's record. ii) In case students are found copying from their classmates,
their answer booklets will be treated as Cancelled and he/
5.5.2 Penalties she will have to appear in re-exam.
For Minor Disciplinary Violation: Where the violation is considered
minor by the Competent Authority, the following penalties may be 5.5.3 Appeal Procedure
imposed at the discretion of the Competent Authority for the minor Appeal against any penalty imposed by the Competent Authority
disciplinary violations: may be made to the Director General, through Head AA only if any
i) A fine of upto ` 5,000 for each violation/offence and/or new and relevant information needs to be considered which was

student matters
not available at the time of the proceeding. An undertaking would allow the students to witness & imbibe the best practices from
be given by the student at the time of appealing that the decision of across centers.
DG NIFT would be acceptable to him/her as binding.
Student development programme at all NIFT centers is initiated to
encourage NIFT students to participate in physical, academic & Hostel Committee for girls hostels comprising of two female faculty
artistic pursuit to make their education at NIFT campus more holistic members, center SDAC and one female administrative staff. The
and complete. Participation in these activities would complement functions of the Committee will be:-
and facilitate their academic studies while providing ways to i) The Committee should conduct surprise checks randomly
socialize, relax, have fun and be revitalized, to face the day to day and shall submit a compliance report to the Centre Director
challenges. for onward submission to headquarters.
ii) The Committee should observe any actions on the part of the
Under Student Development Activity, each center should conduct students which can be construed as misbehavior or
an extensive schedule of events organized by the NIFT students for misconduct which disturbs the decorum of the hostels.
NIFT students. These are coordinated by a nominated faculty iii) The committee should ensure that NIFT resident students
member - Student Development Activity Coordinator (SDAC). The are not allowed to consume any toxic material on the
activities of the clubs include inter-department and inter-college premises including usage of drugs or cigarette smoking
competitions, social events, seminars, guest lectures, film nights which is banned.
and others. iv) The Committee should oversee that there are single entry /
Students can participate in wide range of activities through four exit points at hostel.
SDA-CLUBS namely, v) The Centre Directors should issue warning letters to the
students, if they come late after the stipulated entry time of
z CULTURAL CLUB
10.00 PM without a proper justification. The second violation
z LITERARY CLUB
of the same shall be treated as a major penalty and apart
z SPORTS, ADVENTURE & PHOTOGRAPHY CLUB
from informing the parents of the students, disciplinary action
z ENVIRONMENT & SOCIAL SERVICE CLUB
must be initiated including expulsion from the hostel.
Students shall exercise their options of choosing various clubs at vi) Any unauthorized absence for the night will amount to an act
the time of the orientation programme. of indiscipline and a letter must be sent to the parents
The clubs are headed by faculty/officer in charge, who will be including the copies of all the earlier nightout forms for
nominated by the Center Director. The faculty head would nominate information.
students as the office bearers of the specific clubs. vii) The Centre Directors are also advised to appoint full-time
hostel wardens. The Warden should submit weekly report
The clubs would function in the activity hour (Zero hour- Wednesday to the Director about the activities of students.
4.00 p.m. onwards).
The final activities of the clubs would be highlighted during "Fashion 5.7.2 Campus Committee
Spectrum", an annual event of the institute.
The Committee comprising of Registrar, SDAC, two male and two
Fashion Spectrum would be held every year across centers female faculty members is constituted to maintain high discipline
during the time frame as dictated by the Academic Calendar. The standard.
event would bring together the curricular with the extra curricular i) The Committee should conduct surprise checks randomly
activities of various programmes through selected events. Events and shall submit report to the Centre Director for onward
may also be organized to bring together students from other submission to headquarters.
educational institutes of the region in a competitive or non ii) The Committee should observe any actions on the part of the
competitive mode. students which can be construed as misbehavior or
misconduct which disturbs the decorum of the campus.
With a view to provide a well-rounded development to its students, iii) The Committee shall observe breach of NIFTs equal
an inter-center cultural & sports event - Converge will be organized opportunity policy or any action likely to cause injury or
annually at any one NIFT center. Preliminary selections at every impair safety on NIFT premises including breaches of
NIFT center will ensure that the best of each center compete with subsidiary quotes.
one another in this event. The event will provide a platform for
peer learning & knowledge sharing. This annual event will also

5.7.3 Examination Committee In both the cases whether it is leave of absence or detention on
account of failure/attendance, the student shall keep his/her
Examination Committee for investigation into all cases of academic registration LIVE by paying re-registration fee of ` 5,000/- for each
irregularities. The committee should comprise of Center Director/ absenting semester.
Registrar, SDAC, COE, CC of concerned department and one faculty
from another department. A possible list of academic irregularities
is given in the Student Rule book.
5.8.4 NIFT Means-Cum-Merit Financial
Assistance Scheme
NIFT has a Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme
Student Discipline Committee to involve student representatives scholarship policy for students from financially weak backgrounds.
in matter of discipline and student development. The committee The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 5-B. Other than the
would comprise of all CRs and all faculty student club incharge Scholarship Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme, there
with the SDAC as convener. may be other scholarships for students which are sponsored by
industry, alumni etc. which may differ from center to center. The
5.8 Policies related to Student Affairs details of such scholarships would be circulated to the students
from time to time.
The faculty needs to communicate the importance of punctuality in
The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of
attending classes, which must therefore be maintained by the
students from one NIFT Center to another only for a semester after
students.
which the students will have to return to the parent Centre. However,
Attendance shall be taken by the faculty members at the beginning extension for more than one semester could be granted only in the
of each class and recorded accordingly. The attendance record is rarest of rare cases. Under no circumstances shall such temporary
to be maintained by the department assistant and faculty member transfers be allowed for more than two semesters. The detailed
shall provide the attendance sheet duly recorded after every class Policy is placed at Annexure 5- C.
to the same.
Absenting student should be informed from time to time about 5.8.6 Inter Discipline Transfer Policy
irregularity in attendance and any disciplinary action in this context
The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of
must be displayed on the student notice board and on the website.
students from one discipline to another on permanent basis.
The detailed policy for Student Attendance is placed at Annexure Requests for Inter-discipline transfers can be made only after
5- A declaration of results at the end of the second semester and before
the commencement of the third semester. The detailed Policy is
5.8.2 Duration of Course placed at Annexure 5 - D
z A student can take a maximum of 06 years for completion of
a UG Programme and 04 years for PG Programme from the 5.9 Policies Related to Student
date of registration.
z Any student found failing in a semester for the third time Development Programmes
should be asked to withdraw from the programme.
z The period mentioned above includes any period of Leave of 5.9.1 Student Assistantship Programme (SAP)
Absence availed by the student.
National Institute of Fashion Technology offers a variety of part-
5.8.3 Leave of Absence time employment opportunities to its students and recognizes that
A student may be granted leave of absence/lien for a maximum student employment is a valuable form of financial assistance as
period of one year on the basis of medical/extenuating well as a practical learning experience. Student employment
circumstances beyond the specified period of study at NIFT. The experience will be a positive one if they abide by the rules and
student must seek prior approval of the competent authority for regulations of NIFT.
such leave.
The request of the student with the recommendations of the LASC Student Assistantship Programme of NIFT is designed to aid
would be forwarded to Head AA. The final approval will be granted students who have demonstrated financial need. SDAC of each
by DG NIFT. NIFT centre invites applications from students to engage them in
Resource Centre, laboratory, CE programmes and workshops.

student matters
SDAC along with the employer department determines the student's 5.10.2 Class Representatives (CR)
eligibility for the programme.
Each class of every specialization will have two representatives
SDAC under SAP offers two programmes: Campus Job programme (CR). The CR for FP batches would be nominated by the CC. CR of
& Off-campus opportunities. other courses/ semesters would be elected/ nominated by the
The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 5 - E members of the class.
The CR would be elected for a period of one year. However the CC
5.9.2 Student Extension Activities of the discipline would have the authority to ask the class to change
the CR based on the efficiency and working of the student.
This policy is framed particularly to translate NIFT vision of "Concern
for Social and human value" into a workable proposition by The CR would be responsible for issues pertaining to the class like
increasing interaction among the student community and non- discipline, communication between the class and faculty etc. All
government organizations for mutual interests and development. communication for the students of the class would be sent to the
The Student Voluntary Group (SVG) Project is intended to give the CR and it would be his/her responsibility to ensure the
student an opportunity to develop and demonstrate powers of communication of the same to the entire class.
initiative and independent thought. It provides for a unique test of a
The CR would be answerable to the CC/ Co-CC of the department.
student's ability to solve realistic practical problems, and to
communicate the results in written, oral & practical form.
5.10.3 Lab Working
At the early stages of SVG, the students of NIFT would be
collaborating with NGOs for taking up projects. This would ensure The laboratories of the institute are open to all students of the
that the students of NIFT are not unduly stretched to provide concerned department. The rules as prescribed for specific labs
deliveries that cater to the high expectation level of the various (Computer/ IT/ Garment construction/ weaving etc.) should be
business enterprises and entrepreneurs, without having gained displayed visibly for the students and assistants in the labs should
sufficient experience and expertise in handling such a situation. ensure compliance to the rules. Late working in the labs may be
allowed only till 10 :00 pm after approval from center Director in
However, as the processes at SVG are streamlined, the students special circumstances.
of NIFT would be encouraged to take up projects with various
NGOs and business enterprises. This would finally ensure an The facilities will be kept open subject to constant monitoring by
environment conducive for proactive interaction between students faculty or staff (technical) of the department.
of NIFT and the various business enterprises, entrepreneurs NGOs
and Companies. 5.10.4 Mentoring
The detailed policy for the same is placed at Annexure 5- F For the Student Mentoring System, the following guidelines should
be referred to:
i) The main objective of putting faculty mentor system is to
5.10 Student Support Services create a mechanism whereby the students are able to discuss
their problems with the mentors at a mutually convenient
5.10.1 Student Accommodation time. Mentoring system helps students in getting over minor
problems which if not dealt with at a proper time may lead to
National Institute of Fashion Technology maintains hostels for girls
serious problems in the future.
at almost all centers. Norms to be followed for the hostel are
ii) Centre coordinator of each department will prepare the mentor
placed at Annexure 5- G
list at the beginning of each academic year and forward to
The fee structure for the hostel may differ from center to center. The SDAC, Centre Director, CP and Head (AA). Each faculty would
same would be notified separately. Fees once paid will not be be mentor to at least 5-6 students of a batch.
refunded except for the amount paid as refundable security. iii) In case the faculty mentor feels the need, the student may be
Two months prior notice has to be given before vacating the hostel, advised to visit the psychologist counselor available on the
failing which two months hostel and bus fee will be charged. A NIFT campus.
formal application may be submitted to the hostel warden alongwith iv) Faculty mentors would maintain a record of meetings held
a "No Dues Form" duly signed by the respective authority. The with individual mentees.
depositor's copy of the original challan has to be produced for their v) Every student should have a mentor and the Mentors should
refund. meet at fixed time with the student frequently.
vi) Mentors should be familiar with the students, therefore they
could be from the department they belong to or other
department they teach in.

vii) A suggestions box should be placed outside the canteen.
The student coordinator would open up once in a week and
5.11 Special Services for students
submit the list of issues to the Directors.
viii) In each LASC, every coordinator should make a presentation 5.11.1 Fee Waiver Policy
regarding the issues from their side. NIFT semester fee waiver shall be provided to students who go on
ix) Mentors & SDAC should work in close coordination to resolve paid seats in institutes with whom NIFT has reciprocal arrangement.
the issues. This will ensure that the students pay fee at either NIFT or at the
x) During mentoring attempt should be made to interact with foreign university.
maximum number of students and particularly so on social
aspects so as to give them a wider perspective and guide
them towards a mature and more balanced approach to life.
5.11.2 Education Loan
xi) Mentoring of the students will be done by Senior Level Faculty Students of NIFT can avail of education loan. NIFT however will not
only. There should be 4 formal sessions of Mentoring in bear any financial responsibility for repayment of the loan.
each week. Time table in this regard should be worked out
The center Director/ Registrar would issue a letter to the student
keeping the last hour from 4:30 p.m. - 5:30 p.m. as mentoring
for availing of this facility. The format for the same is at Annexure
session for four days in a week. This will also increase the
5 - J.
interaction of faculty and students. Faculty Mentors would
maintain a record of meetings held with individual mentees The amount to be entered in the letter as monthly expenditure
and record of attendance shall be submitted to the Centre would differ from programme to programme and would be provided
Directors. at the beginning of each academic year by AA-HO.
xii) ` 100/- per hour of mentoring session for snacks and tea/
coffee will be given to the Mentors and this will be in addition 5.11.3 Facilities for the Student Repeating the
to the hospitality amount of ` 400/- per month. Further Semester
record of meetings held with individual mentees shall be
submitted by the Mentor at the time of taking reimbursement The following facilities of the Institute have been identified that
of ` 100/- per hour. may be used by students during their detention (LOA/ Repeat)
period across the centres:
GUIDE TO MENTORING STUDENTS
z Use of NIFT Library and Resource Centre
"Mentoring is a one-to-one relationship based on encouragement, z Consultation & advise of faculty by prior appointment
constructive comments, openness, mutual trust, respect, and a z The students can approach SDAC for their involvement in
willingness to learn and share." Guide to mentoring students is student related activities e.g. student club etc.
placed at Annexure 5- H. z The student can get recommendation letter for industry visit,
field study etc. from NIFT
5.10.5 Medical Facilities z Engagement of students in Resource Centre under student
assistantship programme for which they receive a stipend.
All centers are required to provide medical facilities to the students,
faculty and staff by way of a medical doctor and a psychological In case the student has done well in certain subjects but has failed
counselor on Campus. Students should be encouraged to avail the to clear the semester, he/she would be given a waiver on subjects
facility. where he/she has secured a grade of B or above when the student
repeats the semester. i.e. the grade secured by the student will be
Students may be referred to the counselor by the faculty mentor kept intact and the student would not need to either attend classes
and/or the CC of the department for specific problems. or appear for examination for that subject
In case of chronic illness, students should be advised to brief the
CC and at least 2 students (in class and in hostel/ accommodation) 5.11.4 Monetary Incentive for Contribution to
on possible symptoms and immediate assistance to be given. Sponsorships
In case the student has to be hospitalized, the SDAC should contact
the local guardian/ parent at the earliest to apprise them of the Whenever sponsorship is required for any NIFT activity (academic/
situation. co-curricular/ extra curricular), students shall be encouraged to
5.10.6 Placement raise the same by giving the concerned student/s 10% of the money
raised which will interalia cover their incidental expenses. SDAC
NIFT has a centralized Placement policy for Campus placement at each center will certify the student contribution for release of the
across centres. Industry Unit at Head Office decides the schedule 10% amount.
of campus placement as per the academic calendar. The details
are placed at Annexure 5- I.

student matters
5.11.5 Issuance of Migration and Provisional

Certificate
Migration and / or Provisional Certificate may be issued to NIFT
students. The formats for applying and issuing the same is placed
at Annexure 5-K.
5.12 Student Awards

NIFT honours students in three categories of Awards which are
conferred during the Convocation:
z Best Academic Performance Award in each Discipline for
each centre of NIFT.
z Academic excellence with community service performance:
one student in each Centre. (related to Student Development
Activities).
z Best all round performance: one student in each Centre.
(Academic per formance plus student development
activities).
All three awards will carry a certification having related citation on
a designed certificate and a Gold Medal.
NIFT Awards will be presented during Graduation events
(Exhibition/ fashion show/ National Apparel Summit/ Technotalk
etc. )
NIFT institutes awards in various categories for respective
disciplines. Awards shall be decided by the external Jury and given
to the student getting highest marks in the corresponding categories
of evaluation criteria.
The precondition for giving an award in any category is that at least
25% of the class participates in that category.
Awards presented at Fashion Spectrum
Every year, the 'Best All Round Performance' of students of batches
other than the graduating batch will be awarded at the Fashion
Spectrum in the respective centers. The award will consist of a
certificate and ` 5, 000.
The nomination procedure for all awards is detailed in Chapter 7 of

this Manual.
There may be other awards for students which are sponsored by

industry, alumni etc. These may differ from center to center. The
details of such awards would be circulated to the students from
time to time.

examination and evaluation
Chapter 6
This section deals with all issues concerning examination and
evaluation of the students in NIFT. The details of the courses and
subject evaluation matrices are placed as part of the detailed course
curriculum of the particular discipline
In this section:
6.1 Eligibility Criteria for appearing in Examination
6.1.1 Admit Card

6.1.2 Logbook
6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination

6.2.1 Evaluation Methods
6.2.2 Evaluation Matrix
6.2.3 Procedure for submission of assignment
6.2.4 Examination Regulations for candidates
6.2.5 Common Examination
6.3 Awards of Grades and calculation of SGPA/CGPA

6.3.1 Calculation of total grade points
6.4 Results and Feedback
6.5 Procedure for Declaration of results
6.6 Moderation Policy

6.6.1 Role of Moderation Committee
6.8 Evaluation of Internship
6.9 Record of Exam Papers
6.10 Post result sequence of events
6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal procedure

6.1 Eligibility Criteria for Appearing in the student does not have the admit card.
The student who does not receive the admit card on time,
Examinations should contact the respective CC.
It is the responsibility of the COE to verify the eligibility of the
Performance evaluation of the students' work is based on student (payment of fees, attendance etc.) for the evaluation
demonstration of all round capabilities and application across all before issuing the admit card.
criteria laid down for specific subject evaluation and overall Penalty for issue of duplicate admit card is `100/-
performance in the end semester examination/ evaluation by jury
system.
6.1.2 Log Book
The emphasis is on students' capabilities in applying acquired
learning in a multi - dimensional manner, to demonstrate an overall A log book has to be maintained for all process based subjects, for
growth and maturity of application across all subject inputs. This the usage of labs, workshops, design studios etc. The log book will
is an all - important parameter in subjects and semester evaluation. be issued by COE at centre at the beginning of semester. Students
must carry the log book with them whenever they meet the mentor
There will be an end semester evaluation for all subjects for all
and/or use the labs/workshops for their project/class work. It shall
programmes across all NIFT Centres. Students fulfilling the following
be the duty of the Mentor/Lab Asst. to make clear and speaking
criteria will be allowed to appear in the examinations:
notes on the log books about the purpose of visit, duration, status of
Paid all the fees and dues to the Institute the project(both at the beginning of the visit and end), instructions
He/She has minimum prescribed attendance in a semester given to the students for compliance and any other remarks
in all subjects pertaining to the project. Students should not in any case be asked
to write the log books. The log book shall be submitted to the COE
6.1.1 Admit Card before the end of the semester by the announced date for evaluation.
Failure to maintain a regular log of activity or an unsatisfactory log
In order to verify the eligibility of a student for the end semester book shall be presumed to indicate that the student has defaulted
examination, the concept of an admit card has been introduced in preparation of the project and may result in the student being
with the following norms: debarred from appearance before the jury for project evaluation.
Each student shall fill the application form for issue of the The log book will be referred to review the number of hours the
Admit Card and submit to their respective CC facilities are being availed by the students apart from scheduled
Students will be issued the admit card 2-3 days prior to class hours and in assessing the quality time spent by the students
commencement of the end semester exams. towards completion of the project.
The date of issue of the admit card to all students will be
notified by the COE. It is then the students' responsibility to The log book is a mandatory component document for the final
collect their admit cards from the department. submission/evaluation.
No student without the admit card will be allowed to sit for Penalty for issue of duplicate log book is `250.
the examination.
The student who do not receive the admit card before the The format of the log book may be referred (Annexure 6 A)
beginning of the end semester exam, should contact the
respective CC. 6.2 Process and Procedure of
The eligibility of the student vis-a-vis attendance, submission
of prior work, etc will be verified before issuing the admit Evaluation and Conduct of
card. Examination
The admit card shall be issued by the centre COE and the
department CC jointly.
6.2.1 Evaluation Methods (Types of Tools and
Procedure for issuing of Admit Card Instruments for Evaluation)
It shall be the joint responsibility of the COE and the
department CC to issue admit card to the students of their Following are the various evaluation methods and instruments
respective department. suggested for usage by faculty members for evaluating students of
It shall be the responsibility of COE to notify the date of issue different disciplines. However, the specific evaluation methodology
of admit cards to all students. It is then the students used for a particular course shall be specified in the course outline/
responsibility to collect their admit card from the CC. Evaluation Matrix of individual courses.
It should be clear to students and faculty concerned that the
final evaluation would not be accepted/ undertaken in case

I. Jury Based Evaluation External Jury

Graduation Project Jury/ Research Project Jury i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized -
Design Collection Jury institutions/industry of excellence in the related fields.
Dissertation Jury ii) 1-2 faculty from same discipline from different centres.
Process Based Subject Jury iii) The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation
Industry Internship Jury of his/her mentee(s). All marks given by various jury
Industry Survey Jury members would be interpolated and an average would be
Craft Cluster Jury taken out for various criteria of evaluation.
II. Written Examinations Jury for Process Based Subjects
Containing one or more of the following i) 2-3 faculty experts from other departments of the same
i) Objective Type centre and/or industry expert.
ii) Short / Essay Type ii) 1-2 faculty members from within the concerned
iii) Numerical Problems department who is/are not teaching that particular subject
iv) Practical Examination for that particular batch.
iii) The subject anchor faculty shall not be a part of the jury
I. Jury Based Evaluation
and will not be present even as an observer during the
Evaluation Weightage presentation of his/her student/class.
Graduation Project/ Research Project Jury for Industry Internship, Industry Survey and Craft
i) Internal Guide/Mentor : 20% Cluster
ii) Internal Jury : 20% i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized
iii) Industry feedback : 20% institutions/industry of excellence of related field.
iv) External jury : 40% ii) 1-2 faculty of other departments of the same centre.
iii) The subject anchor faculty shall not be part of jury and
Design Collection/ Dissertation Jury
will not present even as an observer during the
i) Internal Guide/Mentor : 20%
presentation of his/her student/class.
ii) Internal Jury : 40%
iii) External jury : 40% Note:
Log book shall be placed officially before the internal jury and kept
Process Based Subject Jury
on record with the COE thereafter till the final results are declared
i) Continuous evaluation : 40%
and finalized.
ii) Mid Term evaluation : 20%
iii) End Term Jury : 40% The jury composition for all process based subjects shall have to
be pre-approved by DG-NIFT as per the following routing.
Industry Internship
i) Mentor : 20%
CCs CPs Dean(A) DG-NIFT for approval
ii) Industry feedback : 30%
iii) External Jury : 50%
However, Centre Directors should be kept informed by the Centre
Craft cluster Jury Coordinators
i) Mentor : 20%
General Guidelines for Conduct of the Jury
ii) CIC or Department representative : 30%
iii) External Jury : 50% All jury members would be oriented towards events of that
particular semester in the discipline prior to the jury
Fashion Industry Market Survey (FIMS)
proceedings.
i) Mentor : 20%
All jury members shall assign marks independently and
ii) CIC or Department representative : 30%
confidentially for each student.
iii) External Jury : 50%
All marks given by various jury members would be
Jury Composition interpolated and an average would be taken out for various
Jury Composition of Graduation Project/ Research Project/ criteria of evaluation by COE Centre.
Design Collection/ Dissertation All comments and marks given by various jury members
Internal jury would be compiled and formally documented by COE Centre
i) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department. In case of a student, receiving a FAIL grade, detailed
ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group comments & explanation would be compiled.
nor will be present even as an observer during the
presentation of his/her mentee(s).
The mentor/ guide will evaluate separately on 20% weightage Implementation
of marks before the jury commences. These marks will not Examination must be done after the completion of the specific
be shown/indicated to the members of the jury. course/ subject.
In case a student gets FOLLOW UP assignments, all details All criteria towards evaluation of performance must be clearly
of the jury comments would be compiled. In addition, the articulated and communicated to the students at the
recommended task/ assignments to be done as follow up by commencement of the course and at the time of the
a student would be mentioned along with date of completion examination.
and evaluation. An undertaking (format Annexure 6 B) would The examination must be done within a stipulated time and
have to be taken from the student that in case of not being date, as appropriate and must be conducted for all students
able to meet with the deadline and the minimum level of at the same time.
competence required, the student will be declared FAIL and All marks given by the faculty must be compiled and formally
would have to repeat the semester. documented.
In case of juries which have external constituents, the
department CP will prepare the master plan of faculty 6.2.2 Evaluation Matrix
movements across centres at least one month in advance.
This shall be done in consultation with CCs at different centres. NIFT has a multiple evaluation system, which includes written
The mentor in subjects which are individually guided will examinations, presentations, practical - skill based examination,
not be a part of the jury evaluation process. Common examination for all the Centres, etc. The details of the
The process of selection and nomination of jury for the End Evaluation Matrix would be available with the department Centre
Term as well as the Re Examinations should be objective coordinator and would be communicated to the students by the
and transparent and not only inspiring the confidence of faculty handling the subject.
students but upholding the best traditions of academic The weightage for Theory based subjects shall be 40:20:40 for
institutions. internal, mid term and end term respectively. The weightage for
The members on Term End Examination Jury and Re process based subjects shall be 60:40 for internal and end-term
Examination Jury should always be same to eliminate scope respectively.
of any bias.
Format for detailed Evaluation Matrix may be referred at Annexure
The specific jury norms for individual departments have been
6-L.
placed at Annexure 6 C to K.
II. WRITTEN EXAMINATION 6.2.3 Procedure for submission of assignments
This is a written evaluation format with a non interactive session of
The schedule of submission of assignments by the students shall
specified time period to evaluate comprehension of theoretical
be displayed on the notice board by COE- Cell at centres. It will be
concepts, ability to apply concepts and integration of the subject
circulated through the concerned faculty and also posted on the
knowledge with other areas.
website. The COE Cell shall maintain a register to monitor
The paper would normally consist of instruments like objective submission of assignments. The assignments will be collected
type, short answers/ essay type questions and/or numerical. The from various departments as per the schedule.
faculty concerned would decide the combination of type of question
The student will submit the assignment to the COE- Cell. They
to be given except in the case of CEB where the decision would be
would be issued a receipt indicating the time and date of submission
that of the designated paper setter
of assignments. Details of assignments shall be entered in the
Type of Questions register being maintained by COE- Cell in every centre at the time
Objective type - Fill in the blanks, Multiple choice, Match the of receipt. Format of the same is placed at Annexure 6 - M.
answers etc.
All assignments received by specified date and time shall be listed
Short answer questions - framed to test conceptual clarity of
and forwarded in a sealed cover by the COE immediately after the
student through brief concise answers in a word limit of 50-
expiry of said date to the faculty concerned for evaluation. The
300 words.
faculty will be required to acknowledge the receipt of the assignment
Essay type questions - framed to check the clarity with
and the receipt obtained from the faculty concerned will be kept by
impetus on application, analytical ability, organization and
the COE.
logical structure of the concept with answers in the word
limit of 1000 words. All assignments submitted late i.e. after the due date and time,
Numerical shall be kept separately by the COE and may be evaluated only
after a specific decision in this regard is taken by an Empowered
Committee at the centre level consisting of COE, CC of concerned

department and one nominated faculty (outside the department vi) A candidate must not, on any pretext whatsoever, speak to,
concerned). This committee shall take in-to account reasons if or have any communication with, another candidate once
any, for late submission and may specify following benchmarks the examination is underway. Any candidate wanting to ask
a question should attract the attention of the invigilator by
i) to accept the assignment
raising a hand. The invigilator cannot offer an opinion as to
ii) to reject the assignment
the meaning of any question.
iii) to accept the assignment with penalty of marks
vii) Where reading time is allowed for an examination, the
Students may obtain receipts for the submission of their work. The commencement and completion of this period will be
committee shall record clear and cogent reasons for their decision. announced by the invigilator. Candidates will not be allowed
If the reasons for late submission are considered inadequate/ to write during this period.
inappropriate such assignments shall not be evaluated and the viii) All rough work must be done in the answer booklet and
student concerned will be informed accordingly and awarded 'ZERO' crossed out (extra paper for rough work may not used or
marks. The committee's decisions are final and binding for the issued).
student. ix) Candidates' work will be collected by an invigilator at the
The evaluation of assignments will be done by the faculty concerned close of the examination, or earlier if the candidate has
and the certified copy of marksheet alongwith the assignments finished. Candidates should remain in their seats until their
shall be handed over to the COE-Cell normally within seven working scripts have been collected.
days from the receipt of assignments for the evaluation. x) If, during the examination, a candidate is discovered in breach
of any of these rules or in the use of any unfair means, the
The marks received from the faculty will be cross checked and facts will be reported to the CC, COE who will be responsible
verified by at least two officials of the COE-Cell and entered in the for deciding on the action to be taken.
register. The marksheet submitted by faculty shall be docketed in xi) It is the responsibility of candidates to ensure that any loose
the COE-Cell. The COE-Cell after receipt of the marksheet, shall or separate sheet are securely fixed within the answer
display the copy of the same on the notice board marked for the booklet after the examination using the tags provided.
purpose. Drawings maybe folded as neatly as possible to fit within
the answer booklet.
6.2.4 Examination Regulations for Candidates Any action by a candidate contrary to the letter or spirit of these
i) Candidates should familiarize themselves with the venues regulations, whether discovered during the examination or
for their particular examinations prior to the examination day afterwards, may disqualify the candidate.
and gather outside the room at least 20 minutes prior to the
start of the exam. Candidates are required to present their 6.2.5 Common Examinations
Admit Card at each examination. Students coming late are
not permitted in the Examination Hall after completion of first Common exam is conducted to maintain the brand equity of NIFT
30 minutes. No student can leave the examination hall before and achieve benchmarking across the centres. Common evaluation
the expiry of 30 min from the commencement of the exam. / examination will be conducted for courses and the results of the
ii) Candidates are advised not to take bags or books, mobiles common exam including the semester results should be announced
to the examination room but if they are taken, they should be before the commencement of the new semester.
left in the area of the room designated by the invigilator away i) The evaluation of the common examination shall be carried
from the candidate's desk. out at NIFT headquarter/other Centres on rotation basis..
iii) Candidates should only have their admit card, the basic ii) The COE at each centre shall be responsible for fair and
writing implements required for the examinations together proper conduct of common examinations, maintaining
with the examinations stationery specified in the rubric of confidentiality and reporting any irregularity to Academic
the question paper on their desk. Containers, such as pencil affairs. However in case of any clarifications towards
cases, should be removed from the desk. question papers, the discipline CC shall be responsible for
iv) The use of dictionaries is prohibited in examinations with the co-ordinating with COE, H.O through COE, center for required
exception of non-electronic translation dictionaries for action.
students whose first language is not English. In such a case, iii) In case of CEB, the attempt shall be made to have maximum
written approval should be obtained from the course leader number of subjects covered under CEB. All theory subjects
and be taken to each exam. The books will be randomly will be covered by the CEB.
checked in the exam room. iv) The COE in coordination with the CP's and Dean (A) would
v) Calculators that are not pre-programmed may be used if an identify and categorize subjects to fall within the purview of
examination permits it. Calculators that incorporate an
alphabetic input are not to be used.
CEB and, those for which Question Paper would be common ii) The selection of the panel shall be done by CP in coordination
but evaluation would be coordinated locally at NIFT Centre with COE (HO).
level. iii) The paper setter could be one of the panel members
v) COE Head Office may constitute a Committee for surprise recommended by CP with knowledge of the subject but not
checks during CEB Examinations. teaching in that subject.
iv) However, in case of non availability of faculty with requisite
Guidelines for Invigilators expertise, the faculty teaching in the semester may also be
involved in question paper setting with the approval of COE-
i) The invigilation will be carried out by the Faculty / Staff (RA)
HO.
of the discipline / department other than the one for which
the exam is being carried out. The faculty teaching the paper Guidelines for Paper Setters (Theory subjects)
should be available when the sealed question paper is opened
i) The paper setter will ensure necessary maintenance of
but should not be the invigilator.
confidentiality with respect to the question Paper.
ii) The invigilator shall not allow any text books, bags, cell
ii) The paper setter must submit two sets of final question
phones, palm tops etc. unless specifically allowed in the
papers clearly specifying course, subject name, subject
instructions of the Question Paper.
code, maximum marks, maximum time limit and other
iii) The invigilator shall ensure that students are seated 10
instructions carefully. The key to these question papers may
minutes before the start of the exam.
also be provided to facilitate even evaluation.
iv) The invigilator shall ensure that there is no indication of the
iii) Proper care must be taken to make question papers as lucid
identity of the student or the centre in the answer sheet
and clear as possible, addressing all expected queries of
except on the top sheet of the main booklet on the perforated
students.
section. The invigilator shall sign in full on the perforated
iv) The question paper may include objective type, short answers
section and only initial on the supplementary sheets.
for essay type questions and numerical etc. However, in
v) The invigilator will check the student admit card for
case of essay type and short answers type papers the word
verification of the identification and eligibility to sit for the
limit may be clearly prescribed as follows
paper.
vi) The attendance of the students should be taken on the Short answers - 50 - 250 words
prescribed format along with details of the main copy number Essay type - maximum 1000 words
and serial numbers of the supplementary sheets. This sheet
v) The questions must be designed to assess conceptual and
is to be sealed along with the answer sheets to be dispatched
analytical understanding as well as application of the concept.
to COE-cell at HO.
vi) The paper setters may submit an indicative brief describing
vii) The invigilator shall make sure the entering and leaving of
the expectations from the students
students from the examination hall should be done as
vii) The paper setters will ensure representation of all units of
quickly as possible so as to minimize the disturbance. A
the ratified curriculum for the subject, in the question paper.
student is not to be allowed out of the examination hall during
viii) While setting question papers for the re-examinations the
the exam except in case of an emergency.
guidelines with respect to the same need to be adhered to.
viii) The invigilator shall ensure that cheating, copying and
ix) The re-exam will weigh as much as the exam it replaces
communicating with others shall be stopped and/or reported
to the COE. The details regarding the structure of the examination etc. may be
ix) In the case of copying, the invigilator must ensure collection forwarded to the Office of the Controller of Examinations well in
of the written evidence or his / her own witness to be recorded advance.
in writing.
x) The invigilator shall have the power to remove a student Guidelines for Evaluation
from the examination hall in case disturbance to others is i) Evaluation of all theory papers of CEB will be carried out in
observed. NIFT, HO/ designated Centre under the supervision/
xi) The invigilator should refrain from answering any doubts management of the COE dept. HO. The said department would
pertaining to questions or expected level/direction of be the custodian of the answer sheets.
answering. ii) Evaluation will be carried out in designated areas with no
Guidelines for Appointment of Paper Setters answer sheets leaving that area.
iii) Names of evaluators would be decided by the CP in
i) A panel would be constituted for finalisation of the question advance. A list of backup names would also be given in
paper format, which would comprise of faculty teaching that case of an evaluator being unavailable for the evaluation
particular subject. process.

iv) Evaluators should ensure that guidelines related to word Cumulative Grade Point Average
limit are adhered to.
v) No paper would be evaluated by less than two faculty m
members. ΣCixpi
vi) However in case of re-examinations and in cases where the j=1
bundle size is less than 50 answer sheets, the same may be C.G.P.A.= m
evaluated by one faculty member with the approval of COE- ΣCj
HO. j=1
vii) Result sheets of the exam should be signed by all evaluating Where
faculty (on every page).
Cj = Number of credits of the jth course, upto the semester for
which CGPA is to be calculated.
6.3 Award of Grades and Calculation
Pj = Grade point earned in jth course. A grade lower than D
of SGPA/CGPA (i.e. grade point < 4) in a course shall not be taken into
The students will be awarded grades, which will be converted into account.
Grade point as per the conversion given below. Any marks awarded j = 1,…………m; represent the number of courses in which
to students shall be converted to Grade Points a student was registered and obtained a grade not lower
than 'D' upto the semester for which CGPA is to be
Grades Grade Points Description calculated.
A 10.00 Excellent
CGPA to be mentioned upto one (1) decimal point with rounding
A- 09.00 Very Good off.
B 08.00 Good In case where one subject is being taught by more than one faculty
B- 07.00 Fair member in a semester, the relative grading process shall be applied
for the individual batch taught by each faculty, rather than the Centre
C 06.00 Satisfactory
as a whole.
C- 05.00 Average
In case of subjects evaluated through CEB, the relative grading
D 04.00 Low Pass system will be applied for all students across the centers that have
F < 4.0 Fail appeared for the given exam.
There are lower caps in the relative grading system which define
To pass in a core subject, a student needs a grade of 'C-' and in a pass core as 50% marks and pass non core as 40% marks
non core subject a grade of 'D' is required.
6.3.1 Calculation of Total Grade Points earned 6.4 Results and Feedback
by student in a semester The faculty shall provide the feedback to the students from time to
time and specifically on basis of any assignment or practical task
Semester Grade Point Average: Based on the grades obtained in given to them.
all courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade
Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: The individual grade sheets/ evaluation sheets for the students
need to be prepared and signed by the COE Centre and centre
The number of credits for each course is multiplied by the Grade Director.
Point obtained by the student in a particular course and the sum of
all the products are added. The sum is then divided by the total
number of credits registered by the student. This is 6.5 Procedure for Declaration of
SGPA = (No. of Credits x Grade Point) Result
No. of Credits
The result of process based non CEB subjects will be done
on the basis of the specialized grading software provided by
The SGPA thus calculated for a semester based on the above
COE- HO at individual center level and subsequently
formula is the semester SGPA. The grade Points earned in
forwarded to COE- HO
Semester = Summation of Grade Points earned in all subjects in
The result of the CEB subjects and the consolidated semester
the semester by a student. SGPA to be mentioned upto two (2)
result will be prepared by COE- HO Cell
decimal points without rounding off.

The compiled results shall be placed before Senate for Second Case:
approval by COE, Head Office. where lowest passing grade is <50(core) & <40 (Non-Core)
The COE Centre shall announce the results by displaying it the grace marks i.e. 4.5 shall be applied on the lowest benchmark
on the Notice Board established for getting a passing grade in the subject.
No Marks to be announced. Only GRADES to be announced.
Answer sheets can be shown to students. However, students
can ask to see only their own answer book (NOT OTHERS).
This will ensure transparency and openness in the system i) A fee of `1,000 per subject will be applicable for re-
which is alaudable goal by any standard. For purposes of examination.
logistics, this may be done only for students wanting to see
these books. ii) The re-exam would be held for weightage equal to the end
Re-exam shall be conducted one week before opening of semester component only.
semester. iii) The opportunity of re-examination would be given for a
Details regarding Examination Schedule, Results - Main and maximum of 50% of the total number of subjects for the
Re - Examination, Students' Attendance status etc., will be current semester. If a student fails in more than 50% of the
uploaded on the NIFT website after ratification of the Senate. subjects, then he/she will have to repeat the semester. In
case of odd number of subjects, 50% will be calculated by
6.6 Moderation Policy rounding off to the next integer.
iv) Re-examination of theory based subjects shall be held after
Moderation can be done only in case of students, who score a
declaration of results, prior to the commencement of the
SGPA minimum of 4.5.
subsequent semester.
i) The moderation will be effected in case of students scoring
v) In the case of students failing Process based (PB) subjects,
below grade C - in Core subjects and D in elective / non -
the course work would be redone for 25% of the allocated
core subjects, for deserving cases only.
time duration for the concerned subject(s).
ii) The moderation will be up gradation of grades.
iii) Moderation can be applied only to a maximum of 2 subjects vi) Re-examination of process based subjects shall be held at
and only in the case where the student can pass in all subjects the end of one month after declaration of results. Students
by receiving the moderation. awaiting re-examination(s) will be allowed to attend classes
iv) In case of core courses, D grade may be upgraded to C- provisionally pending declaration of results. These students
grade. will give an undertaking stating that if declared 'Fail' in re-
v) In case of electives / Non - Core F grade may be upgraded to examination, he/she will abide by the decision of NIFT and
D grade. repeat the semester as per NIFT Rules. For students who
vi) In case of combination of Core & Elective/Non core cases, are declared 'Pass' the attendance shall be calculated from
first the Core courses will be considered for upgrade & then the day of commencement of the subsequent semester.
the Electives/Non core. vii) If a student passes the re-examination of a subject (with
vii) During moderation, the up gradation of grades shall be first reference to main exam cutoff marks), a 'PASS' will be given
done for those subjects where the difference between the against the subject grade irrespective of marks obtained in
marks scored and the marks required to pass is minimum. the re-exam (above passing marks) and a grade point of '4'
viii) Moderation is not a student's right i. e. Moderation Committee will be given against the grade 'PASS' for further calculation.
may decide not to moderate The grade 'PASS' will be indicated by a letter 'P' on the grade
ix) Moderation can be done only once i. e. either before or after sheet. In the eventuality that a student fails after a re-
the re-examination. examination there shall be no further re-exam and the student
should repeat the semester. Mark sheets of students should
6.6.1 Role of the Moderation Committee: clearly reflect the 'F' grade as well as subsequent 'P' grade in
all cases.
Moderation committee will look into each case coming under the
ambit of moderation on following parameters: viii) The composition of re-examination jury for process based
subjects shall be same as the final examination jury.
First Case:
where lowest passing marks are >50(Core) & <40(Non-Core) The jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
the grace marks i.e. 4.5 will be applied in the actual marking 2-3 faculty experts from other department of the same
obtained by the student for that subject. center and/or industry expert.

1-2 faculty members from with in the concerned xvi) The centre should be informed well in advance about the
department who is/are not teaching that particular subject inability of a student to attend an examination / re-
for that particular batch. examination.
The subject anchor faculty shall not be a part of the jury
xvii) The student would be allowed to appear for the re-examination
and will not be present even as an observer during the
in the nearest NIFT Centre subject to receipt of a request
presentation of his/her student/class.
regarding the same through the concerned Centre Director.
ix) As per the current curriculum, industry internship both at UG
xviii) The maximum grade a student can obtain in a re-examination
and PG levels, is a subject of 8 weeks duration that take
would be P
place between two semesters, during the summer break.
However, industry internship is an independent subject. xix) The original jury composition would be valid for re-jury of
Therefore, any student who successfully clears industry process based subjects as well, except for the juries already
internship would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective approved on a case to case basis. Also, if due to non-
of whether he/she passes or fails the subsequent semester. availability of some jury members, a new jury composition
is proposed, then the approval of DG-NIFT should be sought
x) In the final semester, students are required to undertake
for the same.
Graduation Project/research Project/ Design Collection/
Dissertation. In case the work is not found satisfactory by xx) The financial implication for the re-exam would be borne by
the Internal Jury or External Jury, student(s) will have to the Head Office and then allocated to various centres
repeat the same with the next batch.
xi) In the case of subject(s) failing to pass Industry Internship, 6.8 Evaluation of Internship
Craft Cluster and final semester Graduation Project/Research
In case of student not completing his/her internship on account of
Project/Design Collection, the entire process shall be
medical or other relevant reason or failing in internship evaluation,
repeated in its entirety and evaluated as per approved
the student will not fail the semester and will instead carry
evaluation criteria out of 100 marks, as per the curriculum.
Internship to next semester.
xii) The result and the re-exam schedule would be uploaded on
Student will have to undertake the internship again at a convenient
the NIFT official website and it is the responsibility of the
time in the following semester breaks. If however, the duration of
centres to inform all students about the re-examination
break is not sufficient for undertaking the complete duration of
schedule.
internship again, the student will have to do so after completion of
xiii) Students failing in even one subject after the re-exam are his/her last semester and then re-appear for evaluation. In this
required to repeat the semester, as and when offered with case, the programme duration for him/her will be extended by the
the subsequent batch. duration of internship.
xiv) In case of a student missing a process based subject jury The student will not be considered pass and will not be allowed in
due to absence on account of medical or other relevant convocation till he/she completes his/her internship/s.
reasons, the information of student not being able to appear
However, any student who successfully clears Industry Internship
should reach the respective department before or on the
would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective of whether, he/
date of jury. This information shall be supported with relevant
she passes or fails the subsequent semester/s. The grades obtained
documents. The work of the student should be submitted to
in Industry Internship are to be added to the Subsequent semesters
the Department, with the supported relevant document and
as Industry Internship is an Independent Subject.
shall be sealed and stored by the department, for evaluation
at a later stage, if permitted for jury by DG-NIFT. In case,
student does not submit his/her work with these documents 6.9 Record of Exam Papers
he/she forfeits his /her chance of being considered for jury
The evaluated answer sheets of the Common Exam Board (CEB)
at later stage. Such cases shall discussed in respective
and Non-CEB will be retained for the purpose of record for a period
centre LASC and recommendations of LASC and centre
of one semester at HO and in respective centres respectively.
Director shall be submitted to DG-NIFT for consideration
Subsequently, these may be destroyed.
xv) The student would be eligible for re-exam having extreme
extenuating circumstances subject to minimum of 75 %
overall attendance but have less than 65% attendance in
upto two subjects in the semester and has satisfactorily
completed the shortage of attendance through an extra
assignment during the break.

6.10 The post result sequence of events
would be as follows:
i) Announcement of Result (on approval of Senate)
ii) Counseling Session for students who have failed the semester
or performed badly within two days of declaration of result.
iii) Students' request for re-assessment within five days of
declaration of result
iv) Process of re-evaluation within one week of receipt of request
v) Result of re-examination within one week of holding the exam
6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal

Procedure
i) Students may apply for re-evaluation only for written
examinations on the prescribed Performa through the Centre
Director (Performa at Annexure-II of Student Rule Book).
ii) The evaluation will be restricted to ensuring that all answers
are checked and the marks are correctly totalled.
iii) A fee of ` 100 per subject shall be charged from the student
for re-evaluation.
Appeal Procedure
Student who fail in a semester or perform badly would be counselled
in the presence of all faculty members of the department so as to
resolve individual issues of students. Only in cases where the
student / parent is not satisfied with the response of the faculty,
can an appeal be filed to DG, NIFT through the Centre Director. The
Director is required to attach his justifications/comments on each
point raised in the representation by the student before forwarding
the same to DG

i) It is mandatory for a student to undertake all the core courses
in discipline and foundation programme courses.
ii) A student must acquire a minimum of 22-30 credits in a
semester, which would be specified under each programme
except in the final semester of the UG/PG programmes.
iii) In the case of UG/PG programmes, a student must acquire a
minimum of 18 credit points in the final semester.
iv) The minimum number of credits to be earned would include
credits for all Core, non-core and Elective courses.
v) In elective courses a pass would be given with a minimum
level Grade Point of D/P.
vi) It is mandatory to pass all the Core & Non-core subjects with
'C-Minus, D and 'P' grade respectively for promotion to next
semester.

degree and other distinctions
Chapter 7
This section deals with all issues concerning conferring of degree,

grade sheets to students/graduates of regular programmes of
NIFT. The section would also detail the procedure for awards
(merit and others) given by NIFT.
In this section:
7.1 Grade Sheets
7.2 Conferring of Degree

7.2.1 Requisites
7.2.2 Procedure of Conferring
7.2.3 Issue of Duplicate Degree, Diploma, Grade Sheets, and other Distinctions
7.3 NIFT Convocation
7.4 Merit Awards
7.5 Graduation Awards
7.6 Other Awards (Presented During Convocation)

7.1 Grade Sheets the students going or coming for twinning or exchange
programmes·
ii. The Standing Committee for twinning will provide
Grade sheets would be issued to the student at the end of each the equivalence based on the mark sheet or the report
semester and the end of the program. The formats of the same of the student from outside university·
are placed at Annexure 7-A. iii. A presentation will be conducted at the Centre Level
Procedure for issue of Grade Sheets for all students who went for twinning or Exchange
programs. The presentation would be made to a
The compilation of results etc would be coordinated by the panel consisting of all CCs and Centre RIC and
Evaluations Unit/ Academic Affairs Department at NIFT Centres. coordinated by Centre IL.
The students' semester and final Grade Sheets for regular iv. In case of an overlap of time between the twinning/
programmes would be issued by the NIFT Centres in the formats Exchange programme and the craft visit/ industry
prescribed by the Office of Head (AA) at Head office. internship equivalence will be given according to the
Signatories number of days by the Standing Committee.
The Controller of Examinations (COE) and the Director of the NIFT
Centre will be the official signatories for the Semester grade 7.2.2 Procedure of conferring
sheets for regular programmes. The Provisional Degree Certificate will be issued by the NIFT
The grade sheet would be prepared and checked by the COE cell Centres to the candidates who have successfully completed the
at center level. The grades would be verified by the center course. The Director of the NIFT Centre would be the Official
coordinator (CC) of the respective departments. Signatory for the Provisional Degree Certificate.
The information of successful graduates from different
7.2 Conferring of Degree programmes will be forwarded to Head Office from all NIFT
Centres. On the basis of the information received from the NIFT
Centres, Head Office will get the degree Certificate calligraphed.
7.2.1 Requisites
The Registrar and Director General, NIFT would be Official
I) To be eligible for the award of the Degree, the student must Signatories for the Degree Certificates. The preparation of Degree
have successfully cleared/ completed all requirements of Cer tificates would be coordinated by the Controller of
the course, credits, attendance requirements, should have Examinations and Assistant Controller of Examinations in
paid all required fee etc. consultation with Head (AA).
II) The student should have submitted the No Dues Certificate,
The activity of conferring of Degree to the successful Graduates
duly signed by all signatories in the prescribed format.
is coordinated at the Head Office level for all Centres.
III) No disciplinary case should be pending against the student
before being eligible for award of the Degree. The activity of Conferring of Degree would be done through the
Annual NIFT Convocation.
IV) A student can take a maximum of 06 years for completion
of a UG Degree programme and 04 years for PG Degree In case of Graduates who are unable to attend the Convocation,
programme from the date of registration. the parents may collect on behalf of their ward subject to
production of authorization letter from the graduate and satisfying
V) The students admitted to the Institute in the year 2003 or
other formalities laid down by NIFT.
later to the various disciplines of restructured 4-year Under
Graduate programmes in Design and Technology and
students admitted in the year 2005 or later to the restructured 7.2.3 Issue of Duplicate Degree/Diploma, Grade
2 year Post Graduate programmes in Management, Sheets and Other Distinctions
Technology and Design shall be eligible to receive the
Duplicate Degree/Diploma certificate would be issued only to
Under Graduate and Post Graduate Degree.
graduates whose original degree/diploma have been reported
VI) In case of students who have availed of the Twinning lost/missing and on production of the following proof of the same.
programme the following procedure needs to be followed
before being eligible for the award of the Degree. i. Copy of FIR filed in the police station under whose
jurisdiction area the original document was reported lost.
i. There may a difference in the number of credits in ii. Copy of advertisement in the Newspaper announcing the
the universities abroad; an equivalence should be loss of the document.
provided for the credits and the relative grading of

iii. Affidavit in original duly attested by Notary Public etc. Textile Design
iv. Requisite fee for issue of the duplicate document. Best Graduating Project Award - I
Extra copies of Grade sheets and other distinctions would be Best Graduating Project Award - II
issued on request after payment of requisite fee by the Student/ Most Creative Collection Award
Graduate. Fashion Communication
Best Graduation Project Award-I
7.3 NIFT Convocation Best Graduation Project Award-II
Most Innovative Communication Design
The Annual Convocation of NIFT is held preferably within 6 to 8
Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories
months of completion of the programme.
Best Graduation Project
The Graduates are well informed about the conduct of Convocation Most Commercially Viable Design Intervention
by way of letters, advertisement, information on website, by the Most Exemplary Application of Design Methodology
respective NIFT Centres and by word of mouth.
Bachelor of Fashion Technology
The Graduates are sent a set of instructions regarding registration Best Graduation Project
schedule, dress code, seat plan etc. Most Innovative Project
Most Commercially viable Project
7.4 Merit Awards Master of Fashion Technology
Best Research Project
Best Academic Performance (Presented during Convocation)
Most Innovative Project
Award in each Discipline for each centre of NIFT carries a citation, Most Commercially viable Project
a gold medal, and `5,000. The award will be decided on the
Fashion Management Studies
basis of the highest CGPA in the batch. In case the student has
Best Post Graduation Project (Marketing)
appeared for any re-exam during the course of study, he/she will
Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising)
become ineligible for this award.
Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices)
7.5 Graduation Awards Design Space

Best Design Innovation Project
Awards at the graduation event of each Specialization (Exhibition/ Best Design Research Project
Fashion Show/ National Apparel Summit/ Techno Talk etc) Criteria/Modality for deciding the above referred awards:
NIFT institutes awards in various categories for respective
FASHION DESIGN
disciplines. Awards shall be decided by the external Jury and
given to the student getting highest marks in the corresponding Best Design Collection
categories of evaluation criteria. Criteria: Highest cumulative score as the best example of the
design process from concept to final collection
The details for various disciplines are as follows:
Most Creative & Innovative Design Collection
Fashion Design
Criteria: Most innovative details and re-definition of existing design
Best Design Collection
parameters.
Most Creative and Innovative Design Collection
Best Use of Traditional Skills in Contemporary Styling Best use of Traditional skills in Contemporary Styling
Criteria: Most contemporary usage of tradition in fabric / surface
Leather Design
development.
Best Graduation Project - I
Best Graduation Project - II
LEATHER DESIGN
Most Innovative use of material
Best Graduation Project - I
Knitwear Design
To be awarded to the highest overall scoring student in Graduation
Best Graduating Project
Project as sum total.
Second Best Graduating Project
Most Creative Collection Best Graduation Project - II
To be awarded to the 2nd highest overall scoring student in
Graduation Project as sum total.

Most Innovative use of material Internal Jury
To be awarded to the student with highest ranking under the Interpretation of Project Brief (Research & Analysis)
Criteria of Design Exploration in the Internal as well as External Project Realization
jury evaluation
External Jury
KNITWEAR DESIGN Interpretation of Project Brief (Research & Analysis)
Project Realization
Best Graduating Project
Highest Cumulative Marks in Graduating Project FASHION AND LIFESTYLE ACCESSORIES
Second best Graduating Project Best Graduation Project
Second highest cumulative marks in Graduating Project Overall Highest Marks in Graduation Project
(as per guideline for Graduation Project Evaluation)
Most Creative Collection
z Research (Fashion Trends Colours, Market, Fabric and Most Commercially Viable Design Intervention
Silhouette z Definition of Design Parameters & Opportunities
z Conceptualization z Market/Consumer Opportunity and Analysis
z Fabric innovation z Understanding & Implementation of Design Brief
z Product realization (Pattern Making, Construction and z Project Management
Finish)
Most Exemplary Application of Design Methodology
z Accessorization
z Extent & Quality of Conceptual Exploration
TEXTILE DESIGN z Design Synthesis
z Innovation and Relevance
Best Graduating Project Award - I
z Definition of Design Parameters & Opportunities
Awarded to the top two students scoring the maximum marks in
their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
Marks assessment
Best Graduation Project
Best Graduating Project Award - II Awarded to the top student/s scoring the maximum marks in
Awarded to the top two students scoring the maximum marks in their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback
their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks assessment
Marks assessment
Most Innovative Project
Most Creative Collection Award Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal &
Awarded to the student who scores the highest marks in Mentor, External Jury in the following criteria:
Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks using a z Innovation
criteria comprising the following: z Implementation
z Innovative use of material, form, color and layout z Relevance of the industry
z Innovative product development z Project Approach
z Quality and finish
z Creative Presentation
Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal &
z Creativity in making a coordinated collection
External Jury in the following criteria:
FASHION COMMUNICATION z Relevance to industry (critical issues)
z Overall impact of the project (Competitiveness &
Best Graduation Project Award I
Sustainability)
Highest Marks in "Internal Jury + Mentor Marks + Industry
z Analysis & Conclusion (Return on Investment)
Feedback + External Jury" of the Graduation Project.
z Implementation
Best Graduation Project Award II
MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
2nd Highest Marks in "Internal Jury + Mentor Marks + Industry
Feedback + External Jury" of the Graduation Project. Best Research Project
Awarded to the top student/s scoring the maximum marks in
Most Innovative Communication Design
their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback
Internal Guide / Mentor marks
Marks assessment
Realization of Project Brief

Most Innovative Project or the names may be proposed by members of the peer group/
Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal & faculty/SDAC.
Best All Round Performance
z Innovation
z Implementation One student in each Centre - carries a citation, a gold medal and
z Relevance of the industry `11,000. The award would be decided by the LASC taking into
z Project Approach account the academic performance of the student along with
his/her contribution in student development activities. For
consideration in this category, the student can nominate himself/
Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal &
herself or the name can be proposed by member of the peer
group/ faculty/ SDAC.
z Relevance to industry (critical issues)
z Overall impact of the project (Competitiveness & Modalities for the selection of award winners to be awarded
Sustainability) during the Convocation
z Analysis & Conclusion (Return on Investment)
For Best Academic Performance - COE (Centre) to take
z Implementation
recommendations to the LASC for ratification. The
FASHION MANAGEMENT STUDIES recommendations would be based on CGPA of all the semesters
of study. The final result of the LASC (one per specialization per
Best Post Graduation Project (Marketing)
center) with the minutes of the meeting should be forwarded to
To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in
the Academic Affairs department (HO) through the center Director.
Graduation Project (Marketing Category) as sum total.
For the awards 'Academic Excellence with Community Service'
Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising)
and 'Best All Round performance' - These awards would be based
To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in
on self nominations of the students. The nominations would be
Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising Category) as sum
perused at the respective center by the LASC with the center
total.
SDAC. The final recommendations with the minutes of the
Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices) meeting should be forwarded to the Academic Affairs department
To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in (HO) through center SDAC.
Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices Category)
Procedure and Format for Application for Self Nominated
as sum total.
Awards:
DESIGN SPACE
i. All NIFT regular students of the particular graduating batch
Best Design Innovation Project are eligible for the awards.
z Original thought process ii. The application for the award should be addressed to the
z Exploration of idea center SDAC and submitted through the department CC.
z Creative Outcome iii. The CC will duly certify the application before forwarding
z Project Planning the same.
z Presentation iv. The student should submit a two page CV and an essay
of 200 words on why she/he should be considered for the
Best Design Research Project
award.
z Selection of Research Theme/subject
v. The applications should be examined in the LASC which
z Research Questions and Findings.
will include the SDAC.
z Context & Relevance of the Research Outcome
vi. The LASC would forward its recommendations to AA
z Project Planning
department HO. The panel of names should be sent with
z Presentation
the recommended personal citations.
vii. The AAC, NIFT shall take the final decision on the student
7.6 Other Awards (Presented during to be awarded for the particular year.
Convocation)
Academic Excellence with Community Service performance
One student in each Centre - carries a citation, a gold medal and
`11,000/-. The award will be decided in the LASC on the basis of
nomination. The student can nominate him/herself for the award
diploma programmes
CHAPTER 8
This section deals with all norms and policies related to diploma
programmes offered by NIFT.
In this Section:
8.1 Programme Duration
8.2 Admission Procedure
8.4 Academic Input
8.5 Teaching Methodology
8.6 Evaluation Criteria
8.7 Course Curriculum
8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules
8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E Programme

8.9.1 Background
8.9.2 Structure
8.9.3 Admission
8.9.4 Budget
8.9.5 Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge
8.9.6 Accounting System
8.9.7 Feedback
8.9.8 Evaluation Criteria
8.9.9 Moderation
8.9.10 Attendance
8.9.11 Discontinuation/Non-appearance
8.9.12 Internship
8.9.13 Award

Introduction HOW TO APPLY
Prospectus and admission forms can be obtained from the
Programmes to be offered under the purview of this are full time Admission Department, NIFT Campus, New Delhi as per the NIFT
programs which are for a year or more but less than 2 years. policy from time to time.
I) Industry oriented programme ADMISSION TEST
The Industry oriented programme will be designed to train middle The admission test will include a written test followed by group
and senior level executives, second generation entrepreneurs and discussion and personal interview. A Psychometric Test may also
young professionals to excel in understanding and integrating the be conducted for select categories of programmes.
areas of design, technology and management for effective business Details about the admission procedure will be printed in the
development. prospectus and uploaded on the NIFT website. These details will
II) Training of trainers also be available in the NIFT brochure for Diploma Programmes.
This will be approved by the SIAC and DG-NIFT.
Training of Trainers programme will be designed to train trainers
from various institutes to excel in the areas of design, technology The basic components will be as follows-
and management for effective dissemination of information and General Ability Test: This test will comprise of various subtests as
knowledge. given below:
III) Post Graduate Diploma programmes are offered at the regular i. Quantitative Ability
and specialty centre of NIFT. These are: ii. Communication Ability
i. PG Diploma in Fashion Entrepreneurship (Fas.E) iii. Analytical Ability
ii. PG Diploma in Gemmology and Fashion Jewellery iv. General Knowledge and Current Affairs
iii. PG Diploma in Home Textiles v. Case Study
iv. PG Diploma in Knitwear Technology Group Discussion: It would entail a discussion comprising of
approximately 15 to 20 minutes of discussion on a topic given, on
8.1 Programme Duration which a panel of experts will assess the candidates on the following
parameters:
The diploma programme may be of duration of 12 months or more
upto a maximum of 18 months. i. Conceptual clarity
ii. Knowledge of the topic assigned
iii. Interpersonal skills
8.2 Admission Procedure iv. Ability to generate new ideas
Eligibility Criteria v. Problem solving approach
vi. Leadership qualities
For Industry Programme vii. Effective communication
i. A three years Bachelor’s Degree or equivalent in any Personal Interview: A candidate is judged on the various
discipline recognized by the Association of Indian Universities. parameters as listed below:
For foreign Bachelor’s Degree, not recognized by the
Association of Indian Universities, proper certification by a i. Overall Personal Achievements in academics and co-
National Body constituted in the country concerned for curricular activities.
granting equivalence will have to be produced. ii. Communication skills
or iii. General Awareness and Aptitude
Three year Undergraduate Diploma from NIFT only. iv. Overall personality traits.
ii. The candidates have to be sponsored by the Industry. v. Industry background.
For other PG Diploma programmes The weightage assigned to each test in the final merit list of the
entrance examination is as under
Degree in any discipline from any recognized Institute/University
or two (2) year Diploma with 1 year work experience in a relevant Written test 50% weightage
field. GD/ Interview 50% weightage
For Training of Trainers FEE

The institute will deicide on the fee to be charged from the students
The candidates have to be sponsored by an academic institution. after obtaining approval of the SIAC and DG-NIFT. It would be
published in the brochure.

diploma programmes
The cost of International visit/internship (if any) shall be borne by Continuous assessment and end term examinations will be
the student directly. conducted to judge the performance of the students.
REGISTRATION In the third/final semester in addition to other papers, students
would be required to undertake research activities in different areas
After paying the fee, the student will be registered under NIFT.
of design, technology and management under the guidance of
faculty. Such research may also be carried out in the industry,
8.3 Academic Calendar research centres, institutes - nationally and internationally.
Academic calendar will be prepared at the beginning of the
Academic year and in compliance with the regular programs of 8.7 Course Curriculum
NIFT including the following events:
The course curriculum for Post Graduate Diploma Programmes
i. Orientation, Registration will be prepared after a series of discussions with the internal &
ii. Payment of semester fee external faculty members, industry members and experts. The
iii. Commencement of classes course curriculum will be in the custody of Dean (A)/Head-CE&DP.
iv. Examinations
v. Re-Examination Curriculum related changes shall be verified by the SIAC and
vi. Declaration of result approved by DG-NIFT.
vii. Internship, Field visits
viii. Vacations , Mid Semester Recesses INTERNSHIP
An essential component of the programme for necessary exposure
8.4 Academic Input in Apparel Industry for 2-6 weeks.
Student may also be exposed to leading international organizations.
Faculty will constitute of Senior internal faculty members. The financial arrangement and logistics for the same shall be as
Students will enhance their talents by working with foreign/external per the same policy of the institute recommended by SIAC and
faculty and experts on various real life projects, thereby gaining approved by DG-NIFT.
invaluable knowledge, experience and awareness about the latest Students are required to pass all exams in all semesters. The
global trends. students will be awarded a Diploma and grade sheets on successful
The courses will also draw upon the experience and knowledge of completion of the programme.
the Industry experts through consistent interactions and guest
lectures. 8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules
Alumni, who are working with the industry in key decision making The same rules will apply as for the students of regular Post
positions and are instrumental in shaping the future of fashion Graduate Programmes of NIFT.
business, will be actively involved in student guidance.
8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E
8.5 Teaching Methodology Programme
Programmes will be broken up into 2-3 Semesters followed with
breaks in between. Each semester will constitute of 450- 480 8.9.1 Background
hours of teaching equivalent to 20-30 credit points. The allocation
of credit points is as per regular Post Graduate programmes of NIFT vide the Board agenda no.6011 and AAC agenda item no 2008
NIFT. had approved to initiate the design and development of a special
12 months PG full time programme entitled “Enterprise
Management for Fashion Business” (EMFB). The modalities for
8.6 Evaluation Criteria designing /commencement of the programme were worked out by
The evaluation scheme focuses at an entire gamut of learning and a core team of NIFT faculty constituted by Ms. Gauri Kumar, IAS,
corresponding evaluation tools like task-based assignments, the then DG–NIFT and in consultation with industry members/
interactive industry projects, internships, research survey and Associations. The same was approved by BPFC and BOG held in
written examinations throughout the year. Various juries like end March 2005. The AAC also approved the programme resulting in
semester, graduation project, design collection and viva voce etc., the commencement of the EMFB programme from August 2006.
comprising of academicians and industry professionals, judge The title of the programme EMFB was changed as Fashion
students work and provide qualitative evaluation and feed back in Entrepreneurship (Fas.E) in 2008 vide decision taken in SIAC-AMS
terms of overall growth and performance. dated 12.08.08.

8.9.2 Structure Line of Authority
Academic Structure Unit Head

The programme is of 12 months duration organized into two
semesters. This programme will have 6 hours of inputs daily. This
Unit In-charge
course curriculum shall include the subjects in the areas of
management, technology, design and legal aspects dealing with
business in the proportions i.e. 60%, 15%, 15%, 10% respectively. Senior Assistant
Emphasis of the course would also include international trade.
Fas.E Programme Matrix is as given below:
Attendant
PROGRAM MATRIX
Guidelines for Unit In-charge
Semester I Semester II i. The in-charge while submitting the proposal to announce the
Fashion programme shall identify and establish the need for
z z Fashion Forecasting
Entrepreneurship conducting the programme.
z Management
SME Management- ii. The in-charge shall identify the experts, indicate core
z Accounting for
Principles and competence and develop required body of knowledge to
Entrepreneurs
Practices efficiently execute the Fas.E programme.
z Project Management
Fashion Marketing iii. The in-charge is expected to constantly monitor the external
z for Fashion
& Merchandising environment before the commencement of the programme
Entrepreneurs
Organization and indicate if any other institute is running similar
z z Communication &
Behaviour & HRM programmes and update the management on the same.
Negotiation Skills
National iv. The in-charge shall submit the budget.
z Garment z Elements of Design
Intern- v. The in-charge shall maintain income-expenditure details and
Manufacturing z Business Economics
ship submit the finalized accounts
Technology & Statistics
8 Weeks vi. The in-charge shall submit the finalization certificate along
z Information z Quality Management
Technology for with the achievement reports
z Enterprise Financing
Fashion vii. In case of arrangement or partnership with any organization
z Business Laws &
Entrepreneurs and funds being received, the in-charge shall take the
Tax Laws for
Introduction to responsibility of sending a utilization certificate.
z Entrepreneurs
Fashion & Fashion viii. In-charge shall be responsible for running of CE & Diploma
z Business Plan
Business Programmes Unit under the supervision of Unit Head.
Environment 8.9.3 Admission
z Marketing
Research Commencement of New Batch: Proposal shall be submitted by
z Textile Science the Incharge to the Standing Committee in triplicate along with all
z Retail Management supporting documents and details of proposed budget.
The programme will be announced every year as per the schedule
After the 1 semester the students will be doing an internship in
st given below:
industry for academic exposure. Time to time industry visit will be ADMISSION CALENDAR
conducted for the Industry Interaction. Industry specialists and
Issue of Application Form/ : 2nd week of June
similar experts will be called for workshop on contemporary issues
Advertisement
related to the fashion business industry.
Administrative Structure Last Date of Submission of : 3rd week of July
Application Form
Fashion Entrepreneurship programme is a programme managed
by CE & Diploma Programmes Unit. The unit will be headed by an Entrance Examination/ : 4th week of July
academician at the Professor Level and the Unit In-charge will be Personal Interview
a faculty at the level of Associate/Assistant Professor from the Announcement of Final Results : 1st week of August
management/design/technology background.
Commencement of Programme : 3rd week of August

diploma programmes
Student’s Eligibility of Re-exam fee is necessary for sitting in the examination unless
specific permission is sought for waiver of Re-Exam fee.
z A three years Bachelor’s Degree or equivalent in any
discipline recognized by the Association of Indian Universities. Refund to the students who opt to discontinue Fas.E programme
For Foreign Bachelor’s Degree, not recognized by the
In case the withdrawal takes place before the commencement of
Association of Indian Universities, proper certification by a
the programme, full fee will be refunded.
National Body constituted in the country concerned for
granting equivalence will have to be produced; or In case the student withdraws within 30 days of the commencement
z A three year undergraduate Diploma from NIFT only. of the programme, 50% of the tuition fee and the refundable security
deposit will be returned to the student.
Selection Process
In case the withdrawal takes place after 30 days, only the refundable
All the eligible candidates will have to appear for a written security deposit will be returned. All the other fees including the
examination/personal interview at NIFT New Delhi. The written tuition fee will be deemed to have been forfeited in such a case.
exam/interview shall be conducted to test the knowledge, skill and
The amount deducted from the refund made to the student, should
aptitude of the candidates for the programme. The written
be added to the total revenue generated by the programme.
examination need to be conducted only in such cases when the
number of applicants is three fold the number of seats or above. 8.9.4 Budget
The proposed panel for selection process of candidates includes Budget should have the following components:
Director (Admissions) but the final panel will be decided by DG
(NIFT). Expenditure Components
Infrastructure
Guidelines regarding the Fee
Printing
The semester fee structure as applicable for the students of the Release of Advertisement and Admission Test
Fas.E programe will be charged from students. Any revision in the
fee structure would be notified separately from time to time. Lecture fee
Coordination fee
Fee
Course Review Fee (after 2 yrs)
The total fee for the programme is `2,50,000 payable in 2 Consumable (Office & Computer Stationary, Lab &
installments at the beginning of the 1st and 2nd semester as per the Classroom material)
details given below:
Industry/Field visit
1st installment to be paid before the commencement of the Seminar/Workshop/Presentation/Display
programme
The details would be as follows for 1st semester: Support staff
Hospitality
Tuition fee : ` 1,25,000 (Non -refundable)
Security deposit : ` 5,000 (Refundable) Miscellaneous
Library fee : ` 2,500 (Non -refundable) Total Expenditure
Insurance Premium: ` 500 (One time, Non-refundable) Total Revenue
2nd installment to be paid before the commencement of the Net Profit
programme
Tuition fee : `1,25,000 (Non -refundable) 8.9.5 Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge
Late fee z Workshops
z Round tables
The students shall not be allowed to join the programme if fee is z Case study
not paid by the due date. Any delay in payment of fees beyond the z Role-play
dates specified without official permission will attract a late fee of
`100 per day which will be charged from the students. Guidelines for Engagement of Guest Faculty:
The eminent faculty from Management, Technology and Design
Re-Examination Fee
discipline may be hired on the basis of the following criteria
Fee for Re-exam should be charged at `1,000 per subject. Payment
z Junior Faculty : Junior Faculty with the relevant qualification
must have min. 5 years experience of Industry/Academia

z Senior Faculty: Senior Faculty with the relevant qualification z The accounts of Fas.E shall be finally closed at the end of the
must have min. 12 years experience of Industry/Academia six months after the date of completion of the programme.
The Guest Faculty Payment Norms 8.9.7 Feedback
The External Faculty taking the classes in Fas.E Programme are After fourth session of the semester a subject wise feed back must
required to fill an undertaking for taking responsibility for the conduct be taken, from students and second feedback must be taken after
of classes (Annexure 8-A ) 10th session to assess the change. Third feed back may be taken at
External Faculty end of the semester and a consolidated statement may be prepared.
Payment Norms for a session of 60 minutes for External Guest 8.9.8 Evaluation Criteria
Faculty are as following:
The system of evaluation for Fas.E programme should be as
z Junior Faculty – ` 300 + ` 350 Conveyance follows:
z Senior Faculty – ` 600 + ` 350 Conveyance
Internal Assessment Final Assessment Total
Internal Faculty:
Theory 40% 60% 100%
The Internal Faculty of NIFT to be paid for classes of Fashion
Entrepreneurship as per the session of 60 minutes. The Internal Practical 40% 60% 100%
Faculty taking the classes in Fas.E Programme are required to fill
an undertaking for taking responsibility for the conduct of classes The minimum passing percentage should be 40% in individual
which shall state that there is no clash with regular teaching subjects in the internal as well as final assessment. Internals
workload for Internal faculty members as well as they fulfill their comprise of presentation and assignments with breakup of 20
mandatory teaching hours (Annexure 8 - B) marks for presentation and 20 marks for assignment. Submission
The payment norms are: of assignment is mandatory for attending the final assessment. In
z Professor – ` 500 case no marks are scored if a student misses the presentation or
z Associate Professor – ` 400 assignment he will be required to re-submit the same as per the
z Assistant Professor – ` 300 dates given by unit.
Expert: The Fas.E unit may follow the pass percentage method instead of
grading system.
The eminent expert having 15 years experience in the relevant
field may be invited for a jury member and for conducting 8.9.9 Moderation
workshops. The honorarium paid to eminent expert shall be
` 2500/-for the duration of a day. Claim form for Internal Faculty, Moderation can be given for maximum of three subjects. The
Guest Faculty and Expert payment (Annexure 8 - C) maximum grace marks available for moderation is 1% of the total
Faculty payment claim form: marks in that semester.
The faculty engaged in the program for teaching shall have to fill In case a student fails in the semester he will have to seek
the Faculty payment claim form which is given in (Annexure 8-C). admission again next year by paying the complete fee for the
semester.
8.9.6 Accounting System If a student wishes to complete the programme after the
z All cheques should be made in favour of NIFT, Delhi. discontinuation of programme he will be allowed to do it for a
period of 1 year after the discontinuation of programme provided
z The assigned staff form Account section shall keep an
he submit all pending assignments and appear for re-exams after
account of all receipts and disbursements.
paying the requisite fee for re-exam.
z The coordinator shall also keep an account of programme
for his/her records in the register for the same. 8.9.10 Attendance
z The Coordinator with the help of the assigned staff from The attendance record is to be maintained by the unit for individual
Accounts section shall carefully reconcile the expenditure in subjects. Minimum 65% attendance in each subject and 75%
relation to the proposed budget attendance in total is required to appear in the exam. In case of
shortage of attendance the written clarification may be submitted
z The Coordinator should submit the full account of the Fas.E by the students. If found satisfactory the student will be allowed to
budget and expenditure on completion of the project appear for re-exam.

diploma programmes
8.9.11 Discontinuation/ Non appearance

A student may be granted leave of absence / lien for a maximum
period of 12 months. The student must seek prior approval of the
competent authority for such leave. In such case whether it is
leave of absence or detention on account of failure/ attendance, the
student shall keep his/her registration live by paying re-registration
fee of `10,000 for each absenting semester. In any case the
programme needs to be completed within the next 12 months.
8.9.12 Internship
Every Fashion Entrepreneurship student must submit a proposal to
undertake a National Internship project after the first semester of
the programme.
Allocation of company:
The Company will be allocated to the student by the Fas.E unit after
getting three areas of their choice regarding his/her internship.
Things to do:
The students will have to report to their allotted mentors from the
department on a weekly basis for showing the progress of their
internship. Those studying out of Delhi will have to update their
mentors via-e-mail or phone. Those students have to make an
internship report which should be presented to the internal and
external jury after completion of the internship period.
8.9.13 Award
After completing the course, the students will be awarded with the
‘Post Graduate Diploma in Fashion Entrepreneurship’
If a student misses complete semester and also misses the mid
term, end term exams and re-exams then the student will be required
to submit the assignment for the subject as well as to appear for
re-exam in order to clear the semester for the programme which
has been discontinued. If a student misses a few exams in the 2nd
semester then the student will be required to submit the assignment
for the subject as well as to give re-re-exam after taking special
permission and paying fee for re-re-exam.

CE programmes
Chapter 9
This section details all norms and policies related to short term
certificate courses offered by NIFT.
In this Section:
9.1 Introduction
9.2 Admissions
9.3 Fee and Registration
9.4 Eligibility
9.6 Timing
9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum
9.9 Examination and Evaluation
9.10 Faculty
9.11 Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet
9.12 Discipline and Conduct Rules
9.13 NIFT Continuing Education Programme Policy
9.14 Policy for Short Duration Summer Programmes

9.1 Introduction 9.4 Eligibility
Different courses announced in the CE Programmes may have
NIFT initiated the Continuing Education programme to cater to the
different eligibility criteria according to the requirement of the
industries need to further education in areas specific to their
course. While some courses would be offered to candidates from
professional competence.
10+2 /graduate background, the others may require requisite
Each year all NIFT centres and sub centres announce short term work experience in a specific field. Details of eligibility would be
evening courses focusing on areas relevant to the Fashion, Textile, announced in the prospectus.
Accessories, and Fashion Marketing & Apparel Production
Industries. 9.5 Selection procedure
These courses vary in duration (from 3 months to 1 year),
curriculum and batch size from centre to centre. Short term The selection of Candidates for the CE programme will be based
sponsored courses are also included in the Continuing Education on a written exam/ personal interview / presentation of past
programme. work /viva or as decided by SIAC. Details of the above, for the
information of the candidates will be announced through NIFT
The courses are offered by the departments of each center and website and centralized advertisements.
approved by the LASC at the center level and forwarded to the
Chairpersons at the HO. The proposals are brought to the SIAC
for Final approval.
9.6 Timing
Any approval/amendment to the policy should be routed through CE courses will be conducted during the evenings or weekends.
SIAC-CE which monitors CE programmes, to maintain uniformity In certain cases CE programmes may be offered in the daytime
across the centers & the programmes. on the recommendation of the SIAC and prior approval of the DG-
NIFT. The CE courses will run 3 days/5 days per week. Each day
would have a 3 hours session as per the content of the curriculum.
9.2 Admissions
Admissions for the Continuing education programmes are 9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum
announced each year on the NIFT website (www.nift.ac.in), and
through centralized advertisements. In some cases local The nomenclature and course curriculum will be designed to
advertisements are also released with prior approval of DG- suit the needs of the industry and should not coincide with the
NIFT. regular programme offered by NIFT. The Internal Advisory
Committee of the CE Programmes will approve the nomenclature
A brochure/prospectus describing the programmes offered at the and the course curriculum.
centers, with details of each course is published for the
information of the candidates.
9.3 Fee & Registration Academic calendar will be prepared at the beginning of the
Academic year and in compliance with the regular programs of
The fee for each course would be decided by the SIAC-CE and NIFT including the following events:
will be notified in the CE prospectus for the information of the
candidates. i. Orientation, Registration
ii. Payment of semester fee
The last date of payment of fees will be approved by the LASC iii. Commencement of classes
and notified at the centre. iv. Examinations
The income raised by the sale of prospectus will go to the Centre's v. Re-Examination
CE income account. The apportioned printing cost of the vi. Declaration of result
prospectus for that centre shall be debited from the account vii. Internship, Field visits
against the number of copies issued. viii. Vacations , Mid Semester Recesses
The registration fee received per course will be included in the
total revenue generated by each course for the purpose of fee
calculation

CE programmes
9.9 Examination and Evaluation 9.11 Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet

For the Short term CE programmes, 3 months or lesser, the Individual performance of the students will be graded on the
examination or evaluation may be conducted at the end of the basis of midterm / final evaluation in the form of grades as per
programme. However for courses which are longer, mid term the format. NIFT will offer a certificate on successful completion
and continuous evaluations may be included in the form of of the course.
assignments/presentation/viva.
The final evaluation/performance will be judged taking into 9.12 Discipline & Conduct Rules
account continuous performance as well as final exam grades
which will be issued as per the format of the CE Programmes. Students undertaking the CE Programmes are expected to
maintain discipline while on campus or in the NIFT Hostel.
The system of evaluation for CE programme should be drawn on
the evaluation format and policy of the regular programmes. It Attendance:
should be as follows: 75% attendance is mandatory for each subject. Relaxation in
Attendance could be allowed for medical or any other important
Internal Final Total reason, only after recommendation by the LASC.
Theory 40% 60% 100%

9.13 NIFT Continuing Education
Practical 60% 40% 100%
Programmes Policy
The minimum passing marks will be 50% in individual subjects
in the overall. Short Title and Commencement:
On failure to attend or clear the final exam/evaluation, the student This Policy shall be called the NIFT Continuing Education
may be given a second chance by way of a re-exam on payment Programmes Policy and shall come into effect from 1st July
of a fee, which he/she would need to clear satisfactorily for 2006 and will be reviewed after two years.
receiving the certificate. The Policy will not cover any of the CE Programs conducted
No marks sheet will be issued for any CE Programme. prior to academic sessions 2006-07.
Only a certificate of successful completion shall be issued if the Definition:

candidate has satisfactorily completed the course. This policy shall govern all Programmes other than the Regular
In case of courses where evaluation is desired, a standard format Programmes offered by NIFT whether they are in part time/short
to be followed for such programmes. However, even in these duration/ weekends/ distance learning mode formats, for
cases the mark sheet shall not be issued and this evaluation will imparting knowledge and upgrading skills to professionals in the
be only to ascertain "successful completion". Fashion Industry and those aspiring to join Fashion Business.
The candidates for these programmes may be sponsored by the
Industry or may be self sponsored.
9.10 Faculty Eligibility:
Regular NIFT faculty will be involved in the CE programmes as
Educational qualifications would be prescribed for specific
per norms. External guest faculty may also be invited from the
programmes; preference would however be given for relevant
Industry and other institutions as per policy. The engagement of
work experience in the Industry.
faculty for the CE Programme will be recommended by the Co-
ordinator and approved by the LASC. All CE Programmes of one For NIFT Faculty and Staff members pursuing CE programmes:
year duration will only be approved when it is proposed by a The faculty/staff member, who desires to attend a CE programme
Coordinator and a Co-Coordinator. at NIFT to upgrade their skills, may be considered on merit of
Programmes should be offered on the basis of availability of each case, subject to other merit exigencies & the provisions of
faculty for the course. Programmes with common competency the CE policy provided the Faculty & Staff fulfill the eligibility for
like Pattern Making /Garment Construction, Fashion Illustration, admission & pay 25% of the prescribed fee for the programme.
Surface Design etc. can be offered by multiple departments. These students may be considered at par with the other students
& awarded the certificate on completion of the prescribed
attendance, course work & pass the examination with required
grades. The faculty or staff member pursuing the CE Programme

must ensure that it should not interfere with their academic
a) If a student opts to discontinue no refund
schedule of the faculty or staff member.
CE Programme after the completion
Duration: of the initial 20% sessions
The duration of these Programmes may vary from one week b) If a student opts to discontinue 30% cut
comprising 5 contact days to one year and shall be conducted CE Programme within the completion
outside the normal working hours of the Institute. In case the of the initial 10% - 20% - session
programme is conducted during the working hours-prior approval
c) If a student opts to discontinue 25% cut
of DG-NIFT would be taken after giving proper justification.
CE Programme within the completion
Duration of any CE Programme shall not exceed 160 to 175 of the initial 10% sessions
working days/32 weeks /16 weeks per semester for one year
programme.
The amount deducted from the refund made to the student, should
Fee Structure: be added to the total revenue generated by the course, as the
The fee structure for CE Programmes shall be as follows: functioning of the programme is based on the total revenue
generated.
Duration For Indian students For NRI & Foreign
students Number of Participants:
Fee in Rupees Fee in Rupees The optimum number of participants in a programme shall be
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 40.
One Month 7500 10000 15000 20000 The programmes with less than optimum number of candidates
Three Months 15000 25000 30000 50000 may require assessment on financial viability before starting the
programmes. However the programmes will have to be scrapped
Six Months 30000 50000 60000 100000
if the strength of a batch falls short of 15. Programmes with even
One Year 60000 100000 120000 200000 lesser number of students can be there, provided they are
(2 Academic financially viable and prior approval of Centre Director has been
Semesters)
obtained.
In addition to the above, all Academic Departments are free to Infrastructure:
submit proposals for subject specific short term programme in NIFT infrastructure and equipment can be made available free of
the prescribed format through Centre Director to the SIAC for CE cost for conducting of these programmes unless there are
Programmes. The fee for such short term programmes may be administrative constraints.
decided keeping in view inputs required for such programmes
and other local factors. The SIAC-CE Programmes may Proposals for conduct of CE Programmes:
recommend bulk discount to Industry for multiple registrations Proposals for conduct of Programmes may be given by a faculty
for short term programmes. member in the prescribed format (Annexure 9 - A) giving all
Higher fee could be prescribed for specialised programmes where relevant details along with the synopsis of the Course Developed
the investment in terms of infrastructure support required are for the programme, the budget, the schedule and the name/s of
high. The fee structure could be revised upwards based on the person responsible for coordinating the programme. Proposals
recommendations of the SIAC-CE Programmes from time to time. from faculty members for conduct of CE Programme as per the
The Committee may also recommend special rates of fee for the undertaking shall also be given in the same format.
Government sponsored programmes. Proposals are to be routed through the Centre Coordinator and
The Programmes conducted as a part of the undertaking given the Director of NIFT Centre to the Dean (A) after satisfying
before proceeding on trips abroad shall also fall in this category. themselves regarding the viability of the proposed programme
and availability of administrative and logistic support without
Refund to the students who opt to discontinue CE Programme: jeopardizing the interests of the regular programmes.
Provided the seat is filled and full fee is received from the next The Dean (A) shall forward the proposal to the Chairperson who
candidate, the request of refund by the student who opt to would examine the proposed programme keeping in mind the
discontinue CE Programme should be considered within 20% of overall philosophy and focus of the Department, originality of the
the total number of sessions of the course, and it should as concept and content and give their recommendations on the
follows: proposed programme to the Dean (A) who would place the same

CE programmes
before the Standing Internal Advisory Committee for CE The panel members, internal faculty & external members who
Programmes. are involved in the selection process for CE Programme may be
paid remuneration from miscellaneous component of 15%
Wherever a programme is conducted in more than one Centre,
expenditure of the total revenue. If the cheque is returned by
the same shall be centrally coordinated by the CE Department
some external member it should be utilized in the DDF or student
which shall include common admission test procedure, common
welfare fund.
curriculum, common inputs and certificate formats.
Course Marketing Fees:
Work load:
An amount equal to 4% of the total revenue would be paid as
The CE Programme shall be conducted over and above the normal
course marketing fee for new programmes subject to availability
workload of faculty members and the staff associated with it
of at least 20 candidates for the programme. This would be
who shall be suitably compensated in accordance with this policy.
shared between course co-coordinators and officials involved in
No separate Faculty or Staff shall be engaged for conduct of CE
marketing of CE programmes before the same is launched to
programmes on full time/part time basis other than Guest Faculty.
ensure ownership and better marketing. The payment would be
It shall be ensured that as far as possible, the staff handling the
made with the prior approval of HO - NIFT indicating names and
Project/ CE programmes are rotated periodically.
contributions (Annexure 9 - B).
Cost structure:
Course Development Fee:
Each proposal for conduct of CE Program shall be treated as a
The Course Development Fee equal to 5% of total revenue would
separate Cost/Profit unit for the purpose of Budgeting and any
be payable on the first occasion when the Programme is offered.
common expenses between two or more CE programs/Centres
The course developed should be original in its content and
shall be proportionately allocated.
structure and any information contrary to this would be viewed
The expenses towards conduct of CE Programmes shall be seriously. The courses developed for CE Programmes in
incurred under following heads: compliance of the undertaking would not be covered for payment
i) Advertisement/Mailers of Course Development fee (refer 6.0). If the same course is
ii) Printing of Brochure/Application forms etc. being offered at different Centres, then only the originating Centre's
iii) Lecture/Demonstration Fee Coordinator would be eligible for the same. Course Documentation
iv) Course Coordination Fee fee would however be paid at every centre when the programme
v) Course Material/folders/stationary etc. is offered for the first time.
vi) Field trips/visits etc. Course Documentation Fee:
vii) Refreshments and Hospitality
The ceiling of documentation fee shall be 2% of the revenue
viii) Course support material like swatches/slides etc.
collected for the programmes conducted for the first time. Course
ix) Teaching aids (Books, Magazines, and Periodicals etc.)
Documentation fee shall include documentation of teaching
x) Miscellaneous payments/contingencies etc.
materials, references, visuals, samples, field visit, assignments,
The direct expenses shall be restricted to 15% of the total revenue projects, feedback formats, etc. The Course Coordinator shall
generated from the programme and expenses more than 15% take up the documentation on each subsequent occasion without
will be required to be approved on case to case basis. any extra payment.
The expenses under each head have to be allocated and approved The Course Development & Documentation Fee shall be
by the competent authority at the time of proposal submission calculated on the basis of revenue collected for one batch only.
along with assigning of clear duties and responsibilities for the No extra payment shall be made in case the numbers of batches
same. However, the surplus from one head may be utilized to are more than one of the same programme.
meet the additional requirements in another head.
The payment of Course Development and Documentation Fee
In addition to the above an additional 4% of total revenue for shall be made only after approval of the content in terms of
Course Marketing Fee, 5% of total revenue for Course originality, appropriateness and relevance of developed and
Development Fee and 2% of total revenue for Course documented course materials from SIAC-CE Programmes. The
Documentation Fee would be paid when the programme is offered payment would be made only after the completion of the
for the first time subject to the conditions prescribed in subsequent programme and with prior approval of NIFT HO.
paragraphs.
Remuneration for the interview panel involved in the selection
process for CE Programme

Course Coordination Fee:
Level Teaching/ Lecture Conveyance Total
The Course Coordination Fee shall be worked out on the basis of Industry Fee (`) (`) (`)
duration of the Programme, number of participants and the total Experience
revenue generated from the programme and has to be met out of (years)
the fund allocated for meeting the expenses towards the CE
Junior 2 450 350 800
Programme. The Coordination fee shall be paid as under:
Middle 7 600 350 950
Duration Coordination Fee (`
`) Senior 12 850 350 1200
- One month 10,000
- Three months 20,000 The regular/contract faculty of NIFT taking classes in the CE
- Six months 40,000 Programmes shall be paid for every session of 3 hours at the
- One year (02 Academic 75,000 following rates:
Semesters)
Level Lecture Conveyance Amount
The coordination fee shall be calculated and paid based on a Fee (`) (`) (`)
batch size of 30 candidates and would be shared between the
faculty members coordinating the Programme. If the number of Assistant Professor 450 350 800
candidates in a batch is less than or more than 30, the coordination Associate Professor 600 350 950
fee shall be proportionately computed. The coordination of a CE
Programme shall be by rotation as may be decided by the faculty Professor 850 350 1200
members of a department mutually.
The above rates shall be payable only after the faculty members
However, as a special incentive for one year (2 academic have completed their normal minimum teaching workload as
semesters) to popularize the CE programme a special co- per approved norms. In case faculty is not completing teaching
ordination fee of `1,50,000 would be provided in case the workload and taking CE classes to complete the mandatory
programme attracts at least 40 candidates in any year. However, teaching hour, the faculty may be reimbursed ` 350 (rupees
such an incentive cannot be made available if two batches or the three hundred fifty only) as conveyance per class.
same programme being run already are being merged.
The conveyance may be reimbursed to the regular/contract
The Course Development Fee, Course Coordination and faculty on the basis of self certification.
Documentation Fee and Administrative Charges shall be received
in the prescribed format after completion of the programme with Research Assistants may teach in CE Programme and shall be
all-necessary documents and certificates. Lecture demonstration paid as per the slab of Assistant Professor subject to approval of
fee and Guest Faculty payments shall be released periodically SIAC. Approval may be given on individual case based on
on certification by the Course Coordinator. qualifications & experience etc. RA's would be allowed to only
co-teach with subject coordinators
A separate amount shall be allocated for payment of remuneration
to those support officers / staff who have been assigned specific Standing Internal Advisory Committee for CE Programmes:
responsibility for rendering support services for successful The Standing Internal Advisory Committee for the CE programmes
conduct of CE Programmes. Such amount shall not exceed 50% would be constituted by the HO. The Advisory Committee shall
of the Co-ordination fee proposed for the Programme subject to a examine the proposals for the CE Programmes, monitor the
maximum of ` 37,500. conduct of programmes on regular basis and review every quarter,
Payment of Lecture Fee to Guest and Regular Faculty: optimum utilization of infrastructure and maintenance of quality
and standards of the programmes and at the same time ensure
The Guest Faculty shall be paid Lecture fee between ` 800 to that the faculty have adequate time for conduct of CE Programmes
`1200 per session of three hours on the basis of their seniority. without compromising on the quality and standards and diverting
All cases where the Guest Faculty are proposed to be paid more their emphasis from the regular programmes.
than the prescribed minimum payments should be submitted to
the CE Programmes Advisory Committee along with full The Committee shall also approve the contents of the Certificates
justification for approval. to be issued for each programme and standardize all formats of
certificates including the certificate of attendance.
The category of external guest faculty for the purpose of payment
would be determined as in the case of regular programmes. The All proposals for conduct of CE programmes of 06 months to 01
rates based on the experience would be as follows: year duration will have to be approved by this Committee. No

CE programmes
CE programmes to be conducted without approval of the Advisory The Coordination Fee may be shared by more than one coordinator
Committee. The programmes of shorter duration may be on proportionate basis of quantum of work.
conducted locally after approval from LASC of the respective
No Course Development / Documentation Fee shall be admissible
centre.
to faculty conducting CE Programme as a part of their undertaking
The Local Level Advisory Committee for CE programmes shall given before proceeding on trips abroad. However the coordination
comprise of the members of Local Academic Standards fee shall be admissible as per norms.
Committee, which shall monitor the day to day conduct of the CE
Feedback:
programmes at the Centre.
At the end of the CE Programme, the Course Coordinator shall
Revenue Sharing:
administer the Feedback form to the students and submit the
The revenue generated through the CE Programmes shall be report with summary findings along with his claim for payment
allocated in the following manner. of Coordination Fee (Annexure-9C).
a) Direct Expenses: 15% (20% in Special The Inspection and Audit Wing may annually review the records
cases) of NIFT Centres for implementation of the CE Policy.
b) Course Marketing Fee 4% Power to relax:
(Only for the first time) No provision of the Continuing Education Policy can be relaxed
c) Course Development Fee 5% without the explicit approval of the Board of NIFT.
(Only for the first time)
d) Course Documentation Fee 2% 9.14 Policy for Short Duration Summer
(Only for the first time)
Programmes
e) Department Development Fund:
(i) Up gradation of Infrastructure 10% The shorter duration programmes may be launched during the
of the Department summer vacation for a period of maximum two months in order
to upgrade the existing knowledge of working people or school
(ii) Other Departmental Expenses 25%
children or housewives as per the requirement of participants.
Any saving in the direct expenses would be transferred to the Admission
DDF of the concerned department. Admission for shorter duration Summer Programmes to be
Role and responsibility for Course Development: launched in summer vacation (June-July) may be announced
every year in the month of March-May and information may be
The Course Development envisages idea generation for the
communicated to the target massed by way of mailers and also
course, development of structure, content and other mechanics
put on the NIFT website.
including pedagogy.
Fee and Registration
The faculty developing the course would be expected to give an
undertaking that the course has been developed as an original Fee structure will be as below:
work and is not a reproduction of any existing course for payment
of Course Development Fee. Duration Fee in Rupees
Role and responsibility for Course Co-ordination & Minimum Maximum
Documentation: Less than one month 3000 7500
The Coordinator/s shall be responsible for organizing the course One Month 6000 9000
effectively, ensuring high quality of teaching inputs to students,
coordinate with faculty, preparation of course materials, organizing Two Month 9000 12000
field visits, evaluation, controlling budget heads and enhancing
effectiveness of the programme. Nomenclature and Curriculum
The person assigned the responsibility of Course Documentation The nomenclature and course curriculum will be designed to
is expected to audit all the classes and prepare a comprehensive suit the needs of the industry/target masses and it should not
document of the entire course including assignments, projects coincide with the regular programmes offered by NIFT.
and other academic activities for reference and review. A copy
of the document should be enclosed with the claim for payment
of Course Documentation Fee.
Eligibility The short term summer programme shall be conducted over
and above the normal workload of faculty members and staff
Different courses may have different eligibility criteria according
associated with it.
to the requirement of the course. The eligibility for the course
may be proposed by the course coordinator with proper For one programme, only one person, either RA or Assistant or
justification and may be approved by the Centre Director. Jr. Assistant, is required.
Selection procedure The Machine Mechanic/Lab Assistant may also be engage as
per the requirement and may be paid as follows:
Different courses may have different selection criteria and
procedure according to the requirement of the course to be Category Per session of Per session of
proposed by the course coordinator. 1.5 hours (`) 3 hours (`)
Number of participants
Machine Mechanic/ 250 500
The optimum number of candidates is between 20 to 40. The Lab Assistant
programme with less than 20 candidates shall require
assessment on financial viability by the Course Coordinator and
Resource Material & Consumables
the Finance Department of the Center before the same is
considered by the Center Director for approval. NIFT will provide resource material & consumables only to faculty
Timings members which will be issued from the Centre's store.
The participants will be required to bring their own resource
The course may be conducted during the week days or weekends,
material & consumables as per the requirement indicated by the
anytime between 9.00 am to 8.30 pm as per requirement. Total
Course Coordinator.
number of sessions in a day will also be as per the requirement
of the course. Infrastructure
Faculty & Support Staff NIFT infrastructure and equipment will be made available free of
cost for conducting these Programmes.
Faculty:
Discipline & conduct rule
The NIFT faculty (regular/Contract) will be normally involved as
per the following norms. The names of faculty will be Students are expected to maintain discipline while on campus.
recommended by course coordinator
Feedback
Lecture fee: At the end of the programme, the course coordinator shall
Category Per session Per session of administer the feedback form to the students which may invite
of 1.5 hours 3 hours (`) comments on contents of the programme and suggestions and
(`) submit the report with summary finding along with claim for
payment of coordination fee.
Assistant Professor 400 - 600 750 -1,200
Award of Certificates/Grade sheets
Associate Professor 600 - 750 1000 -1,500
Individual performance of the students will be assessed and
Professor 750 - 1,250 1500 - 2,500
NIFT will offer a certificate on successful completion of the course
only to those participants who attend at least 90% of the classes.
External guest faculty may be invited only in extraordinary cases
The certificate will be signed by the Course Coordinator, Registrar
for which special approval of the Centre Director will be required.
and Director of the Centre.
Support Staff:
Submission of Proposal for conduct of Short term Summer
A separate amount shall be allocated for payment of remuneration programme
to the support officer/staff (to be decided by the Centre Director)
Proposal for conduct of programmes may be given by a faculty
who have been assigned specific responsibility for rendering
member giving all the relevant details as mentioned above along
support services for successful completion for the summer
with the synopsis of the course developed, Curriculum of the
programme
programme, budget, the schedule of the classes along with the
Category Remuneration per day (`) names of the persons responsible for conducting them.
Research Assistant 500
Assistant /Jr. Assistant 400

CE programmes
Cost Structure
The expenses towards conduct of programme shall be incurred
under the following heads:
S. No. Heads
1 Advertisement/ Mailer
2 Printing of Brochures/ Application forms etc.
3 Course material/Handouts etc.
4 Lecture fee
5 Refreshments and Hospitality
6 Course Coordinator fees
7 Remuneration to Administrative Support Staff
8 Field Trips/ visits etc.
9 Miscellaneous
Course Coordinator fee

The Course Coordinator fee will be a maximum of 10% of the
total fund generated. This includes i) Course documentation fee
ii) Course development fee iii) Course Marketing fee. This will
be given to the faculty member who develops the Course
Curriculum, markets it and ensures the minimum number of
participants to make it a viable programme.
Revenue Sharing
I) The Surplus revenue generated shall be allocated to the
Centre which should not be less than 25% of the total funds
generated
II) Department Development Fund:
(i) Up gradation of Infrastructure 10%
of the Department
(ii) Other Departmental Expenses 25%

linkages
Chapter 10
This section deals with all issues concerning Linkages with
external bodies across centers of NIFT. The policies for linkage
at domestic level and international level with educational institutes,
domestic and international levels with Industry and setting up of
off shore centers of NIFT
In this section:
10.1 Domestic Linkage

10.1.1 Engagement with institutions for collaboration
10.1.2 Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint Projects
10.2 International Linkage

10.2.1 Engagement with Foreign Universities/Institutes for collaboration
10.2.2 Student Exchange
10.2.3 Faculty Exchange / Joint projects
10.2.4 Visit to Foreign Institutes/Organizations
10.2.5 Engagement with External Entities
10.3 Industry Linkage

10.1 DOMESTIC LINKAGES to SIAC and based on the recommendation of SIAC it shall
be put up for approval of DG-NIFT.
NIFT has been providing technical assistance in various academic V) Custody of MoU
areas to State Governments for courses at the level of Office of I&DL-HO shall be the custodian of all original
Polytechnics and ITIs. NIFT has also provided the same to MoUs.
institutes like School of Fashion Technology, Pune for diploma
and certificate level programs on the basis of the fact that it is 10.1.2 Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint
run by a 110 year old charitable trust in the business of Projects
Professional education for Women.
i) A list of possible semester wise subject areas and
Since prior to the NIFT Act '06, NIFT was awarding diplomas, the
interested faculty members thereof along with CV's shall
institute has not entered into any agreement for support to degree
be drawn through expression of interest for circulation to
level programs as yet. Also NIFT has not encouraged requests
international and other collaborating institutes. The list shall
from private institutions or bodies for any level of such linkages.
be updated by office of I&DL on a regular basis.
ii) Based on the specific requirement of the collaborating
10.1.1 Engagement with Institutions for institute, expression of interest along with latest CV shall
Collaboration be sought from all NIFT faculty members.
iii) Shortlisting of CV's shall be done by a committee nominated
I) Identification & Evaluation by DG-NIFT for the purpose.
For Domestic linkages the institute may be evaluated on iv) CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with
the defined parameters mentioned under international the selection criterion.
linkages in point 10.2.1 or as directed by the competent v) Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the
authority. concerned collaborating institute.
vi) However, the academic requirement of the department/
II) MoU centre shall not be compromised for the exchange
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) is an instrument vii) To ensure that most faculty can avail the opportunity of
that defines the contours of relationship between the faculty exchange, each faculty shall be allowed to apply
collaborating Institutions. NIFT has signed MoUs with once in 5 years. However in cases of non availability of
various Institutions to facilitate student learning in a globally requisite expertise, or other reasons, exceptions can be
integrated economic framework. made with approval from DG-NIFT
III) Process of MoU signing/renewal viii) As a pre-requisite the concerned faculty should have
i) UI-I&DL / member delegation shall seek completed the required teaching workload in the previous
recommendation of Academic heads on benefits for year at NIFT.
their respective departments and then assess overall
benefits to NIFT . 10.2 INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES
ii) UI-I&DL / member delegation/ DG nominated
committee shall communicate with the concerned With NIFT's acquired statutory status of "Institute of Excellence",
foreign/domestic University/institute and finalize the draft internationalization in terms of exchange of ideas and learning
MoU. from different contextual environments has become rather
iii) Vetting of draft MoU by Office of I&DL. necessary. Primarily, to strengthen the International Linkages with
iv) Approval of draft MoU by Legal officer at NIFT. foreign fashion education schools, the Office of International
v) Approval for signing of MoU by DG-NIFT through Dean Linkages has been set up.
(A).
vi) Signing of MoU by DG-NIFT 10.2.1 Engagement with Foreign Universities/
vii) Draft MOU for polytechnics, norms for ITI and draft
MOU for Charitable institute for diploma/certificate
Institutes for collaboration
programs is placed at (Annexure 10 A - 1,2,3) NIFT has academic collaborations with leading fashion universities
IV) Process of Regular review of MoU and institutes across the globe for academic exchange through
UI-I&DL shall review the MoU once in 5 years based on dual degree, student exchange, faculty exchange, faculty training,
the benefits accrued to the NIFT and submit a report with joint projects, joint publications and consultancy. To increase the
recommendations to Head I&DL. The matter shall be taken benefit to NIFT students and faculty, there is a need to explore
collaborations opportunities with other well established

linkages
universities, review existing collaborations and strengthen collaborating Institutions. NIFT has signed MoUs with
beneficial relationships. Reputed universities across the Globe various Institutions to facilitate student learning in a globally
would be explored for this purpose. Existing MoUs listed at integrated economic framework.
(Annexure - 10 B)
IV) Process of MoU signing/renewal
I) Identification i) Course mapping by the nodal officer/ member
Nodal Officer shall continuously scan the environment for delegation
identifying institutes that may be considered by NIFT for ii) Nodal officer/ member delegation shall seek
collaboration. They would rely on information available in recommendation of Chairpersons on benefits for their
public domain/ their contacts/ knowledge acquired through respective departments and then assess overall benefits
informal channels. Any official communication with the to NIFT.
identified institute will need to go through the due approval iii) The nodal officer/ member delegation shall
process. communicate with the concerned foreign University/
institute and finalize the draft MoU in consultation with
II) Evaluation
Head I&DL.
i) The evaluation of the identified foreign institutions shall
iv) Vetting of draft MoU by Office of I&DL. Draft NIFT-
be carried out w.r.t. the parameters detailed below:
Partner MoU enclosed at (Annexure 10- D)
z Size (area) and form (campus, building, and floor) of
v) Approval of draft MoU by Legal officer at NIFT.
the Institute
vi) Approval for signing of MoU by DG-NIFT through Dean
z Number and types of plant, machine, computer, software
(A).
and equipment required to run a program / course
vii) Signing of MoU by DG-NIFT
z Number of in-house faculty / staff and visiting faculty
z Number of students (Full time / part time) V) Process of Regular review of MoU
z Types of Fashion and business courses / programs The nodal officer shall review the MoU once in 5 years
z Degree/Diploma /Certificate based on the defined parameters of evaluation criterion
z Library facilities and students feedback and submit a report to Head I&DL.
z Private / Government The matter shall then be taken to SIAC and based on the
recommendation of SIAC it shall be put up for approval of
ii) The leader of the delegation (in case of the delegation
DG-NIFT.
visiting the institute) or the assigned Nodal Officer, as
the case may be, shall submit the evaluation report VI) Custody of MoU
against the set parameters to Head-I&DL along with Office of I&DL-HO shall be the custodian of all original
recommendations. MoUs.
iii) Based on the requirement, the Embassy in the country
of foreign Institute shall be contacted to acquire details 10.2.2 Student Exchange
on the credentials, reputation of the institute and the
accreditation of the courses offered. NIFT's strategic alliances with institutes foreign provide its
iv) A committee chaired by DG-NIFT and comprising of students with an opportunity to undertake semester exchange /
Dean (A) and Head I&DL will examine the short term programs in the international institutes. This opportunity
recommendations and decide on the type of can be undertaken by students of different disciplines across
collaboration to be pursued with the institute keeping in NIFT centers in Semester 3/4 of the Master Program and Semester
mind other factors such as brand equity of NIFT, short 4/5/6/7/8 of Bachelor Programs. The student exchange programs
term/ long term interest of NIFT / NIFT students, provide an opportunity to students selected for the exchange
guidance received from Government etc. program, to interact with other students from various countries
v) A site visit of the foreign institute shall also be done. to broaden their vision, understand diverse cultures and
The visit may however happen along with other understand international markets. The students also get opportunity
institutes as planned and approved by the competent to visit industrial & design units in other countries which provide
authority. invaluable learning.
vi) Audit Form as enclosed at (Annexure 10-C) shall be
filled in by the foreign institute and submitted to NIFT.
III) MoU
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) is an instrument
that defines the contours of relationship between the

1. NIFT Students to Foreign Institutes II) Fee Waiver Policy
I) Calendar for Student Exchange NIFT semester fee waiver shall be provided to students
who go on paid seats in institutes with whom NIFT has
Activity Tentative Dates reciprocal arrangement. This will ensure that the students
For Jul-Dec For Jan-Jun Short term
sem sem courses
pay fee at either NIFT or at the foreign university.
Confirmation by the Jan third Aug third 2 months before III) Process of Student Selection
nodal officer about the week week the commen-
course availability at cement of the i) The Student Applications would be invited by Office of I&DL
foreign Institute to the course at the stipulated time as per the calendar of student
Office of I&DL exchange. Application form enclosed at (Annexure 10- E)
Compilation of all Jan last Aug last ii) The students would send the completed application form
semester exchange week week to the office of I&DL-HO through CI&DL. The SGPA shall be
opportunities and verified by the concerned COE and form certified by CC
circulation to students
of NIFT
and CI&DL. The CC shall also ensure that exchange
coincides with the semester exchange timing and the
Submission of Feb last Sept last student shall be able to return in time for the next semester.
applications and week week
consolidated report The students would give 3 options of foreign institutes in
by CI&DL to Office the order of preference. Short listing of applications at Centre
of I&DL from students level shall be done by a Committee comprising of Center
Selection of applications March October Director (Chairperson), C-I&DL and one CP or any senior
by Office of I&DL as second week second week faculty or SDAC.
per selection criterion iii) A penalty shall be imposed on students who apply for the
SIAC for recommend- March last October last exchange but withdraw their names after selection, thereby
ations on selection of week week wasting an exchange opportunity. To ensure this, the
applications students shall submit a security deposit of `15,000 through
Communication to March last October last a post dated cheque (PDC) in the name of NIFT along with
Nodal officer on week week the application form. The PDC shall be dated one month
selected candidates for
onward communication
after the last date of submission of application forms. The
to the foreign institute. amount shall be deposited in the I&DL account of the
concerned NIFT centre and shall be returned to the student
Communication to the March last October last
concerned CI&DL's week week before the student leaves for the exchange semester. This
on list of selected amount shall be forfeited if the student withdraws the name
candidates after selection. This penalty shall however not be imposed
Communication by April first Nov first week on students who are denied VISA or are unable to go due
CI&DL to the week to non or late selection by the foreign university.
concerned department/ iv) Criteria of short listing at NIFT:
student on list of
z Short listing of the students is done on the basis of
selected candidates
CGPA of the student. A single merit wise list is drawn
Confirmation on As per the As per the As per the of all students who have applied and then selection is
acceptance of student confirmation confirmation confirmation
applications by foreign received from received from received from done against available seats by merit-cum choice.
institute to Office of foreign foreign foreign z CGPA of 7 and above is mandatory
I&DL by the nodal institute institute institute v) The applications shall be selected as per the above criterion
officer by the SIAC and approved by DG-NIFT. The list of selected
Confirmation of selected As per the As per the As per the candidates shall be sent to foreign university by the
candidates by Office of confirmation confirmation confirmation concerned Nodal Officer for acceptance.
I&DL to students through received from received from received from
CI&DL Nodal Officer Nodal Officer Nodal Officer
vi) The foreign institute shall communicate the acceptance of
the selected NIFT students and intimate the same to NIFT.
Submission of Report First week of First week of After departure vii) Office of I&DL would inform all CI&DL's about the final
by CI&DL's to Office of September February of students for
I&DL on number of program acceptance of NIFT students in various foreign institutes
students who actually for the Study Abroad initiative.
went for exchange with viii) The Centre CI&DL shall inform all CC's and students about
remarks the final acceptance of NIFT students in various foreign
institutes for the Study Abroad initiative.
linkages
ix) The concerned CI&DL would coordinate with the concerned CCs, Centre RIC and any other faculty members invited by
department CC for the selection of faculty mentor at NIFT CI&DL. The presentations shall be coordinated by CI&DL.
centre and inform the same to Office of I&DL-HO.
IX) Internship
x) Invitation Letters for visa procedure for the selected students
i) Since the students opting for the study abroad semester
shall be sought from the foreign schools by the Office of
are selected on merit, it is proposed that in order to
I&DL through the concerned nodal officers.
encourage them, some flexibility in completion of internship
xi) On the receipt of invitation letters, the students would apply
needs to be provided. The academic quality and
for the regular visa procedure pertaining to the relevant
requirement, however, shall not be compromised.
country of course study. The CI&DL shall ensure that the
ii) The Internship duration may be split into a maximum of 2
Student Undertaking is duly filled in and submitted before
parts and may be done depending on the recommendation
the student applies for the visa procedure.
of the concerned course coordinator.
IV) Process of courses/credit selection iii) The Industry Internship should be done only after
completion of 6th semester for UG and 2nd Semester for
i) Semester Programs
PG students.
CC or CC nominated faculty, in consultation with the nodal
officer, shall liaise towards Course Mapping (courses in X) SGPA/ Credit Equivalence
one department of study in foreign school OR navigational i) Process of SGPA equivalence at NIFT
courses across departments). The CC/CC nominated faculty
shall not communicate directly with the foreign school/s The scores/ grades/ SGPA obtained at Foreign University
as this might lead to overlap in communication thereby are equated at NIFT to match the NIFT system. As per
complicating the procedure. All information to be sought approved process the SGPA equivalence shall be done in
should be channelized through the following route. Office of I&DL-HO and approved by COE after ratification
by SIAC.
CC/nominated faculty ➝ CI&DL ➝ Head I&DL In case of received transcripts where the grading system
➝ Nodal Officer ➝ Foreign Institute is different from that of existing NIFT system, the nodal
ii) Short Term Course officer shall acquire the credits system of the foreign
Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign University for University/ Institute and submit to the Office of I&DL. The
the best match of courses for circulation to the concerned SGPA equivalence shall then be evolved by Office of I&DL,
departments. recommended by SIAC and approved by COE.
The equivalence shall be done as follows:
V) Logistics and Local support
Office of I&DL at Head office through the nodal officers Credit equivalence for the purpose of SGPA is required for
shall request for the visa invitation letter for the student each mark sheet received from the foreign university to
and a request to the concerned embassy for visa facilitation. ensure that the CGPA calculation is done at NIFT. The
The other logistics and local support shall be provided by grading system of each University where students go for
the concerned NIFT centre. an exchange is or may be different and hence cannot be
used directly. To establish Credit equivalence at NIFT, a
VI) Link during the exchange period
common format as follows has been established which
The Nodal Officer and faculty mentor shall be in regular
defines the conversion and shall be appropriate for most
contact with the student to ensure smooth conduct of the
Universities. This has been done on the basis of mark
course study and personal well being of the student.
sheets from different universities and the NIFT system of
VII) Student feedback Grades and Grade Points.
Feedback in the prescribed format (Annexure 10-F) shall
be taken from students who go on exchange program. The
feedback process will be executed by the Nodal Officers
and a summary report will be submitted to the Head-I&DL
with recommendations for further process.
VIII) Presentation
All students who go for the twinning or Exchange programs,
of at least a semester duration, shall on return make a
presentation of the work done as part of their curriculum in
the host institution. The presentation would be made to all

at the country of origin of the student. The other logistics
point grading scale
point grading scale
point grading scale
point grading scale

Grade Points on 10
Grade Points on 12
and local support shall be provided by the concerned NIFT
Grade Points on 4
Grade Points on 7
centre.
Description
III) Process of courses/credit selection
Grades
Marks
Once the student arrives, the CI&DL shall brief the student
about the departments at the concerned NIFT centre and
A 10 4 7 12 100 Excellent the student shall register in the department/semester as
A- 9 3.6 6.3 10.8 90-99 Very Good per the requirement of her/his home institution. The number
of credits chosen and the choice of subjects shall be
B 8 3.2 5.6 9.6 80-89 Good
approved by the student's home institution. As per
B- 7 2.8 4.9 8.4 70-79 Fair requirement of the home institution, the student may choose
C 6 2.4 4.2 7.2 60-69 Satisfactory certain subjects from other departments. This shall
however be allowed after ensuring that the class timings
C- 5 2 3.5 6 50-59 Average
of the subjects chosen from other departments do not clash.
D 4 1.6 2.8 4.8 40-49 Low Pass The CI&DL shall help the student to choose the requisite
F <4.0 <1.6 <2.8 <4.8 <40 Fail courses and also provide the required support in
consultation with the Centre Registrar/Director
In case of a University granting pass status to a student who has IV) Process of Mark sheet
obtained marks which are lower than 40%, the student shall be
given a grade of 'D' which is considered a 'LOW PASS' at NIFT The mark sheet shall be generated by the concerned NIFT
centre and sent to Office of I&DL for onward dispatch to
ii) Process of Mark sheet the home institute of the student.
The mark sheet with SGPA equivalence shall be prepared V) Visa/ FRRO registration/ Embassy regulations/
by Office of I&DL-HO and submitted to COE for approval International formalities etc
and onward submission to the concerned NIFT centre.
(Mark sheet format enclosed at Annexure 10-G). This The office of I&DL receives various notifications from
marksheet shall be kept in the custody of Centre COE cell Ministries/Departments of the Govt of India, in respect of
and a new marksheet as per the existing credits at the rules/regulations applicable to foreign nationals visiting
concerned department in the NIFT regular marksheet format India. Office of I&DL shall ensure that all such information
shall be prepared by the concerned centre COE cell. received is made available to CI&DL.
2. Foreign students to NIFT The CI&DL at the concerned centre shall assist the student
in obtaining information on the latest rules and regulations
I) Process for approval for all international visitors' formalities, FRRO registration,
The incoming student shall apply to NIFT through their Embassy regulations, visa restrictions, rules on port of
respective home institution through the Nodal Officer on entry and port of exit, etc and provide any required local
the prescribed NIFT application form (Annexure 10-H). The support to fulfill such formalities.
Nodal officer shall ensure that the number of incoming
students is as per the MoU and send the request of incoming 10.2.3 Faculty Exchange / Joint projects
foreign students to Head I&DL. Office of I&DL shall
correspond with the NIFT centre for the department/centre 1. Foreign Faculty Visits
of choice of the student and propose the best option. The
I) Faculty Secondment
concerned student shall be accepted at the centre of
student's choice based on availability of seat in the The process of globalization is rapidly taking place and
concerned department at the concerned centre. Based on exchanges of teaching pedagogy, concepts, and
the confirmation received from the concerned centre the professional ideas are necessitated. Thus, there is a
student shall be accepted at NIFT after approval of DG- requirement of introduction of international Visiting Fellows,
NIFT. who can provide the necessary international flavor and
impetus to the initiatives taken by NIFT. It shall be ensured
II) Logistics and Local support
that NIFT's brand equity is maintained in all such
Office of I&DL at Head office shall prepare the visa arrangements. Guidelines for faculty secondment are at
invitation letter and, if required, write to the Indian Embassy Annexure 10-I. The requirement shall be routed as

linkages
Centre Coordinator ➝ LASC ➝ Head I&DL➝ Dean z Shortlisting of CV's shall be done by a committee nominated
➝
by DG-NIFT for the purpose.
➝
DG-NIFT z CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with

Chairperson the selection criterion.
Selection of Visiting Fellows z Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the
concerned collaborating institute.
International faculty experts shall be invited to indicate their z However, the academic requirement of the department/
interest in Secondment to NIFT through a specifically designed centre shall not be compromised for the exchange
form. The selection shall be made on the basis of the following z To ensure that most faculty can avail the opportunity of
parameters: faculty exchange, each faculty shall be allowed to apply
I) Professional credentials of the expert once in 5 years. However in cases of non availability of
II) Feed back of the previous assignment with NIFT (if any) requisite expertise, or other reasons, exceptions can be
III) Ability to perform into the following work areas - made with approval from DG-NIFT
i) Curriculum Development z As a pre-requisite the concerned faculty should have
ii) Teaching at UG / PG levels completed the required teaching workload in the previous
iii) Conducting MDP/EDP Programs year at NIFT.
iv) Research projects 3. Publications/Joint Projects
v) Craft Cluster Initiatives
vi) Adjunct Faculty z All Nodal officers shall communicate with the collaborating
institute to initiate activities pertaining to publications/Joint
The selected faculty experts shall be intimated through a Letter
Projects with the foreign institute.
of Offer to seek their confirmation and suitable time period for
z Based on the requirement, expression of interest along with
their Secondment to NIFT. Each international faculty expert shall
latest CV shall be sought from all NIFT faculty members.
be assigned a primary department and a secondary department
z Shortlisting shall be done by a committee nominated by
in accordance with their professional credentials. For smooth
DG-NIFT for the purpose.
conduct of the program, the faculty experts shall be informed of
z CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with
their Program Co-ordinator through the Offer Letter. Further, a
the selection criterion.
Policy for 'Visiting Fellows to NIFT' has been prepared and
z Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the
consequently approved by the Board. (Annexure 10-J) The Policy
concerned collaborating institute.
encompasses pointers like the workload, primary and secondary
z As a pre-requisite, the concerned faculty should have
departments, financial arrangements etc.
completed the required teaching workload in the previous
NIFT shall invite leading International Faculty Experts based on year at NIFT.
their credentials / areas of expertise.
II) Institution of International Faculty Chairs 10.2.4 Visit to Foreign institutes/ organizations
In order to sustain leadership as internationally benchmark I) Purpose/Objectives
institution, the Office of I&DL has a concern about instituting i) For initiating academic relationship in the form of
international faculty chairs, which are sponsored through research student's exchange, internship and graduation project,
projects, and industry partnerships. Office of I&DL shall work in faculty exchange, joint projects and other collaborative
conjunction with Industry and Research Unit to achieve the same. initiatives with universities/institutes/organizations
2. Faculty Exchange across the globe.
ii) For strengthening existing relationship with foreign
z A list of possible semester wise subject areas and university/institute
interested faculty members thereof along with CV's shall iii) Any other agenda with approval of DG-NIFT
be drawn through expression of interest for circulation to
international and other collaborating institutes. The list shall II) Role of I&DL Office
be updated by office of I&DL on a regular basis. I&DL office through the concerned nodal officer shall
z All nodal officers shall communicate with the collaborating introduce the delegate members to the concerned officials/
institute to initiate activities pertaining to faculty exchange faculty at the foreign institute and provide the following
and for joint projects. details:
z Based on the specific requirement of the collaborating i) Contact details of the foreign institute
institute, expression of interest along with latest CV shall ii) Copy of MoU if any
be sought from all NIFT faculty members.
iii) Background on the relationship between NIFT and the names of the final short listed applicants shall be sent
concerned foreign institute to the concerned authority after approval of DG-NIFT
iv) Details of students/faculty on exchange with the foreign
In cases where the students can apply directly, the
institute
students will be informed accordingly.
v) Agenda/Mandate for future collaboration
vi) Earlier student Feedback ii) Process of Circulation to Alumni
vii) Any other remarks of relevance
Any notification, received by I&DL, calling for
III) Process of administrative approval / financial approval participation in International Events by the NIFT Alumni,
After taking the necessary approvals of the itinerary of shall be circulated to all Alumni Association Members
travel, each delegation shall take the necessary financial by email through the concerned departments/Head-
approval from DG-NIFT through the finance department at Industry.
NIFT-HO.
II) Scholarships for Alumni
IV) Agenda/ Mandate formulation
Office of I&DL shall provide an initial agenda/mandate to The information received for scholarships or other
the delegate members. Delegate members shall then international competitions for NIFT alumni shall be
correspond with the concerned institute and finalize the circulated to all Alumni Association Members by email
agenda/ mandate. The same shall be presented by office through the concerned departments/Head-Industry.
of I&DL to DG-NIFT for approval. 2. Visits of Foreign Dignitaries/ Institution Delegates/
V) Report / presentation International Industry Delegations, etc
The delegation shall prepare a detailed report of the U-I&DL /Nodal Officers of the identified region shall co-
meetings with the collaborating institute and submit to Office ordinate all visits of Foreign Dignitaries/ Institution
of I&DL after taking approval of DG-NIFT. Delegates/ International Industry Delegations approaching
VI) Follow up Action NIFT for discussions, collaborations etc.. Nodal Officers
Office of I&DL shall provide a copy of the report to the (or Office of I&DL) shall conduct the initial meeting and
concerned nodal officer and the nodal officer shall ensure submit report to Head I&DL. Request for any other activity
that the follow up action as discussed during the visit is shall be handled with the approval of DG-NIFT through the
taken. Any communication or follow up required by the normal approval process. At the centre, CI&DLs/Nodal
delegate members shall be completed and handed over to Officers shall co-ordinate such activities in consultation
the nodal officer. A report of the same shall be submitted with Director of the respective centre, and under intimation
to DG-NIFT through Office of I&DL on the follow up action to Head I&DL. The coordinating official for the visit shall
within duration of two months. submit a report to the Head I&DL within one week of the
visit.
10.2.5 Engagement with External Entities All NIFT centres shall inform the Office of I&DL (through
CI&DL), of the visits handled at the Centre Level, within
1. Information Handling one week of visits of any Foreign visitor/faculty/delegate
I) Design Competitions/seminars/research forums/ at the respective centre.
exhibitions/other international events 3. Interaction with Ministries/Departments of Government
i) Process of Circulation to NIFT students of India
Any notification calling for participation in International All interaction with Ministries/ Departments of Government
Events received by I&DL shall be circulated to all of India or other Government bodies regarding the activities
bonafide students of NIFT through the respective NIFT of International Linkages Unit shall be with the approval of
CI&DLs after due approval of Dean (A). DG-NIFT.
In case the applications are required to be short listed 4. Engagement with International Bodies
at NIFT, the same shall be done by a committee IFFTI (International Federation of Fashion Technology
consisting of Head-I&DL, Dean-A (Chair) and CP of the Institutes)
concerned department/s and 2 other members IAF (International Apparel Federation)
nominated by DG-NIFT. The Committee will submit the Any interaction/ engagement with such bodies regarding
merit list of shortlisted applicants to DG-NIFT. The International Linkages shall be as per approval of DG-NIFT.

linkages
10.3 INDUSTRY LINKAGES

Areas of Cooperation between NIFT and Industry:
I) NIFT shall work with the industry partner to design and
other various customized MDP programs for the soft goods
industry on the terms & conditions mutually agreed upon.
Such MDP program shall be offered on a continuing basis
for multiple batches of participants, the frequency per year
of which shall be agreed upon mutually and an annual plan
of operations worked out
II) NIFT shall work with the industry partner in identifying
opportunities (Students projects, faculty training, seminars,
education and assistance) and jointly pursue such projects.
III) The industry partner shall examine other areas of mutual
collaboration including the following possibilities:
i) Instituting a Chair: A Chair can be introduced by a
company in specific areas of intervention like - Home
Textiles/ Fabrics / Retails /VM .The expenses involved
are `10 Lakhs under which a full time faculty is retained
for a period of 2 years to make specifically designed
contributions in the given areas.
ii) Student scholarship: These scholarships are instituted
by companies to impact the mind of NIFT graduates in
a long term. The investment is `10 lakhs, which is
contributed to NIFT Development Fund and under which
7 to 10 scholarships of `10,000 each is given every
year to specifically identified students for a period of
10 years.
The draft MOU for NIFT and Industry linkage has been placed as
Annexure 10-K

intellectual property rights
Chapter 11
This chapter details the IPR Policy of NIFT as ratified by the
Board of Governers of NIFT
In this Section:
11.1 Preamble
11.2 The IP Policy
11.3 The Role of IPR Unit in IP Protection
11.4 Ownership
11.5 Disclosures, Confidentiality and Assignment of Rights
11.6 Assessment of Innovation(s) for Protection
11.7 Support
11.8 Commercialization of NIFT Creations / Inventions / Technologies
11.9 Revenue Sharing
11.10 Infringements, Damages, Liability and Indemnity Insurance
11.12 Dispute Resolution
11.13 Jurisdiction

11.1 Preamble ecosystem in NIFT, IPR awareness programmes to
propagate the importance of IPR,
z Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Policy for NIFT
The vision of NIFT is "to emerge as a Centre of excellence and z implement the IPR policy by ensuring transparency and
innovation proactively catalyzing growth of fashion business fairness in the spirit of the IPR policy to encourage
through leadership in professional education with concern for compliance
social and human values". In fulfillment of its vision and mission, z solicit feedback regarding the fulfilment of the IPR policy
NIFT has taken the initiative to promote innovations and to z periodically review the Policy to improve upon any
facilitate protection of Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) thus shortcomings,
generated at NIFT. z strengthen the infrastructure and resources for protection
Consequently, the protection of designs, inventions and other and exploitation of IPR
creative works of its faculty, other employees and students as IP z provide templates and guidelines for the contracts,
has been growing. agreements and MOUs governing the effective exploitation
of the IP produced by NIFT
Processes to support these efforts have been evolving over time
z administer all agreements and matters relating to
and now have attained a level of maturity. A formal Framework
confidentiality, infringements, damages, liabilities and
to guide the implementation of these processes is now a clearly-
compliance
felt need.
z interface with the legal and IPR professionals and seek their
Towards this goal, an Intellectual Property Rights Policy for NIFT inputs whenever and wherever necessary
has been formulated. This policy aims to lay down, the processes
for promotion and support available to creators/innovators at NIFT Issues such as evaluating diverse creative works of NIFT
for translating their creative works into IP. Creators/Innovators personnel for appropriate IPR protection, ownership of IP,
engaged in creations of original and innovative work at NIFT confidentiality, disclosure of creations, patentability, IP related
include faculty, staff and other employees of NIFT, including staff aspects in commercialization of NIFT creations, assessing
working on various projects, registered students of NIFT, or any possible infringements of other's IPR by NIFT personnel or
other individuals working in NIFT or non-NIFT personnel infringement of NIFT's IPR, revenue sharing, conflict of interest,
associated with any activity of NIFT. etc play a very important role in IP management in NIFT.
This policy also aims to set forth guidelines for ownership of IP 11.4 Ownership
developed at NIFT by NIFT personnel and its commercialization.
The aim of the IPR Policy is to sustain and grow creativity in an I) Creations, Inventions, Designs, and other creative works
ethical environment in NIFT that recognizes the importance of Creations, Invention(s) including products, processes and
innovations and assists in translating them into products, designs, created by NIFT personnel without the use of
processes and services for commercial exploitation and to achieve significant NIFT resources and not connected with the
the widest public good. purpose for which one is employed at NIFT, shall be owned
by the creator(s)/inventor(s).
11.2 The IP Policy
For creations/invention(s) including products and designs,
This policy is applicable to all NIFT personnel, as well as non- produced during the course of sponsored and/or
NIFT personnel associated with any activity of NIFT and covers collaborative activity, specific provisions related to IP made
different classes of Intellectual Property - Patent, Copyright, Trade in contracts governing the collaborative activity shall
Mark / Service Mark, Design Registration, Trade Secret and determine the ownership of IP. However every contract,
Confidential Information and comes into effect from date of its agreement, MOU, etc., shall be examined by the NIFT IPR
approval by Board. Unit before finalisation and before being signed by the
competent authority in NIFT
11.3 The Role of IPR Unit in IP
In case of consultancy projects, the following action needs
Protection to be taken by the project coordinator:
The IPR Unit at NIFT, Head Office (HO) is entrusted with the (i) Protection of the institute's IPR during the briefing
responsibility of providing guidance, support and resources to all session to be ensured by signing a non-disclosure
NIFT personnel and facilitates protection and deployment of agreement by the client;
intellectual property at HO and all NIFT Centres. (ii) A clause to be incorporated in the MOU/Contract
The role of the IPR Unit is to regarding non- utilisation of rejected designs. The
z facilitate the creation and sustenance of an ethical client would have no rights over rejected designs and

these shall be the property of NIFT, client would not is due to the fact that contribution made by any faculty
be allowed to make any commercial or other use of in the development of course/ curriculum is within
designs; (c) There would be a clause on utilisation the scope of their employment or contract. However,
of selected designs viz. in case the client does not the authors shall have the right to use the material in
utilise the selected design in a specified period, the her/his professional capacity. As the traditional
design/creation would revert back to NIFT which exception, NIFT shall not claim ownership of copyright
would be free to utilise the same in any manner it on books and publications authored by NIFT personnel
likes; provided that the work has been undertaken with due
permission under the relevant rules.
In case of class room projects sponsored by the industry
iv) NIFT shall be the owner of copyright of work produced
the IPR normally rests with the company, however in case
by non NIFT personnel associated with any activity
of commercialisation of the product/creation the sponsoring
of NIFT with the intellectual contribution of NIFT
company would share a defined portion of income derived
personnel. However, the authors shall have the right
from that IP with the institute. The Institute in turn would
to use the material in her/his professional capacity.
share the income with the group of students and faculty
guide in 50:50 ratios. III) Trade Mark(s) / Service Mark(s)
Any IP generated during the internship of students with a Ownership of trade mark(s) / service mark(s) created for
company would belong to the sponsoring company. In case NIFT shall be with NIFT.
of Graduating/Diploma projects all IPRs on the designs/
In cases of all IP produced at NIFT, NIFT shall retain a non-
creations selected would be offered to sponsor for a
exclusive, free, irrevocable license to copy/use IP for
stipulated period.
teaching and research activities, consistent with
In case of non-utilisation of the product/creation within this confidentiality agreements entered into by NIFT.
period the IPR will revert back to the Institute. All the
copyrights for the design collections as part of Graduating/ 11.5 Disclosures, Confidentiality and
diploma project would remain with NIFT, which would be
free to utilise the same for academic and other purposes.
Assignment of Rights
NIFT shall be the owner of all Intellectual Property resulting Disclosure is a critical part of the IP protection process and it
from creations including invention(s), software and designs formally documents claims of creatorship, inventorship, etc., the
created by teams of NIFT and non-NIFT personnel, date of the creation / invention and other details of the creation /
associated with any activity of NIFT. Non-NIFT personnel, invention. The creators/ inventor(s) shall assign the rights of the
who create invention(s) including software and designs at disclosed creation/ invention to NIFT as required by the NIFT IPR
NIFT but without intellectual contribution of Policy.
NIFT personnel or significant use of NIFT resources, shall It is mandatory to disclose all creations done at NIFT in a proper
be the owner of such creations. format and manner. It is therefore essential that any proposed
publication / public display of works / inventions, designs, etc,
Except as stipulated above, NIFT shall be the owner of all must be cleared by the IPR Unit after assessing the IPR potential
creations including invention(s), software and designs of the creation.
created at NIFT.
For sponsored and/or collaborative work the provisions of the
II) Copyrightable Work contract pertaining to disclosure of creative work shall be
Ownership of copyright of all copyrightable work shall rest applicable.
with the author(s) with the following exceptions: For all other creations including invention(s) done at NIFT, if the
i) If the work is produced during the course of sponsored creator of the work /inventor(s) wish to protect the invention(s)
and/or collaborative activity, specific provisions they produce, then they are required to disclose the creative work
related to IP made in contracts governing such activity to the IPR Unit at the earliest date using the prescribed Creation
shall determine the ownership of IP. Disclosure form (CDF).
ii) NIFT shall be the owner of the copyright of work, All NIFT personnel and non-NIFT personnel associated with any
including software, created by NIFT personnel with activity of NIFT shall treat all IP related information which has
significant use of NIFT resources. been disclosed to the IPR Unit and/or whose rights are assigned
iii) NIFT shall be the owner of the copyright on all to NIFT, or whose rights rest with NIFT personnel, as confidential.
teaching material developed by NIFT personnel as Such confidentiality shall be maintained till the date as demanded
part of any of the academic programs at NIFT. This by the relevant contract, if any, between the concerned parties

unless such knowledge is in the public domain or is generally
available to the public.
11.7 Support
(I) Contracts and Agreements
11.6 Assessment of Innovation(s) for i) All agreement including but not limited to the following
Protection: categories, undertaken by any NIFT personnel and
students need to be approved by NIFT.
(I) To facilitate assessment, a Standing Internal Advisory ii) Allegiance, Affirmation & Confidentiality Agreement
Committee (SIAC) on IPR shall be constituted by the DG - iii) Consultation Agreement
NIFT consisting of a Chairperson, internal and external iv) Evaluation Agreement
domain/IPR experts and a Convener with specific terms of v) Research and Development Agreement
reference in areas related to the creative work. The vi) License Agreement
creator(s) would be free to suggest names of faculty who vii) Alternative Dispute Resolution Agreement
are qualified to evaluate the creative work who may be viii) Classified Information Non-disclosure Agreement
invited by the DG-NIFT to be a part of the SIAC. ix) Any other agreement as may be specified through
(II) The SIAC shall assess the disclosure in a timely manner subsequent notification.
and shall make recommendations to the DG-NIFT about the DG-NIFT acts as a final signing authority in all the categories
protectability of the creation including patentability according of agreements listed above. IPR Unit would facilitate the
to the provisions of clause 4 of this policy. The SIAC may process of framing such agreements by way of providing
make one of the following recommendations: templates and services of professional consultants.
i) that NIFT shall take the responsibility of protection of
the IP, in which case, NIFT will initiate appropriate (II) Obtaining IPR
processes. If NIFT opts to protect the creative work, it shall provide an
ii) that NIFT shall not take the responsibility of protection IPR Advisor/ IPR Consultant/ Patent Attorney for drafting
of the IP, in which case, the rights to the disclosed the IP application as appropriate. NIFT shall pay for access/
invention search to the relevant IP information databases and other
shall be promptly reassigned to the creator(s). The associated costs. The creators /inventor(s) shall help
creator(s) may then choose to protect the creative work conduct IPR searches; study the prior art (literature) and
on their own. provides the necessary inputs to assist in the drafting of
(III) Filings of IPR Applications in foreign countries: Within six the IPR application. NIFT shall bear all costs of drafting and
months of filing the Complete IP Application in India, NIFT filing an Indian IPR application. If NIFT chooses to file IPR
shall, based on available information, decide on the applications in other countries, then it shall bear the cost
suitability of protection of the creation in foreign countries. of application and other associated costs. NIFT shall be free
If NIFT opts not to undertake such protection in any specific to enter into agreements with overseas institutions for
country requested by the inventor(s), NIFT shall assign rights protection and licensing of the IPR.
of the IP in that country to the creator(s) for the purpose of
such protection. 11.8 Commercialization of NIFT
(IV) Renewal of IP Rights: A decision on the annual renewal of
IP rights will be taken by DG-NIFT on the recommendations
Creations/Inventions/
of SIAC. If NIFT decides not to renew the IPR in any country, Technologies
then it will reassign the rights of the IP in that country to
the creator(s) upon a request to that affect from the NIFT shall strive to market the IP and identify potential clients for
creator(s). In case of patents, the process of reassignment the IP to which it has ownership. The creator(s)/inventor(s) are
will be completed in a period of three months before the expected to assist in this process. NIFT may contract the IPR to
due date for its renewal. an appropriate agency, to manage the commercialization of the
IPR.
In all cases where IP rights in any specific country have been For the IP for which exclusive rights have not been already
reassigned to the creators /inventor(s), and NIFT shall not claim assigned to a third party, the creator(s) may also contact potential
any share of proceeds earned through that IP in that country clients on their initiative maintaining confidentiality and taking all
except for the costs already incurred by NIFT. necessary care so as not to affect the value of the IP through
appropriate agreements such as Non Disclosure Agreement
(NDA) with the potential clients during IP commercialization
discussions.
If NIFT is not able to commercialize the IP in a reasonable time,

then it may reassign the rights of the IPR to the creator(s) of the
IP. Optionally, If NIFT has not been able to commercialize the No part or provisions contained in this policy shall be relaxed,
creative work in reasonable time, the creator(s) may approach except with the explicit approval of the Board.
the DG-NIFT for the assignment of rights of their creation(s)/
invention(s) to them.
Glossary:
11.9 Revenue sharing "Author" means faculty, students, staff or visiting faculty who has/
The net earnings/ cumulative earnings from the commercialization have written or created a creative work.
of IP owned by NIFT and its sharing among inventors and NIFT
"Collaborative Activity" is the research undertaken by NIFT
would be notified separately.
personnel in cooperation with industry and/or another
11.10 Infringements, Damages, researcher(s) who are not NIFT personnel.
Liability and Indemnity "Confidential Information" Information not in the public domain and
declared confidential by parties as such in a MoU/Agreement that
Insurance has been signed by the parties.
As a matter of policy, NIFT shall, in any contract between the "Conflict of Interest" or a "Potential Conflict of Interest" exists when
client and NIFT, seek indemnity from any legal proceedings an inventor/author is or may be in a position to use either creative
including without limitation manufacturing defects, production work or influence for unmerited personal or family gain.
problems, design guarantee, upgradation and debugging "Copyright" means the exclusive right granted by law for a certain
obligation, etc. period of time to an author to reproduce, print, publish and sell
NIFT shall also ensure that NIFT personnel have an indemnity copies of his or her creative work.
clause built-into the agreements with clients while transferring
"Copyrightable Work" is a creative work that is protectable under
technology, designs or copyrighted material to clients.
copyright laws. Copyright protection is available for most literary,
NIFT shall retain the right to engage or not in any litigation musical, dramatic, and other types of creative work, including
concerning IP infringements. software, teaching materials, multimedia works, proposals, and
research reports.
"Creators" are persons who have produced any original work
The inventor(s) are required to disclose any conflict of interest or
"Cumulative Earnings" from a patent/patent application are the total
potential conflict of interest. If the inventor(s) and/or their
earnings to date obtained from the commercialization of the patent/
immediate family have a stake in a licensee or potential licensee
patent application
company then they are required to disclose the stake they and/
or their immediate family have in the company. "Design*" means only the features of shape, configuration,
Any transfer of rights or renting of rights of any NIFT IPR to a pattern, or segment or composition of the lines or colours applied
company in which the inventors have a stake shall be subject to to any article whether in two dimensional or three dimensional
the approval of the DG-NIFT taking into consideration this fact. or both forms, any industrial process or means, whether manual,
mechanical or chemical, separate or combined, which in the
11.12 Dispute Resolution finished article appeal to and judged solely by the eye, but does
not include any mode or principle of construction or anything
In case of any disputes between NIFT and the creators / inventors which in substance a mere mechanical device and does not
regarding the implementation of the IP policy, the aggrieved party include any trade mark or property mark or an artistic work as
may appeal to the DG-NIFT. Efforts shall be made to address the defined under the Copyright Act, 1957.
concerns of the aggrieved party; decision of DG-NIFT in this regard
however, would be final and binding. *Defined as per Indian Designs Act, 2000.
"Design Registration" Registration of the novel non-functional
11.13 Jurisdiction features such as shape, or ornamentation of a product; "NIFT
As a policy, all agreements to be signed by NIFT will have the personnel" includes but is not limited to the faculty, students, staff
jurisdiction of the courts in Delhi and shall be governed by or visiting faculty, researchers and scientists at NIFT;
appropriate laws in India.

"Intellectual Contribution" means original technical or artistic
contributions;
"Intellectual Property" includes but is not limited to copyrights
and copyrightable materials, patented and patentable inventions,
tangible research results, trademarks, service marks and trade
secrets;
"Standing Internal Advisory Committee (SIAC)" is a committee
constituted by the DG-NIFT with specific terms of reference, which
makes recommendations to DG-NIFT on the issues of ownership
and patentability among others consisting of a Chairperson,
internal and external domain/IPR experts and Convener;
"Invention" includes but is not limited to any new and useful
process, design, creation, product, formula or machine conceived
or first reduced to practice in whole or in part, defined within the
purview of the Patent Act.
Inventor(s) are person(s) who produce an invention.
"Licensing" is the practice of renting the intellectual property to a
third party.
"Net Earnings" Earnings resulting from the licensing or
commercialization of the IP, reduced by the outstanding actual
expenses incurred in obtaining and commercialization of the IP.
"Patent" means the exclusive right granted by law for making,
using or selling an invention.
"Royalty" is the payment made to an inventor/author or an
institution usually for legal use of a patented invention or any
Intellectual Property when licensed.
"Significant Use of NIFT Resources" is any usage of NIFT
resources in the creation of the invention(s), excess of the routine
use of office facilities, computers, library resources and resources
available to the general public.
"Software" means anything executable in a computer.
"Teaching material" means and includes any material that aids
the process of teaching
"Trade Mark / Service Mark" is a distinctive word, symbol or
picture or a combination of these, which is used by a business
entity to discriminate its products and services from those of other
business entities.
"Trade Secret" Usually some information such as know-how of
commercial or strategic value that is not disclosed to all and is
used in a restricted manner.

support services & others
Chapter 12
This section deals with all sections of NIFT Academic body which
act as support services to other academic units.
Other miscellaneous issues are discussed in these units

which affect the academics and students of NIFT
In this section:
12.1 Information Technology (IT) Department
12.2 Resource Centre

12.2.1 Collections
12.2.2 Services
12.2.3 Circulation Service
12.2.5 Other Rules and Regulations
12.2.6 Development of a state-of-the-art Fashion Information System
12.3 NIFT Website
12.6 NIFT Alumni Association
12.7 Research and Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT

12.1 Information Technology (IT) vii. The Textile collections in RCs have fully documented and
methodically arranged collections of representational fabric
Department samples, export fabrics and also international fabrics
procured from leading trend services.
The IT department has framed a distribution policy for the IT viii. The RCs also have collections of Fashion Accessories and
infrastructure across centers. The policy includes IT facilities that Findings containing all the materials required to complete a
should be made available to students, faculty, officers and staff garment.
across centers of NIFT. All purchases of IT infrastructure would be ix. Thematic displays and exhibitions are occasional features
as per this policy. of the activities of RCs
The detailed policy has been placed at Annexure 12- A
12.2.2 Services
12.2 Resource Center All the RCs use library management software for collection
management, dissemination of information and offer numerous
In the 21st Century information is the most important resource and proactive information services to the users.
knowledge management is the most crucial function in an
i. Reference Service
organization. The Resource Centre (RC) in each NIFT centre
Highly qualified professional staff members provide
provides the necessary infrastructure to collate and disseminate
reference service at the reference desks as well as online.
this critical input. The network of NIFT Resource Centers is the
only Fashion Information System in India serving the fashion ii. Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
educators of NIFT besides the fashion professionals and would be The Resource Centres offer online public access catalogues
professionals. Each Resource Centre also serves as an interface of all print and non-print collections.
between the institution and the industry as it offers information iii. Bibliographic Service
services to the fashion professionals, entrepreneurs and Subject bibliographies on topics relevant to the fashion
freelancers. The network of RCs is co-ordinated by the National industry are available online and print out of bibliographies
Resource Centre (NRC) on any topic is provided on demand.
iv. Current Awareness Service
12.2.1 Collections
Lists of new additions to books and audio-visual collections
i. The print collections include books and periodicals, both in are available online.
print and electronic format, pertaining to fashion studies and
v. Reprographic Service
related disciplines.
Selective reprographic services of photocopying and
ii. NRC subscribes to leading online databases and aggregator
scanning are provided to the users of all RCs.
services in the fields of design, management and technology
** (Collections and Services may vary from center to center).
for the students and faculty of all NIFT centres.
iii. All the RCs subscribe to leading international forecast
services and fashion and textile journals. 12.2.3 Circulation Service
iv. The audio-visual resources primarily used as teaching aids. All RCs offer circulation services for selective collections of
The materials pertain to history of costumes, history of art, recommended reading materials. RCs have bar-coded charging
fashion illustration etc.; lessons on garment manufacturing system and electromagnetic security systems to control materials
and design collections of NIFT graduates. flow.
v. The reference collections of RCs comprise newsclippings,
Following are the general rules for circulation of print materials to
trade manuals, company profiles, standards, and other
faculty, students and other members of the RC (rules including
information sources.
number of books issued and duration of loan may vary from center
vi. The RCs showcase designer clothing, regional costumes of
to center)
India and other nations. International collections in NRC
include clothing and accessories from leading multinational i. Each regular faculty is entitled to borrow maximum eight
design houses such as YSL, Chanel, Armani, Christian Dior, books at a time for a specified duration. Books should be
Dolce & Gabbana. Among Indian designers there are returned on time to make them available to other members.
creations of Ritu Kumar, Hemant Trivedi, Rohit Bal, Sunit ii. Each contract and guest faculty can borrow six and one book’s
Verma & several others. Creations of students of NIFT are respectively for a specified duration.
documented and inventoried in all RCs. iii. Library periodicals should not be taken out of the library,
unless required for class lectures. These should be returned
as soon as the class is over.
support services & others
iv. Back issues of periodicals are loaned for overnight only. 12.2.5 Other Rules and Regulations
v. Audio-Visual materials, i.e. DVDs, CDs etc are issued only
for class lectures & should be returned immediately after i. Circulation and reference services for print collections are
the class is over. offered throughout the week except Sundays. The Resource
vi. Other Non-Print Materials (NPMs) such as textiles, costumes, Centre shall remain closed on holidays notified by the
accessories etc. should be referred to within the premises Government of India.
of the Resource Centre. ii. Members found leaving the library with un-issued books/
vii. A faculty member should abide by the rules for borrowing other Resource Centre material(s) will be penalized. He or
NPMs for exhibitions and other purposes as applicable in she will pay a penalty as per rule of the Centre and will be
each Centre. debarred from using the Resource Centre for a semester.
viii. The faculty will have to either replace or pay the cost of the iii. Talking over the cellphone is not allowed inside the reading
issued material if the overdue material is not returned on rooms and stackrooms. Disciplinary action can be taken
time, lost or damaged. against any member for flouting the rule.
iv. No bags, food, drinks and smoking are allowed in the
The material issued may be returned personally or through an Resource Centre. Scissors and cutting implements are also
attendant at the library counter. The person returning the material prohibited. Non-library books, briefcases and packages must
should wait till the library staff completes the cancellation be left outside the Resource Centre. The Resource Centre
procedure. will not be responsible for loss of personal belongings
Circulation and reference services for print collections are offered including laptops, cell phones, etc.
throughout the week except Sundays. The Resource Centre is closed
on Government of India holidays and other notified days. 12.2.6 Development of a state-of-the-art
Fashion Information System
NRC is making continuous endeavour to develop a state- of -the
i. Students of regular and continuing education programs are art digital fashion information system encompassing all the
required to pay security deposit and RC fee along with tuition Resource Centres of NIFT.
fee for membership of the Resource Centre. A student has to
submit a copy of receipt of fee at the time of registration and
renewal during the beginning of each academic session
12.3 NIFT Website
ii. Corporate houses, educational institutions, freelancers and NIFT has a comprehensive Web policy .The policy addresses issues
individuals can also register as members of the Resource like
Centre on payment of fees applicable..
iii. Each student gets one borrower's card valid for two semesters i. Name of NIFT official website
only. Other members get cards as per entitlement for one ii. Single or multiple websites?
year or lesser duration on payment of fees and depending on iii. Uploading procedure
the categories of membership. iv. Maintenance procedure and norms
iv. Books can be borrowed at a time for one week only. To v. Responsibility
reserve a book that is out on loan, fill out a reserve slip at the vi. Information on the website
circulation desk. vii. IPR and RTI vis a vis the website
v. Periodicals, reference collections, audio-visual materials The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 12 - B
and other non-print materials can be consulted in the
Resource Centre only and are not issued out to students and
other members.
vi. If a borrowed book is not returned on time, overdue fines will NIFT has created a corpus fund called "NIFT Development fund".
be charged. This fund has been effective since 25th January 2000. An initial
vii. A member (excluding faculty) will either replace or pay three amount of `50 lakhs had been collected through IDBI, Industry
times the cost of a book if lost or damaged. Lost or damaged support and invested properly. The investments are made in fixed
books must be paid for before other books can be issued or deposits/Scheme of Nationalized Bank, UTI, ICCI, IDBI as
the same will be deducted from the security deposit. considered appropriates from time to time.
All donations made specifically for overall development of NIFT
fraternity is deposited in this account and shall be used effectively
for development activities of NIFT Faculty, Staff & Students.

AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER NDF FOR DEVELOPMENT
ACTIVITIES
All expenditure out of this fund will be equivalent to the interest
earned on the investments only i.e. the amount earned as interest
on the investment done under NDF shall be available for proving
financial assistance.
The detailed policy for utilization of the NDF is placed at Annexure
12- C

The Competent Authority has created for each of the academic
department of all Centers, a Department Development Fund (DDF)
for academic expenses, upgradation of infrastructure and
engagement of Adjunct and Visiting faculty as per the respective
policy.
The DDF shall be placed at the disposal of the department
concerned and headed by Centre Coordinator be administered by a
Committee of all the faculty members of the department jointly, in
accordance with the guidelines framed as a policy for DDF which
may be referred in the Accounts Manual.
12.6 NIFT Alumni Association (NAA)

The NAA is a society set up for and by the alumni of NIFT with the
aim of promoting and fostering mutually beneficial interaction
between the alumni and the present students of the NIFT and
amongst the alumni themselves and to encourage the alumni to
take an active interest in the work and progress of NIFT so as to
contribute towards enhancement of the HRD benefits of their alma
mater.
The members of the association are of ex-students of the Institute,
who were admitted to NIFT through an NIFT's All-India Entrance
Examination to any of full-time regular UG or PG programmes and
passed out by completing all mandatory requirements of the
program.
From the batch beginning 2006, the life time membership fee of the
association is taken with the first fee that a student deposits at the
time of admission.
Every Center RIC maintains a contact with the alumni of the region
and promotes the membership drive for the association.
12.7 Research and Technology (R&T)

Facilities in NIFT
Guiding norms for the setting up of R&T labs in NIFT are placed at
Annexure 12-D

PhD programme at NIFT
Chapter 13
This section deals with all issues concerning the Ph D programme offered
at NIFT.
In this section:
13.1 Objective
13.2 How to apply
13.3 Shortlisting, Selection and Preliminary Registration
13.4 Eligibility
13.5 Timescale
13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work
13.9 Performance Monitoring
13.13 Award of Ph D Degree
13.14 Fee
13.15 Assistance from NIFT for NIFT Faculty Members
13.16 Ph D Program at a glance

13.1 Objective Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as
determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are
NIFT offers Ph.D. in the areas of design, management and awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/
technology as applied with broad reference to textiles, fashion, semesters) where marks are awarded.
lifestyle and apparel sectors of the industry. The programme is iii) The area of research of the applicants has to be relevant to
designed for the purpose of carrying out research in textiles, the field of fashion otherwise it is liable for rejection of the
fashion and the apparel sector to create a body of original candidature of the applicant. The selection panel shall make
knowledge for the use of academia and industry at large. appropriate recommendations to accept or reject the
candidature on account of the area of research of the
applicant to DG, NIFT who has discretionary power to
13.2 How to Apply accept or reject the candidature on such grounds.
The Application has to be made in requisite format. The completed iv) Candidates who are employed besides fulfilling the eligibility
application form has to be submitted alongwith an outline of criteria are required to submit 'No Objection Certificate'
Research Proposal in maximum 3000 words. from their current employer.
v) Temporary and contract academic faculty of NIFT may be
This Research Proposal is the most important part of the given administrative clearance by DG, NIFT to seek
application. It will be expected to clearly set out an appropriate admission in Ph.D. after joining service on
set of issues to be explored through research. It should include recommendations of respective Chairperson and Centre
an indication of the approach that the candidate intends to take Director.
during research (e.g. literature-based/empirical/experimental/ vi) Permanent academic faculty of NIFT may be given
practice-based research) and identify what is sought to be administrative clearance by DG, NIFT to seek registration
achieved as an outcome. The proposed research can be related after satisfactory completion of the period of probation on
to any previous work/studies carried out by the candidate. application.
13.3 Shortlisting, Selection & 13.5 Timescale

Preliminary Registration Candidate will be expected to complete the supervised studies
On the basis of the Research Proposal and the Form submitted, within five years, extended to a maximum of seven years by
the candidates will be shortlisted and invited for a personal specific approval of the DG-NIFT after which the registration shall
interview. Based on the interview, the final selection of the stand cancelled automatically.
candidates for the preliminary registration for Ph.D. will be done.
13.4 Eligibility
ADMISSION CALENDER
Following qualifications are eligible for consideration for
admission to the Ph.D. programme. Admission announcement Monday of the 3rd week of March
(website) & advertisement in
i) Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of newspapers
Design, Management or Technology (i.e. M.Des./M.F.M/
M.FTech.) from NIFT with a minimum Cumulative Grade Availability of Application form Monday of the 3rd week of March
to Friday of the 3rd Week of April
Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or
equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter Last date of submission of Friday of the 3rd Week of April
grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the Application Form
years/ semesters) where marks are awarded.
List of short listed candidates Friday of 3rd Week of May
ii) Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of
Design, Management or Technology (i.e. M.Des./M.F.M./ Interview and selection By Friday of 3rd week of June
M.Tech./M.E./M.Sc./M.A./M.Com/MBA Degree) (or)
equivalent qualification from an institute/ university of Announcement of Results Last working day of June
national/international repute with minimum 7 years of Registration 1st week of July
education after higher secondary last of which was the
Masters degree with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Semester starts As per NIFT academic calendar

PhD programme at NIFT
13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work 13.9 Performance Monitoring

There are primarily two stages of work for candidates after Candidate will submit a progress report at the end of each
preliminary registration and before the final registration as semester to supervisor(s) for monitoring of the progress of work.
candidate for Ph.D. In the event of getting two consecutive unsatisfactory grades by
any candidate, the registration will stand terminated. Candidate
First Stage: Course Work
will be required to submit progress report till the submission of
At the first stage the supervisor will be assigned to the candidate
the thesis.
who will guide him/her to select course work and develop a
detailed research plan. A joint supervisor can be added anytime
during the next 18 months.
Each student will take 3 compulsory courses of 3 credits each It is essential for the candidate to hold Pre-PhD seminar before
on (1) Research Methods, (2) Statistical Analysis and (3) his/her Synopsis is considered. On completion of the research
Research Paradigms. Other courses for Ph.D candidates shall work, candidate shall submit a Synopsis including bibliography
be identified by the Supervisor out of those offered by the Post of research work to the respective supervisor. The Synopsis will
Graduate programs in Design, Management and Technology at be examined by the panel of experts.
respective NIFT centers. If Supervisor feels it necessary, courses
may also be chosen out of under graduate programs.
Minimum of 15 credits with CGPA of 7.0 on a 10 point scale is Candidate will be required to submit the thesis within a minimum
required for continued candidacy of Ph.D. Degree. CGPA below of 2 months and maximum of 9 months after submission of
6.5 will cause termination of registration with immediate effect. Synopsis.
However, if the CGPA is above 6.5 but less than 7.0, the candidate
would be asked to take more courses in order to enhance his/
her CGPA to 7.0 or above, subject to the condition that this should Submitted thesis will be examined by two examiners. Candidate
be achieved within one semester. Attendance of 75% is will be recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis of
compulsory. the thesis evaluation. In case candidate has been advised to
Re-examination policy submit a revised thesis, the same may be done within a period
The re-examination of the Ph.D Scholars for all the course work of one year from date of communication.
will be as per the re-examination policy of NIFT.
13.13 Award of Ph.D. Degree
Second Stage: Comprehensive Examination
After successfully clearing the first stage, candidate will reach After getting recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis
the second stage of work before qualifying to become a final of thesis evaluation, the candidate shall be required to defend the
registered candidate for Ph.D. Candidate will be required to take work/thesis orally before the Oral Defense Committee.
a comprehensive examination which will be a combination of (a) The Committee may recommend the award of the degree or
an oral examination and (b) evaluation of the Research Proposal, suggest corrections/modifications which have to be incorporated
to test comprehension of the broad field of research and academic in the thesis.
preparation and the potential to carry out the proposed research
plan. A candidate is permitted to give a maximum of two attempts 13.14 Fee
to pass the comprehensive examination and should be able to The candidate will be required to pay the fee from the preliminary
complete it within 24 months of date of joining the programme, registration stage, as per the NIFT fee structure for the regular
failing which his/her registration will be cancelled. students. The fee has to be paid every semester till the
submission of the Synopsis.
13.15 Assistance from NIFT for NIFT
Candidate shall be formally registered as a candidate for the
Ph.D. Degree after he/she has successfully completed the first Faculty Members
and the second stage of work. Candidate will be required to NIFT faculty members, in regular employment will receive
renew the registration every semester till the submission of the assistance for field visits, experimentation, for visiting the joint-
Synopsis. The renewal of registration every semester shall be supervisor or visit of the joint-supervisor, publications, thesis
subject to completion of specified number of credits/courses etc. 50% tuition fee wavier will be extended to faculty members
and/or satisfactory progress in research work as recommended of NIFT or candidates admitted to Ph.D. programme from other
by Supervisor. Government Organizations/Institutions under MOT.
13.16 Ph.D at a Glance
Application
Selection
No
Yes
Preliminary Registration
Course Work
If SGPA is between 6.5-7 Passed if SGPA is 7
Comprehensive examination
Registration for PhD
6 Monthly progress reports
Submission of Thesis
Disapproves No
Examiners
Approves
Viva Voce Rework
Cleark
PhD Degree Award
The detailed Ordinance of the PhD program offered by NIFT is placed at ANNEXURE-13-A

bridge programme
Chapter 14
This section details the NIFT policy to assist alumni of the institute
to enhance academic qualification by conversion of NIFT “Diploma”
to “Degree” through a bridge program.
In this section:
14.1 Introduction
14.2 Admission
14.2.1 Eligibility
14.2.2 Total number of seats

14.3.1 Schedule of Bridge Programme
14.3.2 Components of PG Programme
14.3.3 Components of UG Programme
14.3.4 Seminar
14.3.5 Four Full Days Workshop
14.3.6 Term Papers
14.3.7 Interaction with Mentor
14.4 Transcript
14.5 Degree format
14.6 Attendance norms
14.7 Finance
14.7.1 External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty Payment Norms
14.7.3 Expenditure at Centre Level
14.7.4 Fee Waiver

14.1 Introduction may be taken provided the infrastructure can support the
additional seats. In case of insufficient number of candidates,
the programme may be run on a minimum number of 10
Bridge programme is introduced as a supplementary programme students. The distribution of seats per programme is as under-
to allow former NIFT Alumni to enhance their Diploma to Degrees.
The duration of the Bridge programme will be 6 months for PG Programme-wise distribution across NIFT centers where the
Diploma holders and 1 yr for UG Diploma holders. Admission Bridge course will be offered.
will be conducted simultaneously at 7 NIFT Centers namely
Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Chennai, Gandhinagar &
No of Batches
across Centers
Bangalore under the guidance of Directors of the centers. A
Gandhinagar
Programme
candidate may register at any center of convenience.
Hyderabad
New Delhi
Bangalore
Chennai
Mumbai
Kolkata
Registration will be on first come- first serve basis. The
candidates will be offered Degree of M.Tech. (for GMT /PG Tech
alumnus), MFM (for AMM/AMMM alumnus), M.Des. (for TD, FD 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
KD, FC, LD alumnus) and B.Des. (for FD / AD alumnus). The AD 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
candidates will be carrying the original diploma for registration
LD 2 Yes Yes
and verification. The degree will be offered of the year in
which the programme is successfully finished by the candidate. TD 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
The degree certificate will carry a reference of the Centre and KD 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes
the year in which the diploma was awarded to the candidate and GMT 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
the format of the Degree of Bridge programme will be different FMS 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
than the Degree of regular students. Bridge programmes will be FC 2 Yes Yes
offered only for the coming 5 years i.e from 2009-2014.
Total Batches: 38
Total No. of students @30 per batch: 1140
14.2 Admission
14.2.1 Eligibility
The course shall be offered only to NIFT Alumni of PG programme 14.3.1 SCHEDULE OF BRIDGE PROGRAMME per
i.e. GMT / PG Tech /AMM / AMMM / LD/TD /KD/ FC as combined semester (Total 14 weeks, one week internal and one
Bridge programme (PG) and UG Programme AD / FD as week external evaluation.)
combined Bridge programme (UG). The candidates will be i. First week: Seminar by Expert
required to submit the original diploma for registration and ii. Second Week: Research Design & Methodology
verification. Workshop
Admission will be on first come - first serve basis on receipt iii. Third week onward: Industry Presentations (Weekly
of complete application forms. Admission forms will be seminar by students) and term paper mentoring.
available and registration opened simultaneously at 7 NIFT 14.3.2 Components of PG Program
Centers under the guidance of Directors of NIFT Centers. A
candidate may register at any Center of convenience. Bridge
courses for PG programmes can be offered every six months S. Subject Description Maximum Core/
depending upon the demand while that for UG programme will No. Marks Non-Core
be offered only once a year. The original diploma of the applicant
1. Global issues Seminar by 25 Non-Core
has to be submitted at the center during registration. The entire
in Design, Expert (Quiz)
admission process will be center based activity and will be Management
under the guidance of Center Directors. and Technology
14.2.2 Total Number of seats 2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core

presentations Bridge Programme
Total number of seats is 1140 being offered in 7 NIFT centers - students (Jury
Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Chennai, and Gandhinagar Evaluation)
& Bangalore. The ideal batch size for the programme is 30
candidates. Additional candidates to an extent of 20% of the total

bridge programme
S. Subject Description Maximum Core/ 14.3.4 Seminar

No. Marks Non-Core
I) Seminar by Eminent speaker: Students need to attend one
3. Research Workshop 75 Core seminar in areas pertaining to emerging and topical
Design (Theory issues related to the particular sector of the apparel
and examination) industry. The broad seminar areas will be compiled by
Methodology respective CP's from time to time (the current suggested
list is enclosed, Annexure 14-A). Course coordinators
4. Term Paper Mentoring 200 Core would source the expertise either internally or from nearby
(Jury evaluation) institutes of higher learning or from the industry to conduct
the seminars. The seminar would be interactive sessions
TOTAL 400
involving a presentation by the expert of 3 hrs. duration and
*For PG, result will be calculated out of 400 Marks. followed by discussion between the experts and the
candidates. The purpose of the seminar will be to
provide a forum for candidates to share their experiences
14.3.3 Components of UG programme and knowledge on topics of current interest in apparel
industry. If required, more than one expert can be called for
S. Subject - SEM-I Description Maximum Core/
the seminar. The seminars will be evaluated by a Quiz at the
No. Marks Non-Core
end of the seminar. The quiz will be prepared by the
1. Global issues in Seminar by 25 Non-Core coordinator in consultation with the eminent industry expert
Design- I Expert (Quiz) who is coordinating the quiz.
2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core
The quiz will be evaluated out of 25 marks and will be
presentation - I Bridge Programme
students (Jury administered by the COE.
Evaluation) II) Seminar by Bridge Programme student: Bridge programme
3. Research Workshop 75 Core students are required to deliver two seminars of 1.5 hrs
Design and (Theory each related to the particular sector of the apparel industry
Methodology- I examination) to the regular students of NIFT. Each student will be giving
4. Term Paper -I Mentoring 200 Core these seminars in the department of their specialization.
(Jury evaluation) These seminars shall be on weekly basis (depending upon
the number of students in Bridge Programme) be organized
TOTAL 400
during zero hours and will be in consultation with respective
CC. [Working model:- Suppose 11 students of a particular
S. Subject - SEM II Description Maximum Core/ course have enrolled for Bridge programme and each student
No. Marks Non-Core has to deliver 2 seminars i.e total 22 seminars to be organized
in approximate 12 weeks. Therefore 2 seminars in each
1. Global issues in Seminar by 25 Non-Core
Design -II Expert (Quiz) week are to be conducted simultaneously in that department]
The seminar will be evaluated by two member jury (one
2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core
from the same depar tment and second from other
presentation- II Bridge Programme
department) panel out of 50 Marks each (assessment form
students (Jury
Evaluation) is - enclosed - Annexure 14-B) and to be attended by the
regular NIFT students and NIFT faculty (optional). The NIFT
3. Research Workshop 75 Core students will give the qualitative feedback (Form A is
Design and (Theory
enclosed with Annexure 14-C) regarding the seminar.
Methodology- II examination)
4. Term Paper- II Mentoring 14.3.5 Four Full Days Workshop
(Jury evaluation) 200 Core
Four Full Days Workshop (24 hours) on "Research Methodology"
TOTAL 400 would be conducted at the Center offering the course (Payment
as per FOTD norms). The intention of the workshop is to guide
** For UG (Two semester), result will be calculated out of 800 the Bridge Programme students on the process and methodology
Marks. of selecting the research topic and writing Term Paper. At the
end of the workshop, a theory examination would be conducted
out of 75 Marks.

14.3.6 Term Paper in same way as for Regular programme so grades equivalence
may be calculated in accordance with the norms of international
Each candidate will be expected to write a term paper during the semester exchange programme. The details of the same are
programme. The programme coordinator will help the candidate tabulated below:
to choose an area of study and also help him to find an appropriate
mentor from across the various NIFT streams. The term paper
Grades Grade Points Marks
should be as such so that it could be published in reputed journal.
All arrangements for publication of the term paper in reputed A 10.0 100
Journal will be made by the participants in consultation with the A- 9.0 90-99
faculty mentor. It is not essential to have the mentor from the
B 8.0 80-89
department which is offering the course but from the same Center
and of relevant competency. Candidate will be required to carry B- 7.0 70-79
a detailed study, prepare report on research findings at the end C 6.0 60-69
of the semester.
C- 5.0 50-59
For UG combined programme, term paper for the first semester
D 4.0 40-49
will be limited to secondary research followed by primary
research in second semester. F <4.0 <40
Ex-students of NIFT with 2 years UGs enrolled into Bridge
Programme are required to write an additional term paper. 14.5 Degree Format
The final term paper report will be presented and submitted by The candidate will receive a degree at the successful completion
the candidates only on receiving "Completion certificate" from of the course. This degree will be in a specific format detailing
the mentor/s. The evaluation will be done by a panel (appointed the year of diploma as well as the year of conversion to degree.
by the COE, comprising of the selected members). The term
paper will be evaluated by Internal and external Jury panel. The 14.6 Attendance Norms
marks allocation shall be-
It will be mandatory for the candidates to attend the seminar by
z Mentor/Guide 40 marks the Industry Experts and to deliver Industry Presentations
z Internal / interim assessment 80 marks alongwith 65% attendance in the workshop.
(after 11 weeks of
progress) 14.7 Finance
z External /end term assessment 80 marks
Fee Structure as per NIFT fee norms.
(after 14 weeks)
Depending upon the number of courses the center is offering the
Total 200 marks
finance calculation for the full Bridge programme may be done
* Candidates will be required to score a minimum of 50% marks center wise. An illustrative per course expenditure statement is
in core subjects and 40 % in non- core subject. mentioned in table given at 14.7.3.
**Note.- Only senior NIFT faculty at the level of
Associate Professor and above will mentor. 14.7.1 External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty
Payment Norms
14.3.7 Interaction with Mentor External experts shall be faculty members from nearby institutes
The mentor/s can meet/discuss the progress of the study with of higher learning with PhD / Masters degree in the relevant
the students in person or online through mail/video conferencing/ field, or Industry experts with relevant experience, and/ or
3G etc. Each mentors and participants will maintain the record Internal faculty of the rank of Sr. Professors and Professors. If
of the discussion on "Weekly feedback form". The payment to required, more than one expert could be called, limited to the
the mentors will be processed only on receiving weekly feedback approved budget.
form (Total 11 feedback form) The format of weekly feedback is The payment shall be @ ` 5,000 for one seminar of 3 hours.
enclosed with Annexure 14-D.
For term paper, four full days workshop on "Research
14.4 Transcript Methodology" The payment shall be @ ` 1,000 for 1.5 hrs.( as
per FOTD norms)
Degree certificate along with mark sheet will be issued to the
student after successful completion of the Bridge Programme. The payment to the term paper mentors will be @ `1,250 per
The nature of the course is so that the evaluation is not possible interaction however the total payment will not exceed beyond 11
weeks.
bridge programme

The expenditure on the programme shall be within 15% of the revenue generated. Separate approval needs to be taken for any
deviation. The representative calculation is shown at 14.7.3
14.7.3 Expenditure At Center Level
Per semester Budget Details,
A Department Wise Coordinators Per Batch ` 50,000
B Total Number of Session (i+ii) 72 Session
i Seminar - and workshop 17 Session
ii Guide Consultation (for five mentors) (11 weeks X 5 Mentors) 55 Session
or @ per student limited to approved Budget.
iii Jury payments ` 33,000
Internal Jury for Term Paper
` 2500 (@ ` 1250- per session of 3 hours x 3
(faculty members) x 2 (days) = `15,000
External Jury for Term Paper
` 3000 (@ `1500- per session of 3 hours x 3
(External experts) X 2 (days)= `18,000
C Faculty Payment Per Session ` 89,750
Term paper: ` 1250/x 55 sessions = ` 68,750
Workshop: ` 1000 x 16 sessions (1.5 hrs) = ` 16,000
Eminent Speaker: ` 5000 x 1 session = ` 5,000
D Miscellaneous
Staff payment (RA - ` 15,000, Attendant - ` 7,000) ` 52,250
Administrative staff - ` 10,000
Stationery and Refreshments for jury members & etc.
(Subject to no. of students enrolled in the course and availability of funds)
Total expenditure at the Center ` 2,25,000
Level (A+B+C+D)
Expenditure Expressed as % Of Revenue Generated 15%
14.7.4 Fee Wavier vi. Preparing time tables

vii. Arranging for smooth running of the course as per the
50% of fee subsidy shall be given to those faculty members who academic plan & time table
have completed 3 years service in NIFT. viii. To appoint mentors
ix. Conducting quiz
14.8 Academic Management x. Industry interactions and project allocations/associations
xi. In charge of all activities concerning academics
Overall Coordination at HO: Head-FOTD xii. Addressing Issues relating to Bridge programme etc.
Roles and responsibilities - Course Coordinators:
i. To help the candidate to choose area of research
ii. To help him to find an appropriate mentor from across the COE at Center & HO shall be responsible for all evaluations and
various streams of NIFT. It is not essential to have the result related activities (as in regular programme). They shall
mentor from the department which is offering the course prepare the final list for award of degree and COE (HO) shall
but from the same center and of relevant competency issue the degree.
iii. Preparation and Implementation of Academic calendar. Roles and responsibilities - COE (Center) & COE (HO):
iv. Attendance documentation of the candidates
v. Arranging for guest faculty/ subject expert for the seminars i. Marks compilation at center level and then at HO level
ii. Attendance compilation at Center level

iii. Compilation of list of successful candidates
iv. Award of degree by COE HO
v. All other activities of COE for the regular courses at Center
and HO Level.
Roles and responsibilities - Mentors:
i. Mentor can take up as many students as per his / her area
of competency
ii. Guidance to the candidates on area of research
iii. Attendance documentation of the candidates.

z Announcement & Application forms: 1st week of July
z Last date of submission of application 2nd week of July
z List of participating candidates 4th weeks of July
z Registration 4th week of July
to 1st week
of August
z Semester Start 2nd week of August

faculty development programme
Chapter 15
This section details the NIFT policy for faculty development henceforth
called the FDP policy of NIFT.
In this section
15.1 Short Title /Commencement
15.2 Purpose
15.3 Instrument of the Scheme

15.3.1 Semester I
15.3.2 Activity in Semester Break
15.3.3 Semester II
15.4 Admission
15.4.1 Duration
15.4.2 Eligibility
15.4.3 Admission Process - Short listing & Selection
15.4.4 Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats
15.4.5 Fee
15.6 Placement
15.7 Competent Authority and Relaxation in Rules
15.8 Credit Distribution table of FDP Programme
15.9 Evaluation System to be followed

15.1 Short Title/ Commencement in all examinations to qualify the subjects audited. This
has to be done in addition to the preparation of subject
files. The subject files will have to be submitted to Mentor
The programme shall be called NIFT Faculty Development before the end of the semester.
Programme (FDP)
iii. Expected out come
The Scheme shall commence with effect from the date of approval. Development of course material, lesson plan, and
presentations etc for the subjects audited and will be used
15.2 Purpose teaching aids later on.
The purpose of this programme is to address the issue of grave iv. Evaluation guidelines
shortage of trained faculty from the areas of Design, Management The evaluation of the subject audited will be as per any
and Technology at the National level and create a pool of regular course of NIFT through COE.
interested, motivated and trained manpower in the field of Fashion
Education. 15.3.2 Activity in semester break
The purpose of this scheme is also to identify interested, The students are required to attend the classes for the following
academically inclined alumni and formally equip them for subjects (15 credits) during the semester break in summer.
handling positions in the field of Fashion Education.
S. No. Core Subjects Total no of No. of Credit
(All compulsory) hours Sessions
15.3 Instruction of the Scheme of 3hrs
each
i. NIFT will offer a one year PG Diploma - "Faculty Development
Programme-(FDP)" to train selected candidates in the 1. Communication & 48 16 3
teaching pedagogy, processes and methodology of Fashion Presentation Skills
Education. The Post Graduate Diploma will be offered broadly 2. Research 48 16 3
in three areas: Methodology &
z Design Techniques
z Management
3. Teaching Pedagogy 48 16 3
z Technology
at existing NIFT Centres as approved by the Competent S. No. Elective Subjects Total no No. of Credit
Authority. (Any two) of hours Sessions
ii. The Faculty Development Programme will be a full time of 3hrs
programme consisting of two semesters in concurrence each
with regular academic schedules of NIFT and to be started
in January every calendar year. 1. Overview of advances 48 16 3
iii. There will be regular classes and auditing for the 1st semester in Fashion Business
and 2nd semester will constitute practical assignments, 2. Advances in field of 48 16 3
preparation of the teaching materials, and involvement in Garment Technology
teaching methodology, taking classes under supervision, 3. Advances in field of 48 16 3
seminars / workshops and relevant dissertations. Textiles
4. IT application for 48 16 3
15.3.1 Semester I Fashion Business
5. Advanced Design 48 16 3
i. Duration 16 weeks Process
ii. Activity 6. History of Art & 48 16 3
z The students will be required to audit minimum of 5 Design
subjects leading to a minimum work load of 22.5 hours
Total Sessions 240 80 15
per week and a minimum of 15 credits. (compulsory and
z The FDP students auditing the classes may audit subjects elective)
like regular students of the said course. It is a mandatory
requirement to submit all the assignments / projects etc
according to the nature of the subject curriculum & appear

i) Expected outcome 15.4 Admission

The taught component of the program focuses on practical, effective
techniques and strategies that develop the candidate into an effectual 15.4.1 Duration
educationalist. It will ensure that the future trainers are skilled and
confident in their abilities to train students and serve as informed The FDP is one year Diploma program primarily for fulfilling the
resources for the organization. requirement of faculty for new NIFT Centres.
ii) Evaluation guidelines
15.4.2 Eligibility
Assignments / Examination will be conducted through COE for the
subjects taught and the candidates will be expected to pass as per Qualifying degree recognized by law in India with minimum CGPA
NIFT Rules. 6.5 or 65% or equivalent. Industry/Research/Teaching experience
will be an added advantage.
15.3.3 Semester II Two years Industry/Research/Teaching experience with PG and
four years with UG course is desirable
i) Duration 16 weeks
Details of the qualifying degree are as follows
ii) Activity I) Qualifying Degree: Design
a) There are two components - Auditing component and i. UG Degree of Design from NIFT; or
Practical class conducting component. ii. UG /PG Degree in any field of Design -Fashion Space /
b) Students will audit and conduct the practical classes Accessory Design/ Industrial Design / Communication
(under supervision) for minimum 4 subjects leading to Design/ Fashion Communication/ Exhibition Design/
minimum work load of 15 hrs per week and a minimum Interior Design from CEPT, Ahmedabad/ B. Des or M.
of 10 credits under suitable mentor. The ratio of auditing Des from Industrial Design Centre (IIT's); or
and practical class conducting component is 75:25 iii. BFA /MFA; or
respectively. However the subject faculty would get the iv. M.Sc(Clothing & Textiles); or
full hours of the workload. The Subject experts will audit v. B. Arch / M.Arch; or
the classes conducted by FDP student and numeric vi. Equivalent qualification from an institute of international
feedback shall be given to the candidate at the end of repute /international university.
each practical session. Students will also be involved in II) Qualifying Degree: Technology
the student mentorship, student evaluation juries and i. UG /PG Degree Fashion Technology from NIFT; or
subject feed back to the students. Candidates will develop ii. UG /PG Degree in Design /Technology/ Management
the subject files for the subjects audited. from an institute of international repute; or
iii) Expected outcome iii. BE or ME/B.Tech or M. Tech Textile Technology/
Development of course material for the subject's audited Information Technology /Leather Technology/ Industrial/
and practical experience of conducting classes. Production Engineering; or
iv. M.Sc Clothing & Textiles/ Statistics/ Operation Research
iv) Evaluation guidelines
BCA or MCA/ MCM; or
The mentors with the subject experts will examine the
v. Equivalent qualification from an institute of international
subject files prepared by candidate. The candidates will be
repute/ International university
evaluated on content, innovation and creativity of lesson
plan, class hand outs and the class room presentations. III) Qualifying Degree: Management
i. PG Degree MFM from NIFT; or
v) End Term Jury
ii. MBE/ MBA Marketing/ Finance; or
There will also be an End term Jury on various subjects
iii. MA Journalism & Mass Communication or equivalent
covered during the course. Jury Evaluation of subject's files
Masters Degree; or
of first and second semester by a Jury Panel will be conducted
iv. B.Tech / M. Tech Textile Technology(or) equivalent
at respective Centres. The Panel (3-5 members) should
qualification from an institute of international repute/
comprise of subject experts of the subject area audited and
International university
will be allocated 8 Credits. The marks to be forwarded to
COE. The degrees provided through non campus / distant learning
program or through teaching conducted by other institutes on
the basis of recognition by the degree providing institution, shall
not be considered for this purpose.

15.4.3 Admission Process - Short listing & rules of NIFT. Detailed postings may be as per requirement of the
NIFT campus and/or administrative exigencies from time to time.
Selection
No other placement services will be provided.
There will be short listing based on application form and selection
through Group Discussion /Personal Interview
15.7 Competent Authority and
15.4.4 Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats Relaxation In Rules
35 seats for each of the following three NIFT centers. Total 105 The Competent Authority for the purpose of the Scheme is Director
seats are being offered in Delhi, Mumbai and Hyderabad NIFT General and any provision of the Rules can be amended with the
Centers. Distribution of seats per program is as under prior approval of the Director General only.
Centers Design Management Technology Total
15.8 Credit Distribution Table of FDP
Delhi 25 5 5 35 Programme
Mumbai 25 5 5 35 Semester Credits for No. of
Credits
Hyderabad 25 5 5 35
Semester 1 Subjects Audited 15 (minimum)
75 15 15 105 Semester Regular Classes of 15 (fixed)
Break specified subjects
15.4.5 Fee Semester 2 Subjects Audited 10 (minimum)
Selected candidates will be required to pay the fee of `1 lakh per End Term Jury based evaluation of 8 (fixed)
Annum (` 50,000 per semester) payable at beginning of the Jury subject files of 1st and 2nd
semesters in addition to mandatory library fee, security deposit, semester and overall
mediclaim and student development fee as per NIFT Rule. performance
TOTAL CREDIT 48 (minimum)
The scheme will be implemented through HO through its FOTD 15.9 Evaluation System to be Followed
Unit. Head (FOTD) will be the overall in-charge of the outcome to
The nature of the course is so that the evaluation is not possible in
the execution of the program. Relevant Standing Internal Advisory
same way as for Regular programme so SGPA equivalence may
Committee (SIAC) for FOTD Unit shall deal with the matter and
be calculated for entire semester in accordance with the norms of
shall process all matters for approval of the Director General.
international semester exchange programme. The details of the
The program at the Centre level will be headed by a Professor/ same are tabulated below:
Associate Professor level faculty member with relevant experience
as notified by the Director General. The coordinator of the program Grades Grade Points Marks
will be paid special pay as per the relevant rules of NIFT. The A 10.0 100
program shall be provided with relevant clerical assistance of one
A- 9.0 90-99
Research Assistant and one attendant.
B 8.0 80-89
Faculty teaching in Faculty Development Programme will get paid
as per FOTD norms subject to fulfilling the minimum work load in B- 7.0 70-79
the given semester. C 6.0 60-69
15.6 Placement C- 5.0 50-59

D 4.0 40-49
The student would stand successfully qualified the course, if he/
she obtains 7.00 CGPA. The top 5 pass outs from the Faculty F <4.0 <40
Development Programme will be directly offered posts of Assistant
Professor/ Associate Professor against existing vacancies as per
their experience and qualification subject to meeting the recruitment

No. of credits * Grade Point

SGPA (Formula as in NIFT = ---------------------------------------
Academic Manual) No. of credits

i) Coordinator at HO in-charge of the program at HO
ii) Coordinator at Centers in-charge of the programme at Center
Level
iii) Mentor in-charge of the program at Department Level
iv) Staff : Research Assistant and one attendant for Coordinator
at center

ANNEXURES
Annx No. Subject Page No.
1-A Comprehensive Performance Linked Award Scheme of NIFT .............................................. 248
3-A Internship Announcement Form .......................................................................................... 255
3-B Academic Calendar ............................................................................................................ 257
4-A Academic Plan .................................................................................................................. 259
4-B NIFT Guest Faculty Policy .................................................................................................. 260
4-C Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy ........................................................ 265
4-D Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty

Orientation Training and Development ................................................................................. 270
4-E Comprehensive Training Policy of NIFT ............................................................................... 272
4-F Study Leaves and Sabbatical Leaves for Faculty .................................................................. 277
4-G Guidelines for Training of Trainers (TOT) Workshops ............................................................ 281
4-H Guidelines for Faculty Internship ......................................................................................... 287
5-A Student Attendance Policy .................................................................................................. 288
5-B NIFT Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme ......................................................... 290
5-C Student Inter Center Transfer Policy ..................................................................................... 307
5-D Student Inter Discipline Transfer Policy ............................................................................... 315
5-E Student Assistantship Program ........................................................................................... 321
5-F Student Extension Activities ................................................................................................ 330
5-G Student Accommodation ..................................................................................................... 343
5-H Guide to Mentoring Students ............................................................................................... 345
5-I Student Placement ............................................................................................................. 346
5-J Education Loan Format ....................................................................................................... 351
5-K Migration and Provisional Certificate ................................................................................... 352
6-A Format for Log Book ........................................................................................................... 355
6- B Undertaking of Project Completion................................................................................................ 356

6-C Design Collection Jury - FD ................................................................................................ 357
6-D Graduation Project Jury - LD ............................................................................................... 359
6-E Graduation Project Jury - TD ............................................................................................... 361
6-F Graduation Project/ Design Collection Jury - KD .................................................................. 363
6-G Graduation Project Jury - AD ............................................................................................... 365
6-H Graduation Project Jury - FC ............................................................................................... 367
6-I Graduation Project Jury - DFT (UG & PG) ............................................................................. 369
6-J Graduation Research Project Jury - MFM ............................................................................ 372
6-K Dissertation Jury - Design Space ........................................................................................ 374
6-L Evaluation Matrix Formats .................................................................................................. 375
6-M Format of Register for Assignment ............................................................................................... 376
7-A Formats of Grade Sheets .................................................................................................... 377
8-A Format for Teaching Engagement in Fas.E Programme for External Faculty .......................... 388
8-B Format for Teaching Engagement in Fas.E Programme for Internal Faculty ............................ 389
8-C Format for Internal / External Faculty Claim form .................................................................. 390
9-A Format for forwarding of Proposal of New CE Programmes at Centre .................................... 391
9-B Payment Claim for Reimbursement of Course Development, Course

Marketing, Course Documentation Fee ................................................................................ 393
9-C Analysis of Students Feed Back Form ........................................................................................... 394
10 - A Formats of MOU for Domestic Linkages .............................................................................. 395
10 - B List of existing MOU's that NIFT has entered into with Universities/Institutes ............................. 402
10 - C Format of Audit Form .......................................................................................................... 403
10 - D Format of NIFT - Partner MoU ............................................................................................. 405
10 - E Application form for NIFT student for Twinning /

Exchange Programme at Institutions abroad ........................................................................ 408
10 - F Format for Student Feedback .............................................................................................. 411
10 - G Format for Mark Sheet ........................................................................................................ 413
10 - H Application form for NIFT student for Twinning /

Exchange Programme at NIFT ............................................................................................. 414

10 - I Guidelines for Faculty Secondment ..................................................................................... 417
10 - J Policy on Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT .................................................................. 420
10 - K Draft MoU for NIFT and Industry Linkages .......................................................................... 425
12 - A Distribution Policy for IT Infrastructure ................................................................................ 426
12 - B Website Policy ................................................................................................................... 429
12 - C Policy for NIFT Development Fund ...................................................................................... 433
12 - D Research & Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT .................................................................. 436
13 - A Ordinance of Ph D Programme ........................................................................................... 438
14 - A List of Topics for Seminar for Bridge Programme ................................................................. 463
14 - B Evaluation of Seminar Conducted by a Jury Member ............................................................ 468
14 - C Evaluation of Seminar by student .................................................................................................. 469
14 - D Mentor Feedback ........................................................................................................................... 470

1-A
COMPREHENSIVE PERFORMANCE LINKED AWARD SCHEME OF NIFT
1. Short Title and Commencement:

This scheme will be called "Performance Linked Incentive Scheme of NIFT" and will come into force from 1st January 2007 at
NIFT Head Office and Centres.
2. Objective:
The objective of the Award is to recognise the extraordinary and outstanding performance of NIFT Faculty Members, Officers and
Staff, individually or as teams.
3. Scope:
All the Units in NIFT at the Head Office and NIFT Centres and the individuals in respective categories are eligible to be
considered for the Award.
4. The Scheme:
The assessment period of Performance Linked Award Scheme will be co-terminous with each calendar year.
5. Categories of Award
(a) At Head Office:
S. No. Awards No. of Awards Coverage
1. Best Units at H.O 6 (3+1+2) {Academic Units-3 The Unit will include all Staff & Officers/ Faculty
F&A Units-1 Management Units-2} including the Unit Head/HOD and Group 'D'.
2. Best Chairperson CP-1 Amongst the 10 CPs (FP + FD + LD+F&LA +

KD + TD + FC + F-Tech.+ PGDS + FMS)
(b) At Centres
1. Two best Unit in each 14 (2 X 7) The Unit at NIFT Centre will include the Unit
Centre, one for Accounts Head, Unit Incharge and the Support Staff
& one for Management including Group 'D'.
2. Best Academic Department 7 (1 X 7) Amongst FP, FD, LD, KD, TD, F&LA, FC, DFT,
in each Centre PGDS and FMS Deptts. of NIFT Centres.

(c) Across Centres
1. Best Co-ordinator across

all NIFT Centres one each for
l RIC 1 Amongst RIC of NIFT Centres
l CIC 1 Amongst CIC of NIFT Centres
l SDAC 1 Amongst SDAC of NIFT Centres
l I&DL 1 Amongst I&DL of NIFT Centres
2. Best Head (Resource Centre) 1 Amongst Head (RC) of NIFT Centres

3. Best NIFT Centre 1 Amongst NIFT Centres excluding H.O.
6. Details of Awards:
The Award would comprise the following: -

(i) A Certificate and a Trophy.
(ii) An honorarium of ` 5000 per Unit Member including the Group D. (not exceeding ` 5,000 p.a.)
(iii) (a) Faculty Members can opt to attend one Training Programme of their choice or one exposure trip of their choice
including visits to fairs, seminars, conferences, exhibitions for an amount not exceeding ` 25,000 (including fee,
travel, stay and incidentals). Any additional expenditure could be met from DDF as per DDF Policy.
(b) Group A & B Officers can either opt for a training of their choice for an amount not exceeding ` 25,000 (including fee,
travel, stay and incidentals) or to receive an Award of ` 12000.
(c) Group C & D Officials can either opt for a training of their choice for an amount not exceeding ` 15,000 (including fee,
travel, stay and incidentals) or to receive an Award of ` 9000.
The option for training at (iii) (a), (b) & (c) will be kept open for a period of two years after declaration of the award and could
availed by combining two awards for any subsequent calendar years upto a period of three years.
7. Application Format:
Application Format for Performance Linked Incentive Awards for assessment of the Units is enclosed at Format 1. The MIS Unit
at HO will receive the applications for Awards duly forwarded by Centre Director/HODs upto 31st January (the following month
of the calendar year ending 31st December). Applications received after the due date will not be entertained.
As the personal staff attached to the Officers, Unit Head and Unit Incharge are not a part of the Units, their performance for
Awards will be assessed through a separate evaluation format enclosed as Format 2. The personal staff would include
Stenographers, Attendant, Staff Car Driver and any other staff (Assistants, Jr. Assistant and R.A. etc.) attached for performing the
duties of personal staff.
8. Criteria for Selection:
Selection will be made on the basis of following parameters:
1. Performance against the targets - 50%
2. Quality & timeliness of response through periodic returns - 20%
3. Original contribution in terms of innovative practices or processes with extent of success achieved / anticipated - 10%
4. Orientation of Unit towards overall goals and objectives of the Centre/Orgn. - 10%
5. Significant Outcomes - 10%
The evaluation will be based not on inputs, process and output but on outcomes as independently assessed by the constituted
committees.
9. Selection Process
The selection process will comprise of evaluation by the constituted Committees for each group / category. Members to the
Committee will be nominated by DG-NIFT on each occasion.
The members of the Committee shall make individual assessment which would be compiled by MIS Unit and submitted to DG
NIFT for final decision.
10. Evaluation Committees
S. No. Category of Award Grouping (No. of Awards) Constitution of the Committee
1 Best Units at HO Academic Units (3) Director, NIFT Centres 2

Registrar, NIFT Centres 1
Dean (A) 1
Head (AA) 1
Professor 2
F&A Units (1) Director, NIFT Centres 2
Director (F&A) 1
Director (HO) 1
CAO 1
Dy. Reg.(F&A), Centres 1
Management Units (2) Director, NIFT Centres 2
Director (HO) 1
Director (F&A) 1
Two members to be 2
Nominated by DG from amongst
Dean (A)/ Head (AA)/Professors
2 Best Chairperson at Chairpersons (1) 2 Industry Experts to be nominated by DG
Head Office
3 Best Units at each NIFT Management/ F&A/ Director (F&A) 1
Centres Academic Units (2) Directors, NIFT Centres 2
Registrar (HO) 1
Registrar NIFT Centres 2
4 Best Academic Department Centre Co-ordinator FP, FD, Dean (A) 1
at NIFT Centre LD, KD, TD F&LA, FC, F-Tech, Head (AA) 1
PGDS and FMS (1) CPs 3
5 Best Co-ordinator across RIC, CIC, SDAC, ILC (5) Dean (A) 1
all NIFT Centres (one each) Head (AA) 1
Head (IL) 1
Head (R) 1
Director (HO) 1
6 Best Head (Resource Academic (1) Dean (A) 1
Centre) Across NIFT Directors NIFT Centres 2
Centres CPs 2
Dy. Director (NRC) 1
7 Best NIFT Centre 1 A panel of stakeholders to be
nominated by DG-NIFT
Committee Members will abstain from evaluation of Units under their administrative control/charge.
The criteria for selection of the Personal Staff attached to Head of Institution/ Head of Centres as well as the personal staff
attached to Unit Head/ Unit Incharge for Awards will be on the basis of performance criteria as may be decided and assessed by
the appointed Committee.
11. Announcement of Awards
The Schedule will be as follows:
1. Last date of receiving application at Head Office - 31st January.

2. Recommendations by Committees- 1st March.
3. Announcement of Awards - 31st March
12. Financial Implication

The expenditure towards Performance Awards will be debitable to the DDF of respective Centres and Head Office circulated vide
no. 1111(1)/NIFT/Dir(F&A)/ATR-BOG/BPFC/05 dt. 14.12.06.

Format 1
Performance Assessment of Units at Head Office and Centres

(For Awards, Special Pay)
To be submitted by 15th July for January - June

To be submitted by 15th January for July - December
* Please note that this is not an ACR Form
I. General
a. Period of Assessment:
b. Name of the Unit:
c. Head Office / Centre:
d. Name and designation of the Head of Unit:
e. Name and designation of Unit Incharge:
f. Names and designations of other Support Staff of the Unit (including Group D)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
g. Period of absence during the period under assessment (Please do not include CL/RH etc.)
Unit Members Earned / Training/ Any other

Medical Leave etc. Sabbatical /
Study leave
Head of Unit
Unit Incharge
Support Staff
1.
2.
3.
h. During the period under review
(i) No. of receipts diarised :
(ii) No. of receipts disposed off:
(iii) No. of files dealt with:
(iv) No. of letters issued:

II. (a) Target (Outcomes)
List of Targets Extent of outcomes Variance, if any Brief reasons for

Approved for the Achieved shortfall in
Unit at HO/Centre outcomes
(b) Target Outcomes of Unit at Centres (For Units at HO only)
List of Targets Extent of outcomes Variance, if any Brief reasons for

Approved for the Achieved shortfall in
Unit at Centre outcomes
III. (a) Submission of Returns to HO by Centres
Subject of the Due on Sent on Reasons Feedback, if any

Prescribed Return for delay given by/ received
if any, from HO on the return
(b) Submission of Returns to MIS (for Units at HO only)
Subject of the Due on Sent on Reasons Feedback

Prescribed Return for delay received, if any
if any from MIS on the return
IV. Any outstanding issues /back log cleared / special assignment(s):
Specify Quantify the work Quantify the work Quantify the work
the item in terms of process in terms of hours/ in terms of
of work steps /stages involved man days outcomes
V. Additional Comments of Unit Incharge, if any
VI. Additional Comments of Unit Head, if any,
Signature of Unit Head_______________________ Signature of Unit Incharge___________________
Name ____________________________________ Name___________________________________
Date _____________________________________ Date____________________________________
Place ____________________________________ Place___________________________________

Format 2
ASSESSMENT PROFORMA FOR SUPPORTING STAFF OF HEAD OF UNITS/

UNIT INCHARGE FOR PERFORMANCE LINKED INCENTIVE AWARD
Period of Assessment: January to June, ____________________

July to December,___________________
1. Name : ________________________________________________
2. Designation : _________________________________________________
3. Specify period worked with Head of : _________________________________________________

Unit/ Unit Incharge w.r.t. period of
assessment
4. Nature of duties assigned :
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Quality and efficiency of assistance to Head of Unit/ Unit Incharge and its impact on performance of Unit:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. (a) Attitude : __________________________________________________
(b) Dealing with other units/ Officers : _________________________________________________

Staff and visitors
(c) Punctuality & Discipline : _________________________________________________
(d) Maintenance of records : __________________________________________________
(e) Responsibility : _________________________________________________
(f) Performance of duties assigned : __________________________________________________
7. Overall assessment : __________________________________________________
Date : Signature:_________________________________
Place: Name:___________________________________
Head of Unit/_______________________________
Unit Incharge
3-A
INTERNSHIP ANNOUNCEMENT FORM- 201___
ABOUT THE COMPANY
Name of the Company : _______________________________________________________________________________________
Website : _______________________________________________________________________________________
Nature of Business : ______________________________________________________________________________________
Contact Information
Contact Person : Mr. / Ms. / Dr. : __________________________________________________________________________
E-Mail : _______________________________________________________________________________________
Contact Address : _______________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone : _________________________ Mobile:__________________________Fax: __________________________
Department Duration of the Project No. of Projects Area of proposed

projects required
Fashion Design
Leather Design
Fashion & Lifestyle Accessories

Design
Textile Design
Knitwear Design
Master of Design (Design Space)
Bachelor of Fashion Technology

(Apparel Production)
Technology

Management
Master of Fashion Management

THE FOLLOWING WOULD BE PROVIDED BY THE SPONSORING ORGANIZATION
For Indian Companies or Projects within India
1. Boarding, Lodging Facilities At The Project Location : Yes / No
2. Monthly Stipend(minimum)- ` 3500 per month : Yes / No
For International Companies or Projects in International Locations
1. Letter Of Invitation Visa Purposes : Yes / No
2. Reimbursement of Visa Cost : Yes / No
3. To And Fro Air Travel : Yes / No
4. Boarding, Lodging facilities at the project location : Yes / No
5. Monthly Stipend (if yes, please indicate amount) : Yes / No
(Amount In USD)
The completed form may be sent by post/fax or e-mail to the following address latest by --------------.
Unit Incharge - Industry Linkage

National Institute of Fashion Technology
NIFT Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 110016
email: placement@nift.ac.in
For any other kind of communication, contact:
Head - Industry

3-B
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR THE YEAR ……….

S. No. SUBJECT DATE
1. Re- Exam of Semester - II,IV VI, VIII Evaluation
2. Opening of Semester - I
3. Orientation Program for Semester - I
4. Ratification of re-exam result by L A S C & Declaration of result
5. Commencement of regular classes for FP - I; UG - III,V,VII; PG - I & III
6. Commencement of Common Electives (PG III & UG VII) (Twice a week)
7. Last date for depositing fee
8. Last date for depositing fees with Fine
9. Mid-term Exams & Evaluation
10. Mid-term Break (optional during Dussehra or Diwali to be decided by

Center Directors) any two weeks from the mentioned period
11. Declaration of Mid-term result
12. End-term exam (CEB) & Internal for Semester - I, III, V, VII &
PG - I & III (with CEB papers in the beginning)
13. End-term Jury for Semester III, IV, VI for UG & Semester - I, III for PG
14. Evaluation of internal subjects, Semester - III,V, VII & PG - I & III
15. Evaluation of CEB subjects Semester - III, V, VII & PG-I, III
16. Closing of semester for students
17. Compilation of Result
18. Ratification of final result by L A S C
19. Ratification of final result by Senate
20. Declaration of Final Result (on website)
21. Re-Exam of Semester - I,III, V, VII & PG - I & III & Evaluation
23. Internship Period - UG Sem III,V, VII & PG -Sem I & III (where applicable)
24. Opening of Semester - II, IV, VI, VIII & Commencement of Classes

S. No. SUBJECT DATE
25. Last date for depositing Fee
26. Last date for depositing Fee with Fine
27. Fashion Spectrum
28. Placement Week
29. Mid-term Exam & Evaluation
30. UG - VIII & PG - IV Graduating Project Juries & Presentations
31. End term exams- CEB & Internal for Sem - II, IV, VI & PG - II
32. End-term Jury for FP & Semester IV, VI for UG & Semester - II for PG
33. Evaluation of CEB Subjects Semester - II, IV, VI & PG - II
34. Evaluation of internal subjects, Semester - II, IV, VI & PG - II
35. Closing of semester for students
36. Compilation of Result
37. Ratification of final result by LASC
38. Ratification of final result by Senate
39. Declaration of Final Result (on website)
40. Re- Exam of Semester - II, IV & Evaluation
41. Re- Exam of Semester - VI ,VIII & Evaluation
43. Internship Period - UG Sem VI, VI & PG Sem II
44. Opening of Semester - I

Academic Plan for ______________________Semester ___________________
Programme :
Centre (s) :
Semester :
S. Subject Hours / Semester / Week Name of the Faculty Remarks

No.
Lectures
Practical
C/CBE
Total Hour/ week

Total hour / Semester
Core/Non Core
Tutorial/
Seminar Field
study
Credits
Monitored Self
Study
1
259
3
Chairperson

4-A
4-B
NIFT GUEST FACULTY POLICY
1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT

i) This policy shall be called NIFT Guest Faculty Policy.
ii) This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1st January, 2007 and will supersede all the policies related to engagement
of guest faculty and grant of honorarium to guest faculty circulated earlier and presently in operation.
2. APPLICABILITY
i) The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to the guest faculty for regular UG / PG Programs offered at
all Centres of the National Institute of Fashion Technology.
ii) This policy shall not apply to :
z Regular and contract faculty of NIFT.
z Faculty teaching in CE Programs
z Any other category of faculty resource engaged by NIFT like Adjunct Professor, Visiting fellows etc.
3. CATEGORY OF GUEST FACULTY AND RATES OF HONORARIUM
Based on the qualification and experience, the category of guest faculty and the rates of honorarium payable to them shall be as
follows:
I. Full time premier programmes like EMFB/Fas.E
A. Guest Faculty
Category Requisite professional experience Requisite qualification Honorarium per Conveyance
session of one
hour
Faculty from institutes of eminence PG Degree / Professional
like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Qualification in the relevant field
Junior IIMC, FMS with at least 7 years of
Guest relevant experience.
Faculty
NIFT Alumni with 5 years experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree ` 300 ` 300
Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant field.

7 years experience in relevant field.
Faculty from institutes of eminence PhD / PG Degree / Professional

like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Qualification in the relevant field
Senior IIMC, FMS with at least 15 years of
Guest relevant experience.
Faculty ` 600 ` 300
NIFT Alumni with 12 years experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree
Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant field.

Eminent Industry professional of the level of UG / PG degree in relevant field.

Faculty CEO & 2nd Level Managers ` 1000 ` 300
with more than 15 years experience
in relevant field.

B. Internal Faculty
Category Honorarium per session of one hour Conveyance
Professor ` 500/- NIL
Associate Professor ` 400/- NIL
Assistant Professor ` 300/- NIL
The above rates of payments are further subject to the condition that
1. No guest Faculty is engaged without the approval of Internal Standing Committee appointed for the purpose and
2. That the above rates are applicable only to the programmes specifically declared as "Premier Programmes" by an
appropriate order by H.O.
II. For Regular UG / PG Programmes (including FP Programme):
A. Guest Faculty (not teaching classes in other Design and / or fashion institutes)
Category Requisite professional experience Requisite Honorarium Conveyance

academic
qualification
Per session Per session
of 1.5 hrs. of 3 hrs.
UG/ 1 hrs. PG UG/2 hrs. PG
Faculty from institutes of eminence like PG Degree / Professional

IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, IIMC, Qualification in the relevant
FMS with at least 3 years of relevant field
Junior experience.
Guest ` 300/- ` 550/- ` 300/-
Faculty NIFT Alumni with 3 years of experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG
Degree
Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant

6 years experience in relevant field. field.
Faculty from institutes of eminence Ph. D/ Master Degree /

like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Professional Qualification
IIMC, FMS in the scale of Senior in the relevant field
Lecturers and above with at least
Senior 15 years of experience.
Guest
Faculty NIFT Alumni with 10 years of NIFT Graduate with UG / ` 600/- ` 950/- ` 300/-
experience. PG Degree
Industry professional of the level of UG / PG degree in relevant

CEO & 2nd Level Managers with field.

B. Guest Faculty (teaching classes also in other Design and/or fashion institutes will be paid at following pre revised rates)
Category Requisite professional experience Requisite Honorarium Conveyance
academic
qualification
Per session Per session
of 1.5 hrs. of 3 hrs.
UG/ 1 hrs. PG UG/2 hrs. PG
Faculty from institutes of eminence like PG Degree / Professional

IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, IIMC, Qualification in the relevant
FMS with at least 5 years of relevant field
Junior experience.
Guest ` 200/- ` 350/- ` 300/-
Faculty NIFT Alumni with 3 years of experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG
Degree
Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant
5 years experience in relevant field. field.
Faculty from institutes of eminence Ph. D/ Master Degree /
like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Professional Qualification
IIMC, FMS in the scale of Senior in the relevant field
Lecturers and above with at least
Senior 12 years of experience.
Guest
Faculty NIFT Alumni with 10 years of NIFT Graduate with UG / ` 400/- ` 600/- ` 300/-
experience. PG Degree
Industry professional of the level of UG / PG degree in relevant
CEO & 2nd Level Managers with field.
C. Eminent Personalities (Beneficiary: all departments including FP Dept. and common electives)
Requisite experience Requisite achievement Honorarium
Eminent personality in the chosen field should reflect Professional/ Honorary Achievements ` 2500/ - per lecture (to be
in their resume and with more than 15 yrs of experience. of great significance in the field. organized during zero hours)
D. Eminent Craftsperson (Beneficiary: Workshops to be organized collectively by 2-3 departments)
Shilpgurus (Eminent Craftsmen / Other technical National Awardees ` 2500/ - per workshop
persons): (As per the list obtained from 2 days
Craftsmen / Artisans with hands on skills/ experience DC-Handloom & Handicraft)
of more than 15 years in relevant crafts.
E. Craftsmen/ Other Technical Persons

Craftsmen / Artisans with hands on skills/ experience No formal education is needed. ` 400/ - per day (maximum
of more than 10 years. (Name to be approved by CP's). 5 days per semester)

4. ASSESSMENT OF NEEDS
Junior & Senior Guest Faculty
The total requirement for engaging Junior and Senior Guest Faculty will be assessed at least four weeks before the commencement
of the semester by the concerned CC. This assessment will be based on:
i) The curriculum requirements
ii) Competencies of faculty in the concerned department as well as competencies of faculty in other department of the centre
to enable optimal utilization of resources. For this purpose CCs of other department may be consulted to apprise them of
the requirements and assessment of availability of faculty in other departments.
iii) Completion of mandatory hours of teaching of the existing full time faculty at all level [Professors - 7.5 hrs.; Associate
Professor 12 hrs.; Assistant Professors (Regular & Contract) - 15 hrs.
iv) Leave vacancies / sabbatical of faculty members.
Eminent personalities, Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons:
i) In Consultation with CPs.
5. ENGAGEMENT OF FACULTY ON SHORT TERM CONTRACT
i) In the event of non-availability of faculty (regular/long term contract) with the requisite competency, possibility of
appointment of faculty with requisite competency on short term contract (3-6 months) may be explored and
ii) Sufficient wait list of faculty may be maintained at the time of selection of faculty for regular appointments at Head Office
for appointment on short term contract.
6. ENGAGEMENT OF JUNIOR & SENIOR GUEST FACULTY
i) Guest faculty shall be engaged only for the expertise that is not available in NIFT Centres. The guest faculty engagement
ceiling will be 10% of direct teaching hours over and above the deficit of teaching hours as would have been available
with full complement of regular faculty to meet the competency deficit in certain areas.
ii) Any such relaxation should be made by LASC after proper documentation to satisfy it self that efforts for short term
contracts did not succeed as in para.5 above.
iii) In Common Electives guest faculty can be engaged upto 50% of the total direct teaching hours for the elective in current
academic year 2006-07 (since they are being introduced). From the academic year 2007-08 common electives will have
guest faculty up to 25% of the total direct teaching hours of subject.
iv) In case of absence of faculty on account of leave or sabbatical for whole semester contractual appointments for short
periods shall be made. Only when the contract employment is not workable special permission may be sought from
competent authority for engaging guest faculty as the last option.
v) CCs of all departments to bring the panel of identified guest faculty and their CV's to LASC for ratification. Their names
are to be approved by the LASC (Registrar of NIFT Centres will be responsible for placing the proposal for consideration
of LASC.)
vi) LASC will also consult Guest Faculty Database maintained by Academic Affairs Wing and also ensure that the proposed
Guest Faculty possess the requisite qualification and experience.
vii) The guest faculty would not be allowed to teach for more than six hours on any particular day.
viii) Guest faculty will be required to give a self declaration with regard to their not teaching in any other fashion institute
which will further be certified by Centre Coordinators to decide the rate of honorarium. Guest Faculty not furnishing the
prescribed declaration to be paid at pre-revised rates indicated at II B.
ix) Engagement of Ex-Faculty members of NIFT as Guest Faculty may be resorted to only when such competency expertise
is not available otherwise with the prior approval of SIAC through LASC.
x) The role and profile of Guest Faculty and Adjunct Professors as spelt out in respective policies are distinct from each
other and as such proposals for appointment of Guest Faculty as Adjunct Professors will not be in the academic interest.
Eminent Personalities
i) RIC in all centres shall bring the panel of identified Eminent personalities along with their C.V's to LASC for Selection
except for Common Electives where they will be recommended by CC to LASC.
ii) Eminent Personalities shall be engaged with a prior approval from DG-NIFT.
iii) There shall be a Maximum of Six Lectures in a Year per centre and for Common Electives Eminent personalities shall be
engaged for up to 25% of total direct teaching Hours.

Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons
i) CIC in all Centres shall bring the panel of identified Craftsperson along with their skill records (CVs) to LASC for approval.
ii) Workshop (of 2-4 days) can be organized twice in a semester.
7. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING FEED BACK IN RESPECT OF GUEST FACULTY
Junior & Senior Guest Faculty
i) CC shall identify one faculty to audit lectures of a guest faculty and submit a peer review feed back to Academic Affair
wings.
ii) CC's shall also submit an analysis of the students feedback to the academic affair wing.
Eminent Personalities
i) RIC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback to the academic affair wing for compilation.
ii) CC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback form for Common Electives to the academic affair wing for
compilation.
Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons
i) CIC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback to the academic affair wing for compilation.
8 PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT OF HONORARIUM TO GUEST FACULTY
For Junior & Senior Guest Faculty
i) Honorarium claims as certified by CCs (along with the feedback forms) shall be sent to Director for release of Honorarium,
within a week of completion of work by Guest Faculty.
ii) Approval for honorarium shall be compiled by each Centre and a statement of number of guest faculty engaged along
with total financial implications in a semester shall be sent to HQ for monitoring the expenditure.
For Eminent Personalities
The Honorarium claims duly certified by RIC (and by CC in case of Common Elective) shall be sent to Director along with the
copy of approval from DG-NIFT for release of honorarium, within a week of the completion of work of Eminent Faculty.
For Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons
The Honorarium claims as certified by CIC shall be sent to Director for release of honorariums within a week of the completion
of work.
9. DATABASE OF GUEST FACULTY
A database of the guest faculty employed shall be prepared and regularly updated in each centre by the Academic Affairs Wing.
This data base should incorporate the Feedback forms received from the CCs. This Guest Faculty Data Bank may be consulted
in the LASC meeting prior to re-engagement of the same guest faculty or in taking decisions about discontinuation of a guest
faculty.
10. SCHEDULING OF THE CLASSES OF THE GUEST FACULTY
The guest faculty engaged and approved in LASC shall be clearly projected in the timetable of a semester.
The Eminent speakers should be scheduled in Zero Hours and intimated a week in advance to students of all departments by
RIC. The same can also be displayed on NIFT Website.
The time tables of 2-3 departments conducting the common workshops with national awardees crafts person should be
coordinated and informed to students in advance by CIC.
11 UNDERTAKING WITH REGARD TO PROTECTION OF COPYRIGHTS
Guest Faculty will be required to sign an undertaking with regard to protection of copyrights of the course curriculum for all the
courses developed by NIFT. This undertaking shall be obtained and kept by CC of the departments.
12 POWER TO INTERPRET
In all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules decision of DG, NIFT shall be final and binding.
13 POWER TO RELAX
No provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG.

4-C
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR ENGAGEMENT AND HONORARIUM POLICY

1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT
1.1 This policy shall be called NIFT Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy.
1.2 This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1st July 2006.
2. PURPOSE
The purpose of Adjunct Professor engagement is to provide industry linkages to departments and have industry members with a
long-term association and a common vision as of NIFT.
Adjunct Professor shall be offered to experienced industry person working within India.
3. CRITERION FOR SELECTION AND HONORARIUM OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR
Experience and Qualification Honorariums Engagement Hrs
1) Senior Management of the companies, ` 25,000 /Sem Direct Contact Hours of

eminent personalities in a chosen field 25 hrs/Sem with atleast 16 hrs as
with more than 15 yrs of experience Direct teaching Hours
Adjunct in the relevant field.
Professor
2) Senior Industry Consultants with more ` 45,000/Sem Direct Contact Hours of
than 15 yrs of experience in the 45 hrs/Sem with atleast 30hrs
relevant field. as direct teaching hours
4. ENGAGEMENT OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR

4.1 Norms
4.1.1 Adjunct Professor shall be offered tenure of 3 years, subject to annual review.
4.1.2 The terms of engagement of the Adjunct Professor shall be signed prior to start of their work.
4.1.3 In order to provide strengthened industry input to students and also keeping in view the range of subjects, two
adjunct professors are permitted per specialization.
4.2 Identification and approval
i) Adjunct Professor for the premier high revenue courses like MDP/EDP, Fas.E shall be proposed by Standing Internal
Advisory Committee for Industry to the screening committee comprising of Dean (A), Head (AA), Sr. Professors and
the User Department heads.
ii) The Adjunct Professor for each discipline in each centre shall be proposed by LASC (along with CV's) to the
standing internal advisory committee for Academic Management constituted of Dean (A), Head (AA), and CP's of all
departments.
iii) Each centre shall ensure that the preferred person for Adjunct Professor are local people so that the travel expenses
are avoided (there shall be no reimbursement of the travel expense except for in premier revenue generating
program.)
iv) All cases selected for appointment as Adjunct Professor shall be placed along with the C.V's before DG-NIFT for
approval.
4.3 Role Of Adjunct Professor
Adjunct Professor can be involved in the following activities of the Institutions
z Direct teaching (contribution in Common Electives)
z Course curriculum development

z Departmental Faculty Development, training and industry internship
z Research projects
z Any other academic activity to strengthen the industry institute synergy and interface.
5. FEEDBACK
5.1 A junior faculty shall be associated with the Adjunct Professor in every department to co-ordinate and keep record.
5.2 In the Departments CC shall take the students feedback and submit an analysis (Format-1) to academic affair wing.
5.3 For the premier revenue generating courses, the Course Co-ordinator shall take the students feedback and submit an
analysis (Format-1) to academic affair wing.
5.4 The database shall be referred by screening committees prior to re-engagement of the adjunct professor.
6. FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENT
The honorarium for the adjunct professor shall be met from the DDF of the beneficiary department (15% of *DDF is allocated for
the Engagement of Visiting fellow /Adjunct faculty) and the deficit if any shall be booked as academic expenditure as in cases of
regular programs.
7. TIME TABLE
The Adjunct Professor engaged with the approval of H.O may be clearly slotted and projected in the timetable of a semester.
8. UNDERTAKING WITH REGARD TO PROTECTION OF COPYRIGHTS
8.1 Adjunct professors are required to give an undertaking with regard to protection of copyrights on the course curriculum for
all the courses developed for NIFT.
8.2 The same shall be done and recorded by CC of the departments
9. POWER TO INTERPRET
Decision of DG-NIFT, in all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules shall be final and binding.
10. POWER TO RELAX
No Provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG.
*refer to relevant provisions of DDF policy

AGREEMENT FOR ENGAGEMENT OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR IN NIFT
THIS AGREEMENT is made on this current date -----------------Day of -----------------------------in the Christian Year Two Thousand and
Between
National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park, Hauz Khas, New Delhi -16, A Statutory body under by
NIFT Act, 2006 with its Head Office at New Delhi and Centres at Bengaluru, Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad, Kolkata,
Mumbai, Raebareli, Patna, Shilong, Kangra, Kannur, Bhopal, Jodhpur and Bhubneswar, hereinafter referred to as "CUSTOMER " of the
ONE PART;
And
Mr./Ms./Dr.__________________ (Name of the Adjunct Professor) hereinafter referred to as "Service Provider" of the OTHER PART;
Terms and Conditions:

i) Effective Date:- This agreement shall be effective for a period of 01 year extendable upto 3 years from January 20.... to Dec, 20...
ii) Period of Visit - NIFT Academic year has 02 semesters every year beginning January and July. During the tenure of 01 year
extendable upto 03 years, he/she will be required to visit NIFT __________________under the option ____.
iii) Engagement Hours
Option 1 Direct contact hours of 25 hours/semester with at least 16 hours

Adjunct as Direct Teaching hours
Professor
Option 2 Direct contact hours of 45 hours/semester with at least 30 hours
as Direct Teaching hours
iv) Honorarium - During his/her tenure in NIFT, he/she will be offered a honorarium as per one of the option_____.
Honorarium Engagement Hours
Option 1 `25000 semester Direct contact hours of 25 hours/semester with at least 16 hours
Option 2 `45000 semester Direct contact hours of 45 hours/semester with at least 30 hours
v) Role and Responsibility - The roles and responsibilities of the adjunct professor shall be as follows:
1. Direct teaching (contribution in Common Electives)
2. Course curriculum development
3. Department Faculty Development
4. Research projects
5. Any other academic activity to strengthen the industry institute synergy and interface
vi) Termination of Agreement - The Adjunct Professor shall on termination of the agreement, clear all the dues, if any, of the NIFT
within a month.
vii) Mandatory Engagement Hours - A schedule shall be prepared by the CC (Centre Coordinator) of the concerned department in co-
ordination with the Adjunct Professor. The projected timetable of the semester with the clearly mentioned slots shall be
forwarded prior to the semester. During the tenure of the Adjunct Professor, which shall be depending upon the option exercised
by him/her, the mandatory workload will have to be completed and shall be linked with the honorarium to be paid. In the event of

the Adjunct Professor, unable to complete the mandatory workload, on medical grounds or otherwise, he / she shall be required
to extend his/her engagement hours to complete the mandatory engagement hours.
viii) Rules and Regulations - During the period of his/her tenure, he/she will be expected to adhere to all rules and regulations and
policies, which apply to Adjunct Professor/Visiting/Guest/Exchange faculty including Confidentiality, IPR and conflict of interest.
ix) Undertaking with regards to protection of Copyrights - Adjunct Professors shall be required to give an undertaking with regard to
protection of copyrights on the course curriculum for all the courses developed for NIFT.
x) Payment - Honorarium would be paid within a week of completing mandatory engagement hours.
xi) Governing Law/Jurisdiction - This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India and shall
be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of India.
xii) Complete Agreement - This Agreement is entire in itself and cannot be changed or terminated orally. No modification waiver or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless communicated in writing and signed by NIFT and Adjunct Professor. All
legally required amendments shall automatically become an integral part of this Agreement.
By executing the duplicate of this Agreement, NIFT and Mr./Ms./Dr. ________________ (Adjunct Professor) shall be deemed
to acknowledge having understood the terms hereof and to accept and agree to the terms hereof.
Name and Address Adjunct Professor's Name and Address

NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park
Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 16,
(Signature of the Authorized signatory on (Signature of the Adjunct Prof.)

behalf of NIFT)
(Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of Adjunct Prof.)

ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS FEED BACK FORM
NAME OF THE ADJUNCT PROFESSOR : ________________________________________

DATE : ________________________________________
DISCIPLINE / DEPARTMENT : ________________________________________
SEMESTER / YEAR : ________________________________________
POINT 1 2 3 4 5
(Unsatisfactory) (Average) (Good) (V. Good) (Excellent)
PARAMETERS
COURSE COVERAGE
269
COURSE DELIVERANCE
INTERACTION
CLARITY OF THOUGH
(Queries Answered)
ACCESSABILITY
Any Specific Comments
*To be compiled by CC after collecting the feed back from all students.
_____________________________
Signature
Format - 1

4-D
HONORARIUM NORMS FOR TRAINERS/ANCHORS OF FACULTY

ORIENTATION, TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
1. Short Title and Commencement
1.1 This policy shall be called as Honorarium Norms for Trainers/Anchors of Faculty Training, Orientation and Development
Program.
1.2 This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1st July, 06.
2. Applicability
2.1 The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to the engagement and honorarium to trainers and anchors of
faculty orientation, training and development program organized by FOTD, NIFT.
2.2 The rules are applicable to both external and Internal experts of NIFT. For Internal Faculty this shall be in addition to their regular
teaching Workload.
3. Category and Honorarium to Trainers / Anchors
Based on the qualification, experience and beneficiaries trainers/anchors shall be classified in the following categories, which shall
form the basis of their honorarium:
CATEGORY LEVEL OF EXPERTISE BENEFICIARIES ACTIVITY HONORARIUM

Principal /Key note Ph.D / Masters Degree/ Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2500 Per session
Lectures (External professional qualification Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs.
Faculty). in the relevant field /industry 3) Preparation of reference
Experts with prior approval material for participants
from DG-NIFT.
Principal /Key Note Sr. Professor and Professor. Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2500 Per session
Lectures (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs.
Faculty) (As approved By DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference
material for participants
Principal /Key Note Associate Professor Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2000 Per session
Lectures (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs
Faculty) (As approved By DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference
Experts from At par with Eminent Approx 50 Faculty 1) Interactive Lecture ` 2500 Per session
Outside for Special Personalities (Min 15 yrs members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 15 hrs.
Sessions (Highly experience in relevant field) 3) Preparation of reference
Interactive) As approved by DG-NIFT, material for participants
Dean and Head FOTD.
Individual subject Ph.D / Masters Degree in the Approx 25-35 Faculty 1) Lecture ` 1000 Per session
Module- (External relevant field /Industry Experts Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs.
Faculty) with DG-NIFT approval. 3) Preparation of reference
Individual subject Sr. Professor and Professor. Approx 25-35 Faculty 1) Lecture ` 1000 Per session
Module- (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs.
Faculty) (As approved by DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference
Individual subject Associate Professor & Approx 25-35 Faculty 1) Lecture ` 750 Per session
Module- (Internal Assistant Professor Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs.
Faculty) (As approved by DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference

The minimum number of participants shall depend on the need for training as against the minimum 25-35 candidates for conduct of
TOT and for release of any honorarium to the Trainer under FOTD.
For an out station training faculty the Boarding, Lodging and Air travel shall be provided by NIFT.
In case of a local Training Faculty, the transport shall be provided by NIFT.
4. Preparations and Approval of Proposal
4.1 The Principal or Keynote lectures shall not be more than 2 sessions a day.
4.2 The schedule of the faculty training program mentioning all the sessions and the respective anchors shall be sent for approval of
DG-NIFT by Head FOTD through proper channel.
4.3 The approvals shall be conveyed within a week of the receipt of a schedule.
5. Honorarium Procedure for Trainers/ Faculty
5.1 FOTD shall certify the course material developed and keep it in custody. The copies should also be circulated to all Directors,
CP's, NIFT Anchors and Participants.
5.2 The honorariums as duly certified by FOTD shall be released within a week of completion of Program and receipt of the feed
back forms.
6. Feedback
The efficacy of the program shall be monitored through feedback mechanism as prescribed under comprehensive training policy
of NIFT.
7. Power to Interpret
Decision of DG-NIFT, in all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules shall be final and binding.
8. Power to Relax
No Provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG.

4-E
COMPREHENSIVE TRAINING POLICY OF NIFT

The objective of Training policy is to formulate a strategy to develop the existing human resources by providing avenues for personal
growth and aligning them towards the achievement of organizational objectives.
The present dynamic and competitive environment and the dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands academic
and professional standards par excellence comparable with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead, the requisite competencies
need to be constantly developed and upgraded through an institutionalized mechanism and process. Training constitutes a critical
element of Human Resource Development which not only facilitates the personal/institutional growth and empowerment of academic
and administrative personnel by providing inter and intra departmental network and linkages amongst NIFT's various Departments and
Centres but also instills a feeling of shared vision and goals within the NIFT family.
I. Training needs of New Appointees
a. Faculty Members
(i) Each new batch of Faculty, on joining NIFT will undergo a joint residential Faculty Orientation Programme to be
organized by NIFT in association with other leading institutes. The programme duration will be 1 week (5 working
days).
The orientation programme would broadly cover an overall view of NIFT in general, understanding of mainstream
fashion industry, appreciation of inter-disciplinary and intra-disciplinary approach to the curriculum, adaptation of
teaching pedagogies, evaluation methodology and student & industry interaction.
This will be a NIFT's customized mandatory training programme for all new faculty members and will be coordinated
by FOTD Unit of Head Office.
(ii) Each new batch of faculty on joining NIFT will also undergo a joint Discipline / Competency Based Orientation Cum
Induction Programme organized by NIFT in association with subject experts from NIFT and other leading institutes,
industry / research organizations. Training duration: 5 days (1- 2 weeks)
This programme will aim to focus on the content and the delivery of course curriculum, teaching and learning
methodology, pedagogy, teaching aids, evaluation, field study, case studies, projects, use of Resource Centre, use of
interest as a learning tool, research, assignments and other relevant materials for evolving the curriculum and its
delivery mechanism.
This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all new faculty members and will be coordinated
by FOTD Unit of Head Office.
b. Group ‘A’ Officers

Each new batch of Group A Officers (including deputationist) will undergo a joint residential Orientation cum induction
Programme of 5 days of which 3 days of General Orientation will be followed by 2 days of induction in the functional area.
Training will organized by NIFT in association with other leading institutes like ASCI, IIM, ISB, IISc etc.
This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all Group ‘A’ Officers and will be coordinated by Training
Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office.
c. Group ‘B’, ‘C’ and ‘D’ Officers

Each new batch of Group B, C and D Officers / Officials will undergo a Groupwise Joint Residential Orientation cum
induction Programme of 5 days of which 3 days of General Orientation will be followed by 2 days of induction in the
functional area. Training will organized by NIFT in association with other identified institutes like ISTM, NIFM etc.
This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all new Group B, C and D employees and will be
coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office.

II. Faculty Members
a. In order to continuously upgrade and benchmark the curriculum deliverance across Centres, training for the critical areas
of deliverance will be conducted during the Departmental Convention.
The Departmental convention for each department will be for 3-4 days during the academic session break.
CP of the Department will identify beforehand:
z The Centre in which the training will be organized.
z The critical topics of deliverance.
z The regular faculty who would anchor the Topics.
z The faculty from each Centre who would attend the training.
z In case there is no trainer within NIFT for the identified critical areas, CP would invite External Experts.
It will be customized mandatory training program organized by FOTD and will be co-ordinated by the Co-ordinator
(International Linkages) (CIL) and Director of the Centre.
b. It is mandatory for each faculty member to undergo a 2 weeks internship in the relevant industry/area so that they may
update themselves and be able to disseminate the same to the students.
An institutional arrangement should also be put in place by the Chairpersons in consultation with Dean (A) and Head (I&R)
for entering into an MOU with the industry, research association, institutes etc. for this purpose with their consultation.
III. Faculty Members and Group A Officers
a. A Joint Management Training of faculty members and Group A Officers will be organized once every 4 years by NIFT in
association with identified premier institutes like IIM, ASCI, ISB, IISc, MDI etc. Training duration: 5 days (1 week)
z The aim of this joint programme is to
z enhance the appreciation of a common vision of the Institute and appreciate the relevance of various functions
towards this end.
z knowledge and development of educational management skills and competence;

z knowledge of the methodology for the management and monitoring of R&D projects;
z development of counseling skills to cater to the social and psychological needs of students;
z work experience and exposure to an advanced research environment both within the country and abroad;
z appreciation of administrative and accounting procedures ;
z knowledge of the methodology of development of need based models of curriculum;
z development of appropriate behavioral norms for operation of broad based decision making bodies;
z development of skill in written and oral communication in the English language;
z Personal development, time management, stress management.
This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all Faculty Members and Group A Officers and will be
coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division.
b. A Joint Annual Senior Management retreat for Professors and Group 'A' officers to the level of Directors will be organized
for a period of 2 days at an identified location. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory programme for faculty
members of the rank of Professors and above and Group A Officers of the rank of Directors and above and will be
coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office in consultation with Dean (Academics), Head (AA)
and Director (HO).

IV. General Conditions:
z Ideally the Joint training and specialized training may be slotted in such a manner that in a block of 4 years, the two training
programmes are sufficiently spaced and staggered.
z The trainings will be subject to completion of academic and other administrative commitments.
z The budget for trainings will be provided by the Head Office and allocated to the Centres.
z All faulty members will be encouraged to audit classes of other senior faculty members of the Institute or the guest faculty
in areas of deficit teaching with the commitment to handle the subject independently in future on receipt of application
made by faculty member in the prescribed format and communication of formal approval.
z The faculty/officers/staff may also be permitted to audit classes of flagship CE Programme to appreciate fashion business
education on the merits of each case on the basis of the statement of purpose, the relevance of the programme to their area
of work and value addition to self and the Institute made by the faculty / officer/ staff. For award of certificate, if the course
is completed as per requirement, a waiver upto 50% of the prescribed fee be considered on case to case basis taking into
account its relevance to functional area and value addition to the self and to the organization along with perceived
outcomes. Preference will be given to those opting for CE Programmes in the areas of deficit competencies in the Centre /
HO based on merits of each proposal and cost benefit analysis.
z The orientation / induction programmes must be completed in the first six months of appointments.
z All training programmes should preferably be organized during Summer / Winter vacations when the faculty and officers
have relatively less workload.
V. Impact assessment and efficacy of Training Programs
1) The evaluation is based on quantifiable and qualitative parameters.
2) The following feedback reports will be submitted on completion of the every training program for evaluation of its efficacy
in terms of performance of Trainees and Trainers/ Organizers:
EVALUATION OF EVALUATION BY FORM TIME FRAME OF REPORT
TRAINEE / PARTICIPANTS 1) TRAINERS FORM A WITHIN 2 DAYS OF COMPLETION

OF THE MODULE
TRAINERS / ANCHORS AND 1) PARTICIPANTS FORM B ON THE SPOT

PROGRAMME ORGANISERS
Based on reports received, feedback will be provided to the Trainees by the respective heads of Unit through the Internal
Standing Committee and kept in the Personal Dossier of the trainees. The report will constitute an integral component for
annual review of their performance/ confirmations/ extension of contract etc.

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
FORM A
EVALUATION OF TRAINEE (FACULTY PARTICIPANTS ) BY TRAINER
TRAINER NAME OF TRAINER/ANCHOR _______________________________________
FACULTY TRAINING PROGRAM _______________________________________
Photograph MODULE / TOPIC _______________________________________
1.
Trainees Parameters NS S G VG EX
Punctuality 0 0 0 0 0
Qualitative interaction in terms of

critical queries ,shared experiences etc. 0 0 0 0 0
Participation in assignments / projects /

group activity 0 0 0 0 0
Comprehension of the subject and Learning

Aptitude 0 0 0 0 0
Team Spirit 0 0 0 0 0
2. Evaluation of the Quality Of Participation

__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Any Other Comments

__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
NS Not Satisfactory
S Satisfactory
G Good
VG Very Good
EX Excellent
SIGNATURE :
DATE :

FORM B
EVALUATION OF TRAINER BY TRAINEE FACULTY PARTICIPANTS
TRAINER TRAINEE NAME OF TRAINER/ANCHOR _______________________________________

NAME OF EVALUATOR/TRAINEE _______________________________________
FACULTY TRAINING PROGRAM _______________________________________
Photograph Photograph MODULE / TOPIC _______________________________________
CRITERION NS S G VG EX
CONTENT & KNOWLEDGE LEVEL OF PRESENTATION
1) CONTENT COVERAGE 0 0 0 0 0
2) RELEVANCE OF TOPIC 0 0 0 0 0
3) ABILITY TO ANSWER QUERIES 0 0 0 0 0
4) INNOVATION ON THE SUBJECT 0 0 0 0 0
PRESENTATION ABILITY
5) CLARITY IN DELIVERANCE 0 0 0 0 0
6) UTILIZATION OF VARIETY OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS 0 0 0 0 0
7) EFFECTIVENESS OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS USED. 0 0 0 0 0
PARTICIPANTS UNDERSTANDING/CLARITY
8) INTERACTION LEVEL 0 0 0 0 0
9) EFFECTIVE EXAMPLES 0 0 0 0 0
EVALUATION OF ORGANISATION OF THE TRAINING BY TRAINEE FACULTY PARTICIPANTS
1) COORDINATION AND ADMINISTRATION 0 0 0 0 0
2) TIME MANAGEMENT 0 0 0 0 0
3) INFRASTRUCTURE AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 0 0 0 0 0
NS Not Satisfactory
S Satisfactory
G Good
VG Very Good
EX Excellent
SIGNATURE :
DATE :

4-F
STUDY LEAVE POLICY FOR FACULTY

(i) Permanent faculty members of the Institute, who have completed six years of service, may be granted Study Leave to
conduct formal research or advanced studies in India or abroad on a professional and technical subject having a direct and
close connection with the academic sphere as a part of academic progression.
(ii) Study Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right and grant of study leave shall be with due regard to the exigencies of
academic interest of NIFT.
(iii) The Study Leave will, in normal course, start in tandem with academic Calendar to ensure that academic deliverance does
not get affected.
(iv) Application for Study Leave shall be submitted by the faculty to the Centre Coordinator at least 3 months prior to the proposed
commencement of leave.
(v) Study Leave will be granted with the specific approval of Director General on the recommendation of a committee constituted
by the Director General for this purpose. The concerned faculty will submit the proposal to Centre Coordinator who will
forward the same to the Centre Director. Centre Director will discuss the proposal with the respective Chairperson and
subsequently in LASC. If necessary, then the proposal will be forwarded to Head- AA, who is the convener of the committee.
The Head-AA will call the meeting of the committee consisting of Dean, Director H.O., concerned Chairperson and Centre
Director for reviewing the proposal and give the recommendations to Director General for approval.
(vi) Further Study Leave shall not be granted until after the expiry of ten (10) years from the date of the faculty member's return
from the previous Study Leave/Sabbatical Leave or any other kind of training programme of duration more than a month.
(vii) A faculty member, who has availed Study Leave may also avail the Sabbatical Leave, if need be. However the total duration
of both types of leaves can not be more than three years in entire service period.
(viii) Care should be taken that number of faculty members given Study Leave, does not exceed 10% of existing faculty strength of
each department/centre. However, in special circumstances of the case, Director General may waive off the condition.
(ix) In computing the length of service, the time during which a person was on probation or on contract or engaged as Research
Assistant may be included provided
(a) The person is a faculty on the date of the application; and
(b) There is no break in service.
(x) Study leave shall not be granted to a faculty member who is due to retire within 10 years of the date on which he/she is
expected to return to duty after the expiry of study leave.
(xi) Study leave may not be granted more than twice during one's career. The period of Study Leave and Sabbatical Leave
combined shall not exceed three years in the entire service span of faculty member.
(xii) No substitute shall be appointed in the vacancy and the work shall be shared by the other members of the faculty.
(xiii) During the Study Leave, no facilities of the Institute, including that of assistance of the staff / faculty would be utilized by the
faculty members. Any exceptions in this regard would require specific approval of the Director General.
(xiv) A faculty member shall, during the period of Study Leave, be paid full pay and allowances at the rates applicable to him
immediately prior to his proceeding on Study Leave but shall not be entitled to any traveling allowances or any other extra
allowances in India or abroad. If, however any faculty member receives any remuneration / honorarium etc. (other than
scholarship) from any other source, he/she will surrender such remuneration / honorarium etc. to the Institute.
(xv) A faculty, who is selected for appointment to a higher posts/grade in NIFT on promotion during study leave, will be placed in
that position notionally w.e.f. the date of appointment of his immediate junior to that post/grade. However the actual benefit of
pay and allowances on account of such appointment shall be admissible only w.e.f. his date of joining on the said post on
return of leave.
(xvi) The faculty shall ordinarily be required to meet the cost of fees paid for the study; but in exceptional cases, Director General
may sanction grant of such fee.

(xvii) A faculty member shall not undertake any type of employment in any other organization in India or abroad during the period of
Study Leave; he/she shall, however, be free to receive a scholarship or fellowship from a recognized institute other than his
regular employment with the prior approval of the Director General.
(xviii) A faculty availing of study leave shall undertake that he/she shall serve the institute for a continuous period of double the
period of leave or three years which is longer, to be reckoned from the date of his/her resuming duty after expiry of the
study leave.
(xix) No faculty who has been granted study leave shall be permitted to alter substantially the course of study or the
programme of research without the permission of the Director General who will constitute a Committee to evaluate the
request
(xx) The faculty shall submit six monthly report of progress to Dean(A) who in turn will put up the same to Director General.
(xxi) After completion of the leave, the faculty member shall submit a formal Degree/Diploma obtained during the period of leave.
If by the completion of the leave, a faculty is not able to produce the Degree/Diploma, a letter from the concerned university/
institution regarding the exact date for awarding the same is to be submitted by the faculty to Head (AA).
(xxii) If the faculty resigns or retires from service or otherwise quits service without returning to duty after a period of study leave
or within a period of three years after such return to duty or fails to complete the course of study/research and thus unable to
furnish the certificated as required above shall be required to refund:-
(i) the actual amount of pay & allowances and other expenses, if any, incurred by NIFT; and
(ii) the actual amount, if any, of the cost incurred by other agencies such as foreign government, foundations and Trusts in
connection with the course of study
Together with interest thereon at rates for the time being in force on Government Load, from the date of demand, before
his resignation is accepted or permission to retire is granted or his quitting service otherwise. Such refund shall be not
necessary in case of faculty who, after return to duty from study leave is permitted to retire from service on medical
grounds.
(xxiii) Director General, may, if it is necessary or expedient to do so, either in public interest or having regard to the peculiar
circumstances of the case or class of cases, waive or reduce the amount required to be refunded by the Faculty concerned or
class of Faculties.
(xxiv) After the leave has been sanctioned the faculty shall, before availing of the leave, execute a bond in favor of the institute
binding him for the fulfillment of the conditions laid down in clause (xvii) to (xxii).
(xxv) Study leave granted to a faculty shall be deemed to be cancelled in case it is not availed of within 6 months of its sanction.
(xxvi) Provided that where study leave granted has been so cancelled, the faculty may apply again for such leave after two years.
(xxvii) COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF LEAVE:
(a) Leave ordinarily begins from the date on which leave as such is actually availed of and ends on the day preceding on
which duty is resumed.
(b) Sunday or other public holidays may be prefixed as well as suffixed to leave.
(xxviii) RETURN TO DUTY ON EXPIRY OF LEAVE:
a) Except with the permission of the authority which granted the leave, no person on leave may return to duty before the
expiry of the period of leave granted to him.
b) The sanctioning authority shall have the right to revoke the sanction of leave already given if exigency of work so
demand, and the decision of the sanctioning authority shall be final.
c) The necessary entries regarding study leave shall be made in the service record of the faculty.

SABBATICAL LEAVE POLICY FOR FACULTY
(i) Permanent faculty members of the Institute, who have completed ten years of service, may be granted Sabbatical Leave for
one or more of the following purpose:
(a) To write textbooks, standards, works and other literature;
(b) To have attachment in Industrial concerns and technical departments of Government to gain practical experience in
their respective fields;
(c) To visit in a University, Industry or Government research laboratories in India and abroad; and
(d) Any other purpose for the academic development of the faculty member, as approved by the Board of Governors.
(ii) Sabbatical Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right and grant of sabbatical leave shall be with due regard to the
exigencies of academic interest of NIFT.
(iii) The Sabbatical Leave will, normally, start in tandem with Academic Calendar to ensure that academic deliverance does not
get affected.
(iv) Application for Sabbatical Leave shall be submitted by the Faculty to the Centre Coordinator at least 3 months prior to the
proposed commencement of leave.
(v) Sabbatical Leave will be granted with the specific approval of AAC of Board on the recommendation of a Committee
constituted by the Director General for this purpose. The concerned faculty will submit the proposal to Centre Coordinator who
will forward the same to the Centre Director. Centre Director will discuss the proposal with the respective Chairperson and
subsequently in LASC. If necessary, then the proposal will be forwarded to Head (AA), who is the convener of the committee.
Head (AA), will call the meeting of the committee consisting of Dean, Director H.O., concerned Chairperson and Centre
Director and one subject expert for reviewing the proposal and give the recommendations to Director General for the
consideration of AAC of Board.
(vi) The Sabbatical Leave shall not be granted until after the expiry of ten years from the date of the faculty member's return from
the previous Sabbatical/Study Leave or any other kind of training programme of more than one month's duration.
(vii) A faculty member, who has availed Study Leave may also avail the Sabbatical Leave if need be. However the total duration of
both types of leaves can not be more than three years in entire service period.
(viii) Care should be taken that number of faculty members given Sabbatical Leave, does not exceed 5% of existing faculty strength
of department/Centre. However in the special circumstances of the case, Director General may waive off the condition.
(ix) In computing the length of service, the time during which a person was on probation or on contract or engaged as Research
Assistant may be included provided
(a) The person is a faculty on the date of the application; and
(b) There is no break in service.
(x) Sabbatical Leave shall not be granted to a faculty member who is due to retire within 10 years of the date on which he/she is
expected to return to duty after the expiry of Sabbatical Leave.
(xi) Sabbatical Leave may not be granted more than once during one's career. The minimum duration of Sabbatical Leave shall be
6 months and shall not exceed three years in the entire service span of faculty member.
(xii) No substitute shall be appointed in the vacancy and the work shall be shared by the other members of the faculty.
(xiii) During the Sabbatical Leave, no facilities of the Institute, including that of assistance of the staff / faculty would be utilized by
the faculty members. Any exceptions in this regard would require specific approval of the Director General.
(xiv) A faculty member, during the period of Sabbatical Leave, shall be paid full pay and allowances at the rates applicable to him
immediately prior to his proceeding on Sabbatical Leave. But the faculty shall not be entitled to any traveling allowances or
any other extra allowances in India or abroad. If, the faculty member receives any remuneration / honorarium (other than
scholarship) etc. from any other source, he/she will surrender such remuneration / honorarium etc. to the Institute.
(xv A faculty member shall not undertake any kind of employment in any other organization in India or abroad during the period of
Sabbatical Leave; he/she shall, however, be free to receive a scholarship or fellowship other than his regular employment
with the prior approval of the Director General.

(xvi) A faculty availing of Sabbatical Leave shall undertake that he/she shall serve the institute for a continuous period of double
the period of leave and at latest 3 years at least to be reckoned from the date of his resuming duty after expiry of the
Sabbatical Leave.
(xvii) The faculty shall submit to the Dean (A), three monthly progress reports about the work carried out during the period. This
report shall reach the Dean (A) within 15 days of the expiry of every three months of the Sabbatical Leave. If the report does
not reach the Dean (A) within the specified time, leave may be reduced. Dean (A) will put up the progress report before the
committee and the minutes of meting will be put up to Director General for further instruction. If the progress of the faculty is
not satisfactory, he may be intimated by the Dean (A) regarding the same and the leave may be cancelled.
(xviii) No faculty who has been granted Sabbatical Leave shall be permitted to alter substantially the theme of the study
without the permission of the Director General who will constitute a committee to evaluate the request.
(xix) After completion of the leave, the faculty member shall submit a complete report about the work carried out during the leave
period and the same will be evaluated by the committee and finally put up before the AAC of BOG for validation. The copy of
the report will be kept in Resource Centre after validation for reference.
(xx) After returning from Sabbatical, it shall be mandatory for the faculty to make a presentation before peer group and before
students of their department on the activities undertaken during the leave.
(xxi) If the faculty resigns or retires from service or otherwise quits service without returning to duty after a period of sabbatical
leave or within a period of three years after such return to duty or fails to complete the work or his work is not found upto the
mark by the AAC in the validation, he shall be required to refund:-
(i) the actual amount of pay & allowances and other expenses, if any, incurred by NIFT; and
(ii) the actual amount, if any, of the cost incurred by other agencies such as foreign government, foundations and Trusts in
connection with the course of study'
together with interest thereon at rates for the time being in force on Government Load, from the date of demand, before
his resignation is accepted or permission to retire is granted or his quitting service otherwise. Such refund shall be not
necessary in case of faculty who, after return to duty from study leave is permitted to retire from service on medical
grounds.
(xxii) Director General may, if it is necessary or expedient to do so, either in public interest or having regard to the peculiar
circumstances of the case or class of cases, waive or reduce the amount required to be refunded by the Faculty concerned or
class of Faculties.
(xxiii) After the leave has been sanctioned the faculty shall, before availing of the leave, execute a bond in favour of the
institute binding himself/herself for the due fulfillment of the conditions laid down in clause (xv) to (xxi)
(xxiv) A faculty, who is selected for appointment to a higher posts/grade in NIFT on promotion during sabbatical leave, will be
placed in that position notionally w.e.f. the date of appointment of his immediate junior to that post/grade. However the actual
benefit of pay and allowances on account of such appointment shall be admissible only w.e.f. his date of joining on the said
post on return from leave.
(xxv) Sabbatical Leave granted to a faculty shall be deemed to be cancelled in case it is not availed of within 6 months of its
sanction.
(xxvi) Provided that where Sabbatical Leave granted has been so cancelled, the faculty may apply again for such leave after 3
years.
(xxvii) COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF LEAVE:
(a) Leave ordinarily begins from the date on which leave as such is actually availed of and ends on the day preceding on
which duty is resumed.
(b) Sunday or other public holidays may be prefixed as well as suffixed to leave
(xxviii) RETURN TO DUTY ON EXPIRY OF LEAVE:
Except with the permission of the authority who granted the leave, no person on leave may return to duty before the expiry of
the period of leave granted to him.
(xxix) The sanctioning authority shall have the right to revoke the sanction of leave already given if exigency of work so demand,
and the decision of the Sanctioning Authority shall be final.
(xxx) The necessary entries regarding the sabbatical leave shall be made in the service record of the faculty.
4-G
GUIDELINES FOR TRAINING OF TRAINERS (TOT) WORKSHOPS

1. Introduction
The present dynamic and competitive environment and the dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands
academic and professional standards par excellence comparable with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead the
requisite competencies need to be constantly developed and upgraded through an institutionalized mechanism and process.
Training of trainers constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development which not only facilitates the personal/
institutional growth but also make each centre self sustainable in terms of faculty resource, as a result minimizes the
dependence for external resource and provides fair amount of opportunities to the faculty members to be able to come up at
par with the requirement of the organization.
Training responsibility of the faculty of a Centre is a collective responsibility of the institution as well as the Centre individually
to ensure that a Centre remains self reliant before the beginning of any semester.
The premise of training also stems from an understanding that at any given point the institute must have core faculty for each
subject/ course that it intends to offer in the next year and deficiency, if any, is addressed well in advance. This also promotes
rotation of faculty members and allows for members to update themselves through other endevours of Sabbatical, industry
internship, research etc. floated as alternate policies for development and training by the Institute.
TOT workshops are meant to be specifically designed to address those who preferably have pre existing base in the subject
and by imparting training skills to improve their delivery or willing to broad base their competencies.
2. Purpose
NIFT as an institute expanded to 15 Centres over the last 25 years. As any other dynamic institution, NIFT too has collective
strength of faculty with varying experience, a mix of Academia and industry. The courses too are designed with a collective
focus towards Design, Management & Technology. Individually they derive their positioning through Research, Theory and
Practice in sync with global trends in design education. NIFT faculty therefore can be classified into:
a) Newly recruited faculty with limited experience in the fashion industry or in terms of teaching experience. They may
be well versed in their respective field but need time to apply their knowledge to the field of Design, Management and
Technology.
b) Faculty who are well acclimatized in courses being taught at NIFT after 5 years of experience or more. These faculty
need to be encouraged to move into related areas for broad basing their competencies.
c) Senior faculty with more than 10 years of experience at NIFT who need specific specialized training needs (Research,
Strategy, Leadership etc.) to enable them to take leadership positions in various capacities and create human
resource capable of leading at various positions.
In view of the above the TOT requirements can therefore be based on three areas:
a) Teaching
Faculty who would like to get themselves trained for teaching purposes i.e after attending the workshop it is required
for a faculty to teach the same subject to the students. The recommendation of faculty for attending these workshops
will be done by the Centre Director on the recommendation of respective CPs on the following basis:
a. Trainee faculty must have prior established existence of requisite knowledge base
b. Faculty with less teaching hours will be given priority.
c. Newly inducted faculty will be given priority because of lack of background of teaching methodologies.
b) Integrated learning
Faculty teaching certain subjects for the past few years wanting to broad base their knowledge and skills by
developing themselves in related areas so that the same may be applied while guiding the Graduation/Research
Projects or execution of Industry projects etc. Selection of faculty for attending such training workshops shall be
based on the examination of proposal submitted by the concerned faculty regarding the need for attending the said

workshop by respective Centre Coordinator and Director. The proposal will be examined by the committee of the
Centre Director and Chairperson of the department concerned with training subject.
c) Specialized training
Senior faculty who require specialized training inputs for Research, Strategy, and Leadership etc. Selection of faculty for
attending such training workshops shall be based on the examination of proposal submitted by the concerned faculty
regarding the need for attending the said workshop. Such workshops would be offered between the semester once in the year
by FOTD-H.O and all the Department Heads are required to undergo such training atleast once in their tenure. The faculty
proposals will be examined by the committee of Dean-A, Head(FOTD) and Centre Director nominated by the Director
General. Final selection for all the three categories will be made by the Director General on the basis of the above
recommendations.
TOT can be further classified as those undertaken collectively across Centres (Inter-centre) and those that can be undertaken
within the centre (Intra-centre) to fulfill immediate requirements. In such cases the identified faculty can be deputed for "in-
training assistantship" with a Senior Faculty/ External Expert of the same centre to help them develop in the required area and
to create alternative strength for the centre. These endevours would also encourage sector specific differentiation while
creation of experts, a core requirement of 'Design' education that builds a unique design identity in India's vast versatility.
3. Action Plan
a) Identification of deficient area of training: (To be done by Chairpersons in consultation with Centre Coordinators)
A detailed exercise would be required to assess the deficiencies vis-à-vis areas in each Centre as per Format-I.
Information collated can then be classified into key areas that can be clubbed/ identified for training. Alignment of
education/ experience of the faculty with area of 'Training identified' and the purpose for attending the training must
be examined by respective Chairperson before nominating a faculty for attending the TOT workshop
Classification of faculty based on the above three areas is to be done by each chairperson so that a holistic map is
created for an overall analysis of faculty training.
Collation of information and comprehensive proposal is to be prepared by the Centre Director which in turn shall be
forwarded to Head (FOTD)-H.O for the approval of Director General.
Maximum 2 trainees per subject per Department per Centre excluding the subjects under integrated learning may be
identified.
The TOT should be planned on need basis and address the ICT/guest faculty requirement of Centres as well.
However, there should be minimum four participants to organize the inter Centre workshop.
b) Identification of Trainers
Trainers can be identified from within NIFT fraternity and outside experts. Self nominations will be ratified by
Chairpersons who in turn send the final names of trainers to Head (FOTD) as per Format-II. Trainers are required to
indicate the pre-requisites required for the training i.e. type of skill set / background which the trainee must possess
for attending that workshop. This would not only optimize the effectiveness and applications of the workshop but also
provide for better and more comprehensive inputs.
Chairpersons proposal for an outside expert as a trainer will be examined by the committee of Dean-A, Head(FOTD)
and two Centre Directors nominated by Director General.
Head(FOTD) will create the database of the trainers and recommend the best trainers on the basis of their relevant
background and experience for organizing the specified workshop, to be decided by Director General.
The TOTs may be conducted in consultation with the faculty trainer along with Industry expert, if sufficiently justified.
Trainer shall prepare a proper well defined syllabus which includes topics, content, teaching duration of the topic
along with reference material well in advance so the trainees can prepare themselves & can know well in advance
about the wideness & depth of deliverance in the TOT.

c) Procedure
i) Chairpersons are required to identify the deficient subject areas vis-à-vis the name of trainee faculty in each
Centre in accordance with the guidelines and forward the same to concerned Centre Director for onward
submission to Head office.
ii) After receiving the information from Chairpersons, Centre Directors are required to make the comprehensive
proposal for the Centre and forward the same to Head (FOTD) for the approval of Director General.
d) Announcement of workshop
Information received with respect to deficient subject areas alongwith the list of participants will be floated for
organizing the TOT workshops as per Format-III
4. Time and Action Calendar
Preferably the TOT would be conducted in the summer break since it is a longer break. However in case of exigency, the TOT
may be conducted in Winter Break also. On the other hand for Specialized training inputs, flexibility of identifying training may
be built in for taking advantage of trainings being offered in cross-disciplinary areas by other organizations(other than NIFT).
If there is urgency despite 'intra-centre' opportunity, then TOT may be organized at any time with the approval of Director
General.
5. Monitoring
It will be the responsibility of the host Centre Directors to make all the necessary arrangement and provide all support to the
trainers in order to conduct the workshops smoothly. Centre Directors are also required to monitor the workshops being
conducted at their Centres with respect to Time Table , Session Plan, Attendance of the participants etc. and ensure that the
workshop is conducted smoothly.
6. Performance Evaluation
The following feedback reports will be submitted on completion of the every workshop for evaluation of its efficacy in terms
of performance of Trainees and Trainers.
Evaluation of Evaluation by Form Time Frame of report Remarks
Trainee Trainers FORM A Within 2 days of completion

of the module
Trainers Trainees FORM B On the Spot To be taken by the

representative of respective
Centre Director and maintain
complete confidentiality
7. Expenditure
All the expenditure with respect to travel etc. of trainee faculty will be borne by the respective NIFT Centre as per the
prevailing T.A/D.A norms. Expenditure w.r.t. payment to trainers (as per FOTD payment norms), material, stationary required
for TOT workshops will be borne by Head Office. If the workshop is organized by external experts, an internal faculty must be
appointed as Anchor for the said workshop.
8. Penalty
The faculty who has undertaken a TOT for teaching purpose must teach the same subject to students within a year fully or
partly. If need be, faculty after attending the TOT, may also audit the same subject being taught by the senior faculty at the
same Centre and subsequently has to teach the subject to the students failing which the faculty would be penalized and the
complete cost of TOT would be recovered from the faculty. No workload for auditing will be provided.

Format - I
Faculty Orientation Training and Development

Head Office-New Delhi
Training Need Assessment Form

Sl. Programmes Deficient Currently how Proposed faculty Experience/ No. of No. of Purpose for Details of the
No. currently subject the subject is strength (existing Qualifications years years undertaking TOT attended
running area/Area being taught? or complement- of the faculty teaching teaching the training in last three
at the Centre of training (ICT/Guest tary) that can at NIFT the same (Teaching/ years (if any)
faculty or be moulded subject Integrated
any other) (if any) Learning/
Specialized

Training)
1.
2.
284
3.
Chairperson
Department
Format - II

Trainers willingness form
S. No. Subject areas Objective of the Pre-requisites i.e. Proposed dates and Name of the Place of
for TOT workshop type of skill set / duration of the Trainer, Designation the Training
background of trainee workshop and Centre
faculty for the attending
the training
1.
285
Signature of the Trainer
Name
Designation & NIFT Centre
Date

Format - III

TOT workship Announcement Format

Name of the workshop

Dates
Duration
Place of the training
Trainer(s)

Objective
Pre-requisite
286
S.No Name of the Centre Name of the trainee Designation Department Remarks
Total number of participants :
Head (FOTD)
4-H
GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY INTERNSHIP

1. Background
During the past few years it is felt that due to some constraints NIFT faculty members are not able to update their working
knowledge of the industry at micro level or eve holistic understanding of the industry and its interrelationship. In order to provide
sufficient opportunities to the members of academic community within the NIFT, it is mandatory for each faculty member to
undergo an internship in the relevant industry/areas so that they may update themselves and be able to disseminate the same to
the students
2. Duration Two weeks
3. Place of Internship
It is mandatory for the faculty to undertake the said Internship within the vicinity of the local parent centre (posting centre of
internee faculty). However, where the relevant Industry does not exist, faculty may be allowed to take up the internship in
nearest available opportunity.
4. Mode of selection
Internee faculty is required to make the proposal alongwith the deliverables with proper justifications. The proposal will be
discussed in the departmental meeting which in turn will be forwarded to LASC for approval.
5. Periodicity
25% of total faculty strength within the department may be permitted to undertake the internship during the summer or winter
student break. It is compulsory for each faculty to undertake the above internship at least once in three years.
6. Action plan
Center coordinator will ensure that the selection of industries is in tandem with the requirements of the Department and the final
nomination of Faculty & Industry to be approved by LASC after vetting by Chairperson of the concerned Department. Maximum
number of possible industries in the sector should be selected for tie-ups for the internship. The final list (Centre Wise) of the
faculty deputed on Internship will be forwarded to Head-FOTD by the Concerned Centre. This period of deputation to the
Internship will be considered to be on duty.
7. Performance Evaluation
A feedback form is to be sent to the concerned person within the industry by the Head - FOTD and filled-in form may directly be
returned to the same. The feedback form, along with the report of work done by the internee faculty, shall be submitted for
inclusion in the service records of the concerned faculty.
8. Time and Action Calendar
There are only two period for faculty internship i.e summer break or winter break.
a) Time and Action Calendar for Internship
Identification & approval of industry : By 2nd week March / 2nd week September
Submission of proposal : By 3rd week March / 3rd week September
Departmental meeting to review the proposals obtained : By 1st week April / 1st week October
LASC to review & approve the proposals : By 2nd week April / 2nd week October
Letters to be sent to the industry By Centre Coordinator : By 3rd week April / 3rd week October
(One common letter will be prepared by Chairperson which in-turn will be sent in the relevant industry by the
respective CC alongwith the details of internee faculty members)
Confirmation by the industry : By 1st Week May / 1st week November
Internship period : Two weeks in June or December with mutual consent
of internee and industry.
9. Expenditure
All the expenditure with respect to travel etc. will be borne by NIFT as per the prevailing T.A/D.A norms in case of faculty of
traveling outstation. No TA/DA to be provided in case of faculty undertaking internship within the city of respective NIFT Centre.

5-A
STUDENT ATTENDANCE POLICY

1. Short Title and Commencement
1.1 The Policy shall be called NIFTs Attendance Policy.
1.2 The policy shall come in force with effect from academic year 2011 - 2012
2. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to ensure uniformity in implementation of norm/rules across the centres.
3. Applicability
Learning at NIFT is based primarily on interactive methods of inputs and student's participation in projects, research and skill
based experiences. It also involves sharing of work as well as learning processes with batch mates and faculty whose
feedback and guidance is critical to the students' development, understanding and maturity. Any physical absence in such
circumstances would mean loss of learning opportunity and continuity, which cannot be replaced by self work under most
situations. Attendance is compulsory for students of all regular programmes unless and until valid reasons are given to
support the absence. Unauthorized and habitual absence will call for disciplinary action as deemed fit.
4. Requirement
I. A student is required to have minimum 75% attendance in total Sessions/ Classes conducted during the semester to be
allowed to appear in the final assessment/end semester exams/ jury of the subjects.
II. A student is required to have a minimum 65% attendance in each individual subject taught in the semester to be allowed
to appear in the final assessment/end semester exams/jury of the subjects.
In extreme extenuating circumstances, relaxation in attendance may be allowed to students who have overall attendance
of 75% but have less than 65% attendance in upto two subjects, with lower limit of 50%, based on self-study norms in
these two subjects. The students would be given special assignments related to the topics missed by them, under the
guidance of the concerned faculty and based on certification of satisfactory clearance from the faculty, the students may
be allowed to appear for examination. The decision will be taken by LASC under intimation to the DG-NIFT before the
semester Exam starts.
III. The student with shortage of attendance as per above would be issued three notices or warnings
(a) After four weeks of start of semester, this would be in the form of a warning notice.
(b) At the time of mid-term exams, where the warning should be stronger.
(c) Two weeks before the end term exams which would specify whether the student is required to repeat the semester
or would be permitted for re-exams.
IV. Uninformed absence of more than four weeks due to any causes means a loss of candidature for the student i.e. the
name of the student will be struck off from the NIFT rolls.
V. In case of 0% attendance till mid- term, the student's name would be struck off from the rolls of the Institute after the issue
of a show cause notice.
VI. The student attendance will be computed in a standardized manner for all departments for theory, practical and process
based subjects wherein every session is 1.5 hrs each.
VII. Course deliverance should be strictly in accordance with stipulated number of hours as per the curriculum and for
computation of student attendance no extra classes would be conducted.
Power to relax: No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with explicit approval of the Competent Authority i.e.
Academic Appeal Committee headed by Dean(A), DG (1st Appellate Authority), and Board of Governors.
This policy would be effective from January - June, 2011.

NOTICE
As per NIFT student rule minimum 75% attendance of total sessions/classes conducted during the Semester is a pre requisite for the
student to be allowed to appear in the examinations/jury of the subjects. Moreover, minimum of 65% attendance in each subject taught
in the Semester is also a pre requisite for qualifying for the exams.
We would like to draw your kind attention to the fact that at the end of the first month of the Semester your ward has less attendance in
following subjects:
S. No Subjects Attendance less than 65%
It is a matter of concern for the institute and the parent and therefore we bring to your notice that you award may not fulfill pre requisite
attendance for the exams/jury of above subjects. We would request you to look into the matter and ensure that necessary instructions
are given to your ward.
Registrar
To
The parents at the official residential address, by Regd. Post A/D
CC to:
1. CC concerned
2. COE
3. Concerned student
4. Personal file of the student.

5-B
NIFT MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE SCHEME

1. Short Title / Commencement
1.1 The policy shall be called "NIFT's Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme".
1.2 The financial assistance under NIFT's Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme" is not an entitlement. It shall be
subject to conditions and process prescribed in this policy
1.3 This policy shall come into force with effect from academic year 2011-12
2. Purpose
To provide financial assistance to meritorious needy and deserving students belonging to the economically weaker sections.
3. Applicability of the Scheme
3.1 The Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme" will be applicable to all the regular students of NIFT fulfilling
prescribed criteria. The benefits of this Scheme shall not extend to NRI/ NRI sponsored students.
3.2 The scheme will cover all eligible students provided their numbers are within 25% of the overall student strength of all the
NIFT Centres as a collective.
4. Rate of Financial Assistance
4.1 Under this Scheme financial Assistance to undergraduate students shall be provided as follows:
Category Parental Income ceiling per annum Percentage of Financial Assistance
A. Upto ` 1.0 Lakhs 75% of the Tuition Fee
B. Above ` 1.0 Lakhs to ` 2.5 Lakhs 50% of the Tuition Fee
C. Above ` 2.5 Lakhs to ` 4.0 Lakhs 25% of the Tuition Fee
4.2 Under this Scheme financial Assistance at Centre level shall be provided to postgraduate students at the Centre
Income ceiling per annum Percentage Financial Assistance

Upto ` 1.0 Lakhs 50% of the Tuition Fee
Upto ` 1.0 to 2.5 Lakhs 25% of the Tuition Fee
5. Eligibility Criteria for application

The students who fulfill the following criteria may apply for the financial assistance under this Scheme
5.1 Undergraduate and Postgraduate students of the regular programme of NIFT excluding those admitted under NRI/ NRI
sponsored category.
5.2 The students fulfilling the criteria of parental income slab as stipulated in section 4.1 & 4.2.
5.3 All the eligible first year students may apply irrespective of their ranks and marks in the entrance exam.
5.4 For the continuation of financial assistance to the students in 2nd, 3rd and 4th year of undergraduate level and 2nd year of
postgraduate level, minimum average 6.00 SGPA in the last two consecutive semesters will be a necessary condition.
The students will be required to submit their application for continuation of financial assistance in the next year along with
all the documents in the beginning of the semester i.e. before the end of previous semester. This will be decided by the
Centre before the fee is collected for the semester, from the students.
5.5 The student should not have failed in any semester in the previous years of study in NIFT and must have cleared all the
subjects of the previous semesters. Provided, relaxation may be sought from the competent authority in case a student has
repeated the semester due to health reason.

5.6 A post graduate student's eligibility will only be on the satisfaction of the Screening Committee that if s/he is not able to
provide collateral for availing the bank loan and his / her parental income falls within the prescribe income slabs.
5.7 The student involved in any major or minor disciplinary violation, he/ she should not be eligible for subsidy during his/her
remaining course at NIFT.
5.8 The students are required to apply for financial assistance under the scheme in a prescribed form given at Format A. Only
those applications will be considered which are completed and supported by the prescribed mandatory as well as
applicable documents. Any blanks left in the application form will be construed as non disclosure of information, the
incomplete application forms and non disclosure of relevant facts will lead to rejection of form.
5.9 Students will have to submit an undertaking with the application form to the effect that the scholarship may be withdrawn
and penalty imposed if the documents submitted as income proof are found to be false after verification. The undertaking is
prescribed within Format A.
5.10 The students getting any other financial assistance / reimbursement towards expenditure on education from any other
source viz Central / State Government / PSU / Trusts / private persons etc shall not be eligible to apply for the financial
assistance under this scheme.
5.11 If the number of students goes beyond 25% of the overall student strength of the NIFT Centres, the financial assistance will
be given on the basis of prioritization of the students. In case of prioritization students whose parental income is the lowest,
will get the priority.
6. Documents to be submitted with the Application Form for Financial Assistance
The students should submit mandatory as well as applicable documents along with the application form. These are as follows:
6.1 Mandatory Document:
i. One copy of passport size photograph with signature.
ii. Income declaration-affidavit (Format B) on non-judicial stamp paper of `10 (Rupees Ten) by each parent
iii. Proof of permanent residence.
iv. Photocopies of Passport and PAN card of parents / guardian and applicant
v. School leaving certificate for class X and XII (Proof of school fee, wherever possible).
vi. The copy of receipt of tuition fee paid for the current semester i.e. July - December
vii. Schedule (Format C - details of agricultural land and property, etc.) duly signed by parent with relevant revenue record.
viii. Bank statements for the last 12 months for all the accounts mentioned in Schedule (Format C).
6.2 Copy of Following Documents (If applicable):-
i. 3 year's Income Tax returns copy/Form 16 for salaried / 16 A for business owners.
ii. Vehicle registration copy
iii. Tehsildar certificate of agriculture land alongwith certified revenue records such as khasra, khatouni.
iv. Documents related to others scholarship / sponsorship receipt
v. Document related to SC / ST / OBC / PHP certificate
7. Process
7.1 The students will have to apply in the prescribed Format A in their respective Centres, along with all the required and
applicable document within the timeline prescribed in the Schedule in Section 9.0. The forms will be made available in
their respective departments/ office of the Centre Director.
7.2 The forms completed in all respect with supporting documents should be submitted by the student to the Centre Directors
through their respective course coordinators. The income details are to be submitted in Format B and Format C under the
signature of both the parents.

7.3 There will be two levels of scrutiny for the applications:
i. The first level committee will be a Scrutiny Committee of three members and will be constituted by the Centre
Director. It will have at least one faculty member.
ii. First level will entail desk scrutiny of application forms and proposing eligibility on the basis of total income of both
the parents from all the sources and other income such as Agricultural, Business, Rent etc. It will also scrutinize
whether all relevant information and documents are completed with the application forms. All incomplete forms will
be recorded so by the Scrutiny Committee and these will be put separately after the approval of the Centre Director.
iii. Second Level will include interaction of the student with the Screening Committee comprising following members :
a) Registrar
b) Deputy Registrar (Finance & Accounts)
c) Course Co-ordinator of the course (of which student has applied).
d) One senior faculty member nominated by the Director.

e) Student Development Activity Co-ordinator
7.4 The Committee would interview individual student and make a record note of the interview of each student who has applied
for the financial assistance and has been found eligible by the Scrutiny Committee. The note should be recorded in the
prescribed form Format D is to be signed by all the members. The committee would also recommend whether the
applicant is eligible for the financial assistance, if so, the rate of financial assistance. The committee would also give their
reasons in short for not recommending the financial assistance or the reduction in the rate of financial assistance applied
by the student.
7.5 The suggested parameters for the consideration of the scrutiny committee are given in Format E
7.6 Recommendations of the Scrutiny Committee shall be put up to the Centre Director for necessary approval and disbursal.
7.7 In case more than 25% of the students in a centre are found eligible, the centre Director shall forward a proposal to the
Director General for seeking relaxation. The Director General after examining all such proposals may relax upto 25% of the
overall strength of the NIFT.
7.8 The Centre Director will prioritize students in favour of lower income, for the purpose of relaxation in the section 7.7
7.9 The student who is not satisfied with the decision taken by the centre in respect of financial assistance can appeal to the
Head Academic Affairs through Centre Director within 2 weeks from the declaration of final list of beneficiaries. The Centre
Director will forward the appeal alongwith his comments to the Head - Academic Affairs for decision of Academic Appeals
Committee. The 2nd appellate authority would be Director General and the Board of Governors of the NIFT..
7.10 Disbursement of the financial assistance - The process of disbursal will be as follows:
i. All the students have to pay the prescribed tuition fee of the first semester of the academic year i.e. session July -
December.
ii The financial assistance awarded to the student would be adjusted in the next semester's tuition fee i.e. session
January - June.
iii. While paying fee for 2nd semester onwards, the student may make provision for financial assistance sanctioned and
deposit the remaining fee.
iv. A certificate which is numbered and signed by the Registrar and SDAC jointly will be given to the students. For the
ease of operation this certificate may be printed on a coloured paper and coded.
v This certificate will be issued only after receiving approval of the Centre Director.

vi. The student will submit this certificate to the Accounts Section through SDAC. The Accounts Section will give
acknowledgements informing date of disbursal of financial assistance.
vii. All reimbursements will be paid through the bank in the bank account as informed by the parent in the application
form.
viii. Steps will also be taken by SDAC to inform parents / guardians of such fee reimbursement.
7.11 The approved final list of recipients of Financial Assistance should be forwarded in the prescribed Format F to Academic
Affairs Department, Head Office for information after disbursal.
7.12 The application forms from the students with detailed documents will be sought in the first year. In the subsequent years
documents on income etc will be sought, to verify whether the income levels are within the prescribed slabs or they have
increased. As per prescribed slabs, the level of financial assistance will be changed accordingly.
7.13 A student may appeal to the Academic Appeal Committee, if s/he is not satisfied with the decision of the Centre.
7.14 If any student feels aggrieved by the decision of the Centre Director in his / her case, s/he can seek redressal by
representing case to the Academic Appeal Committee. The Academic Appeal Committee will call report from the Centre as
well as view of the applicant including in cases where applicant has not been able to provide some mandatory/applicable
document due to situation beyond his/her control. On the basis of available evidence Academic appeal Committee will
make decision in a detailed manner. The Committee will communicate its view to the centre Director for disbursal /
communication to the student.
7.15 The 2nd and final appeal would lie with the Director General and the Board of Governors, respectively.
8. Exceptions
8.1 NIFT reserves the right to impose penalty alongwith reimbursement and discontinue the financial assistance, if at any point
of time it is found that a student has given incorrect information or hidden relevant facts.
8.2 The case in 2nd to 4th year of a course should normally be from the list of the students who have been awarded financial
assistance in the first year. However, in exceptional circumstances, with prior approval of the Centre Director, the Scrutiny
/ Screening Committee can consider new cases for financial assistance from the students studying in 2nd, 3rd or 4th year.
8.3. There have been instances when due to certain emergencies such as loss of earning member, the student may need
financial assistance. In such cases, there should not be any need for adhering to the schedule of disbursal. Such cases
could be considered as an exception even in mid-term by the Screening Committee, with the approval of the Centre
Director.
8.4. The financial assistance can be discontinued any time if there are cases of incorrect information; shortage of attendance;
fails in any subject; SGPA falls less than 6 for two semesters; repeats a semester and involved in a major / minor
disciplinary violation.
9. Financial Implications
The expenditure on account of disbursement of financial assistance under this scheme will be met by the respective centre from
its own funds for which necessary budget provision may be earmarked.

10. Schedule
10.1 The schedule for the first sanction will be as follows:
S. No. Activity Timeline
1 Announcement of scheme and issue of Last week of July

application form
2 Last date for submission of completed forms Last week of August
3. Scrutiny of forms : Meeting of Scrutiny Within 2 weeks after last dates of submission of forms i.e.
Committee Second week of September.
4. Meeting of Screening Committee Within 1 weeks after completion of scrutiny of forms i.e.
3rd week of September.
5. Approval by the centre director Within 1 week of receiving recommendation from the scrutiny
committee i.e. 4th week of September.
6. Reimbursement of the fee after adjusting Within 1 week of approval by the centre director i.e.
financial assistance 1st week of October.
7. Appeal Within 2 weeks from the declaration of the final list of

beneficiaries i.e. 2nd week of October.
8. Communicate decision and disbursal to any Within 2 weeks of appeal i.e. 4th week of October.
remaining eligible candidates
9 Sending consolidated information to the By 15th November.

Head Office in Form 'D'
10.2 The schedule for the sanction in 2nd, 3rd and 4th year will be as follows:
S. No Activity Timeline
1 Last date for submission of application forms 30th April
along with documents
2 Scrutiny of forms 30th May
3 Meeting of Screening Committee 15th June
4 Approval by the Centre Director 15th July
5 Appeal 20th August
6 Sending consolidated information to the 15th November

Head Office in Form 'D'

Format A

MINISTRY OF TEXTILES
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
APPLICATION FORM FOR MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Form to be submitted to NIFT Centre (Allotted during admission)
ACADEMIC YEAR --------
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Sl No. of Year Programme Centre Whether approved Approved rate of
Application (Yes/No) financial assistance
(Approving Authority Signature)
Affix a self
attested passport
size photograph
I. Student's Information
(a) Full Name (in block letters)
Surname
First Name
Middle Name
Applicant's Name………................………… Signature ………………………………
(b) Student's information
Date of Birth
Gender (Male/Female)
Batch of Admission
Centre presently studying
Programme
Semester
Roll No.
Permanent Enrollment No.
Original Allotted NIFT Centre (During Admission)

Details of School Education
Class Name of School City School fee per month
IX
XI
XII
Applicant's Name…………………… Signature ………………………………
(c.) Present Address of the Student
Local
Address
Pin Code
(d) Applicant's Telephone No. ____________________________

Mobile No. ____________________________
Email ID ____________________________
(e) Permanent Address (Attach a copy of residential proof or domicile certificate)

House No.
Mohalla/ Street
City / Town/Village
P. O.
District
State
Pin Code
(f) The student belongs to the category (Tick /Circle): General/SC/ ST/ OBC/PHP
Note: Attach a copy of the relevant certificate
II. Parent's / Guardian's Information
(a) Father's/ Husband's/ Guardian Name:
(b) Mother's Name:

(c.) Parent's / Guardian's Telephone No.
Name Landline Telephone Mobile No. Email-id

(residence with STD Code)
Father
Mother
(d) Details of Siblings:
Name of Age If studying If earning, mention Remark (if

Brother(s)/ studying/working)
Sister(s) City School Fee Organisation Salary per
months
(e) Parents Profession/ Occupation Details:-
Sr. No. Parent's / Guardian Service*/ Business** Designation/ Post Name of the Organizations
1. Father
2. Mother
3. Guardian
Note:- * Please specify the category of service clearly whether - Central Govt. / Public
Undertaking/ State Govt./ PSU/ Autonomous/ Private/ ** Self employed/ Business/ Firm
* In case phone / emails are not there, please indicate that they do not have one.
(f) Office/Work Address:- Parent's / Guardian's

(For those in Service):- Father/ Mother
Name & Address of the employer:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone No _________________________________ Fax No. __________________________________ (For those in Business):-
Father/ Mother
Name & Address of the business:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Establishment/Office/Shop, etc.)
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone No._______________________________________________________________________________________________
Fax No.____________________________________________________________________________________________________

III. Financial Information:
(a) Whether the student is getting subsidy / scholarship / financial assistance from other Institutions / State or Central govt. YES/ NO
If yes, (Copy of document(s) may be submitted)
(i) Name of the granting institute :-
(ii) Address of the granting institute :-
(iii) Amount granted :-
(b) If the parents are getting reimbursement of tuition fee or financial assistance fully or partly from their employer, furnish the details of the same.
The details of the same, if not, a certificate from the employer in this regard.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(c) If parents are not financially capable to pay the fees, the details or source of funding for the education so far (If any, bank loan, etc.).
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(d) Details of credit/debit cards used by self/parent (All cards)
Sr. No. Name of the card holder Type of card Name of issuing bank
(e) Is any vehicle owned by parent / Guardian/ Applicant? If yes, give details of the vehicles (Attach separate documents - Give details for all
vehicle owned)
a. Two Wheeler :- Yes/No

b. Four Wheeler :- Yes/No
c. Other wheelers (If any) :- Yes/No
Registration copies (RC) of vehicle to be attached, if the vehicle listed above financed by the bank, give latest statement of the vehicle loan.

IV. Documents enclosed with the application :
Mandatory document enclosed document (put a

tick mark in case of yes)
One copy of passport size photograph with signature.
Income declaration by parents with an affidavit (Annex I) on non-judicial

stamp of `10 (Rupees Ten)
Proof of permanent residence
Photocopies of all pages of Passports and PAN card of parents / applicant
A copy of receipt of tuition fee paid receipt (for the current semester) have to be
submitted along with the subsidy application
Schedule (Format C - details of agricultural land and property, etc.) duly signed
by parent.
School certificate for class X and class XII
Following documents copy (If applicable):-
Latest Income Tax returns copy/Form 16for Salaried and Form 16A for
Business/Self Employed - for last three years. Yes/No
Vehicle registration copy Yes / No
Foreign exchange received document Yes / No
Latest receipt of land tax paid Yes / No
Tehsildar's certificate of agriculture land Yes / No
Documents related to others scholarship / sponsorship received Yes / No
Certificate of SC / ST / OBC/PHP Yes / No
Receipts of school fee wherever possible Yes / No
V Details of the bank account in which financial assistance has to be deposited:
Name of the Bank
Branch name & IFSC Code
Bank A/c. name & No.

VI Educational Indicators
(i) SGPA Obtained in:
S.No Semester SGPA
1 1st
2 2nd
3 3rd
4 4th
5 5th
6 6th
ii) Entrance merit for the students of 1st semester--------------------------
VII Declaration by the Applicant:
i) I hereby declare that the information given above and below is correct.
ii) I am not availing any other scholarship/financial assistance for this purpose from any other sources. If I apply for any other
scholarship/financial assistance and get it, I undertake to refund the amount of scholarship/ financial assistance received from NIFT.
iii) I shall abide by the terms and conditions NIFT's MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE SCHEME for sanctions of the
"Financial Assistance".
iv) I have not been punished for any violation of Rules/ Code of Conducts in/off campus OR served notice for disciplinary violation during
my studies at NIFT till date.
v) I had attended classes regularly and have had no attendance shortage.
vi) I undertake, that if at any stage, it is found (to the satisfaction of the sanctioning authority in the NIFT that) the information given by
me is false or if I violate the terms and conditions of the financial assistance, the financial assistance sanctioned to me, may be
cancelled and the Double amount of financial assistance thereon will be refunded by me or recovered from me, apart from this I may
be also liable for such penal action as warranted by law.
vii) I understand, that "mere submission of documents will not entitle me for financial assistance claim. The sanction will be based on the
establishment of income status through submission of all necessary documents, fulfillment of all the conditions to the complete
satisfaction of the Competent Authority:
Signature of the applicant
Name:- ___________________________
Date :____________________________
Place: ___________________________
Parents:
(i) I hereby declare that I have read and agreed the information filled in this application form by my ward ___________________(name
of the student) studying in _________(semester) of ___________(course) at ____________NIFT Centre.
Signature of Mother:_________________ Signature of Father:__________________
Caution: This form not filled in all respect or any column left blank will be liable for rejection. If any column is not applicable to the
applicant in the provided space mention "Not Applicable

Format B
FORMAT FOR DECLARING: INCOME AFFIDAVIT

(on ` 10/- non-judicial stamp paper)
Declaration of income of Parent/Guardian for the year (ending on 31st March, ……........) for the purpose of NIFT's Fee Subsidy.
I, ................................................................................................................................................................................................ (mother’s name)

daughter of Shri/Smt. ........................................................................................................................................................ presently residing at
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................; and
I, ..................................................................................................................................................................................... (father’s name) son of
Shri/Smt. .............................................................................................................................................................................................. presently
residing at ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... solemnly affirm and say as follow:
1. That our son / daughter / dependent Shri/ Smt/ Kumari………………………………………….. has been studying in
(semester)……………………………………………..(course) in NIFT........…………. (centre).
2. That our annual family income in the preceding year ending 31st March …………. is ` ……………….. as per details
furnished in the schedule (prescribed as FORMAT C) under the name written. We also affirm that particulars of property held by
us are as shown in the Schedule. We make myself personally responsible for the accuracy of the facts and figures furnished.
3. That we further undertake that in the event of the particulars given in this declaration being found false, we shall refund to the
NIFT DOUBLE the amount of the subsidy paid to my ward and the NIFT's decision on whether the declaration of particulars is
false shall be final and binding on us and also render myself liable for prosecution under the prevailing laws.
Signature of the mother and father of the student
Name in full
To be signed in the presence of Notary Public or a Magistrate/ 1st Class Magistrate Executive/Revenue Officer/who would also
affix his signature and seal.

Format C
SCHEDULE TO BE ATTACHED WITH INCOME AFFIDAVIT

I. Details of Agricultural Land
Extent of Land held and Income (a) Independently as owner (b) Jointly as owner (c) Independently as tenant
(i) Area (in Acres)
(ii) Village
(iii) Tehsil
(iv) Type of Land

(v) Source of irrigation
(vi) Crops
(vii) Survey No.
(viii) Land Revenue Assessment
(ix) Annual Income ` ` `
II. Property held and income (Houses, Shops, Buildings, House sites, Plot etc.)
Part A
(a) House no. ..................................................................................................................................................................

(b) Street/Road ..................................................................................................................................................................
(c) Village/Town/City ..................................................................................................................................................................
(d) Area of site ..................................................................................................................................................................
(e) Rent derived if any ..................................................................................................................................................................
(f) House tax ..................................................................................................................................................................
(g) Sanitary cess or other ..................................................................................................................................................................
(h) Net Annual Income ..................................................................................................................................................................
Part B
Whether the whole or part of land/Building owned has been given out to tenants.
If 'yes' particulars.
Part C
Income from Shops (if any):
a) Address of shop ..................................................................................................................................................................

b) Nature of trade ..................................................................................................................................................................
c) License No ..................................................................................................................................................................
d) Sales Tax ..................................................................................................................................................................
e) Income Tax paid ..................................................................................................................................................................
f) Annual Income ..................................................................................................................................................................

III. Annual Income, by parents/unmarried brothers and sisters for …………… (Year):
S. No. Information Required Father Mother Unmarried

Brothers/Sisters
1. Name of the Employer /Self Employed/ Own Business
2. Office/Unit in which working / Owned and Designation
3. Office Address with Telephone nos.
4. (a) Annual Gross Pay (Basic Pay + Dearness
Allowance + House Rent Allowance +
Traveling Allowance + Bonus + Incentives +
Any other Allowance) + Pension without Deduction
of Income Tax
(Certificate from the employer/income
Tax authority/Revenue Authority may be attached
(b) Income from any business/ Self Employment
(attach Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Statement, ITR
and Turnover details)
5. Other benefits like house rent allowance, free house and
other perquisites
6. Other source of Income :
(i) Income from subsidiary industries
Part-time occupation
(ii) Amounts drawn as wages
(iii) Any other income
N. B.
(1) Total income of the family should include income of father, mother / guardian, if any Income for the purpose of Means Test is defined
as under:-
(a) In the case of income from sources liable to income tax, income computed (after deduction for rebate able items) for the purpose of
assessment of income tax, as per Income Tax rules for the year.
(b) In the case of income not liable to income tax, such as income from Agriculture, etc. the net income that is arrived at after deduction
expenditure incurred for earning that income.
IV Details of all bank accounts of both Parent/Guardian
Name (as Name Bank branch Branch Bank Type of MICR code
in the bank of the Code Account Bank Account of the Bank
account bank State District Pin Number Number (Saving/
Current)
V Details of PAN CARD

Name PAN CARD No.
Mother
Father
Name and Signature of Student Name and Signature of both Parent/

Guardian of the Student

Format D
Record Note of the Interview carried out by the Scrutiny Committee

for the financial assistance scheme
1. Name of the student:
2. Department: Semester:
3. Father's name:
4. Occupation of Father:
5. Income stated in the application form:
6. Academic Performance (SGPA)
7. Conduct
8. Attendance
9. Details on lifestyle observation:
10. Observations of the committee:
11. Recommendations of the committee: Rejected / 25% / 50% / 75%
Signature of all the committee members
CC of the Deptt. SDAC Senior Faculty members

AR DR (F&A) / AO Registrar

Format E
SUGGESTED PARAMETERS FOR THE SCRUTINY COMMITTEE
The suggested parameters for the consideration of the scrutiny committee are as follows:
1. Verification of the documents submitted alongwith the financial assistance application form.
2. Lifestyle of the student during college life.
3. Verification of student's bank account statement.
4. Whether student comes on vehicle to the college.
5. Consistency in the information submitted in financial assistance Form with the Subsidy Form of previous year and also with the
information submitted at the time of admission (Registration Form - I) may be checked.
6. Abroad visits to be ascertained from copy of the passport submitted at the time of admission in order to assess the financial
position of the parents.
7. The parent should submit a list of all Bank accounts with account transaction with last one year's bank statement:
8. Fee paid in school by applicant / siblings as a measure of consistency check.
9. Attendance of the student.
10. Academic record including verification on whether student has got required SGPA and has not failed in any subject.

Format F
Final List of beneficiaries to be awarded financial assistance
1. Academic Year
2. Name of the Centre
3. List of students of 1st year who are awarded Financial Assistance
Sr. Name of the student Department Semester UG/PG
4. List of students of 2nd to 4th year who were given assistance in previous year but due to some reason there scholarship has
been discontinued.
5. List of students who were given assistance in previous year but have either been increased / decreased as per income slabs.
Signature of the Centre Director

5-C
STUDENT INTER CENTER TRANSFER POLICY FOR

STUDENTS OF REGULAR UG/PG PROGRAMMES
1. Short Title/Commencement
1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT Student Inter-Center Transfer Policy.
1.2 This policy shall come in force with effect from academic year 2011-2012
2. Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one NIFT Center to another only for a
semester after which the students will have to return to the parent Centers. However, extension for more than one semester
could be granted only in the rarest of rare cases. Under no circumstances shall such temporary transfers be allowed for
more than two semesters
3. Applicability
3.1 The policy is applicable to the students of regular P.G and U.G Programmes of NIFT.
For UG courses: No Inter Center Transfer requests would be either considered or permitted in the first two Semesters and
in the last two Semesters.
For PG courses: No Inter Center Transfer requests would be either considered or permitted in the first Semester and in the
last Semester.
3.2 Inter Center Transfer would be applicable only for a semester after which the students will have to return to the parent
Centers. However, extension for more than one semester could be granted only in the rarest of rare cases. Under no
circumstances shall such temporary transfers be allowed for more than two semesters.
3.3 Inter Center Transfer request is not a matter of right for students. If NIFT is not able to accede to the request, student may
withdraw from NIFT without any liability on part of NIFT.
4. Action Plan
4.1 The transfer would be announced across the NIFT centres during the month of April-May every year following a circular
from the AA-HO along with the ICT format. (Form 1 for ICT schedule)
4.2 Students of the respective centres fill in the transfer forms and submit at their respective centres on or before the due
date.(Refer ICT schedule)
4.3 The completed transfer forms duly recommended by the Centre are forwarded to AA-HO as per scheduled date. (Form 2)
5. Category
5.1 Inter Center Transfer request would be entertained only on temporary basis in the case of "extreme extenuating circumstances"
and supported by documentary evidence. NIFT would retain the right to verify and/ or reject the evidence without assigning
any reasons.
5.2 On (extreme extenuating) Medical Grounds
i) During admission, medical forms are issued to the selected students for providing details about their medical
problems if any. Student should be counseled, that care should be taken while filling the medical form, keeping in
view that inter centre transfers on medical grounds not to be considered during first year. In case student faces some
medical problem, he/she can avail of one year of Leave of absence and go for medical treatment and report back to
the original allotted centre
ii) The exercise of transfers under these grounds will be carried out at the end of second, third, fourth and fifth semester
and the final decision will be taken after successful completion of these semesters. Transfer under these grounds for
general and NRI category to be treated at par.

5.2.1 Parameters / Guidelines
i) List of reputed Government Hospitals, 03 in case of all centres and 05 in case of Delhi centre, as identified and
forwarded to HO by the respective centre Directors shall be finalized. The consolidated list shall be notified by AA-HO
at the beginning of the academic year. The same list will be considered for revision every year.
ii) The students are required to apply at their respective centres with sufficient supporting documents including the
specific recommendations of Medical Superintendents of one of the Hospitals notified as mentioned in the above
clause 5.2.1(i)
iii) The transfer under medical grounds sought for the first time is on temporary basis for the period of six months only.
The student has to report back to his/her original allotted centre after completion of transfer period of one semester.
iv) Committee at respective centres comprising of the following would look after these transfers.
a) Director
b) Registrar
c) CC of the department
d) SDAC
e) Faculty Mentor &
f) Empanelled Doctor
v) The committee while examining is required to keep the following points in view.
a) The medical form submitted by the student at the time of admission.
b) The possibility of the treatment at the original allotted centre.
c) To ascertain that the student has been under treatment from reputed Government Hospital in the centre seeking
transfer as notified above in 5.2.1(i).
d) The clear recommendation of the doctor that if the treatment is needed for the said illness.
e) Thorough examination of the cases to be carried out so that only genuine cases get recommended.
f) After scrutiny, the recommendations may be forwarded to Head Quarters for approval of the Competent
Authority. (Form 3)
g) The temporary transfer on Medical Grounds will not be exercised beyond the class size of forty (40)
h) In case number of students seeking transfer under medical grounds are more than the available vacancy for
the same programme, the transfers shall be considered solely on the basis of merit of last two semesters in
case of UG Programme and of first semester in case of Post Graduate (PG) Programme.
i) The list of transfer cases shall be uploaded on the website for the information of the students.
5.2.2 Extension of transfer beyond six months -Parameters / Guidelines
For the Students seeking extension of stay at the transferred centre the following parameters/guidelines may be followed:
i) Director / Registrar of the respective centres shall write to the Medical Superintendents of notified government
hospitals as mentioned in clause 5.2.1 (i) above, requesting to constitute the medical board for examining the cases
of the students seeking extension of transfer under medical grounds. Further it shall be the responsibilities of the
students concerned to obtain the report from the Medial Board thus constituted.
ii) A format is also recommended for the signature of superintendent of above mentioned medical board. The format
should have a covering letter from the respective centre duly signed by Registrar/Director. (Form 4)
iii) The extension on medical grounds may be considered only after the recommendation of the Medical Board of reputed
Govt. Hospitals.
iv) It should be made clear to the students / parents, that any doubt / non clarity in the recommendation would be
considered as NO. An undertaking may also be taken from the parents, regarding the same.
v) Students will be required to give an undertaking as per format that they will abide by the decision taken by the
Competent Authority of NIFT. (Form 5)
vi) Any expenditure related to process of extension of transfer would be borne by the student.
5.3 On Personal Extenuating Grounds
i) Any cases which have applied under this category would be referred to AA- HO through the Center Director with
appropriate comments/ recommendations based on the merit of the case through LASC. SDAC may be co-opted for
the meeting.
ii) At AA- HO, each case would be discussed in the academic Appeal Committee based on the recommendations of the
respective Center Director, documents presented and the stated facts of the case. If required, the student may be
asked to be present in person before the above mentioned committee. Any expenditure related to process of extension
of transfer would be borne by the student. The said committee may co-opt any other member from the institute
having relevance to the case.
iii) For the cases under such category, general policy cannot be framed and the cases may be dealt on the merits of
case to case basis. The decision on the cases will not be treated as precedent for any reference.
6. Fee for Transfers
All fee related to the process of Inter-center transfer will be credited to the DDF of AA- HO. The details of fee are as follows:
S. NO Particulars Fee (`)
1. ICT fee 500.00
2. Refusal/ cancellation of transfer 2,500.00
7. Power to relax
No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of the Board of Governors.

Form 1

(Academic Affairs Department-Head Office)
TIME SCHEDULE FOR

Inter Center Transfer (ICT)
(For students of Regular UG/PG Programme)
S. No Event Time
1 Announcement of ICT and Issue of application forms- 5th April of Every year
2. Last date for submission of completed ICT Forms 30th April of every year
3. Completed ICT Forms to be forwarded to AA-HO 10th May of every year
4. Status of Transfers exercised to be uploaded on website Third week June of every year

Form 2

APPLICATION FORM FOR INTER CENTRE TRANSFER

1. Name of the Student :
2. Email of Student (For contact) :

3. Father's Name :
4. Study Centre :
5. Course & Specialization :

6. Year of Admission :
7. Result :
S. No. Semester SGPA
1) I
2) II
3) III
4) IV
5) V
CGPA =
8. Choice of Centre : a)
in order of preference. : b)
: c)
9. Grounds/Reasons for transfer :

(Enclose all supporting documents/ Evidence) :
I hereby undertake that I have carefully gone through the guidelines for ICT and shall abide by the same.
(Signature of student)
Verification of result by
Centre Co-ordinator
Recommendation
Centre Director

Form 3

Format for Medical Transfer on Temporary Basis for Six Months
S. No Name of the student Course/Semester Transfer Supporting Remarks of the

document of Empanelled
To Form Illness Doctor
Yes/No
Signature of Centre Director/Registrar
Date :
Centre :

Form 4

Format for
Medical Board of Government Hospital
Information at 1, 2, 3 to be filled by the student
1. Name of Student
2. Father's name
3. Original NIFT Study center
4. Medical Problem with treatment
5. For how long has the student been under treatment
6. Proposed further duration of treatment
7. Effect of Disease/treatment on studies/ attendance
8. Can the case be referred to any hospital in the city

mentioned above at # 3 If yes, specify
9. Any other information related to the case that may effect

physical relocation of candidate
Signature of Medical Superintendent

Name and Stamp of above
Date:
Place

Form 5

Undertaking for
Extension of Center Transfer on Medical Grounds
I,……………………………………….............…….……., S/o - D/o …………………………………….....………., student of

course………….……….……….…………………., Semester .…………………..........................…… admitted to NIFT centre
………………………... was transferred for one semester --------------------- to NIFT centre ……........….…………….. on medical
grounds, hereby affirm that I am aware of the rules that govern the extension of transfer on the said grounds. I have also been informed
by NIFT that after completion of the above semester, I am required to report back to the original allotted center on the date of
commencement of classes of next semester.
I also undertake the following:
1. In case of delay in the process of extension of transfer on medical grounds, no waiver of attendance shall be admissible. I shall
report to my original allotted centre on the date of commencement of classes of next semester---------------------
2. I will bear expenditure, if any, related to the process of extension of transfer under medical grounds.
3. I shall abide by the decision given by the Competent Authority of NIFT.
Signature of Parent /Guardian Signature of Student
Date / Place Date / Place
The above undertaking is to be submitted by the students to the Director / C. Ad. O of NIFT Centres (Transferred)
Director/ Registrar

5-D
STUDENT INTER DISCIPLINE TRANSFER POLICY FOR

STUDENTS OF REGULAR UG PROGRAMMES
1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT Student Inter Discipline Transfer Policy.
1.2 This policy shall come in force with effect from academic year 2011 - 2012
2. Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one discipline to another on permanent basis.
3. Applicability
3.1 The policy is applicable to the students of regular U.G Programmes of NIFT.
3.2 Requests for Inter-discipline transfers can be made only after declaration of results at the end of the second semester and
before the commencement of the third semester.
3.3 Inter-Discipline transfers would be dependent on the seat vacancy position and is subject to the condition that supernumerary
increase in seats would not increase to more than 5% of the sanctioned strength, under any circumstances. Simultaneously,
under no circumstances would the parent department be allowed to drop to a strength less than 90% of its sanctioned/
enrolled strength (whichever is less). For purposes of calculation the sanctioned strength of each discipline and batch per
Centre shall be 30.
3.4 In case of vacancies existing in any disciplines for which several request(s) have been received, the inter-discipline
transfer is to be considered under the following heads:
(i) Extreme Medical Grounds
(ii) Merit
3.5 Inter Discipline transfers would be considered only within the same centre.
4. On Extreme Medical Grounds
During admission, medical forms are issued to the selected students for providing details about their medical problems if any.
Student should be counseled, that care should be taken while filling the medical form, keeping in view that inter discipline
transfers on medical grounds not to be considered during first year. In case student faces some medical problem, he/she can
avail of one year of Leave of absence and go for medical treatment and report back to the original allotted centre. However, if the
medical condition does not allow the student to continue with the allotted discipline, she/he may apply for a change of
specialistion only after the completion of one year.
4.1 Parameters / Guidelines
(i) List of reputed Government Hospitals, 03 in case of all centres and 05 in case of Delhi centre, as identified and
forwarded to HO by the respective centre Directors shall be finalized. The consolidated list shall be notified by AA-HO
at the beginning of the academic year. The same list will be considered for revision every year.
(ii) The students are required to apply at their respective centres with sufficient supporting documents including the
specific recommendations of Medical Superintendents of one of the Hospitals as notified.
(iii) Committee at respective centres comprising of the following would look after these transfers.
a) Director
b) Registrar
c) CC of the department
d) SDAC
e) Faculty Mentor &
f) Empanelled Doctor

(iv) The committee while examining is required to keep the following points in view.
a) The medical form submitted by the student at the time of admission.
b) The clear recommendation of the doctor (Form 3).
c) Thorough examination of the cases to be carried out so that only genuine cases get recommended.
d) After scrutiny, the recommendations may be forwarded to Head Quarters for approval of the Competent Authority.
(Form 2).
e) The list of transfer cases shall be uploaded on the website for the information of the students.
5. On the basis of Merit

i) The student with the highest CGPA of Foundation Programme in that particular centre would be considered for the same.
ii) The vacancy position as mentioned in the policy will be considered only for that particular centre.
iii) If the number of students applying for inter-discipline transfer exceeds the number of vacancies, the student(s) obtaining
same CGPA, but with higher rank in the NIFT Entrance examination shall be given preference.
iv) No discipline change would be allowed to any student who has repeated any semester of the Foundation Program due to
academic failure or shortage of attendance.
v) Students of the respective centres fill in the transfer forms and submit at their respective centres.
vi) The completed transfer forms duly recommended by the Centre are forwarded to AA-HO. (Form 1)
vii) The vacancy position in different programmes at centres would be forwarded by the respective centres to AA-HO.
viii) On the basis of the information forwarded by the centres regarding existing vacancy position at different centres in different
programme, the merit list would be compiled.
ix) The allotment of seats for transfer would be exercised on the basis of merit cum preference cum vacancy. The same shall
be ratified in Academic Appeal Committee.
x) List of transfer cases with corresponding merit would be uploaded on the NIFT website for the information of students. The
information is forwarded to all the centres with instructions to put the transfer lists on the Notice Board for students
information.
5.1 Parameters/Guidelines
i) Transfers will be considered after successful completion of 2nd semester.
ii) Transfer would be restricted to the number of existing vacancies only and strength shall not go beyond the prescribed
number of seats.
iii) Grounds for transfer should be genuine and sufficiently supported by documents/ evidence and other relevant material.
Applications must be accompanied by the complete result of previous two semesters.
iv) No transfer for failed/ repeater students will be allowed
v) Application received after the due date will not be considered.
vi) Incomplete applications are liable to be rejected.
vii) Transfers once made will be final. However, in case of cancellation of transfer requested, a monetary penalty of `2500/-
(two thousand five hundred) would be imposed .
viii) Transfers would be effected from the commencement of 3rd semester i.e. July, ____________ (year).

ix) In case any applicant whose request has been considered for transfer, fails in the semester, his/her transfer order
automatically stands cancelled. Such applicants are required to repeat their semesters in their respective original allotted
Centres.
x) Transfer processing fee of `500/- for students shall be charged along with the transfer application forms.
6. Fee for Transfers
All fee related to the process of Inter-center transfer will be credited to the DDF of AA- HO. The details of fee are as follows:
S. NO Particulars Fee (`
`)
1. IDT fee 500.00
2. Refusal/ cancellation of transfer 2,500.00
7. Power to relax
No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of the Board of Governors.

Form 1

APPLICATION FORM FOR INTER-DISCIPLINE TRANSFER
1. Name of the Student :
2. Email of Student (For contact) :
3. Father's Name :
4. Study Centre :
5. Course & Specialization :
6. Year of Admission :
7. Result :
S. No. Semester SGPA
1) I
2) II
CGPA =
8. Choice of specialization : a)
in order of preference. : b)
: c)
9. Grounds/Reasons for transfer :

(Enclose all supporting documents/ Evidence) :
I hereby undertake that I have carefully gone through the guidelines for IDT and shall abide by the same.
(Signature of student)
Verification of result by
Centre Co-ordinator
Recommendation
Centre Director

Form 2

Format for IDT on Extreme Medical Grounds
S. No Name of the student Course/Semester Transfer Supporting Remarks of the

document of Empanelled
To Form Illness Doctor
Yes/No
Signature of Centre Director/Registrar
Date :
Centre:

Form 3

Format for
Medical Board of Government Hospital
Information at 1, 2, 3 to be filled by the student
1. Name of Student
2. Father's name
3. Original NIFT Study center
4. Medical Problem with treatment
5. For how long has the student been under treatment
6. Proposed further duration of treatment
7. Effect of Disease/treatment on studies/ attendance
Signature of Medical Superintendent

Name and Stamp of above
Date:
Place

5-E
STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME (SAP)

Background
National Institute of Fashion Technology offers a variety of part-time employment opportunities to its students and recognizes that
student employment is a valuable form of financial assistance as well as a practical learning experience. The Student employment
experience will be a positive one if the students abide by the rules and regulations of NIFT. A shared code of ethics among all
employees strengthens the overall quality of the college community. The norm of expected conduct will be governed by truthfulness,
openness to new ideas, and consideration for the individual rights of others, including the right to hold and express opinions different
from one's own.
1. The Programme
Student Assistantship Programme of NIFT is designed to aid students who have demonstrated financial need. Student Development
Activity Co-ordinator (SDAC) of each NIFT centre invites applications from students to engage them in Resource Centre,
laboratory, CE programmes and workshops. The SDAC along with the employer department determines a student's eligibility for
this programme. The SDAC under SAP offers two programmes: Campus Job programme & Off-campus opportunities;
1.1. CAMPUS JOB PROGRAMME
This programme is funded by NIFT through departments on campus and offers part-time employment to students for Saturdays
& late hours. All departments are encouraged to budget as many campus jobs as possible to aid NIFT in its commitment to
assist students.
1.2. OFF-CAMPUS Job Program
SDAC SAP Program also offers students an opportunity to work in the community to perform tasks that will direct their creative
energies to servicing the needs of others while they enhance their personal and professional goals. An organization approaching
SDAC for student employment must be reliable along with the professional direction.
Other employment opportunities in the community shall be made available to students as & when SDAC receives the request
from the interested companies. Interested companies may list openings with SDAC at each centre. These positions shall be
posted on a SDAC job board. SDAC shall only act as a linking body for off-campus jobs.
No NIFT student is allowed to take any off-campus jobs without intimating it to SDAC.
2. Types of jobs Available
SDAC shall try to provide students with as many diverse job opportunities. Resources available within NIFT will assist students
in locating employment openings on campus or within the community. Jobs may include:
Research assistant, Teaching assistant, Laboratory assistant, Data entry, Computer programmer, Computer support, library aide,
Web design, Community service, Data analysis.
There can be other types of employment programmes for students at NIFT. Requirement of each department shall determine
which of these programmes will be suitable for a given student.
3. Standards
a. Equal Employment Opportunity
National Institute of Fashion Technology does not discriminate on the basis of religion, age, sex, color, national or ethnic
origin.
b. Diversity Awareness
The student body and employees of NIFT are a diverse community, so valuing diversity is a key part of SDAC employment
standards. By participating in available programmes of campus, employees will:
z Achieve common goals while valuing differences
z Develop their skills to their full potential
z Have a better understanding of NIFT's community of students and employees.

c. Do's & Don't
Students should be aware that the College will not tolerate certain acts and behaviors that are unproductive or detrimental
to the college. These are usually basic acts of non-compliance or misconduct and are handled through disciplinary action.
Examples of events requiring disciplinary action are:
i. Acts of Non-Compliance
z Failure to maintain satisfactory performance
z Misuse of work time and Excessive absenteeism
z Failure or repetitive disregard to college rules
z Lack of cooperation
ii. Acts of Misconduct
z Acts of violence
z Endangering life or property
z Harassment
z Violation or misuse of confidential information
z Working under the influence of drugs or alcohol
z Theft or fraud and Disruptive behavior
z Misrepresentation or misuse of authority
z Failure to disclose actual conflicts of interest
When an act of non-compliance has occurred, the supervisor should schedule a meeting with the student in order to
discuss the disciplinary problem. The supervisor should give the student a verbal warning, stating exactly how the student
has not met the supervisor's expectations, and what actions need to be taken to correct the problem. This conversation
should be documented and signed by both the supervisor and the student. A copy should be forwarded to SDAC for the
student's file. If the disciplinary problem continues after a reasonable period of time (i.e., two weeks), then the supervisor
can terminate the employment. All terminations should be documented and forwarded to SDAC. The student should be
given a copy of the termination notice.
Termination is allowed for reasons of budget constraints, completion of a project, or other such valid reasons unrelated to
job performance. In these instances, the employer must provide the student employee with cause and a minimum of two
weeks written notice in advance of the termination date. The student may report to SDAC for another job referral.
d. Computing Ethics
Students must use the campus computing resources in an ethical manner with attention to:
i. Legitimate use of hardware, software & periphery devices,
ii. Legal uses of licensed software,
iii. Protection of confidential information,
iv. Asset management,
v. Respect for and safeguarding of security password, and system access.
4. Guidelines
a. Employment Concerns
Parents and students often wonder whether it is wise to work during the academic year. The answer depends on the ability
and study habits of the student.
The discipline required for a job often carries over to a student's study habits and results in an improved academic record.
However, the advantages and disadvantages of working while in college vary with the individual.

Work may be a financial necessity for some students. Before accepting employment, each student should weigh the
financial assistance provided by employment against the student's capabilities. Part-time employment should be
considered a serious commitment, and the decision to work should not be taken lightly
b. Requisite
Potential student employees must complete the requisite that includes the following items:
i. Student Employment Application duly signed by Centre coordinator
ii. Photocopy of ID Card dully signed by Centre coordinator
c. Student Application
A student seeking a Campus job must complete the form provided at FORM 1. The purpose of this form is to provide
competency & personnel information to the SDA coordinator. All interested students must read carefully before signing this
form.
d. Eligibility Criteria
i. Students must be enrolled in a regular programme at NIFT
ii. Students must meet the requirements of the job posted
iii. Preference shall be given to the needy students, however student skill level vis-a vis overall work profile shall
remain the main criteria.
e. Procedure
i. Once a student has decided to seek employment, the following procedure must be observed:
ii. The student collects the SAP student application form from SDA co-ordinator and after completing, submits the same
to SDA co-ordinator. The form should be duly signed by centre co-ordinator of the department student belongs to.
iii. NIFT departments send request to SDAC for possible employment opportunities specifying the time, competency &
skills required for the job. (FORM 2)
iv. The SDA cordinator arranges an interview with employer department. During this interview, interested student
discuss their interests about the current opening with the employer department representative.
v. The department representative makes the final decision whether or not they will hire the student. If the decision is
negative, the student returns to SDAC & is referred to another department.
vi. Once a student is hired by a department, the department must inform the student parent department and copy may
be send to SDAC.
vii. Students are paid on an hourly basis and are not paid for holidays, vacations, jury duty, sick leave, or leaves of
absence. Both the student and the department are responsible for maintaining an accurate record of the time worked.
viii. It is the department's responsibility to ensure that the student employment payment form is submitted on time. The
payment from must be submitted on monthly basis to account department. No checks can be issued until the
completed form is received.(Annexure III)
ix. All students should expect a two week delay in the processing of payment form and checks.
x. The department must submit Student evaluation form to SDAC after completion of employment term. (Annexure IV)
5. Responsibilities
a. Students
i. As an employee of a department, the student represents department and the college to other students, faculty, staff
and visitors to the college. Every student is expected to maintain behavior appropriate for all campus employees.
ii. Other basic responsibilities that the student is expected to fulfill include:

iii. Promptness in reporting to work at the assigned times. Employers realize that some flexibility in work schedules
may be required to accommodate academic demands, but as an employee, specific hours should be coordinated
with the supervisor.
iv. Regular, efficient, and cooperative job performance.
v. Completion of the term of employment previously agreed upon, exceptions are made for prolonged illness, emergencies,
unsatisfactory academic record or job performance.
vi. Notification (in advance if possible) if illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance at work. Changes in
work schedules must be arranged with the supervisor.
vii. Notification if it becomes necessary to leave the job before the term is completed. The student must give at least two
weeks notice.
viii. Reporting hours worked to the supervisor at the end of each week.
ix. Working no more than 10 hours per week when classes are in session; 30 hours per week during vacation breaks.
These limits apply regardless of the number of positions held on campus.
x. Students are responsible for notifying SDAC on a timely basis of any changes in personal status, enrollment, or
contact information. Relevant changes include: name change, change in address (home or campus), and change in
employment status.
b. Employer
i. Before a department hires a student, proof of eligibility for employment under the programme must be obtained from
SDAC. Immediately upon hiring a student, the employer department must send the information to NIFT Delhi centre
Administrative Office so that the student may be paid on a timely basis.
ii. Each student must be assigned a supervisor who will be responsible for communications relating to the student's job.
A supervisor must also be supportive in the areas of teamwork and role modeling. A student's supervisor is required
to provide the student with an orientation that clearly defines the job tasks to be performed and is responsible for
dealing directly with a student's work-related problems.
iii. Not allowing a student to work until all employment paperwork has been completed. This process must be renewed
for each academic year.
iv. Timely reporting and submission of the hours a student worked.
v. Providing students with timely job performance reviews.
6. Complaint or Grievance Procedure
Students have the right to appeal matters with regard to their employment which they believe unjust, improper, unmerited, etc.
Initially the student should discuss the issue(s) with the immediate supervisor. If the student is not satisfied with the result of
this discussion, the Coordinator of Student activities should be contacted. Written statements from both parties will be required,
and relevant issues will be discussed with both parties. If the Co-ordinator is unable to bring the parties to a mutual agreement,
the matter shall be referred to Head (AA).
7. Compensation
a. Parameters For Employers
i. Upto 100 hrs per month for resource centre.
ii. Upto 100 hrs per month for IT labs
iii. Upto 30 hrs per month for CE programmes (with a minimum batch of 25)
b. Parameters For Employee
i. ` 30 and ` 50 per hour per student.
ii. Maximum 10 hours per week when classes are in session;
30 hours per week during vacation breaks

iii. Students are paid an hourly wages.
c. There are two Classifications for student jobs at NIFT campus.
i. Class I - (IInd & IIIrd year students) Required skills and experience: Extremely limited tasks and responsibilities.
Class I positions do not require the student to assume much responsibility and will require some on the job training
and close employer supervision.
E.g.: librarian assistants
ii. Class II - (IV year & PG students) Required skills and experience: Specific skills. Duties and responsibilities:
assumption of a certain degree of responsibility.
E.g.: librarian assistants, supervisors, word processing operator, laboratory research, computer lab monitors and etc.
8. Forms And Publications
Each form and publication of SDA is provided here for reference.
Form 1 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION
Form 2 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION
Form 3 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT REQUEST
Form 4 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT PAYMENT
Continuing Service
The Office of Student development is here to serve the student community in every aspect of student employment. We hope that
all students feel free to call on us to discuss employment needs or concerns.
UI- Student Development Activities

Office of Head AA
NIFT- HO
Haus Khas
New Delhi- 110016

Form 1
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION
STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME - _________ CENTRE - NIFT
Application No. …………………………
Full Name ________________________________________________________________
NIFT Registration No. ________________________________________________________________
Date of Birth ________________________________________________________________
Permanent Address ________________________________________________________________
Local Address ________________________________________________________________
Phone No. ________________________________________________________________
E. Mail ________________________________________________________________
Gender Male Female
Level of study Undergraduate Post Graduate
Discipline ________________________________________________________________
Batch ________________________________________________________________
Please list known skills (to assist us in placing you):

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Read Carefully and Sign
I hereby acknowledge and agree that the following provision is a condition of my employment with Student Development Activity (SDAC). Should
my employment at National Institute of Fashion Technology terminate at some future date for any reason, I shall return all property of the college
including, but not limited to, keys, books and records. Should I fail to return property to the college, the Institute shall be permitted to deduct from
my final check an amount equal to the reasonable value of the property not returned.
Date ____________________
Student's Signature
Centre Co-ordinator

Form 2
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION

STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME - _________ CENTRE - NIFT
Student Name: _______________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________________
Job Title: _______________________________________________________________ Department:___________________________
Please use the following scale to rate (R) this student employee's level of performance:
4 - Exceptional 3 - Commendable 2 - Competent 1 - Inadequate
N/A: not applicable
R Trait or Skill R Trait or Skill
Professionalism: maturity, business-like Dependability: punctuality, flexibility notification

demeanor, appropriate dress of absences,
Communication skills: phone and in person Judgement: ability to make sound decisions
with co-workers, supervisors, clients.
Initiative: interest in assuming additional Attitude: Enthusiasm, energy, willingness to work, relation to
responsibility others
Quality of work: ability to do satisfactory work Cooperation: ability to work with supervisors and
following specified procedures, co-workers, teamwork
Continuous Improvement: ability to respond Job Knowledge: familiarity with job procedures
to feedback
Please list and rate traits or skills specific to this position if applicable:
Rating Trait or Skill
Strengths: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supervisor's Comments:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supervisor's Signature: _______________________________________________ Date:________________________________________
Student's Comments:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Student's Signature: ____________________ Date:__________________
Submitted on (SDAC):___________________

Form 3
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT REQUEST

STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAM- _________ CENTRE - NIFT
Department:_________________________________________________
Nature or Competency required:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
Requirement (No. of Hours):_____________________________________________________________________________
Time & Duration: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Days: ____________________________________________________________________________________________
CC/ CP/ HOD / HO Unit Signature:
Date:
Received on :

Form 4
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT PAYMENT

STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME- _________ CENTRE - NIFT
Department:_______________________________________________________________________________
Student name:_____________________________________________________________________________
Category : CLASS I or CLASS II
Month/Year:
Details of the work hour
DATE TIME Total No. of Rate Total
FROM TO Hours
Grand Total
______________________________________________
Signature of the Student
_____________________________________________
Signature of Centre Co-ordinator/Head Librarian
Date:________________

5-F
STUDENT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES

STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP
These guidelines, to be known as Student Voluntary Group (SVG) are being framed particularly to translate NIFT vision of "Concern for
Social and human value" into a workable proposition by increasing interaction among the student community and non-government
organizations for mutual interests and development. The student Voluntary group project is intended to give the student an opportunity
to develop and demonstrate powers of initiative and independent thought. It provides for a unique test of a student's ability to solve
realistic practical problems, and to communicate the results in written, oral & practical form.
Background
National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) is a premier educational institution, known for its expertise in the world of fashion.
Many NGOs/Companies for seeking consultancy approach NIFT. However, due to the want of a formal coordinating student body, such
requests were not channelized properly.
Thus with the inception of SVG, a formal students' body would be created to facilitate proactive interaction between students of NIFT
and the various business enterprises, entrepreneurs, NGOs and Companies.
At the early stages of SVG, the students of NIFT would be collaborating with NGOs for taking up projects. This would ensure that the
students of NIFT are not unduly stretched to provide deliveries that cater to the high expectation level of the various business
enterprises and entrepreneurs, without having gained sufficient experience and expertise in handling such a situation.
However, as the processes at SVG are streamlined, the students of NIFT would be encouraged to take up projects with the various
NGO's and Business Enterprises.
This would finally ensure an environment conducive for proactive interaction between students of NIFT and the various business
enterprises, entrepreneurs NGOs and Companies.
Definition
NGO's
Non-Government organization involved in development projects of three types: Support (Fiscal, technical, medical, educational),;
advocacy(Environment legal,special interest), or representative.
Student Voluntary Group
A formal body of NIFT students sharing concerns for people and organization involved in uplifting weaker section of our society. Under
SVG, students will form groups as per competency to participate in the proposed projects.
Faculty Mentor
A faculty member of NIFT will join as a mentor to help and advice Student Voluntary Group (SVG) for preparation, presentation and final
implementation of the project.
The Objectives
z To fulfill NIFT's vision of being responsive towards the social and human needs
z To sensitize students to the current social issues and offer tools to tackle these issues.
z SVG Projects will be directed towards the solution of a "real" problem.
z To use the creative & managerial skills of the students for capacity building, training and other such initiatives to help the weaker
sections of the society.
z To imbibe knowledge to understand social, environment and other related issues.
z To Identify opportunities for NIFT students.
z To deal with day-to-day problems and providing practical solutions.
NIFT Role
z Offering services in training & capacity building through Students and Alumni.
z NIFT has a pool of creative, managerial & technical human resource, which can help in offering design inputs.
z NIFT students shall be involved in promotional activities for the communities associated with NGO.
z NIFT through its industry association can provide market linkage assistance to the various communities associated with NGO.
z Guide NGOs in developing resource Centre for the products, which are made in the various communities associated with NGO.

NGO'S Role
z To bring in experts in areas related to NIFT objectives and others special interest groups like environment, medical, educational
to address students on various issues related to overall development of NIFT students.
z The students through their interaction with NGOs & companies shall be sensitized to the social and human needs of the society.
Modus Operandi
z NIFT headquarter will invite NGO's for association for mutual benefit. The participative NGO will be empanelled for three years.
For NGO's empanelment, letter to maximum NGO's will be sent by NIFT head quarter and information will also be uploaded on
NIFT official website. Only empanelled NGO's can participate in this endeavor of NIFT.
z The NGO's have to submit the details as per the performa attached. It's compulsory to fill all the options in the NGO
empanelment performa by the NGO.
z Each NIFT centre shall work with empanelled NGO's only. All NIFT centers shall limit their association with the NGO's in
surrounding areas to avoid overlaps among the centers.
z The activity will be co-ordinated by SDAC at each centre.
z Student development activity co-odinator must encourage NIFT students to actively participate in these extension activities
through workshop & field visit for overall development of their professional ethics.
z SDAC at each centre must form student voluntary group of the students who share and feel for the cause through their active
participation and would like to contribute in this area.
z Each empanelled NGO will submit their request in the prescribed performa specifying the nature, time and outcome of the
project association.
z On receiving request from an empanelled NGO for a project association, SDAC will invite Students to participate in the project
though open invitation.
z Any student from any department may participate in this activity through Student voluntary Group.
z Students to be formed into a group of five students in each group and the groups should have a group leader.
z A senior student (from senior batch on campus) will head each group. The leader has the choice to invite the students to form a
group as per competency. The project could be department specific or interdisciplinary.
z SDAC should brief the student group along with the NGO representative for helping students to prepare action plan. Each group
will pitch for the project. During this time only students will be informed about the guidelines for outstation project, compensation
and hour restriction for conduct of the project.
z The students groups are given a week's time to chalk out a plan of action for the project.
z SDAC shall invite the concerned NGO (Second level meeting) for a presentation by each group. Each group will be given a
chance to present their action plan vis-a-vis the project brief, in a form of a presentation. Representative of the concerned NGO,
SDAC and faculty Mentor will attend the presentation.
z On the basis of student presentation and action plan, NGO representative will select the student group for the association and
will invite the group for further discussion.
z Selected student group will submit their consent to the SDAC for association
z Once the work on the project begins, students group will be in regular touch with the company.
z The project will be completed as per the stipulated time.
z Only when NGO give formal ratification, the student group acclaims the credit for successfully completing the project.
z SDAC should also constitute a "Best Project Award" to be given to the Group instrumental in successfully completing the
project.
z The completion certificate will be given by SDAC duly signed by the Director of the respective Centre.
z Faculty Mentor engaged in this activity will be awarded valuable contribution Certificate duly signed by Director General of NIFT.

GUIDELINES FOR NGO EMPANELMENT
The project
National Institute of Fashion Technology is a premier educational institute; known for its expertise in the world of fashion invites
application from non-government organization for an association for mutual benefits. Through this association NIFT is extending help to
the weaker section of the society in the NIFT specialized areas. The main objective of this endeavor is to translate NIFT vision of
"Concern for Social and human value" into a workable proposition by increasing interaction among the student community and non-
government organizations for mutual interests and development.
The objective of this association will be met by offering services in training & capacity building through Students and Alumni. NIFT has
a pool of creative, managerial & technical human resource, which can help in offering related inputs.
NIFT students can also be involved in promotional activities for the communities associated with NGO. NIFT through its industry
association can provide market linkage assistance to the various communities along with guidance to develop resource Centre for the
products, which are made in the various communities associated with NGO.
It is expected from associated NGO's that through this association, they should assist and bring in experts in areas related to NIFT
objectives and others special interest groups like environment, medical, educational to address students on various issues related to
overall development student community.
The participating NGO should note the following,
a) A token amount of ` 2,500 is payable to NIFT as registration fee for empanelment.
b) The empanelment is valid for three years (July-July).
c) The entire expense (on actual) of the project will be borne by the client.
d) The project will be conducted by a group of student comprising five members. Payment of ` 50(to Senior students) and ` 30 to
Junior members for two hours. Subject to maximum of 10hrs. in a week and 40 hours in a semester (July-Dec & Jan-May)
e) A relaxation of 50% towards the membership charges of Resource Centre of NIFT at each centre is offered along with the
registration to the NGO applying for the empanelment at NIFT. Resource centre at each NIFT is a one-stop source for periodical,
forecast magazine, book and other intellect material related to the field of design, marketing and management & Technology.
Nature of Projects association:
i. Design Conceptualization or/and Product or Range development
ii. Training Programmes
iii. Workshops
iv. Display design
v. Website design and Content Development
vi. Market Study

PERFORMA FOR APPLYING FOR EMPANELMENT AT NIFT
1) Name of the NGO…………………………………………………………………………………………..............................….
2) Address (Head Office & Branch office)……………………………………………………………………....................................
3) Phone No. with the name and designation of contact person……………………………………………………….........................
4) Registration No……………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
5) Board of Governors:……………………………………………………………………………………………….........................
6) Funding agency/ies:……………………………………………………………………………………………...........................
7) Year of Establishment:…………………………………………………………………………………………….........................
8) Nature of work.:……………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
9) No. of Employee:…………………………………………………………………………………………………..........................
10) Accounts audited by:………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
11) Membership of any joint NGO group:……………………………………………………………………………............................
12) Previous association with any other institutes (if any) please give details:…………………………………………...........................
13) The objectives and scope of the association:………………………………………………………………...................................
14) Areas of intervention and competency required:……………………………………………………………..................................
***Pls. provide NGO Brochure along with the form
Signature

GUIDELINES FOR NGO's.
i. The intention of this association is to involve NIFT student's professional capabilities in the areas of design, technology,
marketing and management along with internal expertise to synergize the learning process for mutual benefits.
ii. The student Voluntary Group of NIFT purely runs on student initiative and organization and takes projects on "first come first
serve Basis".
iii. The student group consist of-
a. One or two senior student (Senior batch on campus)
b. Four or three junior students
iv. Two meetings will be arranged with the students, First one to brief them and the second one, to select the project action plan.
Wherein all interested students will be presenting their plan to assist an NGO. The presentation will be attended by faculty
mentor and student development activity co-ordinator.
v. In the second meeting the NGO can interact with the selected group to finalize the methodology.
vi. Outstation projects should be limited to winter and summer break or for weekends, as per the academic calendar.
vii. SVG activities are time bound activities & the project shall not exceed 3-4 months.
viii. The associated NGO/Company shall maintain the entire account for the project.
ix. Boarding & loading, documentation (if any), material cost, travel, sustenance allowance on daily basis and other miscellaneous
expenses will be borne by NGO.
x. Project which entail NIFT infrastructure will be treated as consultation project and does not come under SVG. However, SDAC
will forward the request to NIFT Project co-ordinator.
xi. In case, NIFT faculty is required to visit the organization during the project period for consultation, the cost of such travel and
other expense will be borne by the organization.
xii. NIFT retains the rights to print, publish and display any or all information to pursue its objectives in any forum, event and
publications.

SDAC-NIFT
Form (A) to be submitted by NGO to SDAC
i. NGO Name:
ii. Project:
iii. Contact Name & Address:
iv. Project Brief:
v. Project Objective:
vi. Project Duration:
vii. Outcome:
viii. Competency Required (To be filled by SDAC):
Signature

GUIDELINE FOR STUDENT PARTICIPATION
i. SVG is a fully student body of National Institute Of Fashion Technology under Student Development Activity (SDAC).
ii. All NIFT regular students who want to contribute in their respective area can become member of student voluntary group. Only
member student of this group can apply for SVG projects and other activities under SVG.
iii. SVG activity will provide an opportunity to students to apply their knowledge to real life problems. SDAC should also provide
equal opportunity to all the students interested in participating in its activities.
iv. Selection of student is based on interview by SDAC.
v. No relaxation should be given to the students participating in projects vis-à-vis the demanding academic schedule. Student
participating in projects shall ensure that their commitment to the Project must not affect their academic deliverables.
vi. The motivation factor for becoming part of SVG lies in understanding, appreciating and implementing the knowledge acquired
while studying at NIFT for real life problem.
vii. The students associated with the SVG projects are expected to conduct themselves.
viii. Every student is expected to maintain behavior
ix. Working no more than 10 hours per week when classes are in session limited to 40 hours per semester. These limits apply
regardless of the number of projects undertaken.
x. Students are responsible for notifying SDAC on a timely basis of any changes in personal status, enrollment, or contact
information. Relevant changes include: name change, change in address (home or campus).

GUIDELINE FOR STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP
i. The SVG is a fully student body of National Institute Of Fashion Technology under Student Development Activity (SDAC).
ii. The student group shall consist of-
a. One or two senior student (Senior batch on campus)
b. Three junior students
iii. As a voluntary worker, the student represents the college to other. Every student is expected to maintain behavior appropriate for
all SVG projects.
iv. Other basic responsibilities that the student is expected to fulfill include:
a. Promptness in reporting to work at the assigned times. NGO realize that some flexibility in work schedules may be
required to accommodate academic demands, but as a voluntary worker, specific hours should be coordinated with the
NGO.
b. Regular, efficient, and cooperative performance.
c. Completion of the term of project previously agreed upon, exceptions are made for prolonged illness, emergencies &
unsatisfactory academic record.
d. Notification (in advance if possible) if illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance at work. Changes in work
schedules must be arranged with the NGO.
e. Notification if it becomes necessary to discontinue the job before the term is completed. The student must give at least two
weeks notice.
f. Reporting hours worked to the NGO at the end of each week.
v. The detailed project proposal should include the following,
a. Client brief
b. Approach
c. Methodology and implementation
d. Financial Implication
e. Review and feedback.
vi. The project methodology, once submitted by Students, needs to be approved in principle from an NGO.
vii. SVG should ensure the timely completion of Project through proper reporting system
viii. Only completed projects can be a part of student's Curriculum vitae.
ix. Any project that fails the NIFT standard is deemed incomplete.
x. The students associated with the SVG projects are expected to conduct themselves.
xi. In case of any adverse report from the NGO, student will invite a disciplinary action under student Rule.
xii. Students are encouraged to work together on group projects, however, there must be very clearly identifiable parts to be done by
each individual. As a general guideline, the project leader should try to ensure that the workload is evenly distributed.
xiii. Students are advised to meet their mentors on a regular basis (e.g., once every week or two). It is recommended that a specific
time and day be agreed upon as soon as the proposal stage has been completed.
xiv. It is the students' responsibility to ensure that they make the maximum use of the time their mentor is available for consultation.
xv. Students should keep a "project file" containing a semi-official record of work done or in progress.
xvi. Any problems should be directed, in the first instance, to the mentor. If no satisfactory solution is forthcoming then the SDAC
may be contacted

GUIDELINES FOR COMPENSATION
i. Parameters for NGOs for Availing Student Assistance during a Semester

a. Upto 40 hrs in a semester. (Can enhance with mutual concern)
b. Upto 10 hrs per month.
c. Outstation visit limited to weekend and vacations.
ii. Parameters for Participating Student
a. ` 50/- (Class I) and ` 30/- (Class II) for two hour per student.
b. There are two classifications for student.
i. Class I - (IInd & IIIrd year students)
ii. Class II - (IV year & PG students)
***Other project expense on actual.
***The NGO's needed to pay directly (montly or weekly.) to students. No payment other than registration fee, needs
to be made to NIFT.
iii. Norms For Outstation Visit
a. A clear and specific project work brief to be prepared along with the faculty mentor before proceeding to the project
destination.
b. Travel to out-station project is subjected to summer vacation or during weekend.
c. No academic relaxation of any nature.
d. Concessional train fare to be organized by NIFT.
e. Duration - maximum of two weeks.
f. If need arise, faculty mentor may visit the project location/venue.
iv. NGO will provide the following
a. Payment of Rs. 180/per student per day for food and accommodation along with the compensation.
b. Local transport
c. Boarding, lodging and train fare of faculty on actual

GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION OF PROJECT FOR SVG
i. SDAC shall only accept the project from an empanelled NGO.
ii. The SDAC must study the needs and requirements of the NGO/Company and offer assistance based on the skills available in
NIFT along with the achievable/deliverables specifically.
iii. The SDAC in consultation with faculty mentor would consider the following:
- The objectives and scope
- The number of students and disciplines
- Areas of intervention and competency required
iv. Nature of Projects:
a. Design Conceptualization or/and Product or Range development
b. Training Programmes
c. Workshops
d. Display design
e. Website design and Content Development
f. Market Study & others.

GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY MENTOR
i. Faculty Mentor will review the project on monthly basis.
ii. Amendment may be made during project meeting review. Possible changes are;
a. Change in members subject to request from team leader.
b. Change in team leader subject to progress of the project
c. Feedback from the NGO
iii. Faculty should ensure that the project is completed in a stipulated time.
iv. On successful completion of the project, NGO must submit the report about the performance and the outcome.
v. A project will be considered complete only on receipt of the completion certificate from the NGO.
vi. NIFT head quarter will award the certificate duly signed by DG-NIFT to the faculty responsible for the successful completion of
the project.

SDAC-NIFT
Form (B): To be submitted by Students Group to SAG

Undertaking
I the students of NIFT …………………………………………,…………….. deptt…………… Centre, wish to take this opportunity
to undertake the project No………………. dated ……………. and agree to abide by the guidelines. I shall be responsible for the
completion and conduct of the group associated with the project in so far as it relates to this project work.
Signature of Group representative.

i. Name of Students associated with this project
S. No. Name Discipline Contact No.

1.
2.
3.
4.
Signature
SDAC-NIFT
Form (C) : For the use of Faculty mentor
Project Name: …………………………………………………….............……….............................................................................................

The proposal has been scrutinized and is approved in principle with following Observation
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Signature

Student Development -NIFT
This is to certify that

Ms./Mr. ………………………………………………
has successfully completed
Student Voluntary Group (SVG) Project
With
…………………………………………………………………. ……
On (Specify area)………………………………………………………
from…………………. …………. To ………………………
Signature

5-G
NORMS FOR STUDENTS ACCOMMODATION SERVICES

1. NIFT reserves the right of admission to the hostel. NIFT Management may deny or cancel admission to hostel to any student
without assigning any reason if it has reasonable ground to believe that his or her presence would be detrimental to the interest
of NIFT or other students.
2. The-admission forms are made available to the students at the time of post admission counseling. The application forms will
have to be filling up giving correct information of the names and addresses of the parents (telephone nos. if any) and that of local
guardians. Any change in the same is to be notified without any loss of time. NIFT can at any point of time verify, the proof of
residence of parents by demanding any official, document of the parents of hosteler substantiating the bonafide of the declared
address. NIFT hostel facility is only for the bonafide students coming from outside the city where the center is situated.
3. The hostel accommodation to the student is available only for the semester period and all hostelers are required to vacate their
rooms along with their belongings during the summer break, Similarly, the students can be asked to keep their luggage at a
common place during winter , if the rooms are required by NIFT Management for alternative use, repairs, maintenance etc.
4. If the students vacate the room for any reason and any other wants to occupy the room on any genuine grounds then the case
would be considered on merit and availability of he rooms, for only that semester or for such period permitted by the Management.
5. The students can receive visitors on Saturdays and Sundays from 9:00A.M. to 6:00P.M.
6. NIFT will issue four visitors passes for those who will be recommended by parents/ students at the time of joining hostel. Their
photographs are to be submitted at the time of joining hostel.
7. A female family member of a hosteler can be allowed to stay at hostel for maximum 7 days in a semester, subject to availability
of accommodation. A stipulated fee per day will be charged for the stay of the guest / visitors. A family member staying in hostel
as guest will be responsible for the safety and cleanliness of the hostel property. Any friend from NIFT can be a guest on
recommendation from the concerned CC.
HOSTEL CONDUCT RULES
NIFT resident students are required to abide by the highest standards of discipline, decorum, and propriety for their behavior in and
outside the hostel.
1. The resident students of NIFT hostel are allowed to use NIFTs hostel facilities for their guests. Any person who is not a resident
of the hostel shall not enter any room allotted to the students and can meet them only in the designated common area.
Unauthorized entry into the hostel room would amount to criminal offence and will attract prosecution.
2. NIFT resident students are required to avoid any situation, which will cause irritation, inconvenience and hardship to other
students or the neighbors.
3. NIFT resident students are not allowed to consume any toxic material on the premises. Smoking is also strictly prohibited
within the rooms/premises. Student's relatives of opposite sex are not allowed to visit each other in their rooms.
4. NIFT resident students are required to enter rooms by 10:00 P.M. sharp. If they come late without proper justification, a warning
letter will be issued. If the practice continues, apart from informing the parents of the students, disciplinary action may also be
initiated including expulsion from hostel.
5. Any NIFT student can stay in the, hostel of another centre for internship or industry programme for maximum 8 week. If the
student is not a hosteler than he/she will pay the hostel fee on monthly basis instead of the guest fee.
6. All such students will vacate the hostel one week prior to the commencement of the new semester.
7. NIFT resident students are liable to be expelled from the hostel as well as the course, if they are found guilty if any of the
following:-
a. Any act of indiscipline or misconduct of any sort, in the hostel or outside.
b. Submission of false, wrong or incomplete information in the application form or subsequently while seeking permission
etc.

c. Default in payment of dues within the stipulated period.
d. Organizing noisy and indecent and undignified parties and inviting any unauthorized persons to visit their rooms.
e. Repeated late reporting for the night as well as any act, which will cause embarrassment to NIFT Management, would be
sufficient ground for treating that as a breach of discipline.
8. NIFT resident students can be permitted to stay out for the night to their LG's/ parents place, only when written request is made
seeking permission in the prescribed form. Any unauthorized absence for the night will amount to act of indiscipline. Copies of
all the night out forms will be sent to the parents for information.
9. The resident students shall not tamper with any electrical installation and any other equipment on the hostel premises. If any
damage is caused to any of the installations, the students shall be liable to pay the amount of damage plus appropriate fine that
may be levied.
a) They are permitted to use the proper room heaters/room coolers with prior permission and check by the NIFT electrician.
b) Students/Hosteler must ensure switching off lights, fans, geysers and electronic gadgets when not in use.
c) Students will not be allowed to use room heaters with open rods, hot plates or any such item, which may lead to fire in the
rooms. A fine will be levied for possessing such things and items confiscated.
d) The students are not allowed to use candles. They are advised to use torchlights in the absence of electricity. Emergency
lights are also provided.
e) No air conditioners or refrigerators are permitted.

5-H
CHARACTERISTICS OF A GOOD MENTOR

1. Is available and willing to spend time with the student, giving appropriate guidance and feedback
2. Is open-minded, flexible, empathetic, and encouraging
3. Has very good communications skills
4. Stimulates the student's thinking and reflection
5. Guides them in turning vagueness into exactness
6. Creating a sheltered environment in which students and mentors can communicate and develop a friendly relationship
Role of Mentor
The mentor is a model, a motivator and a counselor to the student. The mentor's responsibilities would include"
1. Helping the student set long-term career goals and short-term learning objectives
2. Creating learning opportunities
3. Transferring knowledge in areas such as communication, critical thinking, responsibility, flexibility, and teamwork
4. Pointing out strengths and areas for development
5. Answering any queries related to understanding of a concept
6. Developing an environment that supports constructive criticism
7. Giving wisdom, advice, help and encouragement
8. Providing networking opportunities for students to interact with students of other batches & faculty (other than their department)
9. Problems related to attendance, exams/re-exams etc.
Nomination of mentors for each and every student in NIFT (information in the following format):
Name of Department Semester No. of Students Date on which mentors appointed
The claim of reimbursement to mentor should be submitted by the department to accounts department as per the following prescribed
format.

Name of Mentor :
Department :
Amount of claim ` :
Date of mentoring session :
Hours spent :
No. of students invited :
Signature of Mentor
Approved by the CC/HOD
Note: The claim should be submitted along with the minutes of the meeting

5-I
PLACEMENT POLICY
Campus Placements
The policy is applicable from Academic Year 2006-07 and will come into effect from September 2006. The policy is subject to
modification at a later stage at the discretion of the management. The changes made, if any at a later stage will be notified.
Guiding Principle
The placement unit at NIFT will not compel students to accept any job offer, nor will it recommend any particular student to the industry.
The entire procedure being purely voluntary, the Placement unit will serve to merely bridge the gap between a job-aspirant and a
prospective employer. It will however helps students to plan their careers by providing information and guiding them about the
companies which approach the institute.
Procedure
1. At the beginning of the placements a meeting of final year students interested in placement activities will be called in various
centres where they will be briefed about the modus operandi of placement procedures and the expectations of industry based on
the experience of previous year. Advice will be given on how students can go about securing coveted positions in prestigious
establishments.
2. A Placement Information Booklet for students will be prepared to give all details of the Companies that visited the campus during
the previous year and earlier years.
3. RIC in consultation with the CCs of the departments in their Centre would form a team of final year students by co-opting 2
volunteers from each batch/program. These students will be involved in up-dating the data bases, contacting companies,
sending brochures and follow up, setting up campus placement schedule, collecting CVs of the students, and coordination with
other students of their batch for the placement process.
z Placement Schedule- Placements will be held in the month of January-February every year and with differential focus on
different Centres. Second phase, if necessary may be planned in the month of May-June
z Students will register online (www.nift.ac.in) latest by the advised deadline after that registration will not be validated.
During registration students will create their resume on line and printout of same resume is eligible for use during
placement. All students must take print out and use the resume format created online. It is mandatory to use the same hard
copy as CV with URL link printed in the footer area of the page. Using CVs of any other format will not be allowed.
z Re-registration in person is required at the respective NIFT centre one day before the campus placement starts. During re-
registration the resume should be vetted and stamped and all the students are supposed to carry multiple hard copies of
this CV.
4. During the placement period, RIC's of respective Centres will form a team comprising of pre-final year students who would
assist faculty team during placements. The procedure proposed is as follows:-
z Faculty members will be incharge of participating companies and students' team would assist them.
z The team would work in a disciplined and non biased way and ensure smooth facilitation of placements.
z The team's effort would be acknowledged at the end of the placement session.
z The conveyance/refreshments for student team will be borne by NIFT on recommendation of RIC.
Procedure Guidelines for Companies
1. Invitations are sent by post as well as html invite to companies/organizations with relevant information placement brochure and
Job Announcement Form (JAF).
2. Company / organization fills the JAF and sends it by post or email to Head (Industry), NIFT along with choice of Centre(s) and the
preferable dates for Pre-Placement talks (PPT). The company can also register online (www.nift.ac.in) and send JAF by e-mail.
3. The consolidated information about participating companies and job-details is made available to the students through RIC's (or
online) along with any other information provided by the company. The companies can register online to access the student
database for short listing before coming to campus.
4. Head (Industry) office allots date for PPT and campus interviews as per the ranking ** of the company and informs the
company. The company/organization should confirm or negotiate the dates with the placement office.
5. Softcopy of database/resumes of interested candidates who have registered online are made available to company.
6. The company/organization furnishes the final list of placed students as soon as possible after the completion of the selection
procedures. Once job is confirmed against the selected students will not be allowed to appear for other companies' interviews
as per Placement Policy.
* The Job Announcement Form (JAF) provides the primary basis of communicating the details of the positions offered to the
candidates. It is therefore, highly desirable that the form is completed in all respects and it would be advantageous if it were
accompanied by relevant company literature with more details about the company.
** Companies are allotted dates based on the ranking of the job offer. The job offer is ranked based on the following parameters.
z Compensation Package.
z Growth Prospects in the job
z Past record of recruitment at NIFT
z The data provided by the companies through the Job Announcement Form, company brochures including financial statements
etc. are made available to the students to decide the ranking.
7. A student can appear in any NIFT Centre for job interview till the time he/she is not selected by any company.
Procedure Guidelines for NIFT
Pre Placements Offers
All companies which take students for internship and/or degree projects will be asked in advance about any Pre-Placement Offer they
have extended through CPs/CCs. The students will be given a choice to accept or reject the offer till one day before the start of the
placements. In cases the student accepts it; the PPO would be treated equivalent to securing a job through the placement cell. If the
student does not accept the offer, the company would be notified (before the first day of placements) of the same. Student would be
allowed to appear for campus placement in the regular fashion.

Ministry of Textiles, Government of India
JOB ANNOUNCEMENT FORM - Year.......................
For online registration please visit www.nift.ac.in
ABOUT THE COMPANY

Name of the Company ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
Website ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Nature of Business ................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTACT INFORMATION
Contact Person: Mr. / Ms. / Dr. ...................................................................................................................................................................................
E-Mail: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact Address: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Telephone:..................................................... Mobile: ...................................................... Fax: ..................................................
NIFT Centre(s) where you would like to participate in Placement (kindly tick appropriate option)
Students across Centres have the option to participate in placement at any of the Centres mentioned below:
CENTRE MASTERS PROGRAMME BACHELORS PROGRAMME

DATES DATES
N.B.- The placement dates of Masters and Bachelors students are separate.
DISCIPLINE OF STUDENTS REQUIRED - MASTER PROGRAMMES
Department MASTER PROGRAMMES No. of Students Job Place of Gross

Required Designation Posting Salary
Fashion Master of Fashion Management

Management
Fashion Master of Fashion Technology

Technology
Design Space Master of Design

DISCIPLINE OF STUDENTS REQUIRED - BACHELOR PROGRAMMES
Department MASTER PROGRAMMES No. of Students Job Place of Gross

Required Designation Posting Salary
Fashion & Fashion Design

Apparel
Fashion Apparel Production

Technology
Fashion & Leather Design

Apparel
Fashion & Textile Design

Textiles
Knitwear Design
Fashion & Accessory Design

Lifestyle - Personal & Interior Accessories
Accessories - Corporate & Business Accessories
- Footwear & Leather Goods
- Jewellery & Precious Products
- Interior Products & Handcrafted
Accessories
- Home & Fashion Accessories
Fashion Fashion Communication

Communication
Accommodation Provided: Yes / No
(Please keep in mind that the students' choices will be governed by the information you provide in this form. Please be as clear and
detailed as possible.)

SELECTION PROCESS
Shortlist from Resumes: Yes / No If yes, specify criteria: _____________________________________________________________
Group Discussion: Yes / No

Personal Interview: Yes / No
Signature:___________________________________ (not required if sent by e-mail)
Name:_____________________________Designation: ______________________________________Dated: ______________________
(You can enclose company literature such as Pre-Placement Presentation, Annual Report, House Journal, Product Catalogue/CDs etc.,
which will be made available to students for reference.)
ALUMNI INFORMATION
The following information would be shared with the students before Campus Placement to give them an idea about NIFT's past association with
your company (You may use a separate sheet, if required.)
Total Number of employees: ___________________________ Number of NIFT Alumni (Currently employed): ________________________
NIFT Alumni working in your organization since last 3 years:
Name of NIFT Alumni Year of Joining / Designation Current Designation

on Joining
The completed form may be sent by post/fax or e-mail to any one of the following:-
CONTACT DETAILS OF RICS

5-J

(ON LETTERHEAD)
Date : ....................................................
TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN
This is to certify that Mr/ Ms_______________ (Name of Student), son of/ daughter of Mr. /Ms.____________________ (Name
of Parent) is a bonafide student of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, ___________ (name of Center). He/ she is undergoing
the 4 year undergraduate/ 2 year Postgraduate program in _______________ (name of Specialization) from the session beginning
___________ (year of admission).
The annual academic expenditure for the student is as follows
Tuition fee (for 2 semesters) :
Library Fee (annual) :
Student development fee &

Medical Insurance (Annual) :
Miscellaneous Expenditure ** :
(Books/ stationary/tools etc)
Computer/ Laptop (one time) :
TOTAL :
Center Registrar
(sign & stamp)
Bank manager
__________ Bank
** Amount differs from specialization to specialization. To be specified by AA-HO at beginning of each academic year

5-K
NIFT Letterhead
Sr. No. NIFT Centre/Deptt./Course/year/0001
Migration Certificate
This is to certify that Mr./Ms. ................................................... S/o or D/o Ms. (mother) & Mr. (father) student of this institute has
successfully completed the ……………...........................…programme of the institute. He/she was a student of a NIFT from (month
& year) to (month & year).
The institute has no objection in his/her joining any recognized college/institute or taking examination of any University/Board established
by law.
Date Registrar & COE

Place NIFT Centre
NIFT Letterhead
Sr. No. NIFT Centre/Deptt./Course/year/0001
Provisional Certificate
This is to certify that Mr. / Ms. ...........................................................S/0 / D/o (mother's name) & (father's name) student of this
institute has successfully completed the ___________________________________________ Degree programme of the institute
with ______________________ CGPA. He/she was a student of a NIFT from month & year to month & year.
He/She is eligible to be awarded the Degree during the Convocation.
Date: Registrar & COE
Place: NIFT Centre

Received `____________________________________
Receipt No. ___________________________________
Dated________________________________________
Application Form for Issuance of Migration/Provisional Certificate

(To be filled in by the Applicant - Before filling in the form, see instructions on reverse).
1. Name of Applicant ___________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Father's Name _____________________________Mother's Name______________________________________________________
3. Registration/ Identity Card No. __________________________________________________________________________________
4. Name of the NIFT Centre from which the Candidate took the last examination ___________________________________________
5. Particulars of last examination:

Examination ___________________________ Semester_________________________ Roll No _____________________________
Result : Pass/Failed/Absent __________________ SGPA Obtained ____________________ CGPA____________________________
6. Postal Address ______________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Permanent Address___________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Phone No._________________________________Mobile No.________________________________________________________
9. (i) Name of the University /Institute to which the candidate wants to migrate or the purpose of obtaining the Provisional Certificate
____________________________________________
(ii) Course/Courses pursuing separately or simultaneously __________________________________________________________
Dated ______________________ Signature of Applicant _____________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(To be filled in by the Registrar of the concerned NIFT Centre)
Certified that the above entries made by the applicant are correct and that he/she has paid College dues upto _______________________
(Mention month & year)
(Registrar - NIFT, ……………….)

Instruction stamp here
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Office use only (Receipt of the Certificate)
Received the above Certificate No. _________________________________on __________________________________________________
Place____________________ Signature of the Applicant

Reverse Side
I N S T R U C T I O NS
1. The particulars of the student given in the form should correspond with those appearing in the Certificates issued to him/her from time to
time. The application form must be signed by the student and in no case by someone else on his/her behalf.
2. The prescribed Fee for the required Certificate can be remitted by cash or by Demand Draft (payable at respective NIFT Center) drawn in
favour of the NIFT Center.
3. At the time of submission of the application for issue of Migration Certificate, the applicant should bring his/her original Degree Certificate or
Statement of Marks of Final Year or Provisional Certificate issued by the Institute last attended by him/her for verification. Applicant applying
by post may submit a Photocopy (duly attested) of the said Certificate.
4. Provisional Certificates can be issued only before the date of NIFT Convocation for the particular year.
5. The delivery of the Certificate will ordinarily be made in person to the Candidate or to his nominee authorized in writing. In respect of
candidates who fail to collect the Certificate within one month from the date of payment of fees, the certificate will be sent to their postal
address Under Certificate of Posting at their own risk. If a candidate wishes that the certificate be sent to him/her by registered post, he/she
should along with the application submit a self -addressed envelope with postage stamps of the prescribed value of a registered letter.
6. The Certificate will be issued to the candidate only during working hours and the delivery of the Certificate may be claimed after a week from
the date of deposit of fee with the cashier of the institute.
7. Prescribed Fee for Migration/Provisional Certificate is ` 250/- per Certificate.

6-A
FORMAT OF THE LOG BOOK

Date…………….................... Time in………..…………..........… Time out…………………………..
Purpose of Visit ………………………………………………..…….....……........................................................
Status of Project (at the time of entry) ………………………………………............................................................................................
Status of project (at the time of exit) …………………………………………………………………..................................................
Remarks of Faculty …………………………………………………………………..................................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............................................
Signature of Faculty / Lab Asstt.

6-B
UNDERTAKING TO BE GIVEN BY STUDENT REGARDING COMPLETION OF

GRADUATION PROJECT/ RESEARCH PROJECT/ DESIGN COLLECTION/
DISSERTATION
I ____________________________________________ son/daughter of __________________________ student of

_________________________course of NIFT_____________________ Centre hereby give undertaking in respect of the following:
1. I have not been able to satisfactorily complete my Graduation design Collection/ Project/ Research Project as per the jury
feedback.
2. I have been assigned follow up work by the jury
3. I am aware of the fact that, in case of not being able to meet with the deadline specified by the jury/ department concerned and
the minimum level of competence required, I would be declared FAILED and would be required to repeat the semester.
I will abide by the above undertaking and all instructions given to me orally as well as in writing from time to time. If I am found
breaking the guidelines/ instructions in any way at any time, I am liable to be subject to any action deemed fit by the NIFT
authorities.
Place : (SIGNATURE)
Date : NAME
ADDRESS

6-C
DESIGN COLLECTION JURY - FASHION DESIGN

Description
Design Collection undertaken in the final semester, is the culmination of various inputs imbibed over seven semesters, ranging from
technical expertise to creative exposure and sensitization. The collection must reflect the technical accomplishments combined with a
creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and implementation of the design process. The focus is on design as an ideal blend of
creativity with functionality.
The evaluation of Design Collection is conducted in 3 stages, as under:
A. Mentor Evaluation (20%)
B. Internal Jury Evaluation (40%)
C. External Jury Evaluation (40%)
It is mandatory that the collection should be satisfactorily completed and the student be given a completion certificate by mentor prior
to Internal Jury. Satisfactory completion of Internal Jury assessment is mandatory before External Jury.
Methodology of Conducting a Jury
i) The Centre Coordinator of the department shall co-ordinate the Internal, as well as External Jury but will not be a part of the
External Jury.
ii) The Centre Coordinator would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury proceedings.
iii) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the Design Collection by the Centre
Coordinator.
iv) A maximum of 15-20 minutes will be given to the students for presenting their work.
v) Both Internal & External jury have the right to disqualify collections from going on the ramp.
Compilation of Jury Evaluation
i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentially for each student.
ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be calculated for various criteria of the
evaluation.
iii) In case a student's professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to
qualify for the external jury, the Internal Jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period.
The Internal Jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a re-jury or an independent
judgment by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate.
Role of Mentor
i) Each student will be guided by and attached to a mentor.
ii) However, students are free to consult other faculty members and keep their mentor informed. No final decision will be taken
without consulting the mentor.
iii) Mentors will supervise the progress of the collection regularly. It is the responsibility of the mentee student to relay all
information and feedback from all sources to the mentor.
iv) Mentor is required to ensure that due records of evaluation of 8th semester students are maintained through out the semester,
and their log book entries duly reflect the same.
v) A completion certificate of satisfactory work by the mentor is a pre-requisite for Internal Jury.
vi) Students who do not get completion certificate will not be allowed to present their collection to the Internal Jury.
The mentor reserves the right to disqualify a collection on any one of the following grounds:
i) Fabrication of collection outside NIFT / Non conformance to the DC brief given or approved by the department.
ii) Failing to appear at presentations / evaluations as per the schedule given.
iii) Irregular contact with the mentors.
iv) Incomplete or unfinished collection.
v) Incomplete log book entries.
Pre-requisite (Internal Jury)
i) Completion of the entire collection and certification of the same by the internal guide/faculty mentor of the student.
ii) Availability of all research, exploration, and swatch samples fabric developments, Muslin toiles and accessories developed
during the preparation of a collection by the student.
After completion of the internal jury, the feed back if any received from them will be incorporated by the students in their
collections which will then be followed by the External Jury evaluation.
Each Jury shall be an interactive session of approximately 15-20 minutes between a student and a panel of jury members to
evaluate the overall performance.
Role & Function (Internal Jury)
i) Qualitative evaluation and feedback in terms of overall performance, ability to correlate and applied learning from various inputs
as a demonstrated outcome through the collection presented by each student.
ii) Assessment of the level of proficiency.
iii) The Internal Jury shall award marks to each student's collection (see evaluation criteria of Internal Jury).
iv) Review of overall synergy of overall quality of the collection (visual aesthetics and technical competence), time management
and project management.
Log books shall be placed officially before the Internal Jury and kept on record with the COE thereafter till the final results are
declared and finalized.
Pre-requisite (External Jury)
i) Completion of the entire collection as per the expected standards and certification of the same by the Internal Jury.
ii) Submission of the design process journal within the prescribed format of the collection.
iii) Availability of all jury members as prescribed in Criteria for Jury Members (External).
Role & Function (External Jury)
i) The External Jury shall award marks to each student collection (see evaluation criteria of External Jury).
ii) The Jury shall nominate the names of the two - three students for conferring awards in specified categories based on highest
marks to be tabulated in respective categories as per stated criteria by COE of the Centre.
iii) Jury members will give individual marks without consensus.
iv) Jury will nominate the award winners individually.
v) The decision of the jury shall be sacrosanct, final and binding.
Constitution of the Jury
Internal Jury
i) The Design Collection Internal Jury will consist of 4 to 5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department.
ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his/her mentee.
External Jury
The Design Collection External Jury will consist of 3 to 5 members as follows:
i) Two to three professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution /industry of excellence in related field.
ii) One or two faculty members from the same discipline from different centres.Both Internal and jury panels will be pre-approved
by DG, NIFT. The routing will be as follows:
iii) CCs Æ CPs Æ Dean Æ DG - NIFT for approval
The marks of Internal and External Jury are required to be sent to COE Cell in separate sealed envelopes for each jury member,
as soon as the jury is completed. Each jury member is required to fill marks and put their signature in ink before sealing the jury
sheets in individual envelope for tabulation of marks and awards to the COE Cell in respective centres.

6-D
GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - LEATHER DESIGN
The graduation project undertaken by the final semester students of the Leather Design specialization is an industry - sponsored
project for 18 weeks which facilitates the real - time application of academic inputs in the areas of design and research.
The Graduation Project may be of 2 kinds:
- Graduating Design Project

- Graduating Research Project
Both would be evaluated in stages with breakup as under:
Internal Guide/mentor - 20%

Internal Jury - 20%
Industry Feedback - 20%
External Jury - 40%
It is mandatory that internal assessment is successfully completed prior to the external assessment.
Role & Function

i) Both the Internal & External Jury will qualitatively evaluate & give feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply
the required professional capabilities in the academic training period of a discipline towards the given project.
Pre-requisite (Internal Jury)

i) Completion of the entire project and certification of same by the faculty guide of each student.
ii) Submission of 1 hard copy & 1 soft copy of the document.
iii) Availability of all researched material, explorations, samples, swatches, mock ups & prototypes developed during the project by
the students.
iv) Availability of all jury members as prescribed.
Role & Fucntion of the Internal Jury

i) Qualitative evaluation & feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required professional capabilities in
the academic training period of the discipline towards the given project.
ii) Award marks to each student as per the category of project (Design / Research)
iii) In case a student's professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to
qualify for the external jury, the Internal Jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period. The
Internal Jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the same and recommend a re-jury or an independent judgment by the
faculty guide as may be considered appropriate.
Pre-requisite (External Jury)

i) Duly filled in Student Performance Evaluation Format by the sponsoring company (As per format specified in the Curriculum)
where overall evaluation is not less than 5 on a 1 - 10 scale.
ii) Completion of the graduation project as per standards and certification of the same by the Internal Jury.
iii) Availability of jury members as stated

Role & Function (External Jury)
i) Qualitative evaluation and feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required academic professional
capabilities in the academic training period of the discipline towards the given project.
ii) Award marks to each student has per the category of project (Design / Research)
Constitution of Jury
Internal Jury comprises of the following panel of 5-7 members:
i) 4-5 Internal Faculty members of the concerned department
ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his / her mentee(s).
External Jury comprise of the following panel of 3-5 members as follows:

i) 2-3 profession experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field.
ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers
iii) the guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s)
Description of Jury Presentation

i) An interactive session which includes individual interaction & feedback. Each student is required to present the following:
ii) 2 hard copies of the graduation project document
iii) All research material, explorations, samples, swatches, mock-ups & prototypes developed during the project.
iv) A PowerPoint presentation of 5 - 7 minutes
v) A display of the products designed and developed during this period.
Methodology of conducting a Jury (Internal & External)

i) The panel of jury members as well as the jury schedule shall be coordinated under the overall guidance of the CC of the
respective discipline
ii) The CC would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury
iii) Senior most industry expert / faculty shall Chair the Jury
iv) All jury members would be oriented toward the objectives, methodology & significance of the Range Development Project by the
Chair

6-E
GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - TEXTILE DESIGN

An interactive session of between a student and a panel of jury members to evaluate the overall performance in the graduation project
of a student after the completion of the project.
The Graduation Project is a final industry attached real life project, which attempts to demonstrate the application of various academic
inputs received earlier in a discipline by a student.
Role & Function of Jury
i) Qualitative evaluation & feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required professional capabilities in
the academic training period of a discipline towards the given project.
ii) Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the
interning student and the overall academic curriculum.
iii) Network, interact and impress upon the sponsoring & industry at large of the role & function of design as a critical tool of
business development.
Pre - Requisite for Jury
i) Completion of the entire project and certification of the same by the internal faculty guide of the student and the sponsoring
company.
ii) Submission of requisite number of hard copies of the document in the prescribed format of the project.
iii) Availability of all research material, exploration, samples, swatches, mock-ups and prototypes development developed during
the project, by the student.
iv) Availability of all jury members as prescribed.
The Jury shall be constituted of the following members:
Internal Jury will consist of
i) 4-5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department
ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his/her mentee (s)
External Jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field.
ii) 1-2 faculties from the same discipline from different centers.
iii) The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s)
iv) CP would propose the panel of experts and the faculty, composition of jury through Dean (A) and final approval would be
accorded by DG - NIFT.

v) CP would be responsible for and ensure that the jury composition as per guidelines spelt out in the academic manual.
vi) In case of queries / doubts the concern CP would consult Dean (A).
vii) Non-Compliance of guidelines mentioned in Academic Manual would result in the jury being declared null & void.
v) Necessary database regarding composition of jury etc, would be maintained in the Dean (A) office.
Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal)
i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentiality for each student.
ii) All grades given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the
evaluation.
iii) In case a students professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated average and insufficient to quality for the
external jury, the internal jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated period. The internal jury should
also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a jury or an independent judgement by the faculty
guide as may be considered appropriate.
Compilation of Jury Evaluation (External)
ii) All grades by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the
evaluation and documented.
iii) All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feed back to the students at the end of
jury session.
iv) After the jury evaluation, the respective student's grade sheet would have to be prepared.

6-F
GRADUATION PROJECT/ DESIGN COLLECTION JURY - KNITWEAR DESIGN

The Graduation Project / Design Collection will be undertaken in the final semester, with culmination of various inputs offered over
seven semesters, ranging from technical expertise to creative exposure and sensitization. The Graduation Project./ Design Collection
must reflect to development of knitted fabric(Flat/ Circular) accomplishments combined with a creativeness with indepth conceptualization
and implementation of the design process. The focus of knitted fabric development to design creativity with functionality.
There are two types of project:
Graduation Research Project- Industry attached real life project.
Graduation Design Collection
Role and function of the Jury
The Internal Jury should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and can go for External Jury. If the work is not found
satisfactory, the internal jury would suggest FOLLOW UP work and recommend a Re- Jury. Internal Re-Jury to assess the follow up
work will be held any time before the last week of July subsequent to External jury. If student doesn't clear the Internal Jury he / she will
have to repeat the graduation Project with the next batch."
The evaluation of Graduation Project/Design collection is in two stages as under:
- Internal Continuous Evaluation.
- External Jury Evaluation
Pre Requisite for conducting Jury
i) Satisfactory completion of the GP/DC in accordance with the guidelines laid down in the project/Design collection.
ii) Completion of the entire collection and certificate of the same by the internal guide/faculty member/industry mentor for GP
sponsor company of the students.
iii) Availability of all research, exploration, swatch, sample of fabric development, knit fabric garment toiles and accessories
developed during the preparation of a collection by the student.
iv) Submission of requisite number of hard copies of the documentation the prescribed format of the project of design collection.
v) Availability of all jury members as prescribed.
Constitution of the Jury (Minimum three members jury panel)
a) Nomination of the jury members & compliance of the jury norms
i) CP would propose the panel of experts and faculty, composition of jury through Dean(A) and final approval would be accorded by
DG.
ii) CP would be responsible for and ensure that the jury composition as per guidelines spelt out in the Academic Manual
iii) In case of queries / doubts the concern CP would consult Dean (A)
iv) Non - compliance of guidelines mentioned in Academic Manual would result in the jury being declared null & void.

v) Necessary database regarding composition of jury etc. would be maintained in the CP - KD office.
(b) Internal Jury
The panel for the internal Jury must consist of the following member:
i) Centre coordinator of the discipline .
ii) 4 - 5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department.
iii) Faculty guide/mentor to the student will neither evaluate his/her own student nor will be present even as an observer during the
presentation of his / her mentee(s).
(c) External Jury
The panel for external jury must consist of the following member:
i) 2-3 industry members/faculty from other recognized institutes of excellence in the related field.
ii) 1-2 faculty for the same discipline from different centre.
iii) Faculty members /Centre co-ordinator of the discipline as observers (will not participated in the evaluation process)
iv) Faculty guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s).
(d) Methodology of Conducting a Jury
i) The Centre Co-ordinator of the department shall co-ordinate the Internal, as well as External Jury but will not be a part of the
External Jury.
ii) The senior most expert in the case of External Jury and senior most faculty in the case of Internal Jury shall chair the jury.
iii) The Chair would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury proceedings.
iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the Design Collection by the Chair.
v) The maximum of 10-15 minutes will be given to the students for presenting their work.
vi) Faculty members of the department will only be observers of the External Jury.

6-G
GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - ACCESSORY DESIGN

(Batch 2008-12 to 2010-14)
True to its strong industry focus, the successful completion of the programme depends on the students ability to professionally
demonstrate an all round competence through a real life industry project. The project format over its 18 weeks duration is structured
around internationally followed fashion design approaches and is a constructive experience for the students and industry to appreciate
and account for all important parameters governing a specific market/consumer oriented range development maximizing the sponsoring
industries strengths.
Since the project is realistic in all its aspects the sponsoring industry is expected to jointly develop with students a specific brief based
on which the students work out a detailed project proposal indicating working methodologies, approaches and schedules with a clear
definition of the project outcome in style and quantum of product ranges, It is crucial that all schedules and infrastructure requirements
from the industry is adhered to in order to ensure smooth functioning and professional outcome of the project.
Since the project emphasis is realistic, all-important aspect of professional exchange must bring on board the costs. It is imperative
that appropriate funds, developmental costs, fees and other related costs must be borne by the sponsoring industry towards a very
professional commitment from the graduating students backed by experienced faculty who oversee the qualitative and logistical
aspects of the whole endeavor, from planning to final presentation of fully detailed and realistic product ranges. While the actual
expenses cannot be discounted, all other costs and fees are towards student's subsistence, actual expenses and institutional infrastructural
facilities and project advice. A detailed & systematic documentation of the project is an intrinsic project requirement & becomes a
useful design & marketing reference for the sponsoring industry.
The Graduation Project Jury - Pre requisites
The graduation project is for a duration of 18 weeks, - one semester and like any other semester jury the student will appear for the GP
jury within 15 days of completion of the project. The student should have the Graduation project document and models etc ready by this
time. The student is allowed a maximum of 30 minutes to present the work to the jury members.
The student should have the registration form duly filled in and submitted for starting the graduation project
Role & Function of Jury (I/E)
The jury will review the work of the student in the light of the industry brief and context. The jury will evaluate the students' capabilities /
performance in terms of the capacity to be a successful professional designer in the industry which involves not only skills and
knowledgebase, but also professional conduct. The jury will follow the evaluation criteria seen below.
The jury will comprise of the department faculty
The project guide (internal faculty)
The external member - a practicing designer from the related field as the project
The industry guide - nodal person who has been the guide to the student in the industry
Methodology for Conducting the Jury
The student will present the work taking not more than 30 minutes. The jury is free to ask the student any clarifications on the spot The
student will move out of the jury hall for a brief period while the jury members discuss the performance of the student in the projects.
Industry feedback is essential to learn about the professional conduct of the student in the industry.
The marks are given individually and averaged to get the grading. Only the grades are announced to the students. Students may be
given a follow up for 2 weeks to 2 months or even repeat of the graduation project if the student's work is not satisfactory
After reviewing the students' work, the jury may discuss the students' performance in the absence of the student. The jury members
will score individually and one final score will be arrived at averaging all the jury members' scores.
Depending on the total marks availed the student will be given a grade
The faculty should retain all the materials within the department.

GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - ACCESSORY DESIGN
(Batch 2011 onwards)
True to its strong industry focus, the successful completion of the programme depends on the students ability to professionally
demonstrate an all round competence through a real life industry project. The project format over its 22 weeks duration is structured
around internationally followed fashion design approaches and is a constructive experience for the students and industry to appreciate
and account for all important parameters governing a specific market/consumer oriented range development maximizing the sponsoring
industries strengths.
Since the project is realistic in all its aspects the sponsoring industry is expected to jointly develop with students a specific brief based
on which the students work out a detailed project proposal indicating working methodologies, approaches and schedules with a clear
definition of the project outcome in style and quantum of product ranges, It is crucial that all schedules and infrastructure requirements
from the industry is adhered to in order to ensure smooth functioning and professional outcome of the project.
Since the project emphasis is realistic, all-important aspect of professional exchange must bring on board the costs. It is imperative
that appropriate funds, developmental costs, fees and other related costs must be borne by the sponsoring industry towards a very
professional commitment from the graduating students backed by experienced faculty who oversee the qualitative and logistical
aspects of the whole endeavor, from planning to final presentation of fully detailed and realistic product ranges. While the actual
expenses cannot be discounted, all other costs and fees are towards student's subsistence, actual expenses and institutional infrastructural
facilities and project advice. A detailed & systematic documentation of the project is an intrinsic project requirement & becomes a
useful design & marketing reference for the sponsoring industry.
The Graduation Project Jury - Pre-requisites
The graduation project is for a duration of 22 weeks, - one semester and like any other semester jury the student will appear for the GP
jury within 15 days of completion of the project. The student should have the Graduation project document and models etc ready by this
time. The student is allowed a maximum of 30 minutes to present the work to the jury members.
The student should have the following registration form duly filled in and submitted for starting the graduation project
Role & Function of Jury (I/E)
The jury will review the work of the student in the light of the industry brief and context. The jury will evaluate the students' capabilities /
performance in terms of the capacity to be a successful professional designer in the industry which involves not only skills and
knowledgebase, but also professional conduct. The jury will follow the evaluation criteria seen below.
The jury will comprise of the department faculty
The project guide (internal faculty)
The external member - a practicing designer from the related field as the project
The industry guide - nodal person who has been the guide to the student in the industry
Methodology for Conducting the Jury
The student will present the work taking not more than 30 minutes. The jury is free to ask the student any clarifications on the spot The
student will move out of the jury hall for a brief period while the jury members discuss the performance of the student in the projects.
Industry feedback is essential to learn about the professional conduct of the student in the industry.
The marks are given individually and averaged to get the grading. Only the grades are announced to the students. Students may be
given a follow up for 2 weeks to 2 months or even repeat of the graduation project if the student's work is not satisfactory
After reviewing the students' work, the jury may discuss the students' performance in the absence of the student. The jury members
will score individually and one final score will be arrived at averaging all the jury members' scores.
Depending on the total marks availed the student will be given a grade
The faculty should retain all the materials within the department.

6-H
GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - FASHION COMMUNICATION

The graduation project undertaken in the final semester of the design course is the culmination of various inputs imbibed in the
previous VII semester, inclusive of technical, creative and professional inputs.
The evaluation of design project is in two stages as under:
a) Internal continuous Evaluation
b) External Jury Evaluation
Pre requisite for Conducting the Jury
i) Satisfactory completion of the design project in accordance with the guidelines laid down in the project brief.
ii) Completion of project report documentation.
iii) Certification by internal guide & industry guide.
Role & Function of the Jury
i) Evaluation & feedback of the student's Professional capabilities.
ii) An assessment of the decision making & problem solving approach exercised by the student in a real life situation industry/
practical set up.
iii) Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the
interning student and the overall academic curriculum.
Constitution of the Jury : (Internal)
The panel for the internal jury must consist of the following member.
i) 4-5 Internal Faculty members of the concerned department
ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his / her mentee(s).
Constitution of the Jury : (External)
External Jury comprise of the following panel of 3-5 members as follows : -
i) 2-3 profession experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field.
ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers
iii) the guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s)
Methodology of Conducting th Jury
i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury

ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall Chair the jury.
iii) The chair would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and directions to the jury proceedings.
iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objectives, methodology and significance of the Diploma Research Project by
the chair.
v) A maximum of 15 minutes should be given to the students for presentation.
vi) Faculty members of the discipline will be jury members in the internal jury, by rotation.
evaluation.
iii) In case a students professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to
qualify for the external jury, the internal jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period. The
internal jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a jury or an independent
judgement by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate.
iii) All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feedback to the students at the end of
jury session.

6-I
GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - TECHNOLOGY

B.F. Tech
The Graduation projects for B. F. Tech will carry 18 credits with a total 100 Marks.
Pre requisite for Jury
Pre-requisite for end term internal jury :
i) Completion of the entire project to gather with the project report documentation
ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty guide
iii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company OR Satisfactory certificate from External Mentor in case of Graduation
Project is not carried out at specific industry / RP is an Academic Research Project.
Pre-requisite for End Term External Jury
i) Satisfactory certificate from internal jury
Role and Function of Jury
There will be a mid-term internal jury to monitor the progress for the students collectively for department. There will be another internal
jury as part of end-term evaluation to access the completion of the project prior to the end-term jury.
The internal jury as part of end-term evaluation should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and the student can go to
external jury or not.
If the internal jury finds the work not complete and acceptable, a follow up with the specified time period may be given to student
subject to condition that such extension shall not be beyond the date fixed for the external jury and shall apply only for making
improvement in work submitted No new work shall be permitted.
At the end of specified time frame the follow-up work is presented by student to the internal jury again. If the re-jury finds the work
acceptable, student goes for external jury on scheduled date, else the student fails and does the GP / RP next year with next batch.
Constitution of the internal jury - it will consist of 4-5 members as follows:
i) Centre Co-ordinator of the department
ii) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department
iii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his / her mentee (s).
Constitution of the external jury - it will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers.
iii) The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s).
Methodology of Conducting the Jury
i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall co-ordinate the jury.
ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall chair the jury to the jury
proceedings.
iii) The chair would be responsible for giving the overall direction and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury.
iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the projects.

Compilation of jury evaluation (Internal)
i) All jury should assign marks independently and confidentially to each students.
ii) All grades given by the various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria for
evaluation.
Compilation of jury evaluation (External)
evaluation.
iii) All comments given by various jury members will be synthesized formally and briefed as feedback to the students at the end of
the jury session
iv) In case a student's professional competence in the project, is evaluated as below average, the external jury may recommend the
following:
a) A FOLLOW UP work to be completed in case of poor and unsatisfactory work
OR
b) REPETITION of the project in case of poor and unsatisfactory work.
In the case (a) it is recommended to hold a re-jury at suitable date giving the student sufficient time to complete his / her work. In the
second case (b) student may be required to repeat the project and will appear for the jury along with the succeeding batch of students.
M.F. Tech
The Research projects for M. F. Tech will carry 18 credits with a total 100 Marks.
Pre-requisite for Jury
Pre-requisite for end term internal jury :
i) Completion of the entire project to gather with the project report documentation
ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty guide
iii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company OR Satisfactory certificate from External Mentor in case of Research
Project is not carried out at specific industry / RP is an Academic Research Project.
Pre-requisite for End Term External Jury
i) Satisfactory certificate from internal jury
There will be a mid-term internal jury to monitor the progress for the students collectively for department. There will be another internal
jury as part of end-term evaluation to access the completion of the project prior to the end-term jury.
The internal jury as part of end-term evaluation should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and the student can go to
external jury or not.
If the internal jury finds the work not complete and acceptable, a follow up with the specified time period may be given to student
subject to condition that such extension shall not be beyond the date fixed for the external jury and shall apply only for making
improvement in work submitted No new work shall be permitted.
At the end of specified time frame the follow-up work is presented by student to the internal jury again. If the re-jury finds the work
acceptable, student goes for external jury on scheduled date, else the student fails and does the GP / RP next year with next batch.

Constitution of the internal jury - it will consist of 4-5 members as follows:
i) Centre Co-ordinator of the department
ii) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department
iii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of
his / her mentee (s).
Constitution of the external jury - it will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
iii) The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s).
i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall co-ordinate the jury.
ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall chair the jury to the jury
proceedings.
iii) The chair would be responsible for giving the overall direction and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury.
iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the projects.
Compilation of jury evaluation (Internal)
evaluation.
Compilation of jury evaluation (External)
evaluation.
iii) All comments given by various jury members will be synthesized formally and briefed as feedback to the students at the end of
the jury session
iv) In case a student's professional competence in the project, is evaluated as below average, the external jury may recommend the
following:
a) A FOLLOW UP work to be completed in case of poor and unsatisfactory work
OR
b) REPETITION of the project in case of poor and unsatisfactory work.
In the case (a) it is recommended to hold a re-jury at suitable date giving the student sufficient time to complete his / her work.
In the second case (b) student may be required to repeat the project and will appear for the jury along with the succeeding batch
of students.

6-J
GRADUATION RESEARCH PROJECT JURY - MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT

An interactive session of approximately 20 minutes between a student and a panel of experts/faculty members to evaluate the overall
performance of a student at the end of Graduation Research Project.
Role & Function of Jury
i) Evaluation and feedback of the student's Professional capabilities
ii) An assessment of the decision making & problem solving approach exercised by the student in a real life situation industry/
practical set up.
iii) Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the student
and the overall academic curriculum.
Pre-Requisite for Jury
i) Completion of the entire project together with project report documentation.
ii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company
iii) Satisfactory completion certificate by the project guide………..
iv) Documentation of student meetings with the industry and the mentor
v) The internal faculty guide to the project must maintain a periodic record of the student's progress and evaluate the performance
in consultation with the Industry guide, if appointed.
Evaluation
The evaluation of the research project is in two stages
i) Internal Evaluation
ii) External Evaluation
It is also mandatory that an internal assessment be satisfactorily completed prior to the external assessment.
Internal Jury
The panel for internal jury must consist of the following members:
i) 3-4 internal faculty members of the concerned department.
ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/
her mentee (s).
External Jury
The panel for External Jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution/ industry of excellence in the related field.
iii) The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation of his/her mentee (s).
Methodology of Conducting a Jury
i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury.
ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall Chair the Jury.
iii) The chair would be responsible for giving overall guideline and directions to the jury proceedings.

iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objectives, methodology and significance of the Diploma Research Project by
the chair.
v) A maximum of 15 minutes should be given to the students for presentation.
vi) Faculty members of the discipline will be jury members in the internal jury by rotation.
ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the
evaluation.
iii) The internal Jury should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and can go to External Jury. If the work is not found
satisfactory, the Internal Jury would suggest FOLLOW UP work and recommend a Re-Jury. Internal Re-Jury to assess the follow
up work will be held any time before the last week of July of the same Calendar year. In case the work is still not found
satisfactory by the Internal Jury or subsequent External jury, student(s) will have to repeat the graduation project with the next
batch.
ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the
iii) All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feedback to the students at the end of
jury session.

6-K
DISSERTATION JURY - DESIGN SPACE
The Dissertation undertaken in the final semester of Design Space Programme is the culmination of knowledge and skills acquired
during the course by the student through an investigation towards an original body of work. Dissertation is of18 week duration carrying
18 credits.
The Evaluation weightage would consist of the following:
i) Internal Guide/ Mentor - 20%
ii) Internal Jury - 40%
iii) External Jury - 40%
Pre -Requisite for End Term Internal Jury
i) Completion of the entire project together with project report documentation (Draft)
ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty Guide/ mentor
Mid Term Jury at the end of seven weeks would only monitor the progress of students collectively and give feedback for improvement.
End Term internal Jury would assess the completion of the Research undertaken by the student against criteria defined in the Course
Curriculum.
End Term External Jury would provide a comprehensive, objective outsiders feedback to the students work.
Constitution of Jury (Internal)
The jury constitution will be based on the recent NIFT policy and would consist of
i) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department
ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/
her mentee (s).
Constitution of Jury (External)
Will consist of 3-5 members as follows:
i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution/ industry of excellence in the related field.
iii) The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation of his/her mentee (s).
i) The CC of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury.
ii) The CC must provide a brief to all members of Jury for giving overall directions and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury.
iii) The students shall be given specific time to explain and present the research.
Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal and External)
i) All Jury members should assign marks independently and confidentially for each student.
ii) All grades given by various jury members would be sent to COE in sealed envelopes for collation by the CC of the department.
iii) Incase the student(s) failing to pass Dissertation the entire process shall be repeated in its entirety and evaluated as per
approved evaluation criteria out of 100 marks, as per the curriculum.

Semester-I / II / III.........
Subject Code
Subject type-Theory
(TH)/Process (PB)/
Depar tment elective
(DE)/ Common Elective
(CE)
Core/Non Core
Subject
Benchmark
Assignment-1
Benchmark
375
Assignment-2
Benchmark
Assignment-3
EVALUATION MATRIX
Benchmark
Assignment-4
Benchmark
Assignment-5
Mid-Term Exam/
July
DESIGN / MANAGEMENT / TECHNOLOGY DISCIPLINES
End-Term Exam/
Jury
Total

6-L
6-M
FORMAT OF REGISTER
SUBMISSION OF ASSIGNMENT
Department: .......................................................
Faculty Name .......................................................
S. No Name of the Student Assignment Given Duration of Date of collection Remarks in case
completion of of assignment of late submission
assignment
RECEIPT
The assignment titled _________________________ given by faculty member ____________________ has been submitted on
__________________________ at ________________________by _________________
Name & Signature of
Controller of Examination

7-A
Formats for Grade Sheets Sl. No………………

(A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India)
FOUNDATION PROGRAMME (DESIGN / TECHNOLOGY)
Batch Commencing: _________ Semester: _____ Session: __________________

(at the time of admission)
STATEMENT OF GRADES
ID No. ____________
The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) ___________________________S/o / D/o_________________________ of the
National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name)
No. Subject Courses Core(C)/ Credits Grade Result

Code Non Core Obtained
(NC)
1 Pass/Pass after Re-exam
Moderated Pass/ Fail
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total
Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) Pass/Pass after Re-exam/
Promoted/Failed/ Repeat
Semester
The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student till the current semester.
Semester I II Total Credits

Credits
Semester I II Total SGPA CGPA
SGPA
___________________ ________________
Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director
Date of issue :
Place :

Reverse side
Note:
(i) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core
Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects.
(ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points 04.00.
The Grade points are out of 10.
Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below:
Grade Grade Points Description
A 10.00 Excellent
A- 9.00 Very Good
B 8.00 Good
B- 7.00 Fair
C 6.00 Satisfactory
C- 5.00 Average
P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam
D 4.00 Low Pass
E <4.0 Fail
Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows:
Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point)

SGPA = ------------------------------------------------
Σ No. of Credits
Equivalence percentage class
NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to
percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10)
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Grade sheet has been
(Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by)

Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator
COE Cell COE Cell Department:
Date: Date: Date:

Sl. No………………

(Degree Nomenclature)
Batch Commencing: _________ Semester: __________ Session: __________________

STATEMENT OF GRADES
ID No. ____________
No. Subject Courses Core(C)/Non Credits Grade Result
Code Core (NC) Obtained
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total
Semester
Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total Credits

Credits
Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total SGPA CGPA

SGPA
___________________ ________________
Date of issue :
Place :

Reverse side
Note:
A 10.00 Excellent
A- 9.00 Very Good
B 8.00 Good
B- 7.00 Fair
C 6.00 Satisfactory
C- 5.00 Average
D 4.00 Low Pass
F <4.0 Fail

SGPA = ----------------------------------------------
Σ No. of Credits
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Date: Date: Date :

Sl. No………………

Batch Commencing: _________ Semester : VIII Session : January to June, ____

STATEMENT OF GRADES
ID No. ____________

Pass/Pass after Re-exam

Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student.
Semester I II III IV V VI VII VIII Total Credits

Credits
Semester I II III IV V VI VII VIII Total SGPA CGPA

SGPA
___________________ ________________
NIFT Centre
Date of issue :
Place :

Reverse side
Note:
A 10.00 Excellent
A- 9.00 Very Good
B 8.00 Good
B- 7.00 Fair
C 6.00 Satisfactory
C- 5.00 Average
D 4.00 Low Pass
F <4.0 Fail

SGPA = ------------------------------------------------
Σ No. of Credits

Date : Date: Date :

Sl. No………………

Batch Commencing: _________ Semester: __________ Session: __________________

STATEMENT OF GRADES
ID No. ____________
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total
Semester
Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total Credits

Credits
Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total SGPA CGPA

SGPA
___________________ ________________
Date of issue :
Place :

Reverse side
Note:
A 10.00 Excellent
A- 9.00 Very Good
B 8.00 Good
B- 7.00 Fair
C 6.00 Satisfactory
C- 5.00 Average
D 4.00 Low Pass
E <4.0 Fail

SGPA = ------------------------------------------------
Σ No. of Credits
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Date: Date: Date:

Sl. No………………

Batch Commencing: _________ Semester : IV Session : January to June, ____

STATEMENT OF GRADES
ID No. ____________

Pass/Pass after Re-exam

Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student.
Semester I II III IV Total Credits

Credits
Semester I II III IV Total SGPA CGPA

SGPA
___________________ ________________
Date of issue :
Place :

Reverse side
Note:
A 10.00 Excellent
A- 9.00 Very Good
B 8.00 Good
B- 7.00 Fair
C 6.00 Satisfactory
C- 5.00 Average
D 4.00 Low Pass
F <4.0 Fail

SGPA = ------------------------------------------------
Σ No. of Credits

Date : Date: Date :

Sl.No.

CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMMES
(Centre)
Name of the Programme ______________________________________________

Duration ___________________________________________________________
STATEMENT OF MARKS
Id. No. ______________________
Year of Admission_____________
The following is the marks obtained by (Name of the Student) S/o/ __________________________________________________
D/o (Name of the father _______________________________________________) in the Continuing Education Programme (Name of the
programme) __________________________of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, ____________________Centre.
S. No. Subject Code Subject Marks obtained Result
I 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
II 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
Course Coordinator Centre Coordinator
Director
(to be prepared at the NIFT, Centre)

8-A
Undertaking for Teaching Engagements in Fas.E Programme
for External Faculty Members
I assure that I will take regular classes for Fas.E as per the schedule given to me by the Unit.
1 I will strictly follow the evaluation criteria laid down as per the course curriculum of the programme.
2 I will sign the student attendance register and record the time of beginning and closing of the session before and after taking
class.
3 I will communicate the plan for assignment, submission date, presentation date, last date or any other matter related to
academics to the Fas.E Unit prior to the commencement of the course.
4 I will prepare and submit the question paper for exam as per the timeline set by the unit in confidence to the Fas.E Unit.
5 I will submit the marks as per the timeline set by the Unit.
Name & Signature of Faculty

with date

8-B
Undertaking for Teaching Engagements in Fas. E Programme
for Internal Faculty Members
I………………………………..............…..faculty of …………….....……………. Department, National Institute of Fashion Technol-

ogy (internal). I have completed my mandatory teaching hours as per my faculty requirement. I certify that I have informed the
concerned CC about my engagement with Fas.E and has obtained a no objection to this effect. I assure that regular classes for Fas.E
as per its schedule.
1. I will strictly follow the evaluation criteria laid down as per the course curriculum of the programme.
2. I will sign the student attendance register and record the time of beginning and closing of the session before and after taking
class.
3. I will communicate the plan for assignment, submission date, presentation date, last date or any other matter related to
academics to the Fas.E Unit prior to the commencement of the course.
4. I will prepare and submit the question paper for exam as per the timeline set by the unit in confidence to the Fas.E Unit.
5. I will submit the marks as per the timeline set by the Unit.
Name & Signature of Faculty

with date

8-C
Internal / External Faculty Claim Form
Fashion Entrepreneurship (Fas.E)
Faculty Name :______________________________________________________________________
Designation / Status : _____________________________________________________________________
Address & Contact No. : _____________________________________________________________________
Pan No. :______________________________________________________________________
Subject : _____________________________________________________________________
S.No. Date Time Duration Lecture Fee @ Conveyance Total Amt.

in hours (`) (`) (`)
From To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Total (`)
* It is certified that the above classes were taken by me over and above the mandatory teaching hours.
(Applicable for Internal Faculty)
Signature of Faculty
1. Certified that the engagement of this guest / internal faculty has been approved by the SIAC in the meeting held on
______________________
2. Certified that the above sessions have been slotted in the time table
3. Certified that the Guest Faculty is being recommended for the payment at the rates prescribed for Junior/ Senior/ Internal Faculty @ `
_________per hour.
5. Certified that the above claim is in order and has been recorded in the Guest Faculty claim register of the Fas.E Unit at page no.______ .
6. Certified that the expenditure of ` ____________ is being met out of the necessary provision made in the budget for the academic
session under the head 'lecture fee'.
Dealing Assistant / R.A. Unit Incharge (Fas.E) Unit Head (Fas.E)

9-A

Continuing Education Programme
Format for Forwarding Proposals of New
CE Programme at Center
Name of The CE Programme Proposed
Department
Centre
Duration of the course :
Days (Eg. 5 days/week)
Date of commencement and conclusion
Total No. of Seats
Eligibility
Course Course Fee
Whether offered for the first time : Yes/No (tick as applicable)
Course Objective (Approx 30-40 words
for printing in Brochure)
Course Content (Approx 50 words for
printing in Brochure)
Careers (Approx 20 words for printing in Brochure)
Name of Course Coordinator

Designation of Course Coordinator
People Involved Mobile no of Course Coordinator
Email of Course Coordinator
Name of Course Documenter
Designation of Course Documenter
Undertaking: Certified that the CE pro- Signature of Course Coordinator

gramme will be conducted by the
faculty members with the support of
other staff of the department in addition
to their normal workload.
Certification & Undertaking: Certified that there is no Signature of Center Coordinator

Undertaking objection to utilizing the departmental
infrastructure and equipments under
supervision for conduct of this CE Signature of Director of NIFT Centre
programme
Undertaking: Certified that the course Signature of Course Coordinator
has been originally developed by
_____________________________
in accordance with the CE policy
Undertaking: Certified that the course Signature of Course Documenter
will be documented by
______________________________
in accordance with the CE policy

The proposal to conduct the above CE Signature of Chairperson
programme has been examined and the
same is recommended with following
observations.
Recommendations of the Standing Signature of Chairperson Standing

Internal Advisory Committee for CE Committee on CE Programme
Programmes:
Signature of Dean- A
Cost Structure /budget for the Programme:

Course fee
No of candidates
Expected Revenue = No of candidates
x fee charged
Course Development fees (5% of
Total revenue generated, If offered
first time)
Course marketing Fee (4% of Total
revenue generated, If offered first
time)
Course Documentation Fee (2% of Total
revenue generated, If offered first time)
Budget Other Expenses (15% of the Total revenue)

Course Coordination fee (As per CE policy)
Payment of Lecture Fee to Guest and Regular Faculty
Payment to support Staff (As per CE policy)
Advertisement/ Mailers
Lectures / Demonstrative Fees
Course Materials/ Stationery etc.
Field trip / Visits etc.
Refreshment / Hospitality
Course support materials like swatches /slide etc
Teaching aids (books magazine and periodicals etc.
Miscellaneous payments/ contingencies etc.
(Please mention details)
Total
1 Synopsis of the course with Course Structure duly signed by course coordinator
List of 2 Details of schedule of assignment etc signed by course coordinator
Attachments 3 Details of session plan
4 Guest faculty list

9-B
Continuing Education Programme
Payment Claim for Reimbursement of Course Development, Course Marketing,
Course Documentation Fee
Name of The CE Programme
Department
Centre
Duration of the course & Days (E.g. 5 days/week)
Total No. of Seats offered
No. of Students enrolled
Date of commencement and conclusion
Eligibility
Whether offered for the first time Yes/NO (tick as applicable)
Total No of students admitted

Course Fee
Total Revenue collected
Whether course was sponsored, if Yes then Details
Claim for Course Development Fee

REFER CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006): The Course Development Fee equal to 5% of total revenue would be payable on the first occasion when the
Programme is offered. The Course Developed should be original in its content and structure and any information contrary to this would be viewed
seriously. If the same course is being offered at different Centres, then only the originating Centre's Coordinator would be eligible for the same. Course
Documentation fee would however be paid at every centre when the programme is offered for the first time.
S. no. Name of Course Developer Amount
1
2
TOTAL
Claim for Course Marketing Fee

CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006):An amount equal to 4% of the total revenue would be paid as course marketing fee for new programmes subject to
availability of at least 20 candidates for the programme. This would be shared between course co-coordinators and officials involved in marketing of CE
programmes before the same is launched to ensure ownership and better marketing.
S no Name of Course Marketer Contribution towards marketing of course Amount
1
2
TOTAL
Claim for Course Documentation Fee

REFER CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006): The ceiling of documentation fee shall be 2% of the revenue collected for the programmes conducted for the first
time. Course Documentation fee shall include documentation of teaching materials, references, visuals, samples, field visit, Assignments, Projects,
Feedback formats, etc. The Course Coordinator shall take up the documentation on each subsequent occasion without any extra payment. The Course
Development & Documentation Fee shall be calculated on the basis of revenue collected for one batch only. No extra payment shall be made in case the
numbers of batches are more than one of the same programme.
S no Name of Course Documenter Amount
1
2
TOTAL
*Please attach copy of Course curriculum for claim of Course Development Fee and course report for claim documentation fees.
Total Amount:` _______________
Date:
Name & Signature of Course Coordinator:____________________________
Signature of Center Director:_______________________________

9-C
ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS FEED BACK FORM
NAME OF THE FACULTY : ________________________________________

DATE : ________________________________________

DEPARTMENT : ________________________________________
NAME OF CE PROGRAMME : ________________________________________
1 2 3 4 5

(Unsatisfactory) (Average) (Good) (V. Good) (Excellent)
PARAMETERS
COURSE COVERAGE
394
COURSE DELIVERANCE
INTERACTION
CLARITY OF THOUGH
(Queries Answered)
ACCESSABILITY
Any Specific Comments
*To be compiled by CC after collecting the feed back from all students.
_____________________________
Signature
10 - A1
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU)
BETWEEN
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY,
NEW DELHI
AND
1. Background
Subject, Introduction of partners
2. Objective
It is sought to avail the expertise and services of NIFT, a premier National Institution established under the Ministry of Textiles,
Government of India for imparting professional Education and Training in Fashion business offering Consultancy in the areas
of Design, Technology, and Management communication related to Apparel Textile and Lifestyle Industry so that the Diploma
Holder passing out from the -------------------------------- are endowed with qualitative education and training in the chosen
areas that would enable them to stand out as competent technicians and supervisors/required for the textile apparel and
lifestyle industry.
3. The Understanding
NIFT, hereinafter referred to as the "Resource Institution" of the one part and the _______ hereinafter referred to as "Project
Institution" of the other part Jointly through this Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) agree to carry out the following roles
& responsibility in the introduction and conduct of various Fashion Design, Technology and Management programmes
relating to Garment, Textile, Apparels and Lifestyle products.
4. Roles and Responsibilities of Resource Institution
The Resource Institution, hereby agrees to do the following:
a) Assist the Project Institution in Curriculum Design, semester planning and academic scheduling of various Fashion
Design Technology Courses.
b) Assist in evolving proper and appropriate examination and evaluation Systems.
c) Assist in the Recruitment and selection of Faculty and Resource Personnel on full time/part time basis.
d) Conduct Orientation Programme for the newly recruited Faculty/Resource Personnel.
e) Conduct re-orientation and re-training programmes to the existing Faculty Members of the Project Institution by way
of redeployment who are found suitable to teach/facilitate learning of certain subjects/modules of various subjects.
f) Assist in establishment of a Resource Centre comprising of Library, well equipped audio video station and material
wing and procurement of necessary books, equipment's and materials etc.
g) Assist in procurement of machinery and equipment for laboratories, studios, workshops and classrooms.
5. Role & Responsibilities of Project Institution
a) Accept NIFT as a role model and actively interact with it to derive benefits out of the expertise of NIFT.
b) Agree to make available to the "Resource Institute" the required expertise and resources in extending its assistance
in its areas of responsibilities as listed in para 1.0.
c) Seek the guidance of the "Resource Institution" in the matters of Course Design, updating the same, training of
faculty members of the Project Institution system, etc.
d) Allow the Resource Institution to finalize the layout and design of various labs, studios, workshops and Resource
Centre.
e) Undertake joint Seminars, Workshops, conferences etc: and allow its faculty and students to participate in the
same.

f) Extend cooperation to the "Resource Institution" in the identification of proper resource persons both new as well by
way of redeployment of existing personal.
g) To mention in its admission notification/and advertisements of such Courses whenever they are "issued/initiated
with technical support of NIFT".
h) For use of the name of Resource Institution in any other manner except for the manner as specified in the MOU,
specifically para 5. (g) prior written consent of the resource institution will have to be obtained by the project
Institution in the event that the name of the Resource Institution is found to have been used in any other manner
save for what has been specified & without the prior consent of the "Resource Institution " the MOU shall be
terminated with immediate effect without assigning any reasons whatsoever.
6. Network Coordination Committee
The "Resource Institution" and the "Project Institution" also agree that:
a) The assistance to __________ by NIFT shall be provided through a Network Coordination Committee (NCC)
comprising the following: -
- Chairman
- Member
Director, NIFT or his representative - Member
- Member/Convener
Head of Department of concerned polytechnic - Member
Network coordinators - Member
b) One Network coordinator will be nominated by the Director, NIFT and the principals of Polytechnics, whose main
responsibility will be to execute and coordinate all activities envisaged under this MOU.
c) The Network Coordination Committee shall meet on a quarterly basis and review the progress of all the activities
and monitor the realization of set targets and objectives.
d) The Network coordinators will meet once in a month and prepare networking progress report for submission to the
Chairman and copy to all members.
7. Financial Arrangements
Following financial arrangements will be operative between the "Resource and Project Institution" -
a) The "Resource Institution" shall charge a one time institution fee of ` 10.00 lakhs payable in two installments of `
05.00 lakhs each to cover charges for development of new curriculum and drawing up semester plans, academic
calendar and for furnishing a list of machinery and equipment and books periodicals and magazines for each
course. The first installment shall be paid at the time of agreement and second installment by _______________
b) The "Resource Institution shall charge 7.5% cost of machinery & equipment and books and periodicals sourcing on
behalf of the "Project Institution".
c) The "Resource Institution shall be paid mutually agreed consultancy Charges and expenses in terms of NIFT
consultancy Project Policy in matters related to : -
Recruitment of Faculty
Conducting Orientation Programme for the newly recruited resource personnel
Retraining and RE-deployment of existing faculty.
Layout and Design of various labs, studios, workshop and Resource centre etc.
d) The financial implication for "B and C" above shall be borne by Institution/State Government of ______________
8. Settlement of Disputes
In case of any dispute/difference of opinions in respect of any of the above clauses including interpretation there of decision
of a committee comprising of the Secretary of Technical Education and Training Government of ___________ and that of the
Director General, NIFT, New Delhi shall be final and binding on both the parties.

9. Validity of MOU
The validity of MOU shall be for a period of 03 years from the date of signing. Both the parties agreed to review the
arrangements at the end of 03-year terms.
Signed on ……………………. Day of ………………..200.
Signed on behalf of NIFT Signed on behalf of ________
Director General

New Delhi. .
In witness where of:
Head (I&DL)
NIFT

10 - A2
Norms for Support for ITI
Upgradation of ITI's for conducting Training programmes.
Course Curriculum development of five programmes in related field for one ITI.
z Guidelines, Specifications development for upgradation of Existing infrastructure and technical support for one ITI.
z Conduct of Training Programme for Trainees of ITI.
z Technical expertise for implementation.
Financial Implications
Activities Financial Implication
1&2 ` 6 Lakhs.
3. ` 30,000/- per participant for a 3 months programme.
4. ` 2 Lakh per ITI.

10 - A3
National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT)
(Ministry of Textiles, Government of India)
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)

This Terms of Agreement is made on ______, 200 between the National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) hereinafter called the
NIFT, New Delhi and __________________ hereinafter called _________________________ for the purpose of imparting
technical support as per details give under:
Where as:
NIFT, an autonomous body under the Ministry of Textiles, Government of India, is an acknowledged and premier institution for imparting
fashion design, technology and management education in a global context. _____________________ is _______________
organization involved exclusively in the field of _________________________
Introduction of partners
1. Terms of Agreement
Now, therefore, in consideration of their mutual promises and agreement content herein, both the parties here to agree as
follows:
1.1 NIFT agrees on follows:
A. Development of Course Curriculum
NIFT agrees to develop / review the course curriculum of ____ programmes (details with names)
A team of NIFT faculty shall develop the details of course outlines, methodology, evaluation process, review &
standardize the course curriculum.
B. Faculty development and Training programme
NIFT agrees to provide necessary training to the faculty of _____ at NIFT Delhi or at any one of its centers at the
cost of _______ to the calculated by NIFT as per actual. The faculty training and developments is necessary to
match the competency and the course requirements. Such training duration could be for 2-3 weeks in each
discipline for 5-7 faculty members once in a year in the first 3 years of agreement terms.
C. Infrastructure Development
NIFT agrees to provide technical expertise in up-gradation of existing infrastructure to meet the requirements of five
programmes as follows:
a. Assist in procurement of machinery and equipment for laboratories studios, workshops and classrooms.
b. Assist in establishment of a Resource Centre comprising of Library, well equipped audio video station and
material wing and procurement of necessary books, equipments and materials etc.
c. Assist in Layout and design of various labs, studios, workshops and resource centre.
D. NIFT Faculty Involvement
NIFT faculty shall be involved only for course development, imparting training to faculty of _________ and
infrastructure development as mentioned at serial number A, B and C above. NIFT faculty may also participate as
Jury members of Diploma Project, Design Collection, Internship and other presentations. However, the implementa-
tion of the courses, and imparting of training shall be the responsibility of ___________ exclusively. NIFT shall not
be responsible for any activity involved in imparting the course curriculum to the students of ___________ except
wherever, specifically agreed upon.

E. Monitoring of progress
In order to ensure the standard of academic input as per the norms of the NIFT, periodic monitoring of the progress
of implementation of curriculum and other NIFT related activities shall be conducted twice in a year by NIFT.
The expenditure related to NIFT faculty visits (including air travel) and stay for monitoring purpose is to be borne by
___________- on actual.
F. NIFT Entrance Exam Waitlist
Upon ______performing its part of the present agreement and upon due consideration by NIFT, NIFT may, at its
option, furnish _________ with the wait list of candidates who appear for the NIFT entrance exam by charging a
fee per candidate as may be decided. It is agreed between the parties that furnishing of the above lists shall be at
the exclusive option of NIFT, and NIFT shall not be required to give any reasons for not doing so, NIFT shall be free to
take such a decision every academic year, and NIFTs decision shall be final.
G. Inclusion of NIFT name & logo
NIFT also agrees to the limited use of its name / logo by _________ for admission notification / Advertisements /
Certificates / Brochures / Seminars / Fashion Shows / Exhibitions, and the manner of use will be restricted to such
Courses whenever they are "Issued/initiated with technical support of NIFT".
For use of the name of NIFT in any other manner except for the manner as specified in the MOU, prior written
consent of NIFT will have to be obtained by the ________. In the event that the name of the NIFT is found to have
been used in any other manner save for what has been specified above and without the prior consent of the NIFT,
the MOU shall be terminated with immediate effect without assigning any reasons whatsoever not withstanding
clause 2 below. NIFT shall also be entitled to take any action against ______________ including recovery of
damages and / or initiation of legal action as available in law.
1.2 ______________ agrees on the following
A. Financial Arrangement
a) _________agrees to pay NIFT one time institution fee of ` 5.00 lakh at the time of signing of MOU.
b) __________ agrees to pay NIFT (one time) Consultancy Fee of ` 5,00,000/- (Rupees Five Lakh Only) for
Course Curriculum development of the above mentioned programmes as prescribed in clause 1.1-A
above.
c) ________________ agrees to pay one time fee of `1,00,000 (Rupees One Lakh Only) to NIFT for
Infrastructure design & development fee as prescribe in clause 1.1-B above.
d) _________ agrees to pay an amount of `1,50,000 (Rupees One Lakh Fifty Thousand Only) per training
programme to NIFT. This does not include the lodging, boarding and local travel and the same will b e
arranged by _____________ as prescribed in clause 1.1-C above. This amount shall be payable 50% in
advance, and 50% within 30 days of handling over the training programme by NIFT to __________.
e) _________ will pay royalty of ` 5,00,000 (Rupees Five Lakh Only) in July / August of every year.
g) __________ shall arrange return air tickets to the faculty / experts deputed for the purpose of the NIFT
assignments. ____________ shall also arrange local hospitality (accommodation and local travel to the
experts and faculty)
h) _____________ shall make timely payments of the above-said amounts. In the event ___________
delays the payment beyond the period of 30 days of the due date, an interest at the rate of 8% per annum
calculated simply shall be payable on the due amounts upon non-payment of the due amounts within 90
days of the above stipulated due dates, NIFT shall be at liberty to automatically terminate the present
agreement without any prior notice to ___________.
B. __________ shall keep NIFT informed regularly with all the developments related to NIFT.

2 Settlement of Disputes
In case any disputes and / or differences of opinion arise in respect of any of the above clauses and with respect to the
performance of the respective obligations of the parties, including interpretation thereof, the decision of a committee com-
prising of the _______________, and that of the Director General, NIFT, New Delhi shall be final. If said dispute(s) is not
resolved a mutually agreed sole arbitrator would be appointed and the decision of the arbitrator will be binding on both the
parties. The arbitration shall be held at New Delhi, and the arbitrator shall be bound by the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,
1996 and the Rules framed their under.
3 Validity of MOU
The validity of MOU shall be for a period of 05 years from the date of signing Both the parties agree to review the
arrangements at the end of 05 year term.
4. Termination
4.1 Not withstanding clause 2 above, the present MOU shall automatically stand terminated upon the expiry of the prescribed
period in clause 3 above. The present MOU shall also stand terminated upon NIFT sending the said intimation to ________
in the event __________ fails to perform its essential obligations as set out in clauses 1.1-G and 1.2A(h) above.
4.2 That upon the termination of the present MOU, _____________ shall immediately stop using the NIFT name and / or logo,
and shall issue notices of withdrawal of the support, and use of name and / or log of NIFT. This shall form an essential term of
the contract, and any failure to do so shall form an essential breach and NIFT shall be entitled to recover actual and penal
damages, and other remedies available under law against _______________
Signed on __________ 200.
Signed on behalf of NIFT Signed on behalf of __________
Director General
National Institute Of Fashion
Technology, New Delhi
In witness whereof
Head (I&DL)
NIFT

10 - B
List of existing MOU's that NIFT has entered into with Universities/Institutes
International
1. Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia
2. University of Leeds, UK
3. De Mont Fort University, UK
4. University of Arts, London (London College of Fashion), UK
5. NABA, Italy
6. Birmingham Institute of Arts & Design, Birmingham, UK
7. The Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA
8. Amsterdam Fashion Institute, Amsterdam
9. Nottingham Trent University, UK
10. Instituto Europeo di Design, Milan Italy
11. University of Philadelphia, USA
12. Queensland University of Technology, Australia
13. ENSAIT, France
14. Ryerson University, Canada
15. Mod Art International, France
16. Northumbria University, UK
17. University of Manchester (UoM), UK
18. Glasgow School of Arts, UK
19. Swiss Textile College, Zurich
20. University of Trinidad and Tobago, Trinidad and Tobago
21. Accademia Di Costume E Di Moda, Rome
22. Politecnico di Milano, Italy
23. Colorado State University, Colorado, USA
24. Academy of Arts, San Francisco
25. School of Design, University of Leeds
26. University of Southampton (Winchester School of Art , Winchester)
27. ESMOD
28. Saxion College of Arts, The Netherlands
29. Utrecht School of the Arts, The Netherlands
30. School of Art and Design, University of Wolverhampton, UK
31. Royal Academy of Art, The Netherlands
32. LDT Nagold, Germany (Twinning arrangement only)
33. GMIT
34. Associazione Indo-Europea Per La Moda E Design (AIEMED)
35. BGMEA Institute of Fashion and Technology (BIFT), Dhaka - Bangladesh
National
1. Textile Committee
2. Maharshi Karve Stree Shikshan Samstha, School of Fashion Technology (SOFT)
3. Centre for Continuing Education, Kerala

10 - C
Partnership Development - Process for Establishing New Domestic and

Overseas Collaborative Partners
Partner Audit for a Proposed new Partner where there is an intention to secure a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU)
Name of Proposed New Partner:
This Par tner Audit is designed to establish that it is appropriate to work with a new collaborative partner by collecting information about the
prospective partner from a variety of sources.
The Partner Audit should describe a) the intended partner's current position in respect of the criteria and b) any proposed changes that will affect
collaboration.
For established organisations, much of the investigation is likely to be carried out as a desk audit. However a site visit should always be made as
some of the published information may require updating.
Description Remarks to be filled in by

Proposed Partner
1. Nature, Mission and Status
Describe the type of organisation and its legal status.
Is it publicly or privately funded?
How long has the proposed partner been established?
Describe the mission, aims and objectives of the proposed partner.
Describe any experience of collaboration with other institutes/universities

and, if appropriate, professional or statutory bodies.
What is the proposed partner's policy on Equal Opportunity?
Describe the proposed partner's accreditions?
2. Academic Management, Quality Assurance and Control
Identify the body responsible for academic matters, including

its role in approving collaboration.
Outline the processes for the maintenance and enhancement

of academic standards.
Are there any external reviews of the quality assurance system?
3. Resources
A brief description of the location and infrastructure and facilities for students.
Specialist resources for example laboratories, studios
Equipment, for example computer hardware
Display space for students work
Other student activities and social space for students

4. Medium of Instruction
How extensively is the English language used for instruction?
5. Risk Assessment
Please identify any risks that may be involved in proceeding

to work with the proposed collaborative partner, for example
financial or strategic issues or outcomes of recent quality
inspections.
6. Courses offered
Details of courses offered by the partner institute

10 - D
Memorandum of Understanding on Academic Cooperation between
National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT)

New Delhi, India
And
Partner University
Educational Cooperation Agreement between Partner University and NIFT, India

I. Purpose
In recognition of the proven value, both personal and educational, of the international exchange for students, staff and faculty,
we herewith establish, at the institutional level, the principles, policy guidelines and procedures required to facilitate such
exchange between our institutions.
II. Objective
The objective of this agreement is to encourage international cooperation and exchange between the two institutions in the
following areas:
a) Exchange of students
b) Exchange of faculty members and staff
c) Promotion of lectures, workshops and exhibitions
d) Exchange of information and academic publications
III. Scope
The Agreement between Partner University and NIFT covers the exchange between Partner University and National Institute
of Fashion Technology (NIFT)
IV. Exchange of Students
A. Reciprocal Exchange
1. Student exchanges are based on the principle of reciprocity; ideally within the same academic year and for the same
period of time.
2. The number of students exchanged under this Agreement is tentatively limited to no more than six per year. The exact
number will be agreed upon each year by Partner University and NIFT
3. The exchange student will be nominated by the home institution; the application is subject to acceptance by the host
institution. Each exchange student will satisfy the admission procedures and requirements of the host department as
well as the prerequisites for specific courses and programmes.
4. Language proficiency of exchange students will be gauged and verified by appropriate personnel at the home institution.
5. Exchange students will be admitted in a non-degree status by the host institution for a period of one or two semesters
and for a maximum of one academic year.
6. Exchange students may take courses for credit and the host institution will issue a transcript and grades for exchange
students under the same rules and regulations as for its degree students.
7. As long as the principle of reciprocity is maintained, Partner University and NIFT agree to waive tuition and related fees
for exchange.
8. Students are responsible for all travel costs, accommodation, meals, health insurance, semester contribution (at their
home institution), medical costs, passport and visa costs, course materials (books, and consumables) and other
expenses. The host institution will not provide financial assistance to exchange students.

9. Exchange students must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institution and/or the
host government. Neither institution will incur liability for illness, injury, financial loss or death of an exchange student
at the partner institution. Both institutions will ensure that exchange students sign liability waivers absolving both
institutions of liability.
10. If one member of an exchange withdraws before the end of the designated period of that exchange, the status of the
other member of the exchange will not be affected. The principle of reciprocity however, must be maintained over time.
11. The host institution will provide services to assist exchange students in locating accommodation and adjusting to the
academic, social and cultural life of the host institution and community. It will also provide instruction, academic
evaluation and supervision for exchange students as is maintained for home students.
12. Exchange students are expected to adhere to the rules and regulations of the host institution and respect the cultural
mores, national traditions and customs of the host country.
B. Student groups
Special arrangements for groups of students from one institution to another for the purpose of a short-term visit (workshops,
exhibitions) may be negotiated in a separate agreement,
V. Exchange of Professors
A. Teaching exchange
1. All teaching exchanges are based on the principle of reciprocity within the same academic year, each institution may
nominate one of its professors to participate in an exchange for the purpose of teaching or research.
2. The participants are subject to approval by the host institution.
3. The period of exchange will normally be one or two semesters; at maximum one academic year.
4. Professors on teaching exchanges will remain on full salary and benefits with their respective institutions Travel and
living expenses for professors on teaching exchanges are not compensated by the host institution.
5. Teaching course loads and working hours and conditions will normally be in accordance with established rules and
practices of the host institution, subject to prior negotiation and agreement.
6. Remuneration for special projects is subject to special negotiation
7. The host institution will provide an institutional appointment and office space, and will give access to libraries and other
needed facilities for professors on teaching exchange
8. Professors on teaching exchange must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institu-
tion and/or host government.
B: Visiting Scholars
1. Visiting scholars from both institutions may, at the request or with the approval of the host institution, visit the partner
institution for the purpose of research, consulting and short-term teaching; subject to prior negotiation.
2. Travel and living expenses for visiting scholars are not normally paid by the host institution, unless specific arrange-
ments are made and agreed upon in advance.
3. The host institution will provide an institutional appointment and library access; efforts will be made, subject to prior
negotiation, to provide office space and access to needed facilities.
4. Visiting scholars must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institution and/or host
government.
VI. Duration, Conditions and Modifications of the Agreement

1. This agreement becomes effective upon the signature of the designated officials of both institutions Its actual imple-
mentation will begin as soon as both institutions have identified qualified individuals in each institution ready to
participate in the exchange.

2. This Agreement is valid for five years from the date of signature. However, three years will be recognized as the
accounting period, that is, beginning with the actual implementation the number of students/staff exchanged within
three years should be in balance, although it may not be in any one year. Every effort however, will be made to maintain
a yearly basis.
3. The absence of exchanges during one academic year is possible and does not nullify the Agreement.
4. In accordance with the Equal Opportunity Policies of the institutions named above, there will be no discrimination
against any person, for any reason, who is qualified as a participant in the programme supported by this document
5. Either institution may terminate this Agreement with a notice of six months. Exchanges in progress at the time remain
unaffected and will be completed in the agreed period.
6. Modifications may be proposed and implemented at any time, effective from the date of written notification signed by
both institutions.
7. At the end of the penultimate year of the five-year cycle both institutions will conduct an evaluation of the programme.
Any amendments to be made should be achieved by mutual consent and the Agreement changed accordingly for a
further five-year cycle.
…………………………………….. Director General

…………………………………….. National Institute of Fashion Technology
…………………………………….. New Delhi
Signature: …………………………. Signature: …………………..

(For 'Partner University')

10 - E
INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES DIVISION
Application Form for NIFT Students for Twinning /Exchange Programme at Institutions abroad
I. Section 1: Personal Details
1. Last (family) Name: ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………
First Name: ………………………………………………………… Middle Name: ……………….................................
2. Date of Birth (Day/Month/Year, e.g. 9 Jan 1980): …………………………………………………………………….......
3. Gender: M or F ……………………….… 4. Marital Status …..……………………………………………………....
5. Citizenship: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Your residence address with Parents name: …………………………………………………………………………......
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
……………………………………………………………… Tel. No. …………………………………................
7. E-Mail address : …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. Permanent home address : ………………………………………………………………………………………….……

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……
……………………….………………………………......... Tel No. ……………………………………........
Section 2 : List all academic qualifications (previously attempted or completed Examination/s)
S. Full name of Duration Full name of State/ Date Date Full or

No. Institution Qualification Country Commenced Completed Part Time
Study Study
2.1 Current Semester of study at NIFT …………………………………………………………………………..
Department & NIFT Centre ……………….…………………………………………………………………….
Current Semester of Study …………………….……………………………………………………………….
Batch of Study ………………………………….…………………………………………………………………
SGPAs of all semesters covered till date
Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester CGPA of Approval of CC

I II III IV V VI competed for selection of
semesters Courses
duly appro-
ved by COE

2.2 Work Experience, Internship & Projects Undertaken
S.No. Duration Company/Employer Position & Duties
III. Section 3: Preferred Courses for study during Twinning/Exchange programme (restrict preference upto three institutions only)
S.No. Name of the Institution Name of the Programme Subject /Courses you
wish to study
IV. Section 4: References
Please give the Names, Occupation and Addresses of two people from whom references may be obtained, at least one of whom should
be qualified to comment on your Educational Background and Potential for your chosen course.
Academic Reference Other (or second academic reference)

Name Name
Occupation Occupation
Address: Address
E-Mail E-Mail
Tel Tel
Fax Fax
V Section 5: Languages Spoken
5.1 Number of years you have been studying in English Language ………………….
5.2 Any other foreign language that you know: ……………………………………
VI Section 6: Preference of Stay Arrangement
Own Arrangement
Hostel
Host Family
Any other, please specify

VII Section 7: Statement of purpose (Write a note of not more than 400 words on statement of purpose)
7.1 Any other additional information as to why your application for the programme should be considered.
VIII Section 8: Financial Statement
Financial Sources Please Tick Yes/No.

Yes No
Sponsor Abroad
Bank Loan/ Other Loan *
Own funding
* (Details to be enclosed)
I hereby state that:
a) I am aware of the official estimate of the cost, provided by the international linkages division of NIFT, including tuition, housing
and maintenance fees for the programme, which I intend to follow at the university.
b) I have at my disposal the financial support to enable me to meet those cost from my own sources
c) I understand that at the time of registration I will be in position to pay my admission fee in full.
d) I am aware that I have to pay tuition fee at NIFT & also at the twinning study institution in full before the stipulated date of
programme.
IX. Section 9: Declaration
I confirm that the information given on this form is correct.
Applicant's Signature ……………………………………….. Date ……………………………...
Guardian's Name & Signature
X. Form forwarded by CI&DL of the respective Centre
(Signature of CI&DL)
Name:
Centre:

10 - F
Feedback from students who go for exchange

Name:
Department and Centre at NIFT:
Program & Location of study abroad:
Please provide any comments you may have in any of the following categories. Your honest feedback would help future participants to prepare better
for their time abroad.
Registration process at host school
Facilities Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
International linkages support Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
from host institution
On-site Orientation & Campus facilities
Contents of On-site Orientation Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
How helpful was the orientation? Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Academics
Classes/ Labs/ facilities/infrastructure Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Professors/faculty Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Learning outcomes Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Courses selected
Medium of Instruction
Course load
Housing
Facilities Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Things to carry
Cost
Food
Cost & availability
Making your own V/s eating out
On-campus food Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory
Transportation & Travel
Local transportation Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory

Packing
Must haves
Leave it at home
Weather considerations
Finances
How much you spent
Memorable moments of culture shock
Communication
Phones & phone cards
Computer & internet availability
Any other comments:
Signature of the Student
Signature of CI&DL

10 - G
Name of Student:
Name of Foreign University/Institute:
Semester:
Year:
As per Foreign Institute mark sheet} {As per NIFT Conversion}
Subject Credit/ Grade Marks Grade Grade Point Credit X

obtained Unit equivalent equivalent at NIFT Grade Point
at foreign at NIFT
institute
Subject 1
Subject 2
Subject 3
Subject 4
Subject 5
Subject 6
Total
SGPA (formula as in NIFT Academic Manual) = (No. of Credits X Grade Point)

-------------------------------------
No. of Credits
No. of Credits (Credit Equivalence) at the concerned dept. & semester at NIFT:
Signature of RA Signature of Signature of

Unit Incharge Head-I&DL

10 - H
INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES DIVISION
Application Form for Foreign Students for Twinning /Exchange Programme at NIFT
I. Section 1: Personal Details
4. Last (family) Name: ...........................................................................................................................................................................
First Name: ……………………………………………………………… Middle Name: ………………...........................................
5. Date of Birth (Day/Month/Year, e.g. 9 Jan 1980) : ……………………………………………………………………........................
6. Gender: M or F …………………………………….................. 4. Marital Status …..…………………………………….....
5. Citizenship : …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………........................
6. Your residence address : …………………………………………………………………………………………………............................
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..........................
……………………….……………………………………........... Tel. No. …………………………………..............................
9. E-Mail address : …………………………………………………………………………………………………………....................
10. Permanent home address : ………………………………………………………………………………………………...................

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............
………………………………...................................................... Tel No. ……………………………………..........................
V. Section 2: List all academic qualifications (previously attempted or completed Examination/s)
S. Full name of Duration Full name of State/ Date Date Full or

No. Institution Qualification Country Commenced Completed Part Time
Study Study
2.1 Current Semester details of the student
Department Name …………………………………….
Current Semester of Study ……………………………
SGPAs of all semesters covered till date
Semester I Semester II Semester III Semester IV Semester V Semester VI

5.1 Work Experience, Internship & Projects Undertaken
S.No. Duration Company/Employer Position & Duties
VI. Section 3: Preferred Courses for study at NIFT during Twinning/Exchange programme
Name of the NIFT Centre Name of the Programme Subject /Courses you wish to study
VII. Section 4: References
Please give the Names, Occupation and Addresses of two people from whom references may be obtained, at least one of whom should be
qualified to comment on your Educational Background and Potential for your chosen course.
Academic Reference Other (or second academic reference)

Name Name
Occupation Occupation
Address: Address
E-Mail E-Mail
Tel Tel
Fax Fax
V Section 5: Languages Spoken
5.1 Number of years you have been studying in English Language ………………….
5.3 Any other foreign language that you know: ……………………………………
VI Section 6: Preference of Stay Arrangement
Own Arrangement
Hostel
Host Family
Any other, please specify

VII Section 7: Statement of purpose (Write a note of not more than 400 words on statement of purpose)
7.2 Any other additional information as to why your application for the programme should be considered.
VIII Section 8: Financial Statement
Financial Sources Please Tick Yes/No.

Yes No
Sponsor Abroad
Bank Loan/ Other Loan *
Own funding
* (Details to be enclosed)
I hereby state that:
a) I am aware of the official estimate of the cost, provided by the international linkages division of NIFT, including tuition, housing and
maintenance fees for the programme, which I intend to follow at the university.
b) I have at my disposal the financial support to enable me to meet those cost from my own sources
IX. Section 9 : Declaration
I confirm that the information given on this form is correct.
Applicant's Signature ……………………………………….. Date ……………………………...
Guardian's Name & Signature

10 - I
FACULTY SECONDMENT TO NIFT
National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT), headquartered at Delhi is an autonomous international fashion institute providing under-
graduate and postgraduate education in design, management and technology. NIFT's academic year has two terms every year beginning
January and July. The broad areas under consideration for faculty secondment are given in the form. The visiting faculty may however also
be involved in executing new programs, projects and / or holding workshops. The terms and conditions are open to mutual negotiations.
We welcome faculty to experience NIFT as part-time, full time, adjunct, on Sabbatical, or in any other forms that the faculty may desire.
A secondment at NIFT, offers a glimpse of the diversity and vibrancy of our tremendous understanding of design heritage, an exposure to
the multi-faceted craft sector through our Craft Cluster Program and an opportunity to travel through India through our seven NIFT centers
in different corners of the country.
The entire cost of secondment of a faculty to NIFT, including cost of passage both ways, accommodation as well as daily allowance will
be borne by NIFT. The period of secondment can vary between 15 days to a year depending on the mutually agreed terms. The period will
have to however coincide with an academic term of NIFT.
During this period of secondment the visiting faculty will be expected to adhere to all rules, regulation and policies, which apply to Visiting/
Guest exchange faculty including confidentiality, political activity and conflict of interest. The Faculty shall be required to sign an
undertaking to respect NIFT's ownership to information under intellectual property rights, if appropriate and applicable. Should the visiting
faculty commit any act or omission during her/his secondment with NIFT that may give rise to any liability, NIFT agrees to indemnify and
make harmless the sponsoring institute/university from any claim, demand, cause of action or suit at law that may results.
Interested faculty members of institutes may indicate their intent for secondment on the enclosed form. It would normally be expected that
the faculty have a postgraduate/doctorate degree in the relevant area, teaching experience relevant to the course description indicated
against the area and substantial research publications in the area to his credit. Nominations may kindly be sent in respect of only those
candidates who could be spared, in the event of their selection, for undertaking the proposed assignment at NIFT for a period indicated.

FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO BE FILLED BY FACULTY MEMBERS
INTERESTED IN SECONDMENT TO NIFT
Broad Area of Assignment for which nomination sent (0 )

DESIGN (UG) MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
Fashion Design Merchandising Apparel Manufacturing
Leather Design Marketing Textile Technology
Textile Design Retail Information Technology
Knitwear Design
Fashion & Lifestyle accessories
DESIGN (PG)
UG/PG teaching - Design/ Management/ Technology
Faculty workshops / training
Curriculum development
Fas.E - Fashion Entrepreneurship programme
Other EDP (Executive Development Programme) and MDP (Management Development
Programme) Programmes
Craft Cluster Initiatives
Term Applied for (1 semester (16 weeks) / 1 module (4 weeks)/ Workshops (2 weeks)/Other (specify):
1. Name (Expanded initials):

2. Date and Place of birth:
3. Nationality:
4. Present Postal address:
5. Educational qualifications
Degree/Diploma Division/Grade Year Subjects taken Name of University/ Institute
6. Professional experience
Address of the office/ Institution Post held Duration from to Specific experience P.G. Teaching/
Research Industrial
7. Details of Published work : Books, Articles, Monographs, Papers

8. Summary of recent/current projects undertaken:
9. Current Interests and Assignments:
10. Visits abroad:
Country visited Duration of visit From To Purpose of visit

11. Previous assignment with NIFT, if any:
Term/year Course taught Seconded by your institute or

directly hired by NIFT
12. Any other relevant information:
Signature of Applicant
Remarks of the Head of the Institute:
Signature of the Head of the Institute
To be sent to:
International and Domestic Linkages (I&DL) Office
National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 India.

10 - J
Policy on Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT

1. Title of the Policy - Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT
2. Preamble : NIFT has evolved as a centre of Excellence imparting Multidisciplinary and pragmatic education to its students. In
order to keep pace with the dynamic environment which is rapidly changing, the present milieu demands that the international
fashion industry trends need to be adopted and assimilated within the Indian environment. Owing to the fact that process of
Globalization is rapidly happening, exchanges of teaching pedagogy, concepts, and professional ideas are necessitated.
Thus, there is a requirement of introduction of overseas international visiting fellows, who can provide the necessary interna-
tional flavour and impetus to the initiative taken by NIFT. It is also important to offer appointments to overseas visiting fellows so
that their involvement and commitment with NIFT is ensured.
The exercise has multi-pronged advantages inter alia:
a) Provision of international exposure to students who are unable to study abroad on account of lack of adequate financial
resources
b) Cost effectiveness in terms of benefit to a large and effective pool of students.
In connection with the above, NIFT has initiated a process to welcome international faculty experts to work / associate with NIFT
as visiting fellows. The visiting faculty may be involved in executing new programs, projects and / or holding workshops. The
specific form for inviting National and International faculty experts has designed and furnished to various fashion education
institutes and is also hosted on the NIFT website.
4. Definition : A distinguished scholar or an industry person working internationally (other than India) with an evidence of strong
commitment for teaching. These will be highly qualified academics or industry professionals with rich experience in Interna-
tional organizations/ institutions in other countries
5 Scope and Ambit : At various foras, there has been a felt need by the Industry, Academia and Research organizations that NIFT
should invite foreign faculty for Curriculum Development for various programmes viz. PG programme in Design, Teaching core
and common specialized elective subjects at UG and PG levels, conducting MDP/EDP Programmes, faculty training and
workshops etc.
The policy aims at providing guidelines for determining duties and obligations and accountability of concerned expert and host
departments.
6. Invitation : It is pertinent to set out the probable method of invitation to be a part of the visiting fellow selection. It needs to be
specified that invitation ought to be area and subject specific and according to the needs of the host department students and
faculty. Some of the methods that could be used are as follows:
a) Inviting Overseas Experts from specialized domains through IFFTI member Institutions
b) Sending Invitation to Scholars of proven repute in the relevant field of specialization
c) Written media/ Internet advertisement/ notice on NIFT and member Institutions websites.
d) Nomination by the Chairperson / HOD of the units at NIFT on the basis of International acclaim generated through
published work or word of mouth.
e) Through follow-up of Seminars/Conferences/Workshops etc. conducted by the experts internationally.
Applications shall be solicited in the prescribed format (Annexure1) that available with International Linkages cell or downloaded
from the NIFT website.
7. Selection Criteria : In order that the faculty inputs are successful, the selection criteria cannot be extremely rigid but have a
certain element of flexibility and objectivity attached to it. Exceptions if any may be made in deserving cases purely on a
recommendation basis.
Broadly however the selection criteria would fall within the following parameters:
a) Professional credentials of the expert

b) Feed back of the previous assignment with NIFT (if any) or any either institution
c) Core Competence in the subject area
d) Ability to be application and subject specific
e) Ability to perform into the following work areas -
i. To conduct specialized Revenue Generating Programmes like MDP/EDP, PG programme in Design Space.
ii. Curriculum Development and Training.
iii. Teaching at UG / PG Programmes at NIFT.
iv. Teaching common electives.
v. Training Faculty.
vi. Conducting Research/ consultancy Projects.
vii. Providing expertise to the Cluster Initiative
8. Association of the expert and Number of Experts to each Department : Each expert /fellow would be associated with a primary
host department and a secondary affiliation department. This would be done by the selection committee based on professional
credibility and experience of each expert.
z The number of experts to be finalized and invited shall be guided by the requirements however, for the first two years
of the policy in force, the host department shall have 2-3 experts being invited for the Revenue Generating Programmes
like the EDP/MDP, PG Programme in Design Space etc. and for the departments conducting regular programmes shall
invite 1-2 visiting fellows per academic year.
9. Responsibility of the Host Department :
z The host department shall provide for Academic interface with staff and faculty and the visiting fellow
z The Chairperson shall coordinate the interface with various centers
z The Registrars of the centers hosting shall be responsible for the visiting fellow's administrative arrangements in
terms of their travel, stay and other contractual obligations.
z The host department shall form a coordination committee of two members (CP and the CC for instance) that shall
decide the workload and the minimum and maximum no of hours etc and the same recommendation shall be given to
the selection committee.
z Host department shall do the budgeting for the expert and determine beforehand that the DDF (refer to relevant
provisions under DDF Policy issued separately) shall be available. The Registrars of the centers shall certify the DDF
with the respective CCs. In cases where payment exceeds the amount allocated under DDF prior approval of the
competent authority will be necessary.
10. Selection procedure
a) Academic Screening Committee: A committee comprising of CP's Dean (A), Head-AA and Head IL shall examine the
applications based on the mentioned criteria and submit the recommendations to the Director General. They will make
recommendations specific to the grade based on the qualifying criteria of relevant experience as given below.
The above mentioned committee shall also decide the workload based on recommendation of the host department and
justify the selection of the concerned expert on the basis of the their seniority and professional credibility
Category/grade Qualifying criteria/ Remuneration
relevant Experience
Group A 15 to 20yrs. 2000-4000 USD per week
Group B 10 to 15yrs 1000-2000USD per week
Group C 4 to 8yrs. 750-1000USD per week

b) Negotiation Committee : The committee that shall negotiate the terms and conditions shall comprise Director Delhi
Centre, Director (F&A), Dean (A) and Head (IL)
11. Financial Arrangement :
a. The centres shall bear the expenses pro-rata on the basis of number of days spent at each centre by the Visiting Fellow.
A Debit note shall be raised by the HQ on each of the receiving centre on the Pro-Rata basis. The centre may adjust /
book expenditure against the DDF of the host department (15% of the DDF is allocated for the Engagement of visiting
fellow/adjunct faculty) failing which the centre book it as academic expenditure in cases of regular programmes (with
the prior approval of DG).
b. Remuneration paid as fee shall be based on the recommendations and negotiations by the screening and negotiation
committee as explained above.
c. Apart from the above remuneration, lodging arrangement shall be made by NIFT along with a DA of USD 50 per day or
total DSA of 100USD per day shall be offered to the selected visiting faculty.
d. The Negotiation committee shall also decide mode of overseas travel according to the category of Visiting Fellow. The
committee shall also decide the category of lodging arrangement to be made by NIFT for Visiting Fellow.
Power to relax : No provisions of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC & BOG.

AGREEMENT FOR ENGAGEMENT OF VISITING FACULTY IN NIFT
THIS AGREEMENT is made on this current date __________________, _______ of the Christian Year Two Thousand and Seven.
Between
National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park, Hauz Khas, New Delhi -16, A Statutory body under by NIFT
Act, 2006 with its Head Office at New Delhi and 7 Centres at Bangalore, Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Mumbai,
hereinafter referred to as "CUSTOMER " of the ONE PART;
And
Mr./Mrs._____________________ (Name of the visiting faculty) hereinafter referred to as "Service Provider" of the OTHER PART;
Terms and Conditions :

Period of Visit - As per requirement and approval
Honorarium - During his/her visit to NIFT, he/she will be offered a honorarium of USD __________ per week.
Financial Arrangement - The entire cost of his Secondment to NIFT, including of air passage both ways (economy class excluding excess
baggage, PTA, if desired), Airport Taxes, accommodation as well as daily allowance will be borne by NIFT. However a claim regarding the
same should be put up through the concerned Programme Co-ordinator. For air passage payments will be done on production of original
tickets. An allowance of USD 100 per day which includes Boarding would be offered to the visiting faculty by NIFT. Accommodation at all
NIFT centres would be arranged by the Centre Directors. However, he/she could avail the option of utilizing the arrangement made by NIFT
at its various Centres and Daily Allowance of 50 USD per day will be paid. All other expenses like laundry, telephone, medical insurance
etc is to be borned by the faculty. All inter centre travel within India would be arranged by NIFT. The honorarium would be paid on completing
the programme after deducting dues if any of the faculty.
Mandatory Workload - During the secondment of the visiting faculty, which shall be 1-2 Weeks, the mandatory workload shall be decided
by the Programme Coordinator and shall include Teaching/Research/Conducting workshops etc. at NIFT and its various Centres. The
honorarium to be paid during the secondmentship shall be linked with the satisfactory completion of mandatory workload. In the event of
the visiting faculty, unable to complete the mandatory workload, on medical grounds or otherwise, he / she shall be required to extend his/
her stay to complete the workload. In the event of premature return without completion of mandatory workload due to any reason, the Daily
Allowance to be borne by NIFT shall be reduced proportionately and return airfare + Airport Taxes shall be borne by the visiting faculty. The
visiting faculty shall not be permitted to take any other assignment during this period. In case of any violation, expenditure incurred by NIFT
would be disallowed. He/ she would not be allowed to undertake any other employment including lectures, commentary or workshops for
other institutions in this period. He would also abide by the IPR policy of NIFT.
Force Majeure - During the Secondment in NIFT, If the whole or any part of the performance by the visiting faculty is prevented or delayed
by causes, circumstances or events beyond NIFT/Visiting faculty's control then to the extent NIFT/Visiting faculty shall be prevented or
delayed from performing all or any part of its obligations hereunder by reason thereof despite due diligence and reasonable efforts to do
so notwithstanding such causes, circumstances or events, the NIFT/Visiting Faculty shall be excused from performance hereunder for so
long as such causes, circumstances or events shall continue to prevent or delay such performance. Prior intimation of any such
conditions us writing shall their to be sent by the visiting faculty. Prior approval of NIFT should be taken justifying reasons.
H) Governing Law/Jurisdiction - This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India and
shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in New Delhi, NIFT HO. In the event of any dispute the decision of DG
NIFT shall be final and binding.
I) Complete Agreement - This Agreement is entire in itself and cannot be changed or terminated orally. No modification waiver or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless communicated in writing and signed by NIFT and Visiting Faculty. All
legally required amendments shall automatically become an integral part of this Agreement.

By executing the duplicate of this Agreement, NIFT and Mr./Ms. ________________ (Visiting faculty) shall be deemed to
acknowledge having understood the terms hereof and to accept and agree to the terms hereof.
Name and Address Visiting Faculty Name and Address

with Passport No.

NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park
Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 16,
(Signature of the Authorized signatory on (Signature of the Visiting Faculty)

behalf of NIFT)
(Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of Visiting Faculty)

10 - K
Draft Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) Between

National Institute of Fashion Technology And______
i) This Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is signed between National Institute of Fashion Technology (hereinafter referred to
as NIFT) and ---------------- on this ______ day of Month_____ Year_______. The Objective of the MOU is to utilize each
organization's capabilities, expertise and experience in conducting Management / Entrepreneurship Development programmes.
These programmes will focus on Design. Management and Technology for Textile & Garment industry.
ii) The term of this MOU is one year and the MOU shall be reviewed in the last quarter of its term.
iii) According to this MOU, NIFT will conduct Management / Entrepreneurship / Skill Up gradation Development Programmes &
other related porgarmmes on global basis in association ( jointly with --------
iv) This MOU does not prevent either party, NIFT or ------ from entering into relationships with other organizations for conduct of
similar programs during the term of MOU, or anytime thereafter.
v) The faculty for these programmes would be contributed by NIFT for technical inputs and ------ for ----- inputs. Outside experts for
the programmes, if required will be selected jointly by NIFT and -
vi) Expenses relating to the following expense heads will be initially borne by ------ and adjust against the fee to be received for the
programmes from the participants.
- Auditorium hiring
- News paper advertisement and publicity
- Mailers
- Cost of Seminar / Training materials
- Working lunch / Tea etc., TA/DA expenses of guest faculty
- Inauguration and valediction expenses.
- Service charge of any local organization if associated.
vii) All fees would be determined jointly by NIFT and ------collected by ------ and kept in separate accounts.
viii) NIFT will get a lumpsum of 15% of total fee collected towards utilization of its name/brand in organizing the programme.
ix) Any use of NIFT name/logo in any promotional /print/ electronic media shall be pre-approved by NIFT.
x) The allocation of expenses incurred under various heads not covered under (vi) above will be mutually decided. The surplus
available after deducting expenses as indicated at (vi) & (vii) above would be shared by NIFT & ----- in the ratio 50 :50.
xi) A joint committee for programmes would be set up at which NIFT would be represented by Head (industry) and ---- would be
represented by its -----. The committee may co-opt equal number of participant from the respective organization.
xii) All decisions with regards to programmes would be taken by consensus and if there by any difference of opinion between NIFT
---- and on any programme the same would be dropped without any liability to either side.
xiii) NIFT and -------- would reconcile and settle the accounts within one month of completion of each programme.
(Authorized Signatory )
National Institute of Fashion Technology (Authorized Signatory)

New Delhi

12 - A
IT Distribution and Procurement Policy

1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT IT Distribution and Procurement Policy
1.2 The policy shall come in force with effect from June 2011
2. Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this policy is to obtain the optimum utilization of the IT infrastructure available with NIFT and updating the IT
technology through cost-effective procurement of IT Infrastructure.
3. Applicability
3.1 The policy is applicable to all the IT technology users of NIFT.
4. Process
4.1 Distribution Policy for PCs and Peripherals
4.1.1 Desktop Computers
Officers/Staff:-
Director General
Directors
Senior officers of the rank of Registrar/Professors/CPs and above
Officers upto the rank of Dy.Registrar/Faculty/OSDs/ARs/Accounts and Purchase Staff/DG Sectt.
For all Co-ordinators - SDAC, RIC, CIL (one each) (CIC,EAC)
For each faculty who is additionally the unit-inchrage/unit-head at HO
Departmental Labs:-
Each academic dept. (PG and UG to be treated separately and FP to be treated as a dept.) - 40 computers each
1 CAD Lab to be maintained by CC-F.Tech for common use - 40 computers each
4.1.2 MAC Systems
One MAC Lab with 40 systems for FC Dept.
5 MAC systems for PG Design Dept
4.1.3 Desktop Computers
RA / Sr.Asst. / Jr.Asst /Pas / Lab Asst.(non-IT)
Dept. Labs -FP
4.1.4 Laptops
Director General - 1
All Directors - 1 each
All Registrars - 1 each
Dean-A, Head-AA, Head-IL, Head-Industry, Head-FOTD and Head- Research - 1 each
All CPS - 1 each
CCC - 1
IT Dept. - HO (for common use) - 2
Academic Programmes : 2 Laptops per programme per centre
4.1.5 DLP Projectors

Academic Depts. - 2 per specialization
FP - 4 for Delhi and 3 for others
4 projectors for HO (Board room -1, Pupul Jayakar Hall - 1, IT dept. (for common use) - 1, DG Sectt.-1)
1 each for auditorium/conference room per centre

4.1.6 Printers
The following type of printers have been identified depending upon the nature of work and workload of the users and
will be distributed according to the following norms.
4.1.6.1 Printer Type I -
Multipurpose printer (All in One) - Colour 4-in-1 Printer
Director General
Directors, Registrars, CPs, Dean-A, Head of Units .
Monochrome 4-in-1 Printer
CCs, DR (F&A), AD, PO, AR, PE, EE, DD-NRC, Head Librarians
4.1.6.2 Printer Type II - Medium Speed LaserJet Printer
Academic depts. -1 per specialization
One for Academic Affairs
One for Actts. And Finance
One for Establishment and Admission
4.1.6.3 Printer Type III -Medium Speed Monochrome (A3) - Dotmatrix
Accounts and Finance in each centres and HO
4.1.6.4 Printer Type IV - A4 LaserJet Printer - Monochrome
Each unit in Head Office
Accounts Dept. - 2 each
Administrative Officers
Academic Depts. - 1 each
DG Sectt. - 3
One printer to be shared between co-ordinators (SDAC,RIC, CIL) in each centre
4.1.6.5 Printer Type V - High Speed LaserJet Printer -Monochrome (A4)
One per centre
4.1.6.6 Printer Type VI - High Speed Network LaserJet Printer -Monochrome (A4)
One in HO
4.1.6.7 Printer Type VII -LaserJet Colour Printer (A4)
- One in each centre and HO
4.1.6 8 Plotter - 72 "
One per Centre - with DFT
4.1.7 Scanners - A4
The scanners will be distributed as per the following norms
- One for each academic dept.(specialization)
- One scanner to be shared among 5 units
- One between Centre Co-ordinators
4.1. 8 IT Consumables - Pen Drive
Pen drives will be issued as per the following norms:-
- Directors/CPs/HODs - 1+1 each
- Other Officers/ Staff of Group A&B&C - 1 each
4.1.9 LAN Connection
All the PCs will be in the LAN
4.1.10 Internet connectivity
Internet connectivity to be provided to all Desktops under LAN and browsing & download limits to be set through
Firewall / Filters based on the following category of users:-

Category:-1 Director General / Directors / Senior officers of the rank of Registrar /Professors / CPs / Heads and above
/ Faculty / Dy.Registrar/ DG Sectt. / Board sect
Category:-2 Officers up to the rank of OSDs / ARs / PO/ SAs / RAs / PAs / CoE Cell
Category:-3 All other Staffs / Units
Category:-4 Students
Category:-5 Laboratory computers
4.1.11 Email Accounts
NIFT Email accounts will be created for the following users:-
- Officers/Faculty/Staff.
- All NIFT students of Regular Programmes
4.1.12 IT Training and Development
Periodic training for faculty/officers to upgrade IT skills
4.1.13 AMC of PCs and Peripherals
- AMC of PCs and peripherals will be done locally by respective centres.
- The Centres need to obtain the approval of DG-NIFT before awarding the AMC to the vendors.
- The details such as IT items covered under AMC and the Tender specification should be communicated to the
Head-Office by the respective centres.
4.2 Procurement Policy for PCs and Peripherals
4.2.1 Software Procurement
- Software(s) and no. of licenses as per the course curriculum needs and student strength.
- SIAC-IT will recommend to the competent authority about the mode of procurement and the no. of licenses to
be procured as per the distribution policy
4.2.2 IT Hardware Procurement
- Assessment of IT Hardware procurement as per the distribution policy will be done at the NIFT -HO level and
the same will be submitted to SIAC-IT.
- SIAC-IT will recommend to the competent authority about the mode and the quantity of IT Hardware procurement
as per the distribution policy.

12 - B
NIFT Web Policy

A. Purpose of the Website
The purpose of National Institute of Fashion Technology's official web site is to provide general information about our systems
as well as information about educational programs, extracurricular activities, events, and student and staff achievements.
The web site is intended to provide valuable information to the larger community about NIFT and its various centers. The
following guidelines are intended to ensure that the web site meets these goals and to establish reasonable controls to
protect the privacy of students and staff, to ensure that the web site is in compliance with applicable laws, and to ensure that
it meets the highest educational and quality standards.
B. Web Site Structure
1) There is a main NIFT website - www.nift.ac.in, which will have all the necessary common information.
2) On the home page of this site, there will be various menu options which will be as follows and contain the following
information notified from time to time by the Corporate Communication Cell:
z The Institute - this will have further sub menus, which will detail the history, vision and mission of the
institute, its future directions, NIFT's governing council, DG's message, faculty, administration and finance.
z Academics - this will give information on courses (programs) offered, student development activities,
placements, facilities offered to students, placements, research and publications.
z Admissions - this will explain in detail, the procedure, seats offered in every center, the fee structure and
list of students selected.
z NIFT Alliances- this will talk about national and international linkages and alliances of NIFT.
z Business opportunities - this will lead to further sub menus for sponsorship of events in NIFT, and
tenders.
z Job opportunities
z NIFT Initiatives
z Intellectual Property Rights
z Alumni
z Contact us
z Social responsibility- The right to information act manual 2005, and cluster initiatives taken by NIFT
z NIFT Mail
C. Terms And Conditions Of Web Site Use
z Privacy Policy
z News and Events - this will list all the latest happenings in NIFT and relevant information.
z NIFT Centers - here NIFT centers shall be listed and links to center websites shall be provided, and for maintaining
uniformity, all NIFT Centre websites must incorporate the following
a) The main page of the center website should have the same look as the www.nift.ac.in Home Page.
b) The main page must carry a visual that reflects the USP of that particular Center, such as an interesting
picture of the campus.
c) The menu is to be provided on the right side, and must include the following:
1. Home
2. Courses offered
3. NIFT Team

4. News and events
5. Resource center / Library
6. Cluster Initiatives
7. Job opportunities
8. Contact us
d) The content of each menu head will be as follows:
1. Home - This will lead back to the main page of our website.
2. Courses Offered - will talk about only the regular and CE programs of that center.
3. NIFT Team - will list the Faculty and Administrative team of that center.
4. NIFT Centres - NIFT has several centers spread out in different parts of India namely
__________. All the centers are governed under the rules and regulations of NIFT which is
administered by the Head Office of NIFT which located at __________
5. News and Events - will display latest news and events taking place in that center.
6. Resource Center / Library - will have pictures and information related to the topic of that center.
7. Cluster Initiatives - will talk about cluster work taken up by that center.
8. Job opportunities - will be center specific.
9. Contact us - will have address and phone nos. of that center and email id of the website
coordinator of that center.
Webmaster Responsibilities
There is a Webmaster, who is responsible for updating of the web site from time to time, approving all material to be posted
on the site, and monitoring all web site activities for compliance with Board policies, applicable laws and regulations, and
these guidelines. If the Webmaster is unsure whether particular material is appropriate, he/she shall consult such person
who has for the time being given the powers and authority to decide on the contents of the web and the decision of such
person shall be final. Only the Webmaster and other responsible person in NIFT duly authorized by the management shall
have password-protected access to the web server to place, remove and modify web pages and contents thereof. In the
event any uploading of new material is to be made at any center, the Website Coordinator of that center should consider the
nature of the matter to be uploaded and shall revert to the webmaster if in his opinion such matter is likely to be in breach of
policies, laws and regulations. In particular when such new material involves any Intellectual property issues of NIFT or
others the website coordinator shall have the contents cleared by the Webmaster.
1. Regular updating of website - NIFT reserves the right to edit, delete, or modify any web page content as it sees fit to
comply with the intended purposes of the web site and these guidelines.
2. Projecting NIFT as Center of Excellence
3. Highlighting our Corporate Social Responsibility
4. Management of updated website
5. Regular answering of web mails
D. Content, Quality and Subject Matter
1. NIFT web site does not create, nor is it intended to create, a public or limited public forum. All materials placed on
the web site must serve the educational mission of NIFT.
2. All materials placed on the web site must meet academic standards for proper spelling, grammar, content and
accuracy.
3. All materials placed on the web site must comply with all Board policies, administrative procedures and rules
concerning the acceptable use of technology.
4. Web page content must be limited to NIFT-sponsored information and activities. No personal student or staff web
pages, chat rooms, or discussion groups are permitted on the web site.
E. Confidentiality of Student Information
1. The web site shall be in compliance with all applicable confidentiality laws and regulations.
2. At no time shall personal information about students (such as home address, telephone number, e-mail address,
birth date, etc.) appear on the web site.
3. The web site will not include any information that indicates the physical location of students at any given time.

4. Student's achievements, awards, photographs of extracurricular activities or work may only be published on the
website.
F. Confidentiality of Staff / Faculty Information
1. At no time shall personal information about staff / faculty appear on the web site {including home address, home
telephone number, home e-mail address, birth date, etc.)
As the NIFT web site is maintained in part to enhance communication with students and their families, the official e-
mail address and/ or telephone numbers of staff / faculty are published on the web site.
G. Intellectual Property Rights
1. NIFT is the owner of the trademarks NIFT, NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY and stylized representation
of the word NIFT (NIFT logo) within the meaning of the Trademarks Act,1999.
2. NIFT is also the owner of the copyright of the NIFT logo and all artistic and literary contents in the website within the
meaning of Copyright Act, 1957.
3. NIFT is the owner of the trademark NIFT and the domain names niftindia.com, nift.edu, nift.ac.in. NIFT also claims
rights in any domain name under any TLD consisting of the word NIFT and reserve right to initiate proceedings for
the deregistration of any domain name consisting of the word NIFT in the event such registration has been obtained
in bad faith.
4. Except for the above exceptions, all web pages and materials published on the web site are the property of and
owned by NIFT
5. Where appropriate the web pages will contain specific copyright notices conspicuously indicating that such pages
are exclusive properties of NIFT and no one is permitted to download, reproduce or otherwise use the same
whether in its entirety or in part. For the purpose notices may be worded as, "Copyright reserved. No part of this
document shall be made use of otherwise by way of fair dealing as provided in the copyright act 1957."
H. Terms and conditions of web site use
This page states the Terms and Conditions under which the visitor may visit this Web site. If the Terms and Conditions stated
here, are not agreeable to the visitor he should quit the site. The terms and conditions are subject to change from time to time
as considered appropriate by NIFT. The terms and conditions that are updated from time to time will supercede the previous
terms and conditions and that would be binding on the visitor.
Use of Content
All trademarks covered under the Trademarks Act, 1999 and artistic works and contents of this web site which are covered
under the Copyright Act 1957, unless otherwise indicated, are properties of NIFT. The use of these properties or any other
content on this site, except as provided in these terms and conditions or in the site content, is strictly prohibited and any
unauthorized use of any of the of the trademarks and copyright (collectively referred to as "Intellectual Property Rights")
would amount to infringement/passing off actionable in law. No one is entitled to reproduce, display, distribute, or otherwise
use of Intellectual Property Rights and use of such material s in any manner without the prior written consent of NIFT would
be actionable in law.
Links To/From OtherWeb Sites
This Web site may contain links to other Web Sites. These links are provided solely as a convenience to the visitor. Wherever
such link/s lead to sites which do not belong to NIFT and / or its associate entities, NIFT is not responsible for the content of
linked sites and does not take any responsibility for the correctness or accuracy of the content on such Web Sites. Similarly,
this Web site can be made accessible through a link created by other Web sites but such links can be created only with prior
written consent of NIFT.
Indemnity
The visitor agrees to indemnify, and hold harmless NIFT and/ or its associate entities, their faculty, officers, directors,
employees and agents, from and against any claims, actions or demands resulting from your use of the Web site material or
your breach of these terms and conditions of Web Site use.

Liability
NIFT is not liable as to the completeness or correctness of such information and any or all consequential liabilities arising out
of use of any information or contents on this Web Site. No warranty is given that the Web Site will operate error-free or that
this Web Site and its server are free of computer viruses or other harmful mechanisms.
The web site is provided without any warranties and NIFT and / or its associate entities, disclaims all warranties, including
non-infringement of third parties rights as also the accuracy, reliability of the contents including text, graphics, and links.
Disclaimer Of Damages
In no event shall NIFT, or any other entity associated with NIFT be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use
or inability to use the Web Site and the Web site material.
I. PRIVACY POLICY
z NIFT in the event of interaction with visitors will respect their rights to privacy. Any personal information that is
shared in such interaction shall be kept confidential.
z In the course of its activities NIFT may hold on-line quiz or other events and surveys as permitted by law and it
reserves its right to use and disseminate the information so collected to enhance its services to the visitors.
z NIFT will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for any violation or misuse of the personal information of
the visitor by unauthorized persons consequent to misuse of the internet environment.
z NIFT reserves its rights to revise this privacy policy from time to time.

12 - C
NIFT Development Fund

The National Institute of Fashion Technology is a premier institute set up by Ministry of Textiles, government of India for development of
the human resources for textiles and garment industry. The guidelines for NIFT developments are made to provide much needed
support to the NIFT Faculty, staff & students for their academic and related development activities out of the "CORPUS" fund called NIFT
DEVELOPMENT FUND.
About NIFT Development Fund
NIFT has created corpus fund called "NIFT Development fund. This fund was effective since 25th January 2000. An initial amount of `
50 lakhs had been collected through IDBI, Industry support and invested properly. The investments are made in fixed deposits/Scheme
of Nationalized Bank, UTI, ICCI, IDBI as considered appropriates from time to time.
All donations made specifically for overall development of NIFT fraternity is being deposited in this account and shall be used
effectively for development activities of NIFT Faculty, Staff & Students.
Amount Available Under NDF for Development Activities:
All Future expenditure out of this fund will be equivalent to the interest earned on the investments only i.e. the amount earned as interest
on the investment done under NDF shall be available for proving financial assistance.
Sanctioning Committee:
This fund shall be placed at the disposal of the committee; DG-NIFT, Dir (F& A) & Dean(A). This committee would evaluate & disperse
funds for development activities.
The meetings for the same may be convened once every quarter.
Account department under HO shall maintain proper account of the same. THE NDF committee shall review and take decisions on
utilization of the fund during quarterly meetings.
All faculty activities should be routed through Dean(A) and all student related grants through Head (AA). On receipt of the request the
committee will finalize the fund amount.
Application of Funds:
The NIFT development fund may be utilized for any or all of the following purposes;
1. FOR NIFT
2. FOR FACULTY
3. FOR STUDENTS
1. For NIFT
a. Promotional events & activities
NDF shall be utilized for organizing any promotional activities for NIFT. The assistance shall not exceed 10 % of NDF. The
promotional activities include;
z Corporate Film & Web base activities and development
Assistance shall be provided to create corporate films for promoting NIFT image. The film will be shown to new
applicants (at school level) or can be sent to international colleges for promoting NIFT. The film in the form of CD
can also be made available along with the prospectus to all who are applying in NIFT.
z Fashion Spectrum
An annual assistance to all NIFT centers for organizing annual festival of NIFT "FASHION SPECTRUM". The Fashion
Spectrum is conducted at all NIFT centres, and is a confluence of academic and co-curricular activities. The event
serves as a platform for the industry, NIFT students and other colleges of repute come together and participate in a
variety of programmes - cultural evenings, educational workshops, exhibitions and inter-college competitions.

2. For Faculty:
NDF shall be utilized for organizing any development activities for NIFT Faculty. The assistance shall not exceed 20 % of NDF.
The development activities include;
a. Up-gradation Training
Assistance shall be extended to provide management and other development training for upgrading faculty at NIFT.
The nature of the training depends on the competency of each department.
b. Faculty Excursion (Annual)
Assistance shall be made available to organize faculty excursion for the faculty of NIFT. The excursion could be of
three days.
c. National & International participation in (Seminars, Fairs & exhibitions).
Assistance shall be extended to render financial help to NIFT Faculty to undertake national and international
exhibitions, fairs and seminars for overall development of NIFT Faculty.
3. For Students:
NDF shall be utilized for funding students who have shown extra capabilities in handling social work, design work and other
newer models for lifting NIFT image.
In case, applicants are more, priority would be given to the student with excellent academic track record. Certificate from
Centre co-ordinator is essential to certify the above criteria.
z Outstanding performance in the work/project done at NIFT.
z Social Work Leadership Development Awards
z Financial Assistance
z Inter College participation.
a) Outstanding performance in the work/project done at NIFT.
The fund shall be used toward project costs, research, travel & other costs related to work on the project.
This fund may be used to support a percentage of the student project of any nature but not exceeding
`20,000/- of NDF fund.
Especially encouraged are projects that address the design, implementation, and dissemination of research
on new models.
Student needs to submit Certificate from Centre Co-ordinator to certify the above.
b) Social Work Leadership Development Awards
NIFT Development fund will grant one Social Work Leadership Development Awards per year. This award
is constituted for the Individuals who have demonstrated leadership in advancing the field of social work
in the NIFT related areas.
Award amount - ` 20,000/-
Priority will be given to work involving collaboration between NIFT and non-government organization. This
award will be presented at the time of Convocation.
Certificate from SDAC is essential to certify the above criteria.
c) Financial Assistance
This fund will be provided to students for the following;
Academic expenses excluding Tuition fee. (Tuition fee is waived off for needy student through NIFT
scholarship).

In exceptional cases, this fund may be provided for any academic & medical urgency for NIFT regular
Student.
Financial assistance would be provided to student for overseas participation in competition, fair & seminars
etc.
Assistance amount: not exceeding 20 % of the NDF fund
Certificate from Centre co-ordinator & / SDAC is essential to certify the above criteria.
d) Inter College participation
For promoting outstation college competitions 50% matching basis contribution will be made through NDF.
The balance 50% would be paid through SDAC activity fund.
Financial assistance amount: 50% of actual expenditure, limited to 10% of the NDF.
SDAC should forward the request for assistance.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE & FORMAT
All NIFT regular students can apply for the above awards & recognition to SDAC at respective NIFT centres.
Incomplete application will lead to cancellation.
Following guidelines may be adhered to for applying:
All application must be forwarded to SDAC duly certified & signed by CC of the Deptt.
A 200-word abstract describing the project (include background, goals, methods, and other details);
A 50-word abstract which should include a personal statement describing why the selection committee should
award this fund.
A two-page curriculum vitae of the student involved in the proposal;
Two letters of recommendation.
For advance funds, kindly submit the following also.
A one-page timetable outlining the work plan for the project;
A one-page budget justifying how the funds will be spent;
FUND REVIEW:
The NIFT development fund shall be reviewed and monitored by the constituted committee.
Power to interpret:
The decision of the Director General, in all matters relating to approval and rendering shall be final & binding.

12 - D
Research & Technology Labs

The BOG NIFT in its 65th meeting dated March 30, 2006 approved the proposed for setting up Research & Technology labs in all NIFT
centres with the following objectives. (a) Identification of the important issues faced by the industry, (b) Creating of world - class
infrastructure for undertaking research, (c) Development of new technological solutions or improve on the existing solutions, (d)
Improvement of technology absorption of the industry, (e) Study, emulating & development of important management practices and
propagate their adoption among the industry, (f) Development of interactive, web based training tools and media for industry and
students, (g) Development of innovative teaching / learning tools and methodologies for fashion education.
Guiding Principle
In the meeting of the Regional Industry Coordinators held on 5th October 2006, 24 proposals from RIC for setting up of R&T Laboratories
with capital expenditure amounting of ` 196.55 lakh was discussed and further examined with reference to the following criteria's (i)
The budget limit for each center is 35 lakhs, which if not utilized by the respective center would be offered to other center. (ii) The
budget should be used for equipment only. No budget for space, manpower and recurring expenditure will be provided. (iii) Proposal
must be very specific in term of deliverables, potential pre-identified clients and revenue expected per year for next five years.
Further, in the Executive Council meeting held on 17th October 2006 the issue of initiatives to be taken by NIFT on the tenth project i.e.
Sizing & Forecasting project was discussed and as per decision a capital grant of ` 1 Crore has been allocated from Research &
Technology budget for purchasing four compact & portable "Body Scanner" machines from M/s. TC2. (USA), to be used in "Sizing and
Forecasting Project".
Procedure
As per the criteria only nine projects of Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad and Mumbai centres were found feasible with a total
budgetary requirement of `. 89.00 lakh.
Approved Projects
Center Project Name Cost of the Project
Chennai Research Innovation Fabric & Garment Design 25.00
Delhi Set & Light Design 09.00
Gandhinagar Mechanical, Electrical & Electronic Engineering 20.00

(Total two projects)
Energy Analysis and Optimization of its usage 06.00
Hyderabad Use of Banana Fiber in Fabric After Studying the 02.00

(Total four projects) Properties and Blending with Other Fibers
Woolen Fibre (Deccan Variety in Clothing) 02.00
New Mixing technique of glass with other media 15.00
Study of women's / men's wear market in Andhra Pradesh State 03.00
Mumbai Project Management 07.00
Total 89.00
Total No. of Project : 09
Total cost of the Project : 89.00

The Administrative approval has been accorded for Research & Technology lab's work to start on nine feasible & one sizing and
forecasting project. The Research unit has prepared a format (attached Annexure 1) for the proposers of the approved projects to
submit their plan of work and estimated of expenditure on machine & equipment. Based on their estimates financial approval will be
solicited.
The global tender enquiry for procurement of "3 D Body Scanner" is proposed to be floated in near future.
MOU signed
(a) The Memorandum of Understanding & Cooperation (MOU) between NIFT - Institute of Natural Fibres, Coordination Centre of
the FAO European Cooperative Research Network on Flax and other Bast Plants, Poland is signed for formalizing a collaboration
program in the area of Research on technical aspects of Natural Fibres,
(b) The strategic objective of the centre is development and transfer of advanced technologies and products concerning obtaining
and processing of Natural Fibrous raw materials, especially flax and hemp.

13 - A
Ordinances & Regulations for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy

As approved by 13th Senate held on 11th October 2010
PREAMBLE
Section 26 of the NIFT Act, 2006 stipulates that subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, the Ordinances of the Institute may
provide for all or any of the matters specified in the said Section 26 and 27, interalia, further provides that Ordinances shall be made by
the Senate.
National Institute Of Fashion Technology (NIFT) Delhi offers postgraduate programmes leading to the award of Ph.D. degree through its
Head Office, Delhi. The award of Ph.D. degree is in recognition of high academic achievements, independent research and application
of knowledge in area of Fashion Technology and application thereof. Creative and productive enquiry is the basic concept underlying
the research work. Work of classified nature or strategic importance would normally not form a part of Ph.D. dissertation. The
procedure and requirements spelt out in these Ordinances and Regulations embody the philosophy to ensure high standards of
performance in research work at the Institute. Notwithstanding these Ordinances and Regulations, the various Departments and
Centres may require the candidates to complete additional requirement so as to serve their particular academic goals. Furthermore,
Departments/ Centres may also make any requirement more stringent and the students will be well advised to know of such
additional/more stringent requirement from their respective Department/Centre.
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi shall be conferred on a candidate who
fulfills all the requirements specified in these Ordinances and Regulations.
ORDINANCES
(Note: The Ordinances and Regulations contained herein are to be approved by the Board of Governors (BOG) It is to be pointed out that
the Rules/Regulations are modified/changed by the BOG if the circumstances so demand and the student will be governed at any time
by the Rules/Regulations applicable at that time.)
1. DEFINITIONS:
i) "Applicant" shall mean an individual who applies for admission to the Ph.D. programme of the National Institute of
Fashion Technology, Delhi on a prescribed Application Form within the specific period for application.
ii) "Candidate" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. Degree and who has successfully completed the course
requirement, the comprehensive examination and submitted an approved research plan;
iii) "Caretaker supervisor' shall mean a member of the academic staff appointed to look after the candidate's research
interests in the absence of the Supervisor and after the submission of thesis.
iv) "CEC" shall mean the Comprehensive Exam Committee of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi. The CEC
shall comprise of Head Research as its Chairperson; One external expert in the field; One Institute faculty expert,
preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Department / Centre to which the student belongs; Nominee of SIAC-
R; and Supervisor(s).
v) "Course Advisor" shall mean a faculty member nominated by the Department/ Centre to chalk-out the programme of
study of a student registered for the Ph.D. and to advise him on the courses to be taken by him. If a Supervisor(s) has
already been appointed, he/she shall be the Course Advisor for that student.
vi) "Course Work" shall mean courses of study prescribed by the Course Advisor to be undertaken by a student registered
for the Ph.D. Degree.
vii) "Dean" shall mean the Dean (Academics).
viii) "Degree" shall mean the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi in
prescribed area.
ix) "Head (AA)" shall mean Head (Academic Affairs).
x) "Head Research" shall mean head of research unit and de-facto chairperson of PhD Program
xi) "Institute" shall mean the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi.
xii) "Joint Supervisor" shall mean an additional supervisor approved by DG NIFT on the recommendation of Supervisor to
help the supervisor in the accomplishment of the research work of the student/candidate.

xiii) "Minimum Registration Period" shall mean the minimum period for which a candidate must be registered, including the
time spent as student before becoming a candidate, prior to submission of the thesis.
xiv) "Registration Period" shall mean the length of time span commencing with the date of initial registration at the Institute
till the completion of the programme.
xv) "SIAC - Research" shall mean the Standing Internal Advisory Committee of the National Institute of Fashion Technology
for Research. The SIAC - R shall comprise three PhD holding Professor / Senior Professors of NIFT, one Center Director
(all to be nominated by DG NIFT), Unit Incharge Research, Head Research as the Chairperson.
xvi) "Student" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. degree prior to becoming a candidate.
xvii) "Supervisor" shall mean a member of the academic staff of the Institute approved by DG NIFT on the recommendation of
SIAC-R to guide/supervise the research/ academic work of the student/candidate.
xviii) Note: 'He' & 'His' imply 'he/'she' and 'his'/'her' respectively.
2. The minimum entry qualifications for admission to the Ph.D programme shall be:
Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology* from NIFT or an equivalent
institute of international standing with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or
equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/
semesters) where marks are awarded. The decision of DG - NIFT with regard to which Institute shall be considered "equivalent"
will be final.
3. Candidate registered for the Ph.D. programme shall be required to satisfy a minimum registration period requirement, as laid-
down in the Regulations.
4. A student/candidate shall be required to earn prescribed minimum credits through courses and/or carry out his research work
at the Institute, under the guidance of approved supervisors. In special circumstances, a full-time student/candidate may be
permitted by the Standing Internal Advisory Committee - Research (SIAC-R) to carry out part of his research outside the
Institute.
5. A candidate will be required to complete all requirements for the award of the degree within a period specified in the Regulations.
6. The date of initial registration shall normally be the date on which the student formally registers for the first time in the beginning
of a Semester for the Ph.D. programme, which shall also be the date of his joining the programme for all intents and purposes.
7. For a student to become a candidate of the degree, he shall have to satisfy the requirements laid down in the Regulations and be
accepted by the SIAC-R.
8. If a student/candidate withdraws from his Ph.D. programme or his registration is terminated, his student/candidate status shall
cease. If such a candidate is re-admitted, he may be given weightage to the credits acquired during the previous registration on
the recommendation of the SIAC-R except in the case of termination on, disciplinary grounds.
9. The award of the Ph.D. Degree to an eligible candidate shall be made in accordance with the Regulations of the Institute.
REGULATIONS
The following Regulations shall apply to all categories of students/candidates pursuing course of study and research leading to the
Ph.D. degree:
R.1. ADMISSION ELIGIBILITY:
(Regulations R1-R3 to be implemented by Registrar (Admissions)
I. Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (ie MDes/ MFM/ M.Techfrom
NIFT with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by
the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/semesters) where marks
are awarded.
II. Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (ie MDes/ MFM/ M.Tech./
M.E./ M.Sc./ M.A./M.Com/ MBA degree) (or) equivalent qualification from an institute/ university of national/ international
repute with minimum 7 years of education after higher secondary last of which was the masters degree with a minimum
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever
letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/semesters) where marks are awarded.

III. The area of research of the applicants has to be relevant to field of fashion otherwise it is liable for rejection of the
candidature of the applicant. The selection panel shall make appropriate recommendations to accept or reject the
candidature on account of the area of research of the applicant to DG NIFT. DG NIFT has discretionary power to accept or
reject the candidature on such grounds.
IV. Candidates who are employed besides full filling the above eligibility criteria are required to submit "NO Objection"
certificate from there current employer
V. Temporary and contract academic faculty of Institute may be given administrative clearance by DG-NIFT to seek
admission at any time after joining service on recommendations of respective Chair-Person and Centre Director.
VI. Permanent academic faculty of the Institute may be given administrative clearance by DG-NIFT to seek registration after
satisfactory completion of the period of probation on application.
Following common eligibility criteria the format of PhD Degree may be as follows:
PhD degree would read the title of the thesis and would not state any area ie Design, Management, Technology.
R.2 SHORTLISTING
R.2.1
a. The short listing of applications for the purpose of admission test / interview will be done by a Committee nominated by
admission section and duly approved by DG NIFT. Committee will have at least two representatives of SIAC-R.
b. The interviews will be conducted by the panel proposed by COE and approved by DG NIFT comprising of
i. At least 2 eminent faculty members who are doctoral degree holders from institute of national / international
repute appointed
ii. At least 3 Senior faculty members one each from design, technology and management department
iii. At least two representatives of SIAC-R.
c. The SIAC-R may set the short listing criteria, if considered necessary higher than the minimum eligibility defined above.
R.3 CLASSIFICATIONS
R.3.1 The applicants for admission to the Ph.D. programme shall be classified under any one of the following categories:
i. Institute Research student/candidate
ii. NIFT Faculty candidate
R.4 REGISTRATION
R.4.1 Every student/candidate will be required to renew the registration every semester till the submission of the thesis. The
renewal of registration every semester shall be subject to completion of specified number of credits/courses and/or
satisfactory progress in his research work as recommended by Supervisor.
R.4.2 A student / candidate, who fail to register or renew his registration as the case may be, will cease to be a student/
candidate with immediate effect.
R.4.3 All records for registration and fee payment shall be maintained by Admission and Finance/ Accounts department at
Head Office, NIFT respectively
R.5 COURSE WORK
R.5.1 Each student will be required to take requisite course work with the suggestion of his supervisor / course advisor.
R.5.2 Each student will take 3 compulsory courses on (1) Research Methods, (2) Statistical Analysis and (3) Research
Paradigms.
Other courses for Ph.D candidates shall be identified by the Supervisor out of those offered by the Post Graduate
programs in Design, Management and Technology at respective NIFT centers. If Supervisor feels it necessary, courses
may also be chosen out of under graduate programs.
R.5.3 Every student shall be required to complete a minimum of 15 credits.
R.5.4 The minimum CGPA requirement shall be 7.0 on a 10 point scale for continued candidacy of Ph.D. Degree. If the CGPA of
any student is below 6.5 at the end of any course work, his registration will be terminated with immediate effect.

However, if his CGPA is above 6.5 but less than 7.0, he may be asked to take more courses in order to enhance his
CGPA to 7.0 or above, subject to the condition that this should be achieved within one semester.
R.5.5 The re- examination policy of NIFT will be applicable to the Doctoral Program as well
Logistic for application of reexamination is as follows:
Selected course work - since the scholars are attending classes and undertaking all the assignments, projects, exams
etc. as per the regular students the NIFT reexamination policy may be applicable to them. The result of the PhD selected
course work will be sent by the COE (HO) to the Research Unit who will then communicate to the PhD candidate who
has not cleared the selected course work. The PhD students will have to undertake the re-examination with the regular
students.
Compulsory courses - since the first stage of compulsory course work is undertaken in December end it is almost end
January by the time the results are declared. In case of a student failing the compulsory course work conducted in
December he/ she may appear for the re- exam in June with the examination of compulsory course offered then. In case
of a student failing the compulsory course work which was conducted in June he/ she may appear for the same in Aug
after declaration of result. Re examination policy of NIFT will apply.
R.6 THESIS SUPERVISOR(S)
R.6.1 Every admitted student shall be assigned a Research Supervisors by the Head (Research) on the recommendations of
the SIAC-R taking into consideration the preference of the student, and take the approval of the DG-NIFT. The research
scholar may indicate this preference of supervisor / guide, if any, in the application form itself. NIFT reserves the right of
allocation of Supervisor.
R.6.2 A Supervisor can be any faculty member of the Institute with a Ph.D. with minimum 2 years of experience post Ph.D.
and quantifiable research output in terms of published papers and/or presentations. Faculty members who do not have a
Ph.D. degree may be allowed to supervise provided they have acquired the status of Sr. Professor on the basis of their
experience as an eminent scholar / professional with published work of high quality.
No person who himself is registered for Ph.D. degree at this Institute or any other Institution, would qualify to act as
supervisor. Those without Ph.D. appointed as supervisors would cease to be supervisors if they themselves register for
Ph.D.
A supervisor can take not more than 6 research students at any given point of time. An extra student may be taken only
after an existing student has submitted his/her synopsis.
Extra student(s) may also be allocated with the approval of DG NIFT for reasons such as non availability of expertise etc.
R.6.3 The Supervisor(s) shall be appointed during the first semester.
R.6.4 DG (NIFT) on the request of the student and recommendations of the Supervisor may appoint joint Supervisor(s) not
exceeding a total of three to supervise the student/Candidate. These may be from inside or outside the Institute and
normally, there should not be more than two supervisors from within the Institute. Appointment of any Joint Supervisors)
would not be made after a lapse of 18 calendar months from the date of initial registration of the student/candidate except
when none of the supervisors is in the Institute for a period of a year or more at a stretch.
Co-Guide shall be nominated only in circumstances where in the allocated supervisor / guide is not able to take full
responsibility of guiding the scholar. The co-guides have to be recommended by the supervisor to the Head-Research.
This list will then be compiled and presented to SIAC-R for recommendation and onward submission to the competent
authority for final approval. The Co-Guides may be an expert from the industry with creditable reputation supported by
documentary evidences or doctoral degree holder from academic institute of repute. The Co-guide have to submit "No
Objection" certificate from there current employer for guiding the research scholar. When a research project is under co-
joint supervision IPR policy of NIFT will prevail to address issues regarding the ownership of the intellectual property
created.
R.6.5 Appointment of Supervisors/Joint-Supervisors and Caretaker-Supervisor for Ph.D. students
A faculty member appointed as a Ph.D. supervisor is normally expected to be available to a research scholar in the
Institute till the thesis viva. However, under unavoidable circumstances, such as: long leave of more than 12 months;
resignation; retirement; or death; a supervisor may not be available to the scholar. In such special cases, appointment of
supervisor(s) will be regulated as under:

I. A supervisor proceeding on long leave of more than 12 months
i. Where joint-supervisor exists, the supervisor proceeding on long leave for more than 12 months can
continue to be a Joint-supervisor provided the SIAC-R is convinced of effective supervision by the Joint-
Supervisor.
ii. Where a Joint-Supervisor does not exist, a Joint-Supervisor may be appointed in cases where a student
has not yet submitted his synopsis.
iii. Provided, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he
will continue to be the supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed.
iv. The Thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he will continue to be the
supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed.
v. Further, if a major revision becomes necessary, and the sole supervisor is on leave, he should be asked
to specifically state whether he would effectively help the student carrying out the major revisions within
a reasonable time. In case the sole supervisor expresses his inability due to one reason or the other, the
caretaker supervisor, if he provides the required help in carrying out the major revision, will automatically
be treated as Joint-Supervisor of that candidate.
vi. Provided further, if a supervisor proceeds on leave for a period less than 12 months initially, but later
extends his leave beyond 12 months, the above procedure will be followed.
II. A Supervisor retires
A faculty member who is due to retire within the next two years can be appointed as a Joint-Supervisor and can
continue to be the Joint-Supervisor even after his retirement provided the Head (Research) is convinced of his
availability/continued guidance to the student. In other cases, a faculty member on retirement may continue as a
Joint-Supervisor, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted. Appointment of another Supervisor, if necessary,
will be as per l(i-ii); and caretaker Supervisor as per l(iii-vi).
III. A Supervisor resigns
A new Supervisor will be appointed, if necessary, as per l(i-ii), arid a caretaker supervisor as per l(iii-vi).
IV. A Supervisor dies A new Supervisor will be appointed, if necessary.
R.7 Comprehensive Examination Format
R.7.1 Each student will be required to take a comprehensive examination after the completion of the course work. The
comprehensive examination would be a combination of oral examination (viva / presentation) and evaluation of the
research proposal. Oral examination will test student's comprehension of his broad field of research and his academic
preparation and potential to carry out the proposed research plan. This will be followed by evaluation of the research
proposal. The examination will be conducted by COE through a Comprehensive Exam Committee constituted as follows:
a. Chairperson- (Head Research)
b. One External expert in the field;
c. One Institute faculty expert, preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Department / Centre to which the
student belongs; and
d. Nominee of SIAC-R
e. Supervisor(s).
Experts at (b), (c) and (d) above will be nominated by DG NIFT from person of eminence and experience in the field
R.7.2 The following procedures will be uniformly followed in conducting the comprehensive examination for Ph.D. Scholars:
i. A student should first clear the requisite Ph.D. course work. After the student has completed the course work, the
comprehensive examination should be conducted by COE through Comprehensive Exam Committee.
ii. The Comprehensive Exam Committee on the basis of the performance of the student in the examination will make
one of the following recommendations under subheadings A & B:

A: Comprehensive Exam
a. Passed
b. To reappear in the examination after a defined period of time specified and after taking additional
courses.
c. To re-submit the research plan keeping in view suggestions of the Committee and to be, evaluated
after a defined period of time,
d. Failed
B: Research Plan
a. Approved
b. Not approved in a such a cases, reasons of deficiency may communicated to the student
R.7.3 A student will be provided a maximum of two attempts to pass the comprehensive examination.
R.7.4 Students must complete the comprehensive examination within 24 months respectively from the date of joining the
programme, failing which their registration will be cancelled.
R.8. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE
R.8.1 Application for the candidacy for the Ph.D. Degree shall be made by the student to the NIFT Registrar (Admission) on the
approved form soon after having passed the comprehensive examination.
R.8.2 A student shall be formally registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree after he has complied with the following:
i. Should have completed his course work with a minimum CGPA of 7.0;
ii. Should have submitted a research plan duly recommended by supervisor; and
iii. Should have passed the comprehensive examination.
R.9 PERFORMANCE MONITORING
R.9.1 The academic/research progress of each student/candidate will be monitored by Head (Research). For this purpose,
each candidate will be asked to submit a progress report at the end of each semester to his supervisor(s). On receipt of
the progress report, the supervisor(s) shall arrange with SIAC-R for a review.
R.9.2 The SIAC-R will evaluate the progress report of the student every semester.
R.9.3 'X' grade is to be awarded during that semester if the progress is 'satisfactory'.
R.9.4 If the progress is 'unsatisfactory', 'U' grade is to be awarded and appropriate action taken. For the first appearance of "U"
grade, a warning would be issued to the candidate.
R.9.5 If there are two consecutive "U's, the registration will stand terminated.
R.9.6 Submission of progress report should continue till submission of thesis.
R.9.7 Like all other courses, the grades for courses will be compiled by COE. The grades for a given course by the concerned
department may be calculated and entered like for any other course.
R.9.8 The above process will continue till the thesis is submitted.
R.9.9 The terms for the research work will be as follows: Term I: July to December; Term II: Jan. to June.
R.9.10The academic calendar will include the following dates for the submission of progress reports.
I semester:
1st. November (issue of blank progress forms by Head (Research) to respective supervisors).
15 December (submission of completed progress reports by the students to Supervisor, and supervisor to Head - Research).
II Semester:
1st May (issue of blank progress forms by Head - Research to respective supervisors).
10 June (submission of completed progress reports by the students to Supervisor, and supervisor to Head - Research).
R.10 MINIMUM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT
R.10.1For a candidate who has a Masters degree or its equivalent the minimum period of registration shall be two calendar
years (24 months)
R.10.2The candidates shall normally submit their thesis within a period of five years from the date of their initial registration for
the Ph.D. Programme. However, as a special case, this limit may be extended to a maximum of seven years by the DG-
NIFT after which the registration shall stand cancelled automatically.
R.11 SYNOPSIS
R.11.1Research Scholars should at least have 2 publications in reputed/ relevant journals before the synopsis is submitted
R.11.2On completion of the research work, the candidate shall submit a synopsis including bibliography of research work to
his Supervisor, who shall forward the synopsis with its recommendations to Head (Research). A panel of at least eight
experts in the area would be suggested by the Supervisor(s) while forwarding the title and synopsis of the thesis. The
panel so recommended would include at least 50% of the examiners from outside India.
R.11.3On receipt of the title and synopsis of the thesis, the Head Research will request DG NIFT to appoint a Board of
Examiners for candidate. The Board will consist of 3 examiners. One internal examiner (normally the Supervisor), and
two external examiners; one from within India and the other from abroad who shall be experts in the subject of the thesis.
These external examiners may be chosen normally from the panel of examiners recommended by the Supervisor(s)/
Head Research.
As aforesaid, a person working in NIFT or an organization where Research Scholar is employed cannot, however, be
appointee as External Examiner for evaluating the Thesis of that Research Scholar.
R.11.4There is no bar to the inclusion of name of guide/list of publications arising out of research in the synopsis as well as
appointment of ex-student of the guide on the Board of Examiners provided the concerned ex-student had received Ph.D.
Degree of the institute under his guidance at least 5 year earlier.
R.11.5The candidate shall be required to submit fresh synopsis if he fails to submit his thesis within 9 months of the
submission of the earlier synopsis. However, in case a candidate fails to submit his thesis within the stipulated time and
has suitable justification for the same, the DG-NIFT may on recommendations made by the Head (Research) and on
individual merits of each case grant his extension in time by not more than one month i.e. the candidate may be allowed
to submit his thesis within a period not exceeding 10 months from the date of the submission of the synopsis.
R.12 THESIS SUBMISSION
R.12.1The thesis shall be written in English in the specific format and shall contain a critical account of the candidate's
research. It should be characterized by discovery of facts or fresh approach towards interpretation of facts and theories
or significant contribution to knowledge of development or a combination of these. It should bear evidence of the
candidate's capacity for analysis and judgment as well as his ability to carry out independent investigation, design or
development. A thesis may be supplemented by published work, if necessary. No part of the thesis or supplementary
published work shall have been submitted for the award of any other degree.
R.12.2A candidate may submit his thesis to the Head Research through the supervisor within the time period as stipulated in
R 10.2 provided that:
i. The candidate has completed the minimum period of registration as provided in R 10.1.
ii. The candidate has become a candidate for the award of Ph.D. degree as provided in R 8.2 and
iii. The candidate has submitted the title and synopsis of the thesis at least two months prior to the submission of the
thesis.
R.12.3The candidate for the degree shall submit three copies of the thesis with a soft cover. In case of joint supervision four/
five copies of thesis shall be submitted by the candidate.
R.13 THESIS EVALUATION
R.13.1Dean shall forward the thesis (received from Head-Research) for evaluation to two examiners notified in R11.2 & R11.3..
Each examiner will be requested to submit a detailed assessment report and his recommendations on the prescribed
proforma within six weeks of the date of receiving the thesis.
The examiners would file report on the thesis as:
Commended - in case the work is "Satisfactory"
Not Commended- in case the work is "Not Satisfactory".

The examiner has to advice the requisite changes to be made in the research work. These changes will then be
communicated from Head Research to the Supervisor & research scholar. The research scholar in consultation with
there supervisor has to incorporated the required changes and resubmit the revised thesis which again will be sent for
evaluation.
R.13.2In the event that the thesis report is not received from an examiner within a period of three months, Dean(A) may appoint
another examiner in his place from the panel for evaluating the thesis.
R.13.3 In the event of dis-agreement between the external examiners, the DG-NIFT may as a special case, appoint another
external examiner, if the merit of the case so demands. This examiner will send his report independently to the Dean (A)
R.13.4In the event of the candidate being required to submit a revised thesis, he shall in the normal circumstances, submit the
same within a period of one year from date of communication in this regard from the Head Research. However, in
exceptional circumstances this period may be extended by the DG-NIFT by another one year, the total revision time
irrespective of the number of the revisions allowed, will not exceed a period of two years.
R.14 AWARD OF Ph.D. DEGREE
R.14.1A candidate, who has been recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis of thesis evaluation, shall be required
to defend his work/thesis orally before a duly constituted committee hereinafter referred to as Oral Defence Committee
(ODC) during working hours of the Institute. Any deviation from this should have prior permission of the DG-NIFT
R.14.2The ODC shall consist of the internal examiner, and one of the two external examiners. If none of the external examiners
is available for the conduct of the oral defence for any reason, an alternative external examiner shall be appointed DG
NIFT for this purpose only.
R.14.3On the completion of all stages of examination, the Oral Defence Committee shall recommend to the Head Research,
one of the following courses of action:
(a) that the degree be awarded
(b) that the candidate be re-examined at a later specified time in a specified manner
(c) that the degree shall not be awarded
In case of (a) and (b), the Oral Defence Committee shall also provide to the candidate a list of all corrections and
modifications in the thesis (if required) including suggestions made by the examiners during the thesis evaluation.
R.14.4The Degree shall be awarded provided that:
(a) The Oral Defence Committee so recommends;
(b) The candidate produces a 'No Dues Certificate' in the prescribed form and gets it forwarded along with the report of
ODC, and
(c) the candidate has submitted two hard cover copies of the thesis; one for the Department's/Centre's Library and one
for the Central Library. Thesis should incorporate all necessary corrections/ modifications.
(d) The hard bound copies of the Ph.D. thesis, submitted after the viva-voce examination, must contain the copyright
certificate format under discussion in the beginning of the thesis, on a separate page on the left side the matter of
the copyright may be as follows:
“(C) Copyright 20..... Name of the scholar
The student grants royalty - free permission to NIFT to make and distribute copies of the thesis. Any software code,
patent or any other intellectual property disclosed or contained in the thesis is subject to the IPR Policy of NIFT”.
R.15 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
NIFT will offer to its own faculty members, in regular employment of NIFT, a total assistance of ` 2 Lakhs (Or a sum decided by
DG NIFT from time to time)
This assistance ship may be used by the faculty for product development, experimentation and thesis documentation.
The payment will be released on submission of paper documents of the expenditure incurred. The proof of expenditure should be
forwarded by supervisor to the finance dept at HO for settlement of account as per the NIFT rules
R.15(A) TUITION FEE WAIVER TO PH.D. SCHOLARS
Following categories of research scholars are eligible for 50% tuition fee waivers:
(i) The Institute faculty pursuing Ph.D. at the Institute

(ii) Research scholars admitted to Ph.D. programme from other Government Organizations/Institutions under MOT
R.16 LEAVE & ATTENDANCE
A student/candidate will be entitled to avail leave as per Leave Rules/Attendance Rules formulated and amended from time to
time by the Senate. Presently these Rules are as under:
LEAVE
(a) During Course work: Ph.D. student, during his/her stay at the Institute will be entitled to leave for 30 days including leave
on medical grounds, per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter
vacation.
Leave beyond 30 days in an academic year may be granted to a Research Scholar in exceptional cases, by the
supervisor concerned, subject to the condition that a proper leave account of each scholar shall be maintained by the
Supervisor concerned.
(b) After Completing the Course Work: A Ph.D. scholar during his/her stay at the Institute, will be entitled to leave for 30
days per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter vacations. In addition,
a Ph.D. scholar who has completed his/her course work may be granted leave on medical grounds up to 10 days-per
academic year.
The women research scholars will be eligible for Maternity Leave for a period not exceeding 135 days once during the
tenure of the programme.
ATTENDANCE
A Ph.D. student while pursuing course work, must attend at least 75% of classes in each course in which he/she is registered.
A research scholar after having completed the course work must attend to his/her research work on all the working days and
mark attendance except when he/she is on duly sanctioned leave. The requirement of 75% attendance will apply as above on
daily attendance except in the cases where longer leave has been duly sanctioned within the leave entitlement of the student.
R.17 CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION
R.17.1Registration of a student/candidate shall be cancelled in any one of the following eventualities, after due approval of DG-
NIFT.
(i) If he absents himself for a continuous period of four weeks without prior intimation/ sanction of leave.
(ii) If he resigns from the Ph.D. Programme and the resignation is duly recommended by the supervisor.
(iii) If he fails to renew his registration in any semester subject to the provisions contained in these Ordinances &
Regulations,
(iv) If he does not clear the comprehensive examination or if his academic progress is found unsatisfactory in terms
of if his CGPA is below 7.00 at any time while doing course work.
(v) if he is found involved in an act of misconduct and / or discipline and terminations recommended by a competent
authority.
R.18 GENERAL
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances & Regulations, all categories of the students/candidates shall be
governed by the rules and procedures framed by the Senate in this behalf, and in force from time to time.
R.19 INTERPRETATION
R.19.1 Any doubt or dispute arising about the interpretation of these Ordinances and Regulations shall be referred to DG NIFT
whose decisions shall be final.

ADMISSION FORM
(Ministry of Textiles, Govt. of India)
Application Form for Admission to Ph.D. Programme
Closing Date:
Affix a Passport
Visit: http://www.nift.ac.in Size Photo Here
Tick √ the relevant box wherever provided.
Application No.
Session:
For Office Use Only
Registration No.
Date of Receipt
Enclosures Received 1. ______________________________________

2. ______________________________________
3. ______________________________________
4. ______________________________________
5. ______________________________________
Note : The application form duly completed, accompanied by Bank Demand Draft, attested copies of Degrees/ Diplomas/ Marksheets and Abstract
of maximum 3000 words (giving details on Introduction ;Objectives / Statement of the problem; Review of literature; Outline of the research
work, Research Design ( Methods, procedures and analytical tools to be used);Pilot studies/ Preliminary experiments and the results
obtained (if any) ;Limitations; Significance of the study; References/ bibliography) should reach Director (F&A)/Admissions, NIFT Campus,
Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 110016 on or before the closing date.
Personal Record
Name (in block letters)
Date of Birth Year Month Date
Mother's/Father's/Guardian's Name
Address for Correspondence

(in block letters)
Mobile No.
Email:
Permanent Address (in block letters)
Nationality Gender: Male Female
Whether you belong to SC/ST Community? Yes No

(If so, attach attested copy of Caste Certificate)
Proposed broad area of research, nature, objectives and scope of the subject, importance,
tentative title, in order of preference (attach an abstract on the proposed research work in
maximum 3000 words giving details on Introduction ;Objectives/Statement of the problem;
Review of literature; Outline of the research work, Research Design (Methods, procedures
and analytical tools to be used);Pilot studies/ Preliminary experiments and the results obtained
(if any) ;Limitations; Significance of the study; References/ bibliography)
Educational Qualifications
Examination Name of College/University Year of Passing Class/ Division % of Aggregate Marks

Passed Obtained/ CGPA
Note :1. Information in respect of examinations passed from the first year Degree Course onwards to be recorded. All entries must be
supported by attested copies of certificates/marksheets.
2. Aggregate percentage of marks must be based on marks/grades in all the semesters/annual examinations completed so far (If marks are
shown in grades, numerical percentage is to be indicated).
Details of Experience
S.No. Name of the Organization Post Held Description and type of work in Period
teaching/research/professional
practice
Particulars of Publications
S.No. Title of the Paper/Book Name of the Journal/Publisher Place of Publication Year of
Publication
Guide information : (optional )
Name of the Supervisor/Guide of your choice, if any
Guide approval : I agree to be the supervisor / Guide of this project……………………………………………….
Name of the guide :
Signature of the guide :
Name of the Co-Guide, if any
Record of Enclosures (Attested copies of certificates/documents)

1. 2
3. 4
5. 6.

Format for progress report R.9

Head Office
Progress Report of PhD Scholar during the Semester Jan -June 2010
Use Capital Letters
1. Name of the Student__________________________________________________________________
2. Registration No. _____________________________________________________________________
3. Date of Joining_______________________________________________________________________
4. Centre_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Status: Full-Time/Part-Time ____________________________________________________________
6. Proposed area of Research ____________________________________________________________
7. Progress Report Is Attached With This Form
Date (Signature of Student)
8. Recommendation of the Phd Supervisor / Supervisors

Certified that the student's progress is
z Satisfactory
z Unsatisfactory
Date:................................ Signature Of The Supervisor/ Supervisors
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Grade Awarded By SIAC-R On The Progress Of The Scholar
z Satisfactory [Grade X]
z Unsatisfactory [Grade U]
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Date : ……………….. Signature of Head (Research)

(Format)
Progress Report for the Semester __________________________
Name of the Student :
Registration No :
Ph.D Topic :
Work Done During the Semester
z Literature Search :
z Research work details - Pilot Study/ Survey/Sampling / Experimental Work Done: ( Provide Details Of The Work)
z Publications/ Conference Paper Presentation, If Any :
Date & Place Signature

Name of the candidate
Date : ................................ Signature of the Supervisor/ Supervisors

R.7 section of ordinance
(To be used after the comprehensive examination is successfully completed )

Head Office
APPLICATION FORM FOR REGISTRATION AS A CANDIDATE FOR THE AWARD OF PH.D. DEGREE
USE CAPITAL LETTERS
1. Name in full: ________________________________________________________________________
2. Regn.no.: __________________________________________________________________________
3. Date of regn: _______________________________________________________________________
4. Deptt./centre: _______________________________________________________________________
5. Registration status: full time/part-time: ____________________________________________________

6. Course work completed.:
SEMESTER SESSION COURSE NO. & TITLE CREDIT GRADE CGPA
7. Topic of research ………………………………… Date:
Signature of the student

8. Research plan submitted by the student and duly approved by the undersigned is attached herewith.
(I) ……………………………………
(II) …………………………………..
SIGNATURE(S) OF SUPERVISOR(S)
9. Recommendation of the COE
(i) Certified that the student has qualified the comprehensive examination
(ii) The research plan attached herewith is approved.
(ill) it is recommended that Mr./Ms. ____________________________be registered as a candidate for PhD. Programme.
Date:................................ Signature of the COE
Particulars of the student have been verified. The comprehensive examination has been completed within the permissible time
limit. Submitted for approval of DG - NIFT
Signature of HEAD (RESEARCH)
Signature of DG- NIFT

Comprehensive Examination and Approval of Research Plan
Part A
The Comprehensive Exam Committee (CEC) conducted the comprehensive Examination of Mr./Ms……...........................................................
Registration No. ................................................................... as per the details given below.
Date of Oral
Attempt 1 .........................................................................................................................................
Attempt 2 (if applicable) ...........................................................................................................................
On the basis of the performance of the student in the examination CEC recommends award of 'PASS/FAIL' grade to the student in the
comprehensive examination.
Part B (Applicable only if 'PASS' grade is recommended in the ORAL examination).
The student submitted and presented a research plan entitled,

..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................
Based on his/her performance, the CEC recommends:
(i) The research plan is approved and that the Date of approval of Research Plan be taken as.....................................................
(ii) The student be asked to re-submit a research plan latest by ................................ (date) keeping in view the modifications
suggested by CEC (as per details enclosed).
(iii) Research plan be not approved.
Supervisors Expert outside Chairman (CEC)

Deptt./Centre or his nominee

Regulations for preparation of Ph.D. Thesis
1. Thesis should be type-written on both sides of good quarto-size /A - 4 size paper in double space with sufficient margins with
multiplastic ring binding.
2. Suitable reproduction of Indian-Ink diagrams should be used. Photographs should be suitably mounted on the same quality
paper as the thesis.
3. Reference should be given in a style in the text consistent with a standard journal in the field.
4. Three copies of thesis in multiplastic spiral binding in Grey colour cover must be submitted for evaluation. In case of student
being supervised by more than one supervisor, appropriate number of additional copies must be submitted.
5. The cover should have the following printed on it in block letters:

(a) the title at the top (b) author's name in the middle (c) Name of the Department/Centre and National Institute of Fashion
Technology, Delhi at the bottom.
6. After the Viva-Voce Examination, two copies of thesis in hard black-colour-cover must be submitted. The cover should have the
material indicated in item 5 above. Besides, the following should be printed on the spine of the thesis :
(a) the year of publication at the top (b) the author's last name in the middle and (c) Ph.D at the bottom.
7. The contents of the thesis should have the following format:
(i) The hard bound copies of the thesis must contain the copyright notice format under discussion in the beginning of the
thesis (left side of the inner cover page):-
(ii) Inner cover page (iii) Certificate of the Supervisors) (iv) Acknowledgements (v) Abstract (vi) Table of contents (vii) List
of figures & List of Tables (viii) Body of the thesis (ix) References (x) Appendices and (xi) Brief Bio-data of the author.
8. The inner cover page should read as follows:
TITLE OF THESIS
by
(NAME OF AUTHOR)
Submitted
in fulfillment of the requirements of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi

Month & Year

LIST OF THE FULL TIME PROGRAMMES OFFERED IN THE LAST 20 YEARS at NIFT: -
Undergraduate Design Programmes (Duration 2 years)
z Fashion Design
Undergraduate Design Programmes (Duration 3 years)
z Fashion Design
z Accessory Design
Postgraduate Design, Management and Technology programmes (Duration 2 years)
z Knitwear Design & Technology
z Leather apparel Design & Technology
z Textile Design & Development
z Garment Manufacturing Technology
z Apparel Marketing & Merchandising Management
z Fashion Communication
PROGRAMMES OFFERED SINCE YEAR 2003: -
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES (Duration: 4 years)
z B.Des.(Fashion Design)
z B.Des (Leather Design)
z B.Des. (Textile Design)
z B.Des. (Knitwear Design)
z B.Des. (Accessory Design)
z B.Des. (Communication Design)
z B.FTech. (Apparel Production)
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES (Duration 2 years)
z M F M (Management)
z M. F Tech.
z M. Des. (Design Space)

Formats
Research Proposal for comprehensive examination
The cover page to mention
PROPOSED TITLE OF THE PhD RESEARCH WORK

NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR

NEW DELHI, INDIA 110 016
MONTH 20….
ABSTRACT
It should be a distillation of the thesis: a concise description of the problem(s) addresses method of solving it/them, the results and
conclusions (till this point). An abstract must be self-contained. Usually abstract do not contain references. The word limit is 200 words
approximately.
Page --------1----------
Next page onwards
INTRODUCTION
z A research proposal is a document that describes in details the plan for a proposed scientific investigation.
z Elements / Chapters in research proposal:

z Introduction the introduction is the part of the paper that provides readers with the background information for the
research reported in the paper. Its purpose is to establish a framework for the research, so that readers can understand
how it is related to other research.
z Statement of the problem and objectives of the study
z Purpose of the study
z Literature review
z Questions/hypothesis ( if applicable)
z Research Design -Methods & procedures
z Results & Discussion ( of the studies conducted so far)
z Limitations
z Significance of the study
z Projected out come
z Future Plan Of Work
z REFERENCES -Harvard style of referencing may be followed
NOTE : The research proposal submitted for the comprehensive examination at NIFT should be written within 5000 words

Format for writing Synopsis
The cover page to mention

TITLE OF THE PhD RESEARCH WORK
(The title of the synopsis must be the same as the title of the thesis)
NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR

MONTH 20….
Guidelines for writing Synopsis

Title of the thesis
z A synopsis is a summary of the final thesis.
z Changes cannot be made in the title of the thesis and in the title of the chapters from what has been mentioned in the
synopsis.
z A synopsis starts with introduction of the research conducted, mentions the objectives and describes about each chapter in
the thesis.
z The introduction is the part of the paper which provides the background information for the research reported, briefly
outlines the relevance or significance of the research work to be reported in the thesis
z Statement of the problem and objectives of the study should be clearly presented
z Purpose of the study
z The number of chapters in the thesis should be mentioned at this point and a brief account of each chapter should follow.
Example:
Chapter 1 Introduction
This chapter identifies the problem.
Chapter 2 Review of Literature
This chapter presents a review of relevant literature,
Chapter 3, 4 ,5……… (Title of the chapter)
The chapter should consist of the description of the work written in this chapter of the thesis. Briefly describe the research
methods, results & discussion and conclusion of the studies reported in this chapter.
Chapter 6 Summary and Conclusions
REFERENCES
Harvard style of referencing will be followed
General instructions to follow while writing PhD Thesis:
z The synopsis should be typed on both sides of A 4 sized executive bond paper.
z The line spacing should be 1.5. The font size of the text should be Arial 11.
z 4 copies of the synopsis in multi plastic spiral binding with grey color back cover must be submitted for evaluation.
z The synopsis can have at the maximum 20 pages, including the cover page

Format for writing PhD document
GUIDELINES FOR THESIS WRITING
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR RESEARCH SCHOLARS
RESEARCH UNIT
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY, DELHI
A PhD thesis is the acquisition and dissemination of new knowledge. It is a document written after years of hard work describing the
research carried out in a clear and logical manner. The thesis should have clarity, continuity and keep the reader interested throughout,
till the end. The thesis is a formal document whose sole purpose is to prove that you have made an original contribution to knowledge.
General points to follow while writing PhD Thesis:
z Each sentence in a dissertation must be complete and correct in a grammatical sense. Moreover, a dissertation must satisfy
the stringent rules of formal grammar. Good grammar and thoughtful writing will make the thesis easier to read.
z Each technical term used in a dissertation must be defined either by a reference to a previously published definition (for
standard terms with their usual meaning) or by a precise, unambiguous definition that appears before the term is used.
z Each term should be used in one and only one way throughout the dissertation.
z The thesis should have proper paragraphing, section breaks, sentence breaks, punctuation, etc.
z All the tables and figures should be properly numbered and titled and should have a font size of 10. All tables and figures should
be numbered in decimal indicating the chapter number and the corresponding chapter's figure number.
z The thesis should have proper referencing of all graphs, tables and figures in the text. All annexure and appendices should have
proper references in the text.
z The visual photographs should also be numbered and should be of good print quality.
z Every chapter should start on a new page on the right hand side.
z The introduction starts on page 1, the earlier pages should have roman numerals.
z Reference should be given in a style in the text consistent with a standard journal in the field.
General instructions to follow while writing PhD Thesis:
z The thesis should be typed on both sides of A 4 sized executive bond paper. The photocopies of the thesis should also be taken
on A 4 sized executive bond paper.
z The line spacing should be double. The font size of the text should be Arial 11.
z All the tables and figures should be properly numbered and titled and should have a font size of 10.
z Three copies of thesis in multiplastic spiral binding in grey colour cover must be submitted for evaluation. In case of student
being supervised by more than one supervisor, appropriate number of additional copies must be submitted.
z After the Viva-Voce Examination, two copies of thesis in hard black-colour-cover must be submitted. The cover should have the
material indicated as above. Besides, the following should be printed on the spine of the thesis :
z the year of publication at the top

z the author's last name in the middle and
z PhD at the bottom.
z The contents of the thesis should have the following order:
z Inner cover page

z Declaration of the candidate
z Certificate of the Supervisors
z Abstract
z Acknowledgements
z Table of contents
z List of Figures

z List of Tables
z List of Abbreviations/ Acronyms
z Body of the thesis ( Introduction, Review of Literature, Methodology, Results & Discussion and Conclusion)
z References/ Bibliography
z Appendices and Annexure
z Brief Bio-data of the author.
z Publications in referred journal from the thesis can be attached at the end.
z The format of the cover pages, copyright declaration page, and certificate is attached for reference.

Side of the PhD document
Year Front Cover
TITLE OF THE PhD THESIS IN CAPITALS GOLD PRINTED

Last Name of the Students
NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR

PhD
MONTH 20….

Inner Cover Page
TITLE OF THE PhD THESIS
by
NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR
Submitted In fulfillment of the requirements of the degree

of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

MONTH 20….
Declaration
I certify that the thesis entitled "TITLE OF THE THESIS" being submitted to the National Institute of Fashion Technology, New
Delhi for the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is a record of bonafide research work carried out by me, under the
supervision of NAME OF SUERVISOR. Due permission and approvals has been taken from all the sources (name the organization/
institutes/ companies and individuals) of data collection.
The results contained in this thesis have not been submitted, in part or in full, to any other University or Institute for the award of
any degree or diploma.
Signature of PhD Scholar
(Name of PhD Scholar)
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that the thesis entitled "TITLE OF THE THESIS" being submitted by NAME OF SCHOLAR, to the National Institute
of Fashion Technology, Delhi for the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is a record of bonafide research work carried
out by him/her. NAME OF SCHOLAR has worked under my/our guidance and supervision, and fulfilled the requirements for
submission of the thesis.
The results contained in this thesis have not been submitted, in part or in full, to any other University or Institute for the award of
any degree or diploma.
Signature of PhD Supervisor

(Name of PhD Supervisor)
Designation,
National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi
Next section
ABSTRACT
This part will be the most widely published and most read because it will be published in Dissertation Abstracts International. It
is best written towards the end, but not at the very last minute it goes through several drafts. It should be a distillation of the
thesis: a concise description of the problem(s) addressed your method of solving it/them, results and conclusions. An abstract
must be self-contained.
(Roman numbering starts from this page)
Next section
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Most thesis authors put in a page of thanks to those who have helped and supported him/her during the research work in
different ways, directly and indirectly by providing guidance, help, advice, support, friendship etc
Signature of the author & date
Next section
Table of contents
SEQUENCE OF CHAPTERS
- Abstract
- Acknowledgements
- Table of contents
- List of Figures
- List of Tables
- List of Abbreviations/ Acronyms
- Body of the thesis (Introduction, Review of Literature, Methodology, Results & Discussion and Conclusion)
- References/ Bibliography
- Appendices and Annexure
- Brief Bio-data of the author.
- Publications in referred journal from the thesis can be attached at the end.
Pls note:
The introduction starts on page 1, the earlier pages should have Roman numerals.
Certificate, Acknowledgement, Abstract page should have Roman page numbers
Index page should also consist of separate page of List of Tables and List of Figures mentioning Titles and Page Numbers.
List of abbreviation / acronyms may be included for reference of the reader.
The main body of the report consists of the following chapters

Introduction
The introduction should be interesting. This section might go through several drafts to make it read well and logically, while keeping it
short. The purpose is to establish a framework for the research, so that readers can understand how it is related to other research. This
chapter should not be more than 7-8 pages. This chapter is an introduction of the project highlighting the need and scope of the study
and this chapter should lead the reader to the objectives and sub-objectives framed in order to conduct the study. Page numbering
starts from here.
Literature review
z It shares with the reader the results of other studies that are closely related to the study being reported.
z It relates a study to the larger, ongoing dialogue in the literature about a topic, filling in gaps and extending prior studies.
z It provides a framework for establishing the importance of the study, as well as a benchmark for comparing the results of a
study with other findings.
z It "frames" the problem earlier identified.
z The chapter consists of the abstracts of literature surveyed published or unpublished in academic journals, trade magazines,
conference papers, Govt. reports, books, other similar research projects within or outside the institute.
z All ROL chapters should contain review of literature of only the related areas of the topic studied.
Methodology
z This chapter constitutes in detail the research methods and techniques applied by the student in completing the project.
z It explains the logic behind the methods used, explains the reasons for using particular methods, scope of the research, method
of data collection, method of data processing and analysis, sampling method, sample size and assumptions made, if any.
z It is required to detail out the methodology keeping in view of the objectives framed.

z This chapter answers the basic questions of "How the Project has been conducted?" and "Why it has been conducted in a
particular manner?"
z This chapter should also mention the requisite consent/ approvals which has been taken for the primary data collection from
individuals/ institutes/ organizations to show that the research study has been done in an ethical manner.
Middle Chapters
The middle & final chapters that constitute the body of the report will depend upon the topic of the study. No two reports will have the
same chapter layout. Each report is focused differently and each of the students will feel differently about the treatment to be given to a
subject. Two groups developing reports on the same topic may end up getting two different report layouts. Even the number of chapters
could vary from one report to another report.
Generally, this part of the study should deal with:
z Presentation and analysis of secondary data available along with sources.
z Tabulation and analysis of primary data collected during the study.
z Implementation process, if any.
z Interpretation of results of the data analysis.
z Discussion on these results with specific context of secondary data presented earlier.
z Findings and Interpretations
z Suggest step by step plan of action.
z Suggesting check points for control of implementation.
Results and discussion
The results and discussion are very often combined in theses. This is sensible because of the length of a thesis: the thesis may have
several sections of results and, if it is presented before the discussion, the reader may have difficulty remembering them. The division
of Results and Discussion material into chapters is usually best done according to subject matter.
Final chapter
Conclusions and suggestions for further work
This chapter should usually be reasonably short---a few pages perhaps. As with the introduction, it is a good idea to ask someone who
is not a specialist to read this section and to comment on the conclusion.
Generally this should include a statement of researcher's major findings and each one of the findings & recommendations should
match with the objectives of the study. Each one of the findings & recommendations should be clearly stated, un-ambiguous, leading,
indication of cost effectiveness of major initiatives (if reqd.).
Appendices
If there is material that should be in the thesis but which would break up the flow, it must be included in the appendix. Some things
which are typically included in appendices are: Design of questionnaires,-List of respondents/organizations, tables of data collect from
primary sources, original computer programs, data files that are too large to be represented simply in the results chapters, pictures or
diagrams of results which are not important enough to keep in the main text.
Annexure - includes those secondary documents which the author feels should be provided for quick reference. These are borrowed
documents and may be critical from the readability point of view of the report. These should be numbered numerically, containing
supporting information ( not collected ,but secondary in nature), relevant to the project topic. These generally include - Important
Reports and/or Articles, Important Comments, Important committees and their recommendations on the subject, Glossary of terms
Each appendix and annexure should be listed separately as Appendix A, B, C etc. Appendix should also consist of names, address,
telephone no. and contact persons of all those people or organizations contacted during the project. Page numbering of appendix and
annexure is in italics.
Bibliography / References
Each one of us refers to some documents - published / Unpublished - on way to completion of a report. The list of sources which have
been used to complete the report is generally enclosed as a bibliography to the report. The reference footnotes/endnotes cite the
authority and the specific location (page numbers) from where a statement, data, direct quotation was taken, where as the bibliography
lists in one place the sources used and gives a list of each work which could be of relevance to the reader of the report. Preferably
Harvard referencing method may be followed.
14 - A
List of Topics (PG Level) for Seminars for Bridge Program

Topics for Seminars by Experts (DFT)
Apparel Technology Management

z Cutting Room Technology Management
z Sewing Room Technology Management
z Finishing Room Technology Management
z Technology specification, Selection and Technology index

z Vendor Selection
z Lean Manufacturing & Six Sigma Initiatives
z Comparison of at least two different buyers specifications
z Inspection
Computer Integrated Manufacturing

z Intervention of IT in Product Development
z Intervention of IT in Apparel Manufacturing
z Intervention of IT in Apparel Retail

z Supply Chain Game
z Inventory Management
z Logistics
z Performance Measures
Intellectual Property Right

z Trade Secrets
z Copyrights
z Patents
z Trademarks
z Geographical Indicators
Topics for Seminars by Experts (FMS)
International Marketing
z Regional Trade Blocks

z Emerging markets and products
z Corporate Social Responsibility
z Negotiation Skills
Retail Merchandising and Fashion Buying

z Mall Management
z Retail site-selection
z Opportunities in Non-woven
z Opportunities in personal care products

Fashion Entrepreneurship
z Strategic Fashion Business Management
z Fashion Entrepreneurship
z Organisation Behaviour
z Design Management
z Corporate Governance
z Supply Chain Game
z Inventory Management
z Logistics
z Performance Measures
Intellectual Property Right
z Trade Secrets
z Copyrights
z Patents
z Trademarks
z Geographical Indicators
z HR practices
z Research Methodology
LIST OF TOPICS FOR SEMINAR FOR BRIDGE PROGRAM (at PG level- FC/LD/KD/TD)
Global issues in Design and Fashion:
The seminar explores the various dimensions and issues impacting design and fashion industry globally as well as in India.
z Policies
z Practices
z Future Innovations
z Design Anthropology :
z Socio-Cultural
z Semiotics and semantics
z Tools of communication
z Cognitive and Intuitive Design :
z Process of design
z Systems in fashion
Research Design and Methodology
The objective is to introduce designers to various scientific tools used to inform design, investigate people, form and process in a
manner that effectively translates their ideas to design decisions. Topics would include Qualitative vs. Quantitative methods, ethnographic
and design improvisation, case studies and design research processes drawn from various segments of the industry.
z Tools and Techniques of evaluation
z Analysis
z Application
Sustainable Design
Sustainability in fashion and 'cradle to cradle' approach thinking is an issue at the forefront of fashion business today. Concepts like
recycling, up-cycling, pre-cycling, preservation, conservation, systems and sustainable practices in fashion would be explored and
understood.
z Environnent
z Practices

z Processes
z Transaction
z Exchange
Fashion Entrepreneurship
This seminar intends to encourage and make young designers explore the possibility of entrepreneurship that is creatively and
financially satisfying. In a creative industry it is important to emphasize as well as communicate the newness of an idea in order to be
able to get financial backing for it. The seminar explores concepts that would help design-based entrepreneurs, inventors, innovators
and product developers during the critical stages of successful business growth.
Fashion and IPR
The seminar aims to enhance the professional competence and operational efficiency of students apropos the principal concepts of
Intellectual property and its importance as a spur to human creativity
z Copyrights
z Patents
z Trade Secrets and Trademark
List of Topics for Bridge course (at UG Level- F&LA)
Design Research and Methodology
The aim of research is to introduce designers to the many research tools that can be used to inform design as well as to ideas about
how and when to deploy them effectively. Topics of this multi-voice conversation include qualitative and quantitative methods,
performance ethnography and design improvisation, trend research, cultural diversity, formal and structural research practice, tactical
discussions of design research process, and case studies drawn from areas as unique as computer games, museum information
systems, and movies.
The following topics shall explore the various dimensions of design processes and its design opportunities in India. The major themes
that inform in this course are discussed in greater detail.
Design Anthropology
Design Education
Experiential Design
Designs of the time
India needs design today across all 230 sectors of our economy. The topics below explore and articulate some of the issues and
perspectives that can contribute to a better understanding of design interventions and opportunities with the craft sector:
Crafts of India
Crafts in Education
Crafts Ecology
Social Innovations in Design
System Design
One task of design education is the designing of designers themselves: building the character and competence for design. The other is
the awareness, development and recognition of design competence in other streams of education and in society at large. Both of these
are essential to the creation of an environment that can help us realize the potential of design action.
Sustainable Design
The concept of sustainable design has come to the forefront in the last 20 years. It is a concept that recognizes that human
civilization is an integral part of the natural world and that nature must be preserved and perpetuated if the human community itself is
to survive. Sustainable design articulates this idea through developments that exemplify the principles of conservation and encourage
the application of those principles in our daily lives.

Entrepreneurship Design
A number of young designers are on the lookout for exciting and challenging work that is both cutting edge as well as adequately
remunerative. Existing and established companies in the manufacturing and service sectors would usually make them work their way
up the organization as this is seen as the most productive route for learning on the job for most professions. However, in design, the
most value is added usually at the strategic level while young recruits are kept at the bottom of the value chain-at the tactical level or
even the elaborative level-in some back office operation which does not challenge their imagination and conceptual skill sets that they
have developed as a part of their education and training exposures in school as well as outside. Several designers turn to entrepreneurial
ventures that offer design services to a variety of businesses and industries and this has been a well tested path for a large number of
young designers since the entry barriers in the profession are indeed quite low as far as capital and infrastructure investments are
concerned. These young designers would no doubt have to acquire new skill sets in management and people skills to be able to
succeed to scale from small beginnings to support a large team and this is something that they learn on the job as they go forward in
setting up their ventures and making a go of the whole effort.
Smart Materials
Science and technology have made amazing developments in the design of electronics and machinery using standard materials,
which do not have particularly special properties (i.e. steel, aluminum, gold). Imagine the range of possibilities, which exist for
special materials that have properties designers can manipulate. Some such materials have the ability to change shape or size
simply by adding a little bit of heat, or to change from a liquid to a solid almost instantly when near a magnet; these materials are
called smart materials.
Bridge Course for Design Courses FD
1. Fashion Business Practices
The seminar will explore various industry structures and knowledge of industry practices and its consequences on worker's
role and obligation. It would cover legal and ethical considerations in production of fashion garments.
2. Value Addition in Apparel for Exports and Domestic Markets
The seminar will explore how the Indian Textile & Apparel sector which plays a critical role in Indian economy and also being
single largest employee, can perform better after the abolition of quota system. The seminar would explore various possibilities
of value addition to the product by creating a niche for Indian products by value added surfaces 3D effects and techniques from
traditional Indian craft heritage for a global and contemporary appeal.
3. Global Issues in Design
The seminar will explore the various dimensions and issues impacting design and fashion industry globally, as well as in India.
4. Correlating Dynamics of Market Interplay to Design
In recent years, increasing environmental dynamism and adaptability of the firm have attracted new academic interest in how
manufacturing firms adapt to their environments and create superior business performance. It would cover the new sectors and
demands arising out of the new generation.
5. Emerging trends in Sustainable Design (Conscientious / Green design)
Sustainability in fashion and 'cradle to cradle' approach thinking is an issue at the forefront of fashion business today. Concepts
like recycling, up- cycling, pre - cycling, preservation, conservation systems, and sustainable practices in fashion would be
explored and understood.
6. Marketing INDIA: Creating National Identity
The seminar will explore how a country like India with wide variations in culture, people, and handicraft development could be
collectively perceived of these unique identities to form a national image. A nation's brand equity is to do with the strength of
perceptions about its economic power, democratic set up, culture variation in environment condition and its craft development
justice, etc. Brand India become steerage if we strengthen all mentioned above. The nation brand effect would, in turn add value
to India's corporate brands.

7. Synergizing Technology and Design
In the world of design, innovation has become the norm, hence it has become important to conceive new design ideas in the
light of new technological set ups. The seminar explores how these two complement elements can be matched to create
unparallel results with innovation in technology.
8. Global Sourcing
In today's scenario with the cut throat business competition and multinational companies with chain stores covering up, the
market has become global markets across geopolitical boundaries. There is strong case for global sourcing as world is getting
smaller in order to provide goods and services at competitive prices with effective costing. The seminar will explore various
global markets and marketing opportunities to meet the growing demand at most competitive prices.
9. Verbal Communication & Design
The seminar focuses on language of design, how materials and techniques be used effectively to create a communicative
design beyond cultural boundaries.
10. Design Marketing and Corporate Imaging
The seminar encore passes how an effective designed marketing tool evolves new corporate image. How fresh ideas and
creativity leads to development of unique solutions across all service area.
11. IPR
The seminar will aim to enhance the professional competence and operational efficiency of students apropos the principal
concepts of Intellectual Property and its importance as a spur to human creativity.
12. CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility)
In today's global scenario of business and growing ethical business practices; how mandatory it has become for a company to
follow CSR. Seminar will cover how companies can undertake CSR programme and recommendations, guidelines, reporting
formats for companies to adopt CSR.
13. Design & Entertainment Industry
The seminar will address how entertainment industry and other popular medium of communication where the association of
story telling, visuals and sound can create a mood in order to manipulate the senses individually and in combination. The
premise is to capture the interest of the students and facilitate understanding the medium by getting direct responses to different
exercises and how the design and fashion industry have emerged over the years.
14. Contemporary Issues in Design -(Luxury Design)
The seminar would cover the contemporary issues that are reflecting in the way fashion and design industry is moving.
15. Space design for Fashion Retail
The seminar will address issues for fashion retail specially the visual merchandising part of the same keeping in mind the
global trends. The seminar will cover areas related to display design for show windows, exhibits, in-store display, display
graphics, POPs, signage's and storage of merchandise specially high fashion garments. The focus is on conceptualization and
critiquing of innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units for display and exhibit.
16. Costume Design Techniques
The seminar will address the specific issues related to costumes both for cinema and theater. The realm of theatre and fashion
share commonalties, both being multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects of visual and performing arts to
create an integrated performance and ambiance

14 - B
Evaluation of Seminar Conducted by Bridge Programme

Student by a Jury Member
S.No. Parameters Maximum Marks Marks Obtained
1 Degree of understanding/ Relevance of topic 10
2 Extent of Review of literature 10
3 Originality and Innovation 10
4 Content and in-depth Analysis 10
5 Overall impact 10
Total
Comments about the work (if any)
Signature
Name of the Jury Member :
Designation :
Date :

14 - C

Academic Affairs Department
Head Office New Delhi
EVALUATION OF BRIDGE PROGRAMME STUDENT BY ATTENDEE STUDENT (FORM A)
Name of the student
Title of the seminar
CRITERION NS S G VG EX
CONTENT & KNOWLEDGE LEVEL OF PRESENTATION
1) CONTENT COVERAGE O O O O O
2) RELEVANCE OF TOPIC O O O O O
3) ABILITY TO ANSWER QUERIES O O O O O
4) INNOVATION ON THE SUBJECT O O O O O
PRESENTATION ABILITY
5) CLARITY IN DELIVERANCE O O O O O
6) UTILIZATION OF VARIETY OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS O O O O O
7) EFFECTIVENESS OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS USED O O O O O
PARTICIPANTS UNDERSTANDING/CLARITY
8) INTERACTION LEVEL O O O O O
9) EFFECTIVE EXAMPLES O O O O O
10) DID YOU FIND THE SEMINAR USEFUL O O O O O
Additional Comments and Suggestions
Remark if any
Name of the student

Programme
Semester
Date :

14 - D

NIFT Centre: ___________________
BRIDGE PROGRAMME (Academic Year 2011-12)
PG / UG - Semester - I/ UG - Semester - II
Mentor Feedback Form

FEEDBACK FORM
Student's Mentor's Date: Feedback Sheet No.

Name: Name:
Term Paper Topic:
ISSUES DISCUSSED ACTION PLAN
MATERIAL SUBMITTED REMARK
Mentor Signature with date: Student Signature with date:

(in case of on-line interaction, supporting
documents must be enclosed)

LIST OF COMMON ABBREVIATIONS
(IN THE ACADEMIC MANUAL)
AA Academic Affairs
AAC Academic Affairs Committee
ACOE Assistant Controller of Examinations
AMS Academic Management System
BAP Best Academic Performance
B.F.Tech Bachelor of Fashion Technology
BOG Board of Governors
CAT Creative Ability Test
CC Centre Coordinators
CCC Corporate Communications Cell
CE Continuing Education
CEB Common Exam Board
CGPA Cumulative Grade Point Average
CIC Cluster Initiative Coordinator
CI&DL Coordinator International & Domestic Linkages
COE Controller of Examination
CP Chairperson (of the departments)
CR Class Representatives
DDF Department Development Fund
DFT Department of Fashion Technology
DG Director General
F&LA Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories
FC Fashion Communication
FD Fashion Design
FMS Fashion Management Studies
FOTD Faculty Orientation Training and Development
FP Foundation Program
GAT General Ability Test
GP Graduation Project
HO Head Office
IDT Inter Discipline transfer
ICT Inter Centre Transfer
I&DL International & Domestic Linkages
IPR Intellectual Property Rights
IT Informational Technology
ITP Integrated Term Project
KD Knitwear Design

LASC Local Academic standard Committee
LD Leather Design
LOA Leave of Absence
M.F.Tech. Master of Fashion Technology
MAT Managerial Ability Test
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
NAA NIFT Alumni Association
NCC Network Coordination Committee
NDF NIFT Development Fund
NGO Non Government Organization
NIFT National Institute of Fashion Technology
NRC National Resource Center
NRI Non resident Indian
OPAC Online Public Access Catalogue
PGDS Post Graduation in Design Space
RC Resource Centre
RIC Regional Industry Coordinator
SAP Student Assistantship Program
SDAC Student Development Activity Coordinator
SGPA Semester Grade Point Average
SIAC Standing Internal Advisory Committee
SVG Student Voluntary Group
TD Textile Design

AAC Agenda No.6 : Reconstruction and Updation of Academic Manual
1. Scope of Proposal:
The Agenda seeks approval of the proposed draft of the reconstructed and updated Academic Manual which is placed before the
Committee for consideration.
2. The Genesis
In pursuance of the decision taken in the Executive Council meeting held on 24th March 2011, the task of reconstruction and
updation of NIFT Academic Manual was entrusted to a Committee as per details given below:
S. No. Area of Working Officer-in-charge Supporting faculty
1. Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms. Anupreet Bhalla Dugal,

UI-SDAC & CP-DFT
2. COE Matters Director HO & COE Ms. Priyanka Gupta, Registrar-DC

and CP-LD
3. Student and other departments Director Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma and Head-AA
matters Director Gandhinagar
4. Final compilation of the above three Reg.-DC, Head-AA and Dean-A Ms. Bhavna K. Verma
3. Meetings & Deliberations held:

The Committee met on the following dates to discuss and complete the issues regarding reconstruction of Academic Manual:
1. 05.05.2011
2. 17.05.2011 and 20.05.2011
3. 20.06.2011
4. The Mandate:
The mandate given to the Committee was that only the orders, circulars, policies, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and
amendments approved by the Competent Authority are to be incorporated in the updated manual in adherence to the DG's
directions dated 28th April 2011.
5. The Process
In order to achieve the mandate following steps were taken:
a. All the orders, circulars, policies, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and amendments approved by the Competent
Authority related to the offices of the Director-HO & COE, Head-AA, Dean (Academics) that were to form a part of the
Academic Manual were collected from the concerned departments. The various circulars were compiled with the help of
the office of Director, NIFT- Gandhinagar.
b. The offices were respectively given the task to scrutinize each chapter line by line and incorporate the matter given in the
approved circulars etc. This was done with the help of the support faculty. The replaced matter was proposed to be deleted.
The irrelevant and obsolete points after the issuance of such orders have been proposed for deletion. No correction and
item has accordingly been included which is not approved by the Competent Authority. All the spelling mistakes in the
original manual have been duly corrected and highlighted.
c. While proposing the changes in the chapters the changes were listed in the tabular form and the chapters proposed in track
change mode wherein the red indicates the matter to be added and the blue indicates the matter to be deleted.
d. The progress was monitored in the meetings of the committee and necessary directions given.
e. The matter of the Academic Manual was also discussed in the EC meeting dated 26th and 27th May, 2011 and the
suggestions incorporated. The proposed Manual has been sent to the CAO for scrutiny of any financial implications. NOC
will be taken before the Manual goes for print.

f. The work was well coordinated with all three departments via meetings, telephonic conversations and emails. Simultaneously
the drafts of chapters were circulated to centre Directors and CPs and the errata received incorporated.
g. A list of contents of chapters and the officials have contributed towards its reconstruction.
h. New chapters have been added that pertain to PhD (chapter 13), Bridge Programme (chapter 14), Faculty Development
Programme (chapter 15). The changes regarding IPR Trade Mark Policy have been incorporated as per inputs given by
Head-IPR Cell (Annexure -4B). A new chapter of PhD was incorporated as given by the Head-Research to the Dean Office.
i. Each department has compiled its own contribution to the Manual as follows:
i) Changes proposed in the proposed Manual based on the circulars, Orders, Minutes, decision etc. of the Competent
Authority in Tabular form.
ii) Proposed changes incorporated into the chapters in track change mode.
iii) Annexure of documents on which the changes are based (duly signed by the support faculty).
j. A separate note has been put up by the 3 departments involved in its reconstruction which is enclosed as follows for
consideration:
Report of Director-HO / COE
Report of Dean (A)
Report of Head (AA)
k. The final outcome of the reconstructed Manual was prepared by compiling the chapters given by the three departments in
the track change mode and the annexures also added.
l. The compilation of the circulars on which the changes are proposed.
m. The proposed changes were put together in a tabular form and compiled chapterwise.
6. DG's Directions:
The DG has directed that the updated manual fulfilling the mandate given may be put up to AAC on 06.07.2011 for approval.
7. For Consideration of AAC:
The Reconstruction of Academic Manual Committee submitted the updated draft of the Academic Manual for necessary perusal
and approval after which the action regarding the proposed incorporation and deletion shall be carried out before printing.

Academic Manual - Chapter- 6
(Examination & Evaluation)
1. The Committee:
In pursuance of the decision taken in the Executive Council meeting held on 24th March, 2011, the task of reconstruction of
Chapter-6 of the NIFT Academic Manual was entrusted to COE-HO to be supported by Registrar-DC, Ms. Priyanka Gupta and CP-
LD.
2. The Mandate:
The mandate given to the Committee was that only the orders, circulars, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and amendments
approved by the Competent Authority are to be incorporated in the updated manual in the adherence to the DG's directions dated
28th April, 2011.
T o fulfil the mandate, following procedure was adopted:
i) All the orders, circulars pertaining to examination & evaluation matters were collected and proposed for incorporation.
ii) The irrelevant and obsolete points after the issuance of such orders have been proposed for deletion. No correction or
inclusion has been included which is not approved by the Competent Authority. All the spelling mistakes are grammatical
mistakes, if any in the original have been duly corrected.
iii) Simultaneously the draft of the chapter was circulated to centre Directors and CPs and the errata received incorporated.
iv) Meetings were held between the COE, and the support staff of the COE - DC and Ms. Priyanka Gupta almost on a daily
basis to discuss the suggestions made and monitor the progress.
v) Dean and Director Gandhinagar were apprised of the progress via mails and telephonically throughout the progress.
vi) It was suggested that roles and responsibilities of COE should be incorporated in Chapter1. This was discussed with the
Committee and thereafter transferred to Chapter1 where it belonged.
vii) The changes proposed have been put in tabular form.
viii) Proposed changes have been incorporated into the chapter where required in track change mode where the additions/
modifications made are in red and the deletions to be made are in blue.
3. DG's Direction:
The DG has directed that the updated manual with due incorporation of orders/circulars may be put up to AAC on 06.07.2011 for
approval. Draft revised chapter-1 (changes related to COE) & Chapter-6 are enclosed as Annexure in which new amendments
included have been shown in red colour and the items to be deleted are in the blue colour.
4. Meetings & Deliberation held:
The Committee met on the following dates to discuss and complete the issues regarding reconstruction of Academic Manual:
1. 05.05.2011
2. 17.05.2011 and 20.05.2011
3. 20.06.2011

REPORT OF DEAN (A) ON UPDATION PROCEDURE OF SPECIFIC CHAPTERS ACADEMIC MANUAL
As per Minutes of the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, DG-NIFT on discussed that as per policy, the Academic
Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this time and it is important to record all the changes
so that the updation is systematic and comprehensive.
As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters pertaining to Dean (A) was follows:
Area of working Officer In Charge Supporting faculty
Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms Anupreet Bhalla Dugal & CP-DFT
Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) and Dean (A) Ms Bhavna K Verma
In discussion with all concerned, it was decided that the updation of the following chapters would be undertaken by Dean (A):
Chapter No Topic
3 Academic Planning
4 Faculty Matters
9 Continuing Education
The steps followed are as follows:

1. The relevant chapters in the current Academic Manual were read thoroughly for general understanding of format, components
and clauses.
2. Each chapter was scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which ones have been replaced by
subsequent circulars.
3. All circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate issued after
April 2007 were provided by Registrar Establishment giving a comprehensive reference for all policies and decisions taken in
different NIFT forum.
Circulars were also received from Director Gandhinagar from their compilation file at the Centre. All these circulars were
forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal.
4. As per the meetings convened at NIFT-HO, all decisions and instructions issued by DG-NIFT were adhered to. Special note was
taken of the fact that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated 28.04.11, no changes are to be made which have not been
approved by the Competent Authority.
5. The circular of Director NIFT Gandhinagar re-iterating the modalities of Manual updation were noted. There has been a regular
interchange of correspondence and draft chapters have been forwarded on a daily basis for feedback.
6. Accordingly the first draft of the concerned chapters was made in the Track Change Mode with corresponding references to the
relevant circulars.
7. Chapters 3, 4, and 9 were e-mailed to all Centre Directors and Chairpersons on 23rd May 2011 and comments requested by 25th
May 2011. The comments were forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal for incorporation in the 2nd draft.
8. The list of awards and corresponding criteria received by Dean (A) from all CPs was put up in the Executive Council meeting on
27th May 2011 and ratified. These were put up to DG for approval to be included in the AAC agenda. These have been included in
the draft Manual.

9. Chapter No Topic
7 Degree and other distinctions
10. The summary of subjects as per the AAC and BOG ratified curriculum and flow chart of each department were sought. As
directed by DG-NIFT, the summary of 2010 and 2011 were both to be included. These were edited and compiled by Ms. Bhavna
Verma and re-circulated to all CPs for their comments. All suggested modifications were compiled.
11. Inputs have also been provided in Chapters 1 and 12/14.
12. The updated draft of Chapters 3, 4, 7 and 9 was circulated on 28th June 2011 to all CPs, Centre Directors and CAO for comments
and feedback in 2 formats:
i. Track Change Mode
ii. Tabular format as per circular of Director Gandhinagar
13. Inputs from Head-Industry have also been received for Chapters 1, 3, 5 & 10, as presented in the Executive Committee meeting
held on 05.07.2011.
14. Cross-checking of information and amendments incorporated from all Heads and CPs, has been done by the support faculty to
ensure that no changes are made if it is not backed up by the approval of the Competent Authority.
15. Minutes of the various meetings are attached with the agenda note.
16. The comments have been received and incorporated.
17. The final draft is being put up to DG-NIFT for approval to be included as an AAC Agenda for ratification.

REPORT OF HEAD (AA) ON UPDATION PROCEDURE OF SPECIFIC CHAPTERS ACADEMIC MANUAL
As per Minutes of the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, DG-NIFT on discussed that as per policy, the Academic
Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this time and it is important to record all the changes
so that the Updation is systematic and comprehensive.
As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters pertaining to Head (AA) was follows:
Student and other departments matters Director Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma and Head-AA
Director Gandhinagar
Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) Ms Bhavna K Verma

and Dean (A)
In discussion with all concerned, it was decided that the updation of the following chapters would be undertaken by Head (AA):
Chapter No Topic
5 Student matters
14 Bridge Programme Policy
15 Faculty Development Policy
The steps followed are as follows:

1. The relevant chapters in the current Academic Manual were read thoroughly for general understanding of format, components
and clauses.
2. Each chapter was scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which ones have been replaced by
subsequent circulars.
3. All circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate issued after
April 2007 were provided by Registrar Establishment giving a comprehensive reference for all policies and decisions taken in
different NIFT forum.
Circulars were also received from Director Gandhinagar from their compilation file at the Centre. All these circulars were
forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal.
4. As per the meetings convened at NIFT-HO, all decisions and instructions issued by DG-NIFT were adhered to. Special note was
taken of the fact that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated 28.04.11, no changes are to be made which have not been
5. The circulars of Director NIFT Gandhinagar re-iterating the modalities of Manual updation were noted. There has been a regular
interchange of correspondence and draft chapters have been forwarded on a daily basis for feedback.
6. Accordingly the first draft of the concerned chapters was made in the Track Change Mode with corresponding references to the
relevant circulars.
7. Chapters 5, 14 & 15 were e-mailed to all Centre Directors and Chairpersons and the feedback is incorporated by the support
faculty.
8. The policies for Bridge Programme and Faculty Development Programme were redrafted and were put up to DG for approval to
be included in the AAC agenda. These have been included in the draft Manual.
9. Inputs have also been provided in Chapters 1 and 7 & 12.

10. The updated draft of Chapters 5, 7, 12, 14 & 15 was circulated on 1st July 2011 to all CPs, Centre Directors and CAO for
comments and feedback in 2 formats:
i. Track Change Mode
11. Cross-checking of information and amendments incorporated from all Heads and CPs, has been done by the support faculty to
ensure that no changes are made if it is not backed up by the approval of the Competent Authority.
12. Minutes of the various meetings are attached with the agenda note.
13. The final draft is being put up to DG-NIFT for approval to be included as an AAC Agenda for ratification.

MINUTES OF MEETINGS REGARDING ACADEMIC MANUAL 2011
Several meetings have been held at NIFT -HO regarding the modalities of updating the Academic Manual 2011. The sequential record
of the meetings is as follows:
The 1st meeting was held on 05.05.2011 in the Boardroom at NIFT-HO
Present:
1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir NIFT Gandhinagar
2. Ms Archana Awasthi, Dir HO
3. Sr. Prof Banhi Jha, Dean (A)
4. Prof. Suhail Anwar, Head (AA)
5. Ms Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre
6. Ms Bhavna K Verma, Associate Prof
7. Ms Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof
The following was discussed:
1. In reference to the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, the directions of DG-NIFT on the subject were
discussed. As per policy, the Academic Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this
time and it is important to record all the changes so that the updation is systematic and comprehensive.
2. As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters was distributed as follows:
Teaching matters (Academic matters) Dean (A) Ms Anupreet Bhalla Dugal, UI-SDAC & CP-DFT
COE matters Dir -HO & COE-HO Ms Priyanka Gupta, UI-AA(HO), Reg DC and CP-LD
Students and all other departmental Dir- Bengaluru/ Ms Bhavna K Verma and Head AA
matters Dir Gandhinagar
Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) Ms Bhavna K Verma

and Dean (A)
3. All concerned were asked to go through their respective chapters in the current Academic Manual and make their preliminary
observations regarding the existing clauses. References should be made to all subsequent circulars that have been issued.
Accordingly all changes should be listed systematically.
4. Collection and compilation of all circulars w.e.f. 2007 after the issue of the last existing Academic Manual pertaining to the
respective chapters should be done.
5. It was decided that all concerned would prepare preliminary notes on their respective chapters before the next scheduled
meeting.
6. In the end the Coordinator requested the support faculty to be prompt in their work and keep the time limit in mind as the matter
is very urgent.

Subject: Updating the Academic Manual 201I
The 2nd meeting was held on 18.05.2011 at NIFT-HO

Present:
1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir NIFT Gandhinagar
4. Prof Suhail Anwar, Head (AA)
The following were discussed:
1. It was discussed that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated 28.04.2011, no changes are to be made which have not been
2. As per the meeting convened by DG on 03.05.2011 to check the progress in respect of updation of Academic Manual, it was
discussed that Registrar Establishment would be requested to provide copies of all circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs
Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate. This would give a comprehensive reference to the Committee
for all policies and decisions taken in different NIFT forum.
3. All members stated that they had scrutinized their respective chapters of the Academic Manual. However concern was expressed
about the appropriate modality of updating the Academic Manual since extensive changes have taken place. It was suggested by
Director, Gandhinagar that each chapter should be scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which
ones have been replaced by subsequent circulars.
4. As per directions of DG- NIFT, since industry and peer reviewed curriculum in December-January had been ratified by the AAC
held on 22nd Feb. The summary of subjects for Chapter 3 would include both 2010 and 2011 subjects. Ms Bhavna Verma would
ask CPs to forward the necessary information accordingly.
5. COE apprised the committee that CP-LD had asked for information pertaining to COE matters (Chapter 6) from all concerned
which had been forwarded to Ms Bhavna Verma for inclusion.
6. It was decided that the first draft of the revised chapters would be circulated to all Directors and Chairpersons by for their
comments.
7. The list of awards and corresponding criteria received by Dean (A) from all CPs had been ratified by the EC held on 27th May
which would be included in Chapter 7.
8. The importance of adhering to time lines was re-iterated again by the Coordinator.

The 3rd meeting was held on 20.05.2011 at NIFT-HO

Present:
1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir Gandhinagar
3. Mr Deepak Ratan, Dir Bhopal
4. Mr Jabbar Singh, Dir Jodhpur
10. Ms Priyanka Gupta, Assistant Prof
1. Director Gandhinagar who had been nominated as Convenor and Coordinator of the Academic Manual Committee by DG-NIFT, re-
iterated that the committee should follow a systematic procedure of updating the Manual.
2. Director Gandhinagar apprised the Committee of the compilation of all circulars available at the Centre. The office of Dean (A)
had sent scanned copies of all the circulars received from Registrar Establishment to Gandhinagar Office for reference to
facilitate greater accuracy in formulating the 2nd draft.
3. The Committee was apprised that the first draft of chapters 3, 4 and 9 in the Track Change Mode had been e-mailed to all Centre
Directors and Chairpersons on 23rd May 2011. Comments were requested by 25th May 2011. Chapters 2, 5, 6, 12, 13 and 14
were circulated on 24th May and comments requested by 25th May 2011. The feedback had been incorporated in the 2nd draft.
Recd from Comment ref to chapter Action taken
Dir Gandhinagar Chapter 3,4,5,6 & 9 Forwarded to Anshoo Rajvanshi, UI-CE on 24th May
Dir Shillong Chapter 1,3 & 4 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 26th May
Dir Kangra Comments were OK Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
Dir Kolkata Chapter 1 & 3 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 26th May
Reg Jodhpur General Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
CP-LD Chapter 2, 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
CP-PGDS Chapter 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
CP-TD Chapter 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
CP-FMS Chapter 2 & 3 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May
CP-FP Chapter 9 Forwarded
4. Any deviation or additional information requirement from CPs was conveyed back to them with a request to resend/ reformat the
information as per guidelines.
5. As desired by DG-NIFT, a report on the procedure and update of the activities of the Committee would be submitted by Dir
Gandhinagar.
6. The Coordinator emphasized on the need for all concerned to keep the time frame in mind as the matter is urgent.

The 4th meeting was held on 20. 06.11 in the Boardroom

Present:
1. Ms. Archana Awasthi, Dir HO
4. Ms. Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre
5. Ms. Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof.
1. Dean (A) apprised the Committee that the circular of Dir Gandhinagar dated 31st May 2011 had been forwarded to all concerned
for reference. It is important to include all circulars issued by the competent Authority.
2. All concurred that while the Chapters had been revised on the basis of the circulars as per directions of DG-NIFT, the accuracy
and validity of the contents can be ensured through a feedback mechanism.
3. All text updations should be regularly forwarded to Director Gandhinagar and to concerned Committee members as applicable,
so that everyone would be in the loop.
4. It was discussed that updation of Chapter 8 entitled 'Diploma Programmes' needed the advice and directions of DG-NIFT since
EMFB is no longer the only Diploma Programme. NIFT Specialty Centre, Coimbatore will launch 4 Diploma programmes in 2011.
5. Head (AA) also stated that there should be synchronization between the Establishment and Academic Manuals in terms of
Tables/ Orthonograms.
6. All Annexures must also be updated on the basis of circulars.
7. All updations are to be indicated in 2 formats:
i. Track Change Format

8. The work done by the following on the corresponding chapters was acknowledged by the committee: CP - DFT & Ms. Anupreet
B. Dugal, (Chapter 3, 4, 5) Registrar - Delhi Centre, CP (LD) & Ms. Priyanka Gupta (both on Chapter 6), Ms. Anshoo Rajvanshi
(Chapter 9) and Ms. Bhavna K Verma (Overall contribution to all chapters).
9. The support faculty collected all relevant circulars and will incorporate these at the relevant places in the proposed reconstructed
manual. The circulars which form the basis of the updated manual will be signed by then as a part of confirmation.
10. All confirmed that deadlines will be adhered to.

EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING HELD ON
24th MARCH, 2011 UNDER THE CHAIRPERSONSHIP
OF DG-NIFT
AGENDA ITEM NO.19
UPDATION OF ACADEMIC, ACCOUNTS AND ESTABLISHMENT MANUALS
The Academic, Accounts and Establishment Manuals of NIFT were prepared in the year 2007 and since then a lot of changes have
happened which have give rise to the need of updating these manuals. Accordingly the following Committees were constituted to
update the NIFT Manuals:
(i) Committee for updating the Academic Manual
The Committee is divided into three different groups as per the details given below:
S.No. Area of working Officer Incharge Supporting faculty
1. Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms. Anupreet Bhalla Dugal & CP-DFT
2. COE matters Director- H.O. & COE Ms. Priyanka Gupta, Reg. DC and CP-LD
3. Student and all other Director- Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma, and Head (AA)
departments matters Director -Gandhinagar
4. Final compilation of Reg (DC), Head (AA)

the above three and Dean (A)
The final copy of all matters will be forwarded to Officer Incharge by April 1st 2011 for compilation who will submit the updated draft
copy to Director General by April 15th 2011.
(Action: Dean (A), Dir-Ho/ Bengaluru/Gandhinagar)

(ii) Committee for updating the Finance & Accounts Manual
1. Director (F&A)- Officer I/C
2. CAO
3. Director Chennai
4. DR(F&A)- NIFT Raebareli Centre
5. PE(Bldg.)
It was directed that name of the Accounts Manual may be changed to Finance & Accounts Manual and should include all relevant
guidelines from GFR, procurement and construction procedure etc.
(Action: Director (F&A)/ Chennai/ CAO)
(iii) Committee for updating the Establishment Manual

1. Director NIFT- Hyderabad officer I/C
2. Registrar (Estt.)
3. Registrar NIFT Kolkata
4. OSD- NIFT Bhubaneshwar
[Action: Director Hyderabad/Reg. (Estt.)]
The above officer I/Cs are required to circulate first draft to all Directors and CPs by e-mail under information to DG by D.O. letter latest
by 15th April, 2011.

EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING HELD ON
26TH & 27TH MAY, 2011 UNDER THE CHAIRPERSONSHIP
OF DG-NIFT
ITEM NO.004
RECONSTRUCTION OF MANUALS
Status of reconstruction of Establishment, Accounts and Academic Manuals as presented by the Committee constituted for this purpose
was noted by the DG. DG emphasized that for reconstruction of Manuals, the existing Manuals along with all relevant minutes of the
Meeting of BOG, AAC, Senate & Standing Committee of the Board on Establishment matters, DG's Circulars may be considered and all
the orders/ circulars released by HO after publication of the existing Manuals may be incorporated.
DG directed the Committees to ensure that while reconstruction of the Manuals, the following procedure has been followed:
a. Vetting of each chapter of the Manual by a responsible Officer and getting a preliminary draft with a view to include the changes
as mandated by the decision made by BOG/EC Committee & DG circulars.
b. Circulation of the draft to all the Centre Directors and Head of the Units and calling for the suggestions from them.
c. Compilation of the second draft after getting feedbacks from all the Stakeholders.
d. Compiling the final Draft and submission to Director General for approval.
Establishment Manual:
z 6th CPC recommendation- implementation thereof may be included subject to approval by the Standing Committee of the board
on Establishment matters.
z Policy for Study leave and Sabbatical Leave may be included subject to approval by the Academic Affairs Committee.
z Changes in the RTI Manual may be got approved on file before incorporating the same in Establishment Manual.
z Citizens' Charter and Public Grievance Redressal to be included as Chapter- I.
z Final version of the Establishment Manual may also be e-mailed to CAO for vetting of financial issues and comments of the CAO
be received by 10th June, 2011 for incorporation.
z Final version as prepared by the Committee be circulated to all Centre Directors, CPs, Registrars and Head of the Units. After
which agenda note for the Standing Committee of the Board on Establishment matters may be put up.
Action: Dir (Hyd.)/ Dir (HO)
Finance and Accounts Manual:
z The final draft Finance and Accounts Manual along with list of changes and their origin may also be once again circulated to all
Centre directors/ Chairpersons/ Heads/ DR(F&A)s.
z The guidelines related to Audit & Internal Audit may be revisited to ensure that all instructions contained in GFR are properly
incorporated.
z Maintenance of register and records needs appropriate emphasis.
z After completion of the above exercise agenda for F&AC meeting may be put up.
Action: CAO/ Dir (F&A)
Academic Manual:
z To ensure that all the changes related to Common Exams, evaluation criteria, Jury composition, Process based and theory based
subjects (list, evaluation etc.) PhD Policy, Bridge Programme, Faculty Development Programme, Awards etc. are incorporated.
z Final version of the Academic Manual may also be e-mailed to CAO for vetting of financial issues and comments of the CAO be
received by 10th June, 2011 for incorporation.
z Final version as prepared by the Committee be circulated to all Centre Directors, CPs, Registrars and Head of the Units. After
which agenda note for the AAC may be put up.
Action: Dean/Head(AA)/COE/ Dir (G'ngr)
New timelines for reconstruction of Manuals: The Committees constituted for reconstruction of the Manuals were requested advised
to complete the exercise till 15th June, 2011. The Committee was also requested to record on the final note about the feedback received
from the all the concerned.


The International Fashion Guide - Fashion Square

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The International Fashion Guide - Fashion Square

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ACADEMIC MANUAL

National Institute Of Fashion Technology

Copyright © 2003 - 2011, National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT), India.

Chapter 1: Academic Organization .................................................................................... 1

1.1 Organization Structure

1.2 Academic Co-ordination Appointments

1.3 Academic Committees

Chapter 2: Student Admission to NIFT ............................................................................. 31

2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for Admission Process

2.3 Selection procedure

2.4 Final List preparation

2.5 Result Communication

2.6 Counselling & Allocation of Centre / Discipline

2.7 Cancellation / Withdrawal of Candidature

3.1 Academic Programmes

3.2 Brief of the Programmes

3.3 Semester wise Structure for Programs

3.4 Curriculum Planning, Guidelines & Credit System

3.5 Curriculum Documentation & Custody

3.6 Course matrix and Curricular Briefs

3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committee for

3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in

3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities

3.10 Academic Calendar

Chapter 4: Faculty Matters ................................................................................................... 157

4.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Faculty

4.2 Norms for Faculty and Recruitments

4.4 Policies pertaining to faculty engagement

4.5 Development and Training Opportunities

4.6 Faculty Profiling vis a vis other Institute / Organization

Chapter 5: Students Matters ................................................................................................. 165

5.1 Fees Related Issues

5.2 Identity Card Related Issues

5.3 Personal Records Related Issues

5.4 Discipline and Conduct Issues

5.5 Disciplinary Procedure & Penalties

5.6 Student Extra Curricular Activities

5.7 Student Related Committees

5.8 Policies Related to Student Affairs

5.10 Student Support Services

5.11 Special Services

5.12 Student Awards

Chapter 6: Examination and Evaluation ............................................................................... 175

6.1 Eligibility Criteria for appearing in Examination

6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination

6.3 Awards of Grades and calculation of SGPA/CGPA

6.4 Results and Feedback

6.5 Procedure for Declaration of results

6.6 Moderation Policy

6.7 Re-Examination Policy

6.8 Evaluation of Internship

6.9 Record of Exam Papers

6.10 Post result sequence of events

6.12 Promotion Policy

Chapter 7: Degree and Other Distinctions ........................................................................ 185

7.1 Grade Sheets

7.2 Conferring of Degree

7.3 NIFT Convocation

7.4 Merit Awards

7.5 Graduation Awards

7.6 Other Awards (Presented During Convocation)

Chapter 8: Diploma Programs ............................................................................................. 191

8.1 Programme Duration

8.2 Admission Procedure